Skip to main content

Full text of "1992-1993 West Chester University Graduate Course Catalog"

See other formats


WEST  CHESTER  UNIVERSITY 


Graduate 
Catalog 

1992-93 


' I 


West  Chester  University 


a, 


■7    y     -^^f  2-- 


lU.duu'^^'^^^   t^^y'-^^-^'^'^ 


^y/'li^L-et^ 


ri>  7 


3^  bS^- 

^^.-^ 

^ 

4^^(^ 

^5-^ 

^^^^.^^^ 

/i/  7 

a^ 


'/?y^ 


c 


^' 


f     ^>  7 


/ 


// 


7J^ 
XT^ 


C2>^:i^  /   ''/7: 


'•nil' 


West  Chester  University 

Graduate  Catalog 
1992-1993 


Communications  Directory 


MAILING  ADDRESS: 
TELEPHONES: 

Admissions 
Afiinnaave  Action 
Billing/Payments 
Book  Store 
Careers/Placement 
Continuing  Education 


Counseling 

Financial  Aid/  Work 
Study 

Graduate  Studies/  Cata- 
logs 
Housing 

Police 

Public  Relations 

Scheduling/Registration 

Student  Services  Inc. 
Summer  Sessions 

Teacher  Certification 

Undergraduate  Catalogs 

University  Events/  Stu- 
dent Activities 


West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 

Dial  436  plus  number  in  parentheses. 
For  oEfices  not  shown  here,  call  the 
University  Information  Center: 
(215)  436-1000. 

Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored 
Research,  Old  Library  (2943) 

Director  of  Affirmative  Action,  Lawrence 
Center  (2433) 

Office  of  the  Bursar,  Elsie  O.  Bull  Center 
(2552) 

Student  Services  Inc.,  Sykes  Union 
Building  (2242) 

Director  of  Career  Development  Center, 
Lawrence  Center  (2501) 
Dean  of  University  College,  Elsie  O.  Bull 
Center  (3550) 

Director  of  Adult,  Evening,  and  Alterna- 
tive Studies,  Elsie  O.  Bull  Center  (3550) 
Counseling  Center,  Lawrence  Center 
(2301) 

Director  of  Financial  Aid,  Elsie  O.  Bull 
Center  (2627) 

Dean  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored 
Research,  Old  Ubrary  (2943) 
Residence  Life,  Sykes  Union  Building 
(3307) 

Pubhc  Safety  Department,   Peoples 
Maintenance  Building  (3311) 
Director  of  University  Relations,  Smith 
House  (3383) 

Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored 
Research,  Old  Ubrary  (2943) 
Sykes  Union  Building  (2955) 
Director  of  Summer  Sessions,  Elsie  O. 
Bull  Center  (2230) 

Teacher  Certification  Office,  Recitation 
Hall  (2426) 

Office  of  Admissions,  100  West  Rosedale 
(3411) 

Student  Programming  Dept./Student 
Activities  Council  (2983)   or  Sykes 
Information  Desk  (2984) 


Nondiscrimination/Afiirmative  Action  Policy 

West  Chester  University  is  committed  to  providing  leadership  in 
extending  equal  opportunities  to  all  individuals.  Accordingly,  the 
University  will  continue  to  make  every  effort  to  provide  these 
rights  to  all  persons  regardless  of  race,  color,  religious  creed,  life- 
style, handicap,  ancestry,  national  origin,  union  membership,  age, 
or  sex.  This  policy  applies  to  all  members  of  the  University 
community  including  students,  faculty,  staff,  and  administrators. 
It  also  applies  to  all  applicants  for  admission  or  employment  and  all 
participants  in  University-sponsored  activities. 

This  policy  is  in  compliance  with  federal  and  state  laws,  in- 
cluding Tides  VI  and  VII  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964,  Tide  K 
of  the  Educational  Amendment  of  1972,  Section  504  of  the  Reha- 
bilitation Act  of  1973,  and  Executive  Order  of  the  Governor  of 
Pennsylvania. 


Any  individual  having  suggestions,  problems,  complaints,  or 
grievances  with  regard  to  equal  opportunity  or  affirmative  action 
is  encouraged  to  contact  the  director  of  affirmative  action,  104 
Lawrence  Center  (215)  436-2433. 

Sexual  Harassment  Policy 

West  Chester  University  is  committed  to  equality  of  opportunity 
and  freedom  from  discrimination  for  all  its  students  and  employees. 
Based  on  this  commitment  and  the  recognition  that  sexual 
harassment  is  a  form  of  discrimination,  which  is  of  a  growing 
concern  to   the  higher  education  community,   the  University 
provides  the  following  policy: 

Harassment  on  the  basis  of  sex  is  a  violation  of  Tide  VII 
of  the  U.S.  Civil  Rights  Act,  Tide  K  of  the  Educational 
Amendments  of  1972,  and  of  the  Pennsylvania  Human  Rela- 
tions Act.  Because  West  Chester  University  is  committed  to 
establishing  an  environment  free  from  discrimination  and 
harassment,  sexual  harassment  will  not  be  tolerated  in  any 
form.  Upon  official  filing  of  a  complaint,  immediate  investi- 
gation will  be  made  culminating  in  appropriate  corrective 
action  where  warranted,  which  may  include  termination  of 
the  relationship  with  the  University. 

Sexual  harassment  is  defined  as  unwelcome  sexual  ad- 
vances, requests  for  sexual  favors,  and  other  verbal  or  physi- 
cal conduct  of  a  sexual  nature  occurring  when: 

1 .  submission  to  such  conduct  is  made  either  explicidy  or 
implicidy  a  term  or  condition  of  an  individual's  employ- 
ment, or  of  a  student's  academic  status  or  treatment; 

2.  submission  to  or  rejection  of  such  conduct  by  an  individ- 
ual is  used  as  the  basis  for  academic  or  employment  deci- 
sions affecting  such  an  individual;  or 

3.  such  conduct  creates  an  intimidating,  hostile,  or  offensive 
living,  working,  or  academic  environment  to  a  reasonable 
person. 

A  complete  copy  of  the  University's  Sexual  Harassment  Pol- 
icy document,  inclusive  of  the  investigatory  procedures,  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Affirmative  Action  Office. 

Individuals  who  believe  themselves  to  be  the  victims  of  sexual 
harassment,  or  who  have  questions  about  the  University's  policy  on 
this  matter  should  contact  the  director  of  affirmative  action,  104 
Lawrence  Center  (215)  436-2433. 

Accreditation 

West  Chester  University  is  accredited  by  The  Middle  States  Asso- 
ciation of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools,  The  National  Council 
for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education,  The  National  Athletic 
Training  Association,  The  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Mu- 
sic, The  National  League  for  Nursing,  The  American  Chemical 
Society,  The  Commission  on  Accreditation  in  CUnical  Chemistry, 
The  Joint  Review  Committee  for  Respiratory  Therapy  Education, 
and  the  Council  on  Social  Work  Education  (baccalaureate  level). 
West  Chester  University  has  been  given  program  approval  by  the 
Department  of  Education  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Peimsylvania 
for  the  certification  of  teachers. 

The  provisions  of  this  catalog  are  not  to  be  regarded 
as  an  irrevocable  contract  betvv^een  the  student  and  the 
University.  West  Chester  University  reserves  the  right  to 
change  any  provisions  or  requirements  at  any  time. 

Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored  Research 

Old  Library  Building 

Church  Street  and  Rosedale  Avenue 

West  Chester  University 

West  Chester,  PA  19383 

(215)  436-2943 

Hours: 

Monday-Friday  8:00  a.m.-4:30  p.m. 

Tuesday  and  Wednesday  4:30-7:00  p.m. 


Contents 


Communications  Directory ii 

Graduate  Programs  of  Study 2 

Graduate  Studies  at  West  Chester 3 

Admission 4 

Good  Standing,  Academic  Probation, 

Degree  Candidacy  and  Degree  Requirements 6 

Fees  and  Expenses 7 

Financial  Aid 9 

Academic  Information  and  Regulations .' 12 

University  Services  and  Student  Living 15 

Programs  of  Study  and  Course  Offerings 19 

Guide  to  the  Catalog I9 

Structure  of  the  University 20 

Administration 21 

Training  and  Development 22 

M.Sj\.,  Individualized  Concentration 22 

Anthropology  and  Sociology 23 

An '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.  2'i 

Biology 25 

Business 26 

Master  of  Business  Administration  Program 26 

Accounting 27 

Economics 28 

Management 28 

Marketing 29 

Chemistry 30 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 32 

Elementary  Education 33 

Reading 34 

Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study 34 

Communication  Studies 36 

Communicative  Disorders 37 

Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 39 

Counselor  Education 39 

Secondary  Education  and  Professional  Studies 41 

Educational  Research 43 

Environmental  Education 44 

Urban  Education 44 

Criminal  Justice 44 

English 46 

Foreign  Languages 49 

Geography  and  Planning 51 

Geology  and  Astronomy 52 

Health 54 

History 57 

Instructional  Media 59 

Leadership  for  Women 60 

Linguistics 61 

Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 62 

Music 65 

Music  Education 65 

Music  History  and  Literature 67 

Instrumental  Music 68 

Keyboard  Music 68 

Music  Theory  and  Composition 70 

Vocal  and  Choral  Music 71 

Nursing 72 

Philosophy 73 

Physical  Education 74 

Physical  Science 76 

Political  Science 77 

Psychology 78 

Social  Work 80 

Special  Education 81 

Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language - 82 

Women's  Studies 83 

Guide  to  Course  Prefixes 84 

Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania 85 

Administration 86 

Faculty 87 

Academic  Calendar 99 

Index 100 

Campus  Map 102 


Graduate  Programs  of  Study 


Administration 

MSA.  (Concentradons:  Health  Services, 

Individualized,  Leadership  for  Women,  Long- 
Term  Care,  Psychology/Personnel,  Public 
Administration,  Sport  and  Athletic 
Administration,  Training  and  Development, 
Urban/Regional  Planning) 

Cooperative  degree  with  Clinical  Chemistry 

Biology 

MjV  Biology 

Business 

M.BA.  (Concentrations:  Accounting,  Economics/ 
Finance,  General  Business,  Management, 
Management  Information  Systems,  Small 
Business  Management) 

Chemistry 

MA.  Physical  Science  (Concentration;  Chemistry) 

M.Ed.  Chemistry 

M.S.  Chemistry 

M.S.  Clinical  Chemistry 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

M.Ed.  Elementary  Education  (Concentrations: 
Creative  Teaching-Learning,  Early  Childhood 
Education,  Elementary  Education,  Gifted 
and  Talented,  Human  Development, 
Language  Arts,  Reading,  Social  Studies) 

Certification  in  Elementary  Education 

M.Ed.  Reading 

Reading  Specialist  Certification 

Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  in 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

Communication  Studies 

MA.  Communication  Studies 

Communicative  Disorders 
MA.  Speech  Pathology 

Counselor,  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education 

M.Ed.  Elementary  Education  Counseling 
M.Ed.  Secondary  Education  Counseling 
M.S.  Higher  Education  Counseling 
M.S.  Educational  Research 
Specialist  I  Certificate  in  Counseling 

(Elementary  or  Secondary) 
M.Ed.  Secondary  Education 


Courses  in  Environmental  Education;  Urban 
Education 

Criminal  Justice 

M.S.  Criminal  Justice 

English 

MA  English 

Foreign  Languages 

MA  French 
MA  Spanish 
M.Ed.  French 
M.Ed.  (German 
M.Ed.  Latin 
M.Ed.  Spanish 

Geography  and  Planning 

MA  Geography 

M.SA  (Concentration;  Urban/Regional  Planning) 

Geology  and  Astronomy 

MA  Physical  Science  (Concentration:  Earth 
Sciences) 

Health 

M.Ed.  Health 
M.S.  Health 

M.S.  Administration  (Concentrations:  Health 
Services,  Long-Term  Care) 

History 

MA  History 
M.Ed.  History 

Instructional  Media 

M.Ed.  Instructional  Media  Education 

M.S.  Instructional  Media 

Teaching  Certification  for  Instructional  Media 

Education 

Leadership  for  Women 

M.SA  (Concentration:  Leadership  for  Women) 

Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 

MA  Mathematics  (Concentrations:  Pure 
Mathematics,  Mathematics  Education, 
AppUed  Computer  Science) 

M.Ed.  Mathematics 

M.S.  Computer  Science 


Music 

MA  Music  History  and  Literature 

M.M.  Accompanying 

M.M.  Keyboard  Performance 

M.M.  Piano  Pedagogy 

M.M.  Instrumental  Performance 

M.M.  Music  Education 

M.M.  Music  Theory/Composition 

MM.  Vocal/Choral  Performance 

Philosophy 

MA  Philosophy 

Physical  Education 

M.S.  Physical  Education 
M.SA  (Concentration:  Spon  and 
Athletic  Administration) 

Physical  Science  (Interdepartmental) 

MA  Physical  Science  (Concentrations; 
Chemistry,  Earth  Sciences) 

PoUtical  Science 

M.SA  (Concentration:  Public  Administration) 

Psychology 

MA  Clinical  Psychology 

MA  General  Psychology 

MA  Industrial/Organizational  Psychology 

MA  Group  Psychotherapy/Processes 

(Certification:  Psychodrama) 
M.SA  (Concentrations:  Individualized, 

Psychology/Personnel,  Training  and 

Development) 

Public  Administration 
See  Political  Science 

Special  Education 

M.Ed.  Special  Education 
Certification  in  Special  Education 

Teaching  English  as  a  Second 
Language 

MA  Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language 

The  following  departments  and 
interdisciplinary  areas  offer  graduate 
courses,  but  no  graduate  degree. 

Anthropology  and  Sociology,  Art,  Linguistics, 
Theatre  Arts,  and  Women's  Studies 


Graduate  Studies  at  West  Chester 


West  Chester  University  Graduate  Studies  are  committed  to 
broadening  scholarship,  strengthening  professional  skills,  and 
encouraging  significant  research. 

THE  GRADUATE  STUDIES  PROGRAM  at  West  Chester  has 
grown  remarkably  since  its  introduction  in  1959.  About  2,000 
students  now  attend  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters; 
some  1,800  enroll  for  summer  sessions.  West  Chester  Univer- 
sity's graduate  program   is   the   largest  within   the    14 
Commonwealth-owned  institutions  of  higher  learning. 

The  University  began  as  the  West  Chester  Academy  in  1812 
and  functioned  as  a  normal  school  from  1871-1927.  Since  it 
became  a  four-year  college  in  1927,  West  Chester  has  developed 
steadily  and  is  now  one  of  the  major  comprehensive 
institutions  of  higher  learning  in  the  Philadelphia  vicinity. 

Facilities  for  graduate  education  are  good.  The  Common- 
wealth inaugurated  an  extensive  building  program  in  the  1950s 
which  led  to  the  Schmucker  Science  Center,  a  block-long 
complex  of  buildings  including  a  planetarium,  an  astronomical 
observatory,  and  modem  laboratories;  the  Elsie  O.  Bull 


Learning  and  Research  Center;  and  the  Francis  Harvey  Green 
Library,  one  of  Pennsylvania's  principal  university  libraries. 

The  University  offers  the  Master  of  Arts,  the  Master  of  Business 
Administration,  the  Master  of  Education,  the  Master  of  Music, 
and  the  Master  of  Science  in  approximately  70  disciplines 
or  areas  of  study. 

Master's  degree  programs  such  as  the  M.B.A.,  the  MA.  in 
speech  pathology,  the  M.S.A.,  the  M.S.  in  computer  science, 
and  the  certificate  of  advanced  graduate  study  in  reading  have 
been  designed  to  meet  the  particular  needs  of  the  times  and 
the  area. 

In  addition  to  its  degree  and  certification  programs.  West 
Chester  offers  nondegree  study  in  a  number  of  areas  including 
art,  economics,  linguistics,  and  theatre  arts. 

For  the  benefit  of  in-service  teachers  and  other  employed 
persons.  West  Chester  schedules  most  of  its  graduate  classes 
during  late  afternoons  and  evenings. 


Graduate  Summer  Sessions 

The  12-week  summer  sessions  are 
divided  into  three  periods:  the  Pre 
Session  of  three  weeks,  the  Regular 
Session  of  six  weeks,   and  the  Post 
Session  of  three  weeks.  Most  Pre  Session 
classes  meet  in  the  evenings;  almost 
all  classes  for  the  other  two  sessions 
meet  during  the  daytime.  (To  apply,  see 
Admission.)  Admission  to  summer 
sessions  courses  does  not  constitute 
admission  to  a  degree  program. 

The  Campus 

The  University  is  located  in  West 
Chester,  a  community  in  southeastern 
Pennsylvania  strategically  located  at  the 
center  of  the  mid-Adantic  corridor. 
The  seat  of  Chester  County  government 
for  almost  two  centuries.  West  Chester 
retains  much  of  its  historical  charm 
in  its  buildings  and  countryside,  but 
offers  the  twentieth-century  advantages 
of  a  town  in  the  heart  of  an  expanding 
economic  area. 

The  University  occupies  388  acres.  The 
main  campus  is  situated  on  97  acres 
within  the  Borough  of  West  Chester;  the 
south  campus  is  located  on  a  291-acre 
tract  in  adjacent  townships.  West 
Chester  was  settied  in  the  early  eigh- 
teenth century  principally  by  members 
of  the  Society  of  Friends.  With  a 
population  of  about  20,000,  the  borough 
is  small  enough  to  have  the  pleasant 
aspects  of  a  tree-shaded  American  town. 


large  enough  to  provide  essential 
services  and  the  substance  of  a  vigorous 
community,  and  old  enough  to  give 
the  student  first-hand  contact  with 
America's  early  history.  The  heart  of 
West  Chester  is  its  courthouse,  a 
Classical  Revival  building  designed  in 
the  1840s  by  Thomas  U.  Walter,  one  of 
the  architects  for  the  Capitol  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

Today,  West  Chester  is  part  of  the  rapidly 
growing  suburban  complex  surrounding 
Philadelphia  and  offers  interesting 
opportunities  for  the  study  of  local, 
county,  and  regional  government  in  a 
period  of  change  and  growth. 

Philadelphia  is  25  miles  to  the  east  and 
Wilmington  17  miles  to  the  south  of 
the  campus.  The  libraries,  museums, 
and  other  cultural  and  historical 
resources  of  both  cities  are  within  easy 
reach.  Valley  Forge,  the  Brandywine 
Batdefield,  Longwood  Gardens,  and 
other  historical  attractions  are  near  West 
Chester. 

How  to  Reach  West  Chester 

The  Borough  of  West  Chester  is  easily 
accessible  from  all  directions  both  by  car 
and  public  transportation.  Route  3, 
the  West  Chester  Pike,  leads  directly 
into  town  from  center-city  Philadelphia. 
From  the  Pennsylvania  Turnpike, 
motorists  traveling  west  should  take 
Route  202  south  from  the  Valley  Forge 
Interchange,  while  those  traveling  east 


can  arrive  via  Route  100  south  from 
the  Downingtown  Interchange.  From 
the  south.  Route  202  from  Wilmington 
and  Routes  100  and  52  from  U.S. 
Route  1  all  lead  to  West  Chester. 

Undergraduate  Studies 

Over  10,000  students  are  enrolled  in 
the  University's  undergraduate  program. 
The  University  grants  the  Associate  of 
Arts  in  liberal  studies,  the  Associate  of 
Science  in  two  fields,  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Education  in  four  basic 
curricula  — elementary  education,  sec- 
ondary education,  music  education,  and 
speech  pathology  and  audiology,  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  in  arts  and  letters,  social 
and  behavioral  science,  the  natural 
sciences,  mathematics,  and  music;  the 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  in  Studio  Arts;  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  the  sciences  and 
health  sciences;  the  Bachelor  of  Music 
in  theory/composition,  performance, 
and  music  history;  and  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Nursing. 

The  University  also  offers  degree  pro- 
grams that  prepare  students  for  special- 
ized work  in  business  administration, 
computer  and  information  sciences, 
criminal  justice,  nursing,  social  welfare, 
speech  pathology  and  audiolog)',  and 
many  other  fields.  The  Office  of 
Admissions  will  supply  undergraduate 
admissions  materials  upon  request. 


Admission 


Student  Responsibility 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  students  to 
know  and  observe  all  policies  and 
procedures  for  their  programs.  The 
University  will  not  waive  a  regulation 
because  a  student  pleads  ignorance  of  it. 
Students  should  give  careful  attention 
to  the  dates  relating  to  application  for 
graduation  as  well  as  other  pertinent 
deadlines  announced  by  the  department 
or  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Sponsored  Research. 

The  Application  Procedure 

Students  with  a  bachelor's  degree  from 
an  accredited  college  or  university  in  the 
United  States  or  with  equivalent 
preparation  acquired  in  another  country 
are  eligible  to  apply  for  admission  to  a 
graduate  program. 

1.  Applications  are  available  from  the 
Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Sponsored  Research  and,  when 
completed,  should  be  returned  there 
along  with  all  supporting 
documentation  required  for 
admission  to  a  particular  degree 
program. 

2.  Applicants  must  request  all 
institutions  at  which  they  have  taken 
any  post-secondary  work  to  submit 
an  official  transcript  direcdy  to  the 
Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Sponsored  Research.  West  Chester 
University  undergraduate  transcripts 
are  available  to  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored 
Research;  applicants  do  not  need  to 
forward  them. 

3.  Applicants  should  consult  with  the 
graduate  coordinator  of  the  primary 
interest  area  to  assure  compliance 
with  admission  requirements  for  a 
particular  degree  program. 

Application  Deadline 

Degree  candidates  should  apply  for 
admission  at  least  t\v'o  months  before 
registration  for  the  semester  or  summer 
session  in  which  they  wish  to  enroll. 
Individual  programs  frequentiy  specify 
deadlines  in  advance  of  those  requfred  by 
the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Notification  of  Admission 

All  applications  are  reviewed  by  both 
the  appropriate  department  or  program 


and  the  dean  of  graduate  studies. 
The  dean  will  notify  applicants  of  the 
acceptance  or  rejection  of  thefr 
applications.  If  accepted,  students  must 
follow  all  program  advising  and 
scheduling  policies  and  procedures. 
Accepted  students  should  meet 
immediately  with  their  advisors  to 
outline  a  program  of  study. 

Registration 

Previously  enrolled  students  (those 
who  have  attended  within  the  past  year) 
and  newly  accepted  students  will 
receive  scheduling  materials  and 
registration  instructions  by  mail. 
Materials  for  fall  semester  are  usually 
available  in  early  April,  for  spring 
semester  in  early  November,  and  for 
summer  sessions  in  early  March. 
Students  who  anticipate  receiving 
materials  but  do  not  receive  them  should 
contact  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 
Please  note  that  certain  high-demand 
programs  have  established  thefr  own 
registration  procedures  specific  to  their 
needs. 

Active  Status 

A  student's  application  and  curriculum 
record  will  remain  active  for  a  two- 
year  period.  If  two  years  lapse  in  which 
the  student  fails  to  register,  the  record 
will  be  placed  on  inactive  status.  The 
student  must  then  reapply  to  the  Office 
of  Graduate  Studies. 

Admission  Requirements  for 
Degree  Students 

1 .  A  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  college 
or  university  accredited  in  the  United 
States  or  its  equivalent  from  a  school 
in  another  country. 

2.  A  cumulative  average  of  at  least  2.50 
and  a  grade  of  at  least  2.75  in  the 
major  discipline.  (An  "A"  equals  4.0.) 

3.  Scores  from  the  Graduate 
Management  Admission  Test, 
Graduate  Record  Examination,  or 
the  Miller  Analogies  Test  if  these  are 
requfred  for  admission  to  the 
program  in  which  the  student  wishes 
to  eiuroll. 

4.  Approval  by  the  department  offering 
the  desired  degree  program.  Before 
such  approval  is  given,  an  interview 
with  a  faculty  member  may  be 
requfred.  The  applicant  also  must 


meet  any  other  additional 
requirements  established  for  the 
degree  program,  including  grade 
point  averages  which  exceed  the 
minimum  graduate  admission 
requirements. 

5.  Approval  by  the  dean  of  graduate 
studies  and  sponsored  research. 

6.  Space  available  in  the  program. 
An  applicant  who  has  academic 
deficiencies  may  be  granted  provisional 
status.  The  departmental  graduate 
coordinator  will  specify  course  work 
which  must  be  taken  to  remove  such 
deficiencies  and  which  will  not  be 
credited  to  degree  requirements 
including,  if  necessary,  undergraduate 
prerequisites. 

Admission  to  degree  study  does  not 
constitute  admission  to  degree 
candidacy.  After  a  student  has 
satisfactorily  fulfilled  certain  course 
requirements  specified  in  the  degree 
program  and  has  completed  12  to  15 
semester  hours  of  work,  the  student 
must  apply  for  admission  to  degree 
candidacy. 

Graduate  Record  Examination 
and  Graduate  Management 
Admission  Test 

Scores  from  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination  (GRE)  or  Graduate 
Management  Admission  Test  (GMAT) 
are  required  for  many  degree  programs. 
The  prospective  degree  student  should 
consult  the  appropriate  program 
oudine  and  schedule  a  test  prior  to 
matriculation. 

Both  tests  are  administered  by  the 
Educational  Testing  Service,  P.O.  Box 
6004,  Princeton,  N.J.  08541-6004.  For 
current  information  regarding 
application  materials  and  test  dates, 
contact  the  Counseling  Center  215-436- 
2301.  Application  forms  must  be  filed 
with  the  Educational  Testing  Service  at 
least  15  days  prior  to  the  date  of  any 
examination. 

The  examinations  may  be  taken  at  any 
of  the  testing  centers  designated  by 
the  Educational  Testing  Service.  The 
GRE  is  administered  periodically  at  West 
Chester— generally  in  October, 
December,  February,  April,  and  June. 
West  Chester  University  became  a  test 
center  for  the  GMAT  in  fall  1989. 


Admission 


Miller  Analogies  Test 

Some  degree  programs  require  students 
to  take  the  Miller  Analogies  Test,  which 
is  administered  each  week  at  the 
Counseling  Center,  Room  129,  Law- 
rence Center.  It  requires  less  than  two 
hours  and  is  given  by  appointment. 
Students  requiring  the  test  should 
telephone  the  center  (215-436-2301) 
well  in  advance  to  schedule  a  test  date. 
Appointments  are  often  booked  several 
months  in  advance.  The  student  must 
pay  an  examination  fee  in  person  at 
the  time  the  test  is  taken  at  the  Coun- 
seling Center. 

Undergraduates 

An  undergraduate  who  has  completed 
96  credits  of  undergraduate  course 
work,  is  in  the  final  semester  of  work 
for  the  bachelor's  degree,  and  has  an 
overall  grade  point  average  of  at  least 
3.0  may,  with  the  permission  of  the  dean 
of  graduate  studies  and  sponsored 
research,  enroll  in  up  to  six  credits  of 
graduate-level  courses.  Credits  earned 
may  be  applied  to  a  master's  degree 
program  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
major  department. 

Auditors 

An  auditor  is  a  student  who  attends 
classes  but  does  not  necessarily  do  other 
work  required  of  students  in  the 
course.  Anyone  may  attend  the  Univer- 
sity for  the  sole  purpose  of  auditing 
one  or  more  graduate  courses  by  obtain- 
ing approval  from  the  course  instructor, 
graduate  coordinator,  and  dean  of 
graduate  studies  and  sponsored  re- 
search, and  paying  the  regular  fee. 
Full-time  graduate  students  may  audit 
one  course  per  semester  without  charge, 
provided  they  obtain  approval  from 
the  course  instructor  and  the  course 
does  not  create  an  overload  for  the 
student.  If  an  overload  results,  students 
must  pay  for  each  credit  in  excess  of 
12.  Part-time  graduate  students  may 
audit  one  course  per  semester  provided 
they  obtain  the  instructor's  approval, 
enroll  in  the  course  through  the  office  of 
graduate  studies,  and  pay  the  regular 
course  fee. 

Credit  is  never  given  to  auditors.  After 
the  course  has  commenced,  the  auditor 
status  may  not  be  changed.  The  grade 


of  Audit  (AU)  is  recorded  on  the 
student's  transcript.  A  full-time  gradu- 
ate assistant  may  not  use  an  audit  to 
maintain  his/her  full-time  status  without 
the  prior  approval  of  the  appropriate 
advisor,  graduate  coordinator,  and  dean 
of  graduate  studies. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

Applicants  to  a  degree  program  at  West 
Chester  who  have  earned  credits 
through  previous  graduate  study  at 
another  college  or  university  may  trans- 
fer credit  under  certain  circumstances. 
Application  forms  for  transfer  of  credit 
may  be  obtained  in  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored  Re- 
search. The  following  conditions  are  the 
minimum  requirements  for  acceptance 
of  transfer  credit: 

1.  The  credits  must  have  been  earned 
at  an  approved  graduate  school. 

2.  The  courses  taken  must  be  approved 
by  the  department  or  program  in 
which  the  applicant  intends  to  enroll 
at  West  Chester  and  by  the  graduate 
dean. 

3.  No  more  than  six  credits  may  be 
transferred. 

4.  The  grade  earned  for  courses  to  be 
transferred  must  be  B  or  better.  (An 
"A"  equals  4.0.) 

5.  An  official  transcript  must  be  submit- 
ted. Transcripts  must  be  sent  directly 
to  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies 
and  Sponsored  Research  by  the 
institution  that  granted  the  credits, 
and  they  must  clearly  indicate  that  the 
courses  to  be  transferred  are  gradu- 
ate courses,  which  were  given 
graduate  credit. 

6.  The  courses  for  transfer  must  have 
been  taken  recendy  enough  to  fall 
within  the  six-year  time  limitation. 

Admission  of  Foreign  Students 

Students  from  foreign  countries  may  be 
admitted  to  the  graduate  program 
provided  they  meet  certain  special 
requirements  in  addition  to  the  Univer- 
sity and  program  admission  require- 
ments.  Foreign  students,  like  other 
out-of-state  students,  are  accepted  only 
when  space  is  available. 

All  applications  and  supporting  docu- 
ments must  be  on  file  in  the  Office  of 


Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored  Re- 
search no  less  than  four  months  before 
the  student  proposes  to  enter  the 
country. 

Applicants  whose  native  language  is 
not  English  must  submit  evidence  of 
satisfactory  performance  on  the  Test  of 
English  as  a  Foreign  Language 
(TOEFL)  to  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies  and  Sponsored  Research  before 
application  forms  can  be  processed.  A 
score  of  550  is  the  minimum  acceptable 
score,  although  some  programs  have 
higher  minimum  requirements.  Informa- 
tion about  the  TOEFL  test,  including 
test  dates  and  locations  in  foreign 
countries,  can  be  obtained  from  the 
Educational  Testing  Service,  Box  899, 
Princeton,  N.J.  08540,  U.S.A.  Registra- 
tion forms  must  reach  Princeton  at 
least  five  weeks  before  the  test  is  to  be 
taken. 

The  following  information  and  docu- 
ments must  be  filed  with  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored  Re- 
search: 

1.  A  completed  application  form. 

2.  An  official  copy  of  school  certificates, 
showing  the  date  issued  for  all  work 
done  beyond  the  elementary  level. 

3.  A  statement  from  a  bank  or  other 
financial  institution  certifying  ample 
financial  resources  to  maintain 
oneself  while  a  student  in  the  United 
States.  Current  costs  are  $8600  for 
the   academic  year.    (Summer  and 
holidays  are  not  figured  into  these 
costs.) 

4.  A  Medical  History  Form  and  an 
Immunization  Record   must  be 
completed  by  a  ph)'sician  and  re- 
turned to  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies. 

5.  If  a  student  is  admitted  to  a  degree 
program,  a  U.S.  Immigration  (1-20) 
Form  will  be  supplied  by  the 
University. 

After  the  application  and  supporting 
documents  have  been  reviewed,  the 
Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Spon- 
sored Research  will  notify  the  applicant 
of  its  action.  Foreign  students  are 
urged  to  remain  in  their  own  countries 
until  they  receive  notice  of  acceptance. 
The  University  cannot  assume  responsi- 
bility for  the  housing  or  welfare  of 
foreign  students. 


Good  Standing,  Academic  Probation,  Degree 
Candidacy,  and  Degree  Requirements 


Good  Standing 

Students  must  maintain  a  2.75  cumula- 
tive average  (i.e.,  all  graduate  courses 
taken)  and  a  3.0  in  the  major  discipline 
(i.e.,  all  courses,  both  required  and 
elective,  departmental  and  non- 
departmental  taken  to  fulfill  degree 
requirements)  to  remain  in  good  stand- 
ing. 

Academic  Probation 

Students  whose  cumulative  average 
falls  below  2.75  and/or  3.0  in  the  major 
discipline  will  be  placed  on  probation. 
Students  must  return  to  good  standing 
during  the  next  nine  credits  of  appropri- 
ate graduate  work,  or  they  will  be 
dropped  from  the  program.  Students 
will  not  be  granted  a  second  probation- 
ary period.  Students  earning  as  low  as 
a  cumulative  2.0  will  be  dropped 
without  a  probationary  period.  Summer 
sessions  count  the  same  as  regular 
semesters.  All  grades  recorded  deter- 
mine the  students'  academic  status,  even 
if  a  student  changes  degree  programs. 
Students  dropped  from  a  graduate 
program  due  to  unsatisfactory  work  will 
not  be  permitted  to  take  courses  for 
credit  towards  a  graduate  degree  in  that 
department  beyond  the  semester  in 
which  they  are  dropped. 

Requirements  for  Admission  to 
Degree  Candidacy 

Application  for  degree  candidacy  must 
be  made  immediately  on  completion 
of  the  first  12  to  15  semester  hours  of 
course  work  in  a  degree  program. 
During  the  precandidacy  period  the 
students  must; 

1.  Complete  those  courses  which  the 
department  or  program  specifies  as 
prerequisite  to  degree  candidacy. 

2.  Perform  satisfactorily  on  examina- 
tions which  the  department  or 


program  may  require  for  admission 
to  degree  candidacy. 

3.  Maintain  a  cumulative  average  of  at 
least  2.75  and  an  average  of  at  least 
3.0  in  the  major  discipline. 

4.  Meet  specific  GPA  requirements  as 
stipulated  by  the  individual  degree 
program. 

Procedure  for  Application  to 
Degree  Candidacy 

1 .  Every  student  must  file  an  application 
for  admission  to  degree  candidacy 
with  the  dean  of  graduate  studies  and 
sponsored  research.   Forms  are 
available  in  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies  and  Sponsored  Research. 

2.  When  the  application  has  been 
evaluated  by  the  department  con- 
cerned and  by  the  dean  of  graduate 
studies  and  sponsored  research,  the 
graduate  dean  will  send  a  letter  of 
acceptance  or  rejection  to  the  student. 

3.  Upon  notice  of  acceptance,  degree 
candidates  must  confer  with  their 
advisors  to  continue  with  their 
previously  established  program  of 
study. 

Students  must  be  admitted  to  degree 
candidacy  prior  to  registering  for 
comprehensive  exams  and  before  regis- 
tering for  thesis  credits. 

Reapplication  for  Degree 
Candidacy 

Apphcants  who  fail  to  qualify  as  degree 
candidates  may  reapply.  They  must 
attain  an  average  of  3.0  in  course  work 
specified  by  their  advisors. 

Summary  of  Requirements  for 
the  Master's  Degree 

1.  Admission  to  degree  candidacy. 

2.  Completion  of  all  requisite  courses 
and  credits  with  a  cumulative 
average  of  2.75,  an  average  of  3.0  in 
the  major  discipline,  compliance 


with  specific  GPA  requirements  as 
stipulated  by  the  individual  degree 
program,  and  achievement  of  satisfac- 
tory scores  on  the  Graduate  Manage- 
ment Admission  Test,  Graduate 
Record  Examination,  or  the  Miller 
Analogies  Test,  if  required.  (See 
program  requirements.) 

3.  Satisfactory  performance  on  a  final 
written  and/or  oral  comprehensive 
examination  conducted  by  the 
student's  advisory  committee  in  the 
field  of  specialization.  (It  is  the 
candidate's  responsibility  to  apply 
for  this  examination.) 

4.  Submission  and  approval  of  the  thesis 
or  research  report  in  those  programs 
requiring  it. 

5.  Fulfillment  of  any  special  examina- 
tions, requirements,  or  competencies 
that  are  unique  to  a  department  or 
program. 

6.  Fulfillment  of  all  financial  obhgations 
to  the  University,  including  payment 
of  the  graduation  fee,  and  of  all 
other  obligations  including  the  return 
of  University  property. 

7.  Compliance  with  all  academic  re- 
quests from  the  dean  of  graduate 
studies  and  sponsored  research,  in- 
cluding submission  of  a  form  letter  of 
intent  to  graduate  by  the  specified 
due  date. 

Additional  Requirements  for 
the  Master  of  Education  Degree 

In  addition  to  fulfilling  these  require- 
ments, candidates  for  certain  Master  of 
Education  degrees  must  give  evidence 
of  successful  teaching  experience 
approved  by  the  department  chairper- 
son. Other  experiences  in  lieu  of  this 
requirement  must  be  approved  by  the 
relevant  department  and  the  dean  of 
graduate  studies  and  sponsored  re- 
search. 


Fees  and  Expenses 


Special  Note:  The  fees  listed  below  reflect 
charges  at  press  time.  For  up-to-date 
information  on  fees  at  any  given  time, 
contact  the  Office  of  the  Bursar  (215)  436- 
2552. 

Fees  and  expenses  are  subject  to  change 
without  notice.  Fees  shown  here  are  in 
effect  for  the  1991-92  academic  year. 
Changes  for  1992-93,  if  approved,  would 
occur  after  the  printing  of  this  catalog. 

Unless  otherwise  specified,  fees  may  be 
paid  by  Visa,  MasterCard,  check,  or 
money  order  made  payable  to  West 
Chester  University.  The  cancelled  check, 
money  order  record,  or  charge  card 
billing  serves  as  a  receipt. 

Basic  Graduate  Fees  for  Legal 
Residents  of  Pennsylvania 

Less  than  9  credits  — $146.00  per 
semester  hour  of  credit 

9  through  15  credits -$1314.00  per 
semester 

More  than  15  credits  — $1314.00  plus 
$146.00  for  each  semester  hour  of 
credit  beyond  15 

Basic  Graduate  Fees  for 
Out-of-State  Students 

Less  than  9  credits  — $186.00  per 
semester  hour  of  credit 

9  through  15  credits -$1677.00  per 
semester 

More  than  15  credits  — $1677.00  plus 
$186.00  for  each  semester  hour  of 
credit  beyond  15 

Housing  Fee 

Graduate  student  housing  is  limited  at 
West  Chester  University.  If  housing 
is  granted,  a  fee  must  be  paid  which 
entitles  the  student  to  occupancy  of  a 
standard  double  room  in  a  residence  hall 
with  one  roommate.  This  fee  covers 
all  utilities,  including  on-campus  and 
local  telephone  service  (students  must 
provide  the  actual  telephone).  The 
Student  Occupancy  Agreement,  which 
must  be  signed  before  students  check 
into  their  rooms,  is  binding  for  the 
full  academic  year  (September-May), 
even  for  those  students  who  may  receive 
late  room  assignments.  The  cost  per 
student  is  $1,100.00  a  semester. 


On-Campus  Residence  Fee 

The  residence  fee  for  students  living  in 
campus  residence  halls  is  $1,815.00 
per  semester  and  covers  housing 
($1,100.00)  and  meals  ($715.00)  while 
the  University  is  in  session.  These  fees 
are  subject  to  an  annual  adjustment. 

Food  Plans 

Plan  1  —  14  Variable  Program  entitles 
students  to  any  14  of  the  21   meals 
served  Monday  through  Sunday  and 
includes  a  flexible  fund  of  $100.  This 
program  is  required  for  resident 
students  and  is  available  to  ofif-campus 
and  commuter  students. 

Plan  2  —  Flexible  Fund  Program  is 

designed  for  commuters.  Students  can 
place  a  minimum  of  $100  into  a  flexible 
fund  account,  which  they  can  access 
with  their  ID  card  in  the  Food  Court, 
Take  Out,  or  Convenience  Store  in 
Lawrence  Dining  Hall;  the  deli  in  Sykes 
Union  Building;  or  the  Bagel  Cart. 
With  this  program,  there  is  no  need  for 
students  to  carry  cash  to  purchase 
meals.  The  flexible  fund  can  be  in- 
creased in  $25  increments  at  any  time. 

All  Flexible  Fund  Dollars  must  be 
used  by  the  end  of  the  spring  semester. 
Balances  will  not  be  carried  forward 
to  the  next  academic  year. 

Students  in  university  housing  already 
have  their  meal  plan  cost  included  in 
their  university  billing.  Off-campus 
and  commuter  students  can  sign  up  for 
a  meal  plan  by  applying  at  the  Bursar's 
Office  in  Elsie  O.  Bull  Center. 

Late  Registration  Fee 

Graduate  students  are  not  automatically 
granted  permission  to  schedule  after 
the  deadline;  however,  a  late  registration 
fee  of  $35.00  is  required  of  students 
who  receive  approval  to  schedule  and 
pay  after  the  official   registration 
deadline. 

Community  Center  Fee 

Students  pay  a  community  center  fee 
based  on  the  number  of  credits  carried, 
as  follows: 

1  through  6  credits  $  2.50  per  semester 
7  through  8  credits  $  5.00  per  semester 
9  credits  or  more     $10.00  per  semester 


The  community  center  fee  is  not 
refundable. 

Student  Union  Expansion  Fee 

Effective  with  the  fall  1991  semester. 
This  fee  will  be  phased  in  as  follows: 

Full  Time    Part  Time    Summer 
Class  of  1992    $14.00    $  5.00    $  2.50 
Class  of  1993      28.00      10.00        5.00 
Class  of  1994      41.00      15.00        7.50 
Class  of  1995      55.00      20.00      10.00 

Educational  Service  Fee 

$50.00  per  semester,  full-time  student 
$20.00  per  semester,  pan-time  student 
$10.00  per  summer  session 
The  amounts  collected  will  be  set  aside 
and  used  exclusively  for  the  following: 

Educational  SuppUes  20% 

Library  Books/Periodicals  40% 

Educational  Equipment  40% 

This  fee  is  fully  refundable  to  those 
students  who  officially  withdraw  prior 
to  the  start  of  class.  This  fee  is  nonre- 
fundable for  students  withdrawing 
after  the  start  of  class. 

Health  Center  Fee 

All  full-time  students  (nine  credits  or 
more)  are  charged  a  $35.00  health 
center  fee  per  semester.   Part-time 
students  pay  $14.00  per  semester.  Reg- 
ular summer  session  students  pay 
$6.00  and  PRE  and  POST  summer 
sessions  pay  $4.00. 

International  Student  Services 
Fee 

International  students  must  pay  a  fee 
of  $25.00  per  semester  to  suppon  the 
special  needs  of  these  students. 

Graduate  Student  Association 

Fee 

$6.00  per  semester  full  time 
$3.00  per  semester  part  time 

Course  Audit  Fee 

Students  who  audit  a  course  (attend  a 
course  without  taking  credit)  pay  the 
same  fees  as  other  students. 

Financial  Obligations 

Students  are  expected  to  make  full 
payment  of  fees  by  the  registration 


Fees  and  Expenses 


deadline  in  advance  of  each  semester. 
The  University  sends  bills  for  fees 
preceding  each  semester.  If  payment  is 
not  made  within  the  stipulated  period, 
the   student   risks   cancellation   of  all 
scheduled  courses. 
Payments  normally  fall  due  each 
academic  year  as  follows: 
Fall  semester  Mid-August 

Spring  semester  Mid-December 

Any  change  in  these  dates  will  be 
shown  on  fall  or  spring  invoices.  Checks 
should  be  made  payable  to  West 
Chester  University  and  mailed  to; 
Office  of  the  Bursar 
Elsie  O.  Bull  Center 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
No  student  will  be  enrolled,  graduated, 
or  given  a  transcript  of  his  or  her 
record  until  all  charges  due  at  the 
particular  time  are  paid. 

Billing  Address  Changes 

If  a  student's  billing  address  changes 
during  enrollment  at  the  University,  the 
new  address  must  be  given  to  the  Office 
of  the  Registrar  in  the  Elsie  O.  Bull 
Center  to  avoid  delayed  delivery  of  bills. 

Dishonored  Check  Fee 

A  fee  of  $25.00  is  charged  to  accounts 
for  checks  returned  for  any  reason. 

Transcript  Fee 

The  fee  for  transcripts  is  $3.00  per  copy. 
Transcript  request  forms  ctre  available 
in  the  Registrar's  Office.  Immediate 
transcripts  are  $5.00  per  request. 

Rentals 

Any  band  or  orchestra  instrument 

$6.00  per  semester 

$1.00  per  week  in  summer  sessions 
Organ  $36.00  per  semester 

$2.00  per  week  in  summer  sessions 

Withdrawal  Procedure 

Students  who  wish  to  withdraw  from 
the   University  after  paying   their 
semester  or  summer  session  fees  must 
follow  the  official  withdrawal  procedure. 
Withdrawal  forms  are  available  in  the 
Registrar's  Office,  Elsie  O.  Bull  Center. 
Completed  forms  must  be  returned 
to  that  office  during  the  semester  or 
summer  session  when  the  withdrawal 
occurs. 

Basic  Fee  Refund  Policy 

Refunds  cannot  be  made  unless  the 
student  oBicially  processes  the  with- 


drawal from  the  University  or  the  drop 
from  a  course  through  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar.  Application  fees  credited 
to  the  student's  basic  fee  are  not 
refundable.  Other  amounts  paid  and 
credited  toward  the  basic  tuition  fee  are 
refundable  in  full  for  students  who 
withdraw  for  approved  reasons  (such 
as  documented  ill  health  or  personal 
tragedy)  prior  to  the  first  day  of  the 
semester. 

Beginning  with  the  first  class  day  of 
the  semester,   the  basic   tuition  fee 
exclusive  of  the  acceptance  fee  is 
refundable  for  students  who  withdraw 
in  accordance  with  the  following 
schedule: 


1st  or  2nd  week 

80% 

3rd  week 

70% 

4th  week 

60% 

5th  week 

50% 

6th  week  and  thereafter 

NO  REFUND 

Students  who  officially  reduce  their 
credit  hour  load  to  qualify  for  a  lower 
basic  tuition  fee  shall  receive  a  refund  of 
a  percentage  of  the  difference  in 
accordance  with  the  above  schedule. 

Policies  on  Refunds 

Refunds  cannot  be  made  after  the  close 

of  the  semester.  Students  should 

initiate  refund  requests  immediately  by 

contacting  the  Office  of  the  Registrar 

and  the  Office  of  the  Bursar  in  the  Ebie 

O.  Bull  Center. 

Refund  of  the  application  fee  or 

acceptance  fee  will  not  be  made  under 

any  circumstances. 

Refunds  will  not  be  made  to  students 

who  are  temporarily  or  indefinitely 

suspended. 

The  summer  graduate  catalog  states 

summer  session  fees  and  policies. 

Housing  Refunds 

The  $100.00  room  deposit  is  not 
refundable.  When  students  change  from 
resident  status  to  commuter  status  after 
the  beginning  of  the  semester,  there 
is  no  room  refund,  except  for  the  most 
compelling  reasons  and  when  a  "Re- 
quest for  Cancellation  of  Occupancy 
Agreement"  is  properly  filed  in  the 
Office  of  Housing  and  Residence  Life. 

Meal  Refunds 

The  fee  for  meals  may  be  refunded  on 
a  weekly  prorated  basis.   Contact  the 
Office  of  the  Bursar  in  the  Elsie  O.  Bull 
Center. 


Application  Fee 

A  nonrefundable  graduate  student 
appUcation  fee  of  $25.00  is  assessed  to 
all  students  applying  to  the  graduate 
program. 

Graduation  Fee 

A  graduation  fee  of  $30.00  is  required 
of  all  degree  candidates.  No  degree  will 
be  granted  until  this  fee  is  paid.  Checks 
should  be  drawn  to  the  Commence- 
ment Fund  and  delivered  to  the  Office 
of  Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored 
Research  on  or  before  the  due  date. 

Parking  Fee 

The  University  charges  a  nonrefund- 
able parking  fee  to  students  who  are 
eligible  to  purchase  a  decal  to  use 
University  parking  lots.  The  following 
fees  have  been  approved: 
EFFECTIVE  RATE 

Fall  1992  $15.00 

Fall  1993  $20.00 

Registration  forms  are  available  at  the 
Public  Safety  Department.  A  violation  of 
University  parking  regulations  is 
charged  at  $5.00  per  issued  ticket. 

library  Card/ID  Card 

In  order  to  borrow  books  from  the 
library,  graduate  students  must  present 
their  ID  (identffication)  card.  An  ID 
card  can  be  purchased  for  a  $2.00  fee 
at  the  SSI  Office,  Sykes  Union  Building. 

Academic  Computing  Center 
ID  Card 

In  order  to  borrow  software  and/or  use 
the  Academic  Computing  Center 
facilities,  all  graduate  students  (pan- 
time  and  full-time  students)  must 
present  a  valid  WCU  ID  card.  The  ID 
card  is  purchased  at  the  SSI  Office, 
Sykes  Union  Building.  (For  further 
information  on  the  cost  and  hours  for 
pictures,  contact  SSI  at  215-436-2955.) 

Fees  for  Crossover  Registration 

Students  who  are  admitted  to  graduate 
study  and  need  to  take  undergraduate 
course  work  to  correct  academic 
deficiencies  are  advised  to  enroll  in 
undergraduate  courses  exclusively,  and 
they  will  be  billed  undergraduate  fees. 
Graduate  students  who  are  enrolled  in 
graduate  and  undergraduate  courses 
during  the  same  semester  will  pay 
graduate  fees  for  all  course  work. 
Further,  all  such  courses  or  combina- 
tions are  to  appear  on  a  single  graduate 
transcript  that  includes  a  code  or 


Financial  Aid 


legend  which  differentiates  between 
undergraduate  and  graduate  courses. 
Undergraduate  courses  appearing  on  a 
graduate  transcript  may  or  may  not  be 
acceptable  for  a  degree  program, 
according  to  determinations  made  by 
the  degree-granting  department.  Under- 
graduate students  with  at  least  a  3.00 
GPA  and  96  credits  of  course  work  may 
take  up  to  six  credits  of  graduate  course 
work  in  their  final  semester  in  accor- 
dance with  University  policy.   If  the 
student  wishes  to  have  the  credits  count 
towards  the  bachelor's  degree,  he/she 


must  submit  a  completed  "Application 
for  an  Undergraduate  Student  to  Take  a 
Graduate  Course  for  Undergraduate 
Credit."  If  the  student  wishes  to  have 
the  credits  count  towards  a  graduate 
degree,  he/she  must  submit  a  com- 
pleted "Application  for  an  Undergradu- 
ate Student  to  Take  a  Graduate  Course 
for  Graduate  Credit."  Both  forms  are  avail- 
able in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  To 
receive  graduate  level  credit,  the  student 
also  must  submit  a  properly  completed 
and  approved  Graduate  School  Admis- 
sions Form  to  the  Office  of  Graduate 


Studies  before  completing  the  appropri- 
ate form. 

If  a  course  is  taken  for  undergraduate 
credit  by  an  undergraduate  student, 
no  additional  fees  will  be  required. 
If  a  course  is  taken  for  graduate  credit, 
the  student  must  pay  graduate  tuition 
and  applicable  fees  for  that  course. 
Credit  earned  and  grades  received  will 
be  recorded  on  the  undergraduate 
transcript.  Credits  so  earned  may  later 
be  applied  to  a  graduate  program, 
subject  to  approval  of  the  major  depart- 
ment. 


Financial  Aid 


The  purpose  of  financial  aid  at  West  Chester  University  is  to 
provide  financial  assistance  and  counseling  to  students  who 
can  benefit  firom  further  education,  but  who  cannot  obtain  it 
without  such  assistance.  Financial  assistance  consists  of  gift 
aid  in  the  form  of  scholarships  or  grants  and  self-help  aid  in  the 
form  of  employment  or  loans.  The  main  responsibility  for 
meeting  educational  expenses  rests  with  students  and  their 
families.  Financial  aid  is  a  supplement  to  family  contributions 
and  is  to  be  used  for  educational  expenses. 

Eligibility  for  financial  aid,  with  the  exception  of  some 
assistantships  and  scholarships,  is  based  on  demonstrated 
financial  need.  Family  income,  assets,  and  family  size  influence 
the  demonstrated  financial  need  of  the  student. 

All  documents,  correspondence,  and  conversations  among 
the  aid  applicant,  his  or  her  family,  and  the  Financial  Aid  Office 
are  confidential  and  entitled  to  the  protection  ordinarily 
arising  from  a  counseling  relationship. 

In  order  to  receive  need-based  financial  aid,  the  student  must: 

1.  Meet  enrollment  requirements  for  the  specific  aid  program 
and  must  be  making  satisfactory  academic  progress.  See 
the  section  entitled  "Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  Policy 
for  Financial  Aid"  for  a  more  detailed  explanation  of  this 
requirement. 

2.  Submit  a  Pennsylvania  State  Grant  &  Federal  Student  Aid 
application  to  the  Pennsylvania  Higher  Education  Assistance 
Agency  in  Harrisburg,  Pa.,  before  March  15  for  priority 
consideration.  All  students,  regardless  of  state  residency  status. 


must  complete  this  form  in  order  to  be  considered  for  financial 
aid  at  West  Chester  University.  This  application  will  be  used 
to  determine  demonstrated  financial  need  for  the  student. 
All  students  are  encouraged  to  complete  this  application. 

3.  Submit  a  Financial  Aid  Transcript  from  all  previously 
attended  post-secondary  educational  institutions  including 
all  undergraduate  institutions.  This  transcript  may  be 
obtained  through  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  Submit  this 
transcript  even  if  no  aid  was  received  at  those  institutions. 

4.  Submit  any  other  requested  documentation  concerning 
financial  and  family  circumstances  that  may  be  requested 
by  the  Financial  Aid  Office,  or  any  agency  that  administers 
financial  assistance  programs.  Financial  aid  applicants  may 
be  required  to  submit  copies  of  their  parents'  I.R.S.  forms  or 
various  other  income  documents. 

The  submission  of  the  information  described  above  does  not 
automatically  entitle  a  student  to  receive  financial  aid.  The 
Financial  Aid  Office  follows  the  regulations  established  by  the 
federal  government  in  awarding  aid.  Aid  applicants  are  ranked 
according  to  unmet  need  (based  on  budget,  federal  and  state 
grants,  and  expected  family  contribution),  and  available  funds 
are  offered  to  the  neediest  snidents  first.  Students  must  apply 
for  financial  aid  each  academic  year. 

Direct  questions  concerning  financial  aid  to  the  Financial 
Aid  Office,  138  Elsie  O.  Bull  Center,  West  Chester  University, 
West  Chester,  PA  19383  (215)  436-2627.  Office  hours  are 
Monday  through  Friday,  from  8:30  a.m.  to  4  p.m. 


Satisfactory  Academic  Progress 
Policy  for  Financial  Aid 

The  satisfactory  academic  progress 
policy  for  graduate  students  is  defined 
below.  This  policy  is  subject  to  change 
because  of  revisions  in  federal  regula- 
tions. 

FULL-TIME  GRADUATE  STUDENTS  - 
The  student  must  have  official  permis- 
sion from  the  University  to  enroll  or 


continue  enrollment  as  a  degree  student 
and  must  have  successfully  completed 
at  least  18  credits  during  the  previous 
academic  year   (fall-spring).    Nine 
credits  per  semester  is  considered  to  be 
full  time  for  graduate  students. 

PART-TIME  GRADUATE  STUDENTS  - 
ENROLLED  FOR  1  to  5.5  CREDITS 
PER  SEMESTER -The  snident  must 
have  official  permission  from  the 


University  to  enroll  or  continue  enroll- 
ment as  a  degree  student  and  must 
have  successfully  completed  all  credits 
attempted  during  the  previous  aca- 
demic year  (fall-spring). 

ENROLLED  FOR  6  to  8.5  CREDITS 
PER  SEMESTER -The  student  must 
have  the  official  permission  of  the  Uni- 
versity to  enroll  or  continue  enroll- 
ment as  a  degree  student  and  must  have 


Financial  Aid 


successfully  completed  at  least  12 
credits  durir.g  the  previous  academic 
year  (fall-spring). 

The  Financial  Aid  Office  reviews  the 
"successfully  completed  credits"  require- 
ment at  the  end  of  each  academic  year 
(spring  semester). 
Credits  earned  during  the  summer 
followdng  an  academic  year  vdll  be  used 
to  make  up  a  credit  deficit  during  the 
review  for  financial  aid  satisfactory 
academic  progress.  The  Financial  Aid 
Office  reviews  the  "official  permission 
from  the  University  to  enroll  or  con- 
tinue enrollment  as  a  degree  student" 
requirement  at  the  beginning  of  each 
semester.  In  other  words,  if  the  student 
moves  from   "degree"   to  "nondegree" 
status  between  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters,  the  student  will  not  be 
maintaining  satisfactory  academic 
progress,  and  spring  financial  aid  will 
be  rescinded.  This  particular  item 
cannot  be  appealed. 
FAILURE  TO  MAINTAIN  SATISFAC- 
TORY ACADEMIC  PROGRESS  AC- 
CORDING TO  THESE  STANDARDS 
WILL  RESULT  IN  THE  LOSS  OF 
FEDERAL  TITLE  IV  FINANCL\L  AID 
FOR  AT  LEAST  ONE  SEMESTER  OR 
UNTIL  SUCH  TIME  AS  THE  STU- 
DENT IS  AGAIN  MAINTAINING  SAT- 
ISFACTORY ACADEMIC  PROGRESS. 

DEFINITIONS: 

ENROLLMENT  STATUS:  Full  time 
(nine  or  more  credits  per  semester)  or 
part  time  Gess  than  nine  credits  per 
semester). 

CREDTTS  ATTEMPTED:  Credits 
for  which  a  grade  of  A,  B,  C,  D,  F, 
Withdraw  Failing  (WF),  Incomplete  (I), 
or  No  Grade  (NG),  has  been  received. 

SUCCESSFULLY  COMPLETED 
CREDTTS:  Credits  for  which  a  grade  of 
A,  B,  C  or  D  has  been  received. 
Grades  of  NG  or  I  do  not  count  as 
successfully  completed  credits.  Any 
withdrawal  grades  (Withdraw,  Withdraw 
Passing,  Withdraw  Failing)  do  not 
count  as  successfully  completed  credits. 

FEDERAL  TITLE  TV  FINANCIAL 
AID:  Stafford  Student  Loan  (SSL), 
College  Work  Study,  Perkins  Loan, 
PLUS  Loan,  and  Supplemental  Loan 
(SLS). 

REPEATED  CREDITS,  for  purposes  of 
determining  satisfactory  academic 
progress,  will  be  treated  in  the  same 
manner  as  they  are  treated  under  the 
WCU  academic  policies. 
Generally,  only  those  credits  success- 


fully completed  at  WCU  are  considered 
when  reviewing  the  student's  satisfac- 
tory academic  progress  for  financial  aid. 
However,  if  a  student  is  unable  to 
attend  WCU  during  the  summer  to 
correct  a  "credit  deficiency,"  he  or  she 
may  obtain  official  University  permis- 
sion to  take  courses  at  another  institu- 
tion and  then  submit  those  successfully 
completed  credits  to  the  Financial  Aid 
Office  for  consideration  in  determining 
satisfactory  academic  progress.  Any 
credits  submitted  for  consideration  must 
transfer  to  WCU  and  count  towards 
the  student's  degree.  Only  credits  taken 
during  the  summer  will  be  considered. 

APPEALS  TO  THE  SATISFACTORY 
ACADEMIC  PROGRESS  REQUIRE- 
MENTS: An  appeal  to  the  satisfactory 
academic  progress  requirements  must  be 
made  in  writing  and  fully  explain  the 
reasons  for  the  appeal.  Accompanying 
this  letter  must  be  appropriate  support- 
ing documentation  Getters  firom  physi- 
cians, counselors,  etc.).  The  Appeal  Com- 
mittee may  request  a  personal  interview 
with  the  student.  The  decision  of  the 
committee  will  be  based  on  the 
legitimate  merits  of  the  appeal  and  will 
be  final.  Appeals,  when  granted,  will 
be  for  ONE  SEMESTER  ONLY.  Students 
who  are  granted  appeals  will  be 
reviewed  for  the  maintenance  of  satisfac- 
tory academic  progress  at  the  end  of 
the  "appeal"  semester.  Only  ONE  appeal 
will  be  granted  during  the  course  of 
the  student's  academic  career  at  WCU. 

Academic  Grade  Level 
Requirements  for 
SSI7PLUS/SLS  Loans 

In  addition  to  the  satisfactory  academic 
progress  requirements  mentioned 
above,  the  SSL  and  PLUS  programs 
require  that  a  student  advance  to  the 
next  academic  level  for  every  $7,500 
(SSL  graduate)  /  $4,000  (PLUS  or  SLS) 
borrowed. 


Graduate 

Academic  Level 

Credits  Earned 

1st 

0  to  17.5 

2nd 

18  or  more 

Withdrawal/Enrollment  Change 

and  Aid 

Students  who  officially  withdraw  or 
change  their  enrollment  status  may  be 
entided  to  a  refund  of  certain  fees, 
according  to  West  Chester  University's 
poUcy.  (See  section  entided  "Fees  and 
Expenses.")  If  the  student  has  been 


awarded  financial  aid  for  the  semester 
in  which  the  withdrawal  or  enrollment 
change  occurs,  a  portion  of  the  refund 
will  be  returned  to  financial  aid  pro- 
gram fiinds.  Financial  aid  refunds  due 
to  withdrawals  or  enrollment  changes  are 
processed  in  accordance  with  federal, 
state,  and  awarding  agency  guidelines 
and  regulations.  A  student  considering 
withdrawal  or  an  enrollment  statiis 
change  should  consult  the  Financial  Aid 
Office  to  determine  the  impact  of  that 
action  on  current  and  future  financial  aid. 

Student  Consumer  Rights  and 
Responsibilities 

You  have  the  right  to  ask  a  school: 

1.  The  names  of  its  accrediting  organi- 
zations. 

2.  About  its  programs;  its  instructional, 
laboratory,  and  other  physical 
facilities;  and  its  faculty. 

3.  The  cost  of  attendance  and  its 
policies  on  refunds  to  students 
who  drop  out. 

4.  What  financial  assistance  is  avail- 
able, including  information  on  all 
federal,   state,   local,   private,   and 
institutional  financial  aid  programs. 

5.  What  the  procedures  and  deadlines 
are  for  submitting  applications  for 
each  available  financial  aid  program. 

6.  What  criteria  it  uses  to  select  finan- 
cial aid  recipients. 

7.  How  it  determines  your  financial 
need.  This  process  includes  how 
costs  for  tuition  and  fees,  room  and 
board,  travel,  books  and  supplies, 
personal  and  miscellaneous  ex- 
penses, etc.,  are  considered  in  your 
budget.  It  also  includes  what 
resources  (such  as  parental  contribu- 
tion, other  financial  aid,  your  assets, 
etc.)  are  considered  in  the  calcula- 
tion of  your  need. 

8.  If  you  have  a  loan,  you  have  the 
right  to  know  what  the  interest 
rate  is,  the  total  amount  that  must 
be  repaid,  the  length  of  time  you 
have  to  repay  the  loan,  when  you 
must  start  repaying  it,  and  any 
cancellation  and  deferment  provi- 
sions that  apply. 

9.  If  you  are  offered  a  work  study  job, 
you  have  the  right  to  know  what 
kind  of  job  it  is,  what  hours  you 
must  work,  what  your  duties  will  be, 
what  the  rate  of  pay  will  be,  and 
how  and  when  you  vnl\  be  paid. 

10.  To  reconsider  your  aid  package,  if 
you  believe  a  mistake  has  been  made. 


Financial  Aid 


1 1 .  How  the  school  determines  whether 
you  are  making  satisfactory  aca- 
demic progress  and  what  happens 
if  you  are  not. 

12.  What  special  facilities  and  services 
are  available  to  the  disabled. 

You  have  the  responsibility  to: 

1 .  Review  and  consider  all  information 
about  a  school's  program  before  you 
enroll. 

2.  Pay  special  attention  to  your  appli- 
cation for  student  financial  aid, 
complete  it  accurately,  and  submit  it 
on  time  to  the  right  place.  Errors 
can  delay  your  receipt  of  financial  aid. 

3.  Provide  all  additional  documentation, 
verification,  corrections,  and/or  new 
information  requested  by  either  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  or  the  agency  to 
which  you  submitted  your  applica- 
tion. 

4.  Read  and  understand  all  forms  that 
you  are  asked  to  sign  and  keep  copies 
of  them. 

5.  Accept  responsibility  for  the  promis- 
sory note  and  all  other  agreements 
that  you  sign. 

6.  If  you  have  a  loan,  notify  the  lender 
of  changes  in  your  name,  address,  or 
enrollment  status. 

7.  Perform  in  a  satisfactory  manner  the 
work  that  is  agreed  upon  in  accepting 
a  college  work  study  job. 

8.  Know  and  comply  with  the  deadlines 
for  application  for  aid. 

9.  Know  and  comply  with  your  school's 
refund  procedures. 

Perkins  Loan  Program 

The  Perkins  Loan  Program  is  a  cooper- 
ative effort  of  the  federal  government 
and  West  Chester  University  which 
enables  quahfied  students  to  secure 
educational  loans  under  attractive  con- 
ditions. Each  borrower  must: 

1.  Be  enrolled  or  accepted  in  the  insti- 
tution participating  in  the  program. 

2.  Demonstrate  financial  need. 

3.  Maintain  satisfactory  academic 
progress  in  the  curriculum. 

The  combined  total  of  undergraduate 
and  graduate  loans  cannot  exceed 
$18,000.  Approval  of  loans  depends 
upon  the  student's  financial  need  and 
the   availability  of  loan   funds.   A 
Pennsylvania  State  Grant  and  Federal 
Student  Aid  Application  must  be  filed. 
For  further  information  contact  the 
director  of  financial  aid. 


Stafford  Student  Loan 

The  Stafford  Student  Loan  is  a  cooper- 
ative effort  of  private  lending  institu- 
tions and  the  state  and  federal  govern- 
ments which  enables  qualified  students 
to  secure  long-term  educational  loans. 

To  be  eligible  for  a  loan,  a  student  must: 

1.  Be  accepted  for  enrollment  in  an 
approved  institution  or,  if  enrolled,  be 
making  satisfactory  academic 
progress. 

2.  Be  classified  as  at  least  a  half-time 
student. 

The  maximum  loan  per  academic  grade 
level  for  fiill-time  graduate  students  is 
$7,500  or  the  cost  of  education,  which- 
ever is  less.  The  total  indebtedness 
permissible  for  all  years  of  under- 
graduate and  graduate  study  is  $54,750. 
Applications  for  this  loan  can  be 
obtained  at  lending  institutions  (banks). 

Graduate  Assistantships 

A  limited  number  of  graduate  assistant- 
ships  are  available  to  qualified,  full- 
time  graduate  students.  Interested  stu- 
dents should  consult  their  department 
chairperson  or  graduate  coordinator 
and  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Sponsored  Research  to  determine  the 
availability  of  assistantships  and  their 
own  eligibility.  Assignments  may 
involve  part-time  undergraduate  teach- 
ing, participation  in  research  projects, 
or  other  professional  duties  under 
faculty  supervision. 
Full-time  graduate  assistants,  in  return 
for  20  hours  of  assigned  duties  per  week, 
receive  tuition  remission  and  a  stipend 
of  approximately  $3,750  for  the  academic 
year.  Half-time  assistantships  involving 
10  hours  per  week  of  assignments  are 
also  available  that  cover  six  credits  of 
tuition  remission  and  pay  approxi- 
mately $1,875  for  the  academic  year. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored  Re- 
search. Special  minority  assistantships 
are  available  also. 

For  maximum  consideration  for  sup- 
port, applications  for  the  fall  semester 
should  be  submitted  by  February   1, 
although  some  departments  occasion- 
ally consider  assistantship  applications 
at  later  dates. 

Students  holding  graduate  assistantships 
who  fail  to  maintain  good  academic 
standing  will  have  their  assistantships 
revoked  or  will  not  have  them  renewed. 
This  policy  includes  courses  taken 
during  summer  sessions.  Departments 


also  may  stipulate  higher  academic 
standards  for  maintaining  assistantships. 

Institute  for  Women  Graduate 
Grant 

The  Institute  for  Women  at  West 
Chester  University  offers  an  annual 
grant  of  $500  to  a  woman  graduate 
student  who  is  accepted  into  a  master's 
degree   program   at  West   Chester 
University.  The  award  is  based  on  high 
academic  achievement;  evidence  of 
potential  for  contribution  to  the  appli- 
cant's field  of  study;  a  record  of 
leadership  in  school,  community, 
church,  or  other  setting;  and  evidence 
of  service  to  others.  Applications, 
including  reference  forms,  are  available 
from  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies 
and  Sponsored  Research.  Completed 
materials  must  be  submitted  by  April  1. 
Only  students  who  have  filed  all 
required  admission  credentials  and  plan 
to  enroll  for  a  minimum  of  six  graduate 
credits  are  eligible. 

College  Work  Study 

Graduate  students  may  apply  through 
the  Financial  Aid  Office  for  University  or 
federal  work  study  funds.  A  Pennsyl- 
vania State  Grant  and  Federal  Student 
Aid  Application  must  also  be  filed. 

Physical  Education  Depanment 
Scholarship 

One  $300  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
graduate  student  in  physical  education. 
Applications  should  be  submitted  to 
the  chairperson.   Physical  Education 
Department. 

Special  Education  Department 
Scholarship 

The  Department  of  Special  Education 
offers  a  scholarship  of  $500  to  be 
awarded  annually  to  a  select,  non- 
traditional  student.  The  award  is  made 
possible  through  the  Military  Order  of 
the  Purple  Hean,  a  veterans'  organiza- 
tion chartered  by  Congress  for  armed 
forces  personnel  wounded  in  combat. 

Notification  of  the  award  will  be  made 
by  March  1  of  each  year.  Applications 
and  further  information  are  available 
from  the  chairperson,  Department  of 
Special  Education. 

Professor  Russell  Sturzebecker 
Scholarship 

The  Professor  Russell  Sturzebecker 
Scholarship  is  a  $100  award  made  each 
semester  to  a  "worthy  and  needy" 


Academic  Information  and  Regulations 


graduate  student  in  health  and  physical 
education.  Through  the  generosity  of 
Mr.  John  Unruh,  the  award  is  donated 
in  honor  of  Professor  Sturzebecker. 
The  recipient  must  be  working  full  time 
in  the  field  of  health  and  physical 
education  and  must  be  a  part-time 
student  at  West  Chester  University  and 
working  towards  a  master's  degree  in 
his  or  her  professional  field. 
Graduate  students  who  meet  the  criteria 
are  invited  to  submit  a  letter  of  application 
for  the  scholarship  along  with  a  resume 
of  their  professional  and  academic  status. 
These  documents  should  be  submitted 
to  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of 
Physical  Education  before  November  15 
for  the  first  semester,  and  before  March 
15  for  the  second  semester.  Selections  will 
be  made  by  a  committee  of  three  graduate 
faculty  members  of  the  Department  of 
Health  and  the  Department  of  Physical 
Education. 

Application  forms  are  available  from 
the  Department  of  Physical  Education. 

Grace  Cochran  Research  on 
Women  Award 

An  annual  $100  award  in  each  division, 
graduate  and  undergraduate,  is  given 


for  the  best  research  on  women.  The 
award,  sponsored  by  the  Institute  for 
Women,  is  given  on  Research  on  Women 
Day  held  in  the  spring  of  each  year. 
Dr.  Cochran,  an  eminent  teacher  and 
scholar,  graduated  from  the  West 
Chester  State  Normal  School  in  1906. 

Dr.  Charles  S.  Swope 
Scholarship  Foundation 

The  Memorial  Scholarship  Trust  Foun- 
dation was  established  by  Charles  E. 
Swope  and  Richard  M.  Swope  in 
memory  of  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  S. 
Swope.  Dr.  Swope  served  as  president 
of  West  Chester  University  for  a  quarter 
of  a  century.  AppUcants  must  be 
enrolled  full  time  and  graduates  of  West 
Chester  University.  Scholarships  are 
$1,000  each.  Applications  must  be  filed 
on  or  before  April  1 .  Selection  is  made 
during  May,  with  scholarships  com- 
mencing in  September. 

Charles  Mayo  Scholarship 

A  financial  grant  is  awarded  yearly  to 
an  upperclass  or  graduate  student  in 
political  science  in  memory  of  Charles 
Mayo,  former  president  of  West  Chester 


University.  Funded  by  contributions, 
the  award  is  administered  by  faculty  of 
the  Department  of  Political  Science. 
The  value  of  the  scholarship  is  approxi- 
mately $200. 


Residence  Hall  Graduate 
Assistants 

Opportunities  to  serve  as  residence  hall 
graduate  assistants  are  open  to  all  full- 
time  graduate  students.  Graduate  assis- 
tants five  in  the  University  residence 
halls  and  assist  the  full-time,  professional 
resident  director  in  providing  direction 
for  the  personal,  social,  and  educational 
development  of  the  resident  students. 
These  positions  are  full-time  (25  hours 
a  week)  graduate  assistantships  that  offer 
a  stipend,  tuition  remission,  and  room 
and  meal  plan.  Preference  is  given  to 
students  enrolled  in  a  counseling  or 
psychology  program  and  to  those  with 
prior  residence  hall  Uving  experience. 
Apphcations  may  be  made  through  the 
Office  of  Residence  Life  and  Housing, 
Room  206,  Sykes  Union  Building  (215) 
436-3307. 


Academic  Information  and  Regulations 


Time  to  Complete  the  Degree 
Program 

All  requirements  for  the  degree, 
including  courses,  comprehensive  exam- 
inations, and  thesis,  must  be  completed 
within  the  six  years  immediately  prior 
to  the  expected  date  of  graduation. 

See  also  "Degree  Candidacy"  and  "De- 
gree Requirements." 

Classification  of  Students 

Students  are  classified  as; 
A.  Degree  Students 

1.  Full  matriculation,  granted  to  a  stu- 
dent who  meets  all  admission 
requirements. 

2.  Provisional  matriculation,  which  may 
be  granted  to  a  student  who: 

a.  Has  not  taken  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination,  the  Miller  Analogies 
Test,  or  a  specialized  entrance 
examination  required  by  the  de- 
partment concerned. 


b.  Is  unable  to  present  all  prerequi- 
sites required  by  the  department. 
Students  must  fulfill  the  conditions 
stipulated  in  their  provisional  accep- 
tance by  the  time  that  application  to 
degree  candidacy  is  made.  Credit  earned 
as  a  provisional  degree  student  may 
be  accepted  towards  the  degree  only  on 
recommendation  of  the  student's 
advisor. 

Note:  Some  programs  do  not  grant 
provisional  matriculation. 

3.  TeacAer  certificaaon,  which  applies 
to  students  taking  course  work  to 
gain  teacher  certification. 

4.  Professional  growth,  for  students  who 
take  graduate  course  work  but  seek 
neither  a  degree  nor  certification. 

B.  Nondegree  Students 
A  nondegree  student  may  be  admitted 
to  take  a  workshop  or  other  credit- 
bearing  class.  Nondegree  students  may 
schedule  up  to  six  credits  of  course  work 
on  a  nonmatriculated  basis. 


Additional  course  work  may  be  taken 
only  after  the  student  has  made 
application  and  been  accepted  into  one 
of  the  degree  programs  described 
above.  Students  taking  only  special 
courses,  such  as  workshops,  are  the 
exception  to  this  rule. 

Courses  taken  under  nondegree  status 
may  not  necessarily  be  applied  to  degree 
programs  at  a  later  date.  Students 
should  begin  the  formal  application 
process  immediately  after  they  have 
decided  to  pursue  a  graduate  degree  at 
West  Chester  University. 

Advisory  System 

All  students  will  be  assigned  an  advisor 
in  the  department  of  their  chosen 
major.  Students  must  comply  with  all 
program  or  department  advising  and 
scheduling  procedures  and  are  ex- 
pected to  meet  with  their  advisors  at 
least  once  each  semester  during  the 
course  scheduling  period. 


Academic  Information  and  Regulations 


Graduate  Level  Course 
Numbering  System 

500  Series  Graduate  level  courses  to 
which  advanced  undergraduates 
may  be  admitted 

600  Series  Graduate  courses  not  nor- 
mally open  to  undergraduates 

Course  numbering  within  a  series  is  at 

the  discretion  of  the  department 

offering  the  courses. 

Undergraduate  Courses  for 
Graduate  Credit 

Some  departments  have  identified 
selected  undergraduate  courses  that  may 
be  taken  by  graduate  students  (under 
departmental  advisement)  for  graduate 
credit.  No  more  than  six  credits  of 
specifically  designated  400-level  courses 
may  be  applied  to  awarding  of  the  grad- 
uate degree.  See  departmental  listings. 

Workshops 

The  number  598  following  the  depart- 
mental prefix  indicates  an  "open" 
workshop  that  allows  the  departments 
to  offer  a  variety  of  short-term  seminars 
in  specific  subjects  under  this  designa- 
tion. Such  workshops  may  or  may  not 
carry  credit  in  a  graduate  degree 
program. 

Student  Load 

The  normal  work  load  for  a  full-time 
student  during  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters  is  nine  semester  hours.  The 
load  may  be  increased  if  approval  has 
been  obtained  fi^om  the  student's 
advisor. 

During  the  summer  session,  the  normal 
work  load  is  one  semester  hour  of  work 
for  each  week  of  enrollment.  Gener- 
ally, students  carry  only  one  course 
during  the  Pre  or  Post  Session. 

Course  Credit  by  Examination 

Credit  by  examination  may  not  be  taken 
for  graduate  course  work. 

Pass/Fail  Grades 

The  pass/fail  option  is  not  available  to 
graduate  students  for  graduate  or 
undergraduate  courses. 

Transferring  Credit  from  Other 

Institutions 

West  Chester  students  who  wish  to 

take  course  work  at  other  institutions 

for  credit  at  West  Chester  University 


must  first  obtain  approval  from  their 
chairperson  or  coordinator  and  the  dean 
of  graduate  studies  and  sponsored 
research.  Other  restrictions  and  require- 
ments are  the  same  as  those  given  in 
"Transfer  of  Credit,"  page  5. 

Change  of  Status 

A  provisional  degree  student  who  has 
met  the  various  conditions  stipulated  at 
the  time  of  admission  may  petition 
for  full  graduate  standing  by  submitting 
a  written  request  to  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored  Re- 
search. Credit  earned  as  a  provisional 
degree  student  or  as  a  nondegree  student 
may  be  accepted  in  a  degree  program 
only  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
student's  advisor.  Provisional  degree 
students  should  consult  their  advisors 
well  in  advance  in  order  to  select  work 
appropriate  for  transfer  toward  the 
degree. 

Changing  to  Auditor  Status 

Before  the  end  of  the  add  period,  a 
student  may  apply  to  become  an  auditor 
by  completing  a  Change  In  Class  Status 
Form  available  in  the  Office  of  Grad- 
uate Studies  and  Sponsored  Research 
and  by  obtaining  the  necessary  approval. 

Changes  in  Program 

In  order  to  change  from  one  degree 
program  to  another,  a  student  must 
submit  an  application  to  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored  Re- 
search. The  student  must  meet  all 
specific  admission  requirements  of  the 
program  for  which  the  change  is 
requested.  No  fee  is  charged. 

Adding  a  Course 

Students  may  add  a  course  by  filing  a 
Schedule  Change  Form  in  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar  during  the  schedule 
change  period  and  after  obtaining 
approval  from  their  program  advisor  and 
the  dean  of  graduate  studies  and 
sponsored  research. 

Dropping  a  Course 

A.  During  the  first  week  of  a  semester, 
or  the  equivalent  time  in  summer 
sessions,  a  student  may  drop  a 
course,  thereby  receiving  no  grade, 
by  filing  a  Schedule  Change  Form  in 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar  during 
the  schedule  change  period. 

B.  A  grade  of  W  will  be  entered  on  the 


academic  record  of  any  student  who 
drops  a  course  benveen  the  end  of 
the  first  week  and  before  the  end  of  the 
fifth  class  week  or  the  equivalent  in 
summer  sessions. 
Students  who  drop  a  course  between 
the  end  of  the  fifth  class  week  and  the  end 
of  the  tenth  class  week  will  receive  a 
grade  of  either  Withdrawal  Passing 
(WP)  or  Withdrawal  Failing  CWF)  &:om 
the  instructor,  indicating  that  they 
were  passing  or  failing  the  course  at 
that  time.  A  WP  is  not  treated  as  a  grade. 
A  WF  is  computed  as  an  "F."  After 
the  tenth  week  of  classes,  students  will 
receive  whatever  grade  the  professor 
assigns  (excluding  WF  and  WP)  but  are 
not  entided  to  selectively  withdraw 
fi-om  particular  classes.  STUDENTS 
WHO  FAIL  TO  OFFICIALLY  DROP  A 
COURSE   FOR  WHICH   THEY   HAVE 
REGISTERED  WILL  RECEP/E  A 
GRADE  OF  "F"  FOR  THE  COURSE. 

Withdrawal  from  Courses  in 
Summer  Sessions 

Students  wishing  to  withdraw  from 
summer  sessions  should  follow  the  same 
procedure  for  withdrawal  from  a 
course.  Withdrawal  deadlines  are  ad- 
justed appropriately  in  accordance  with 
the  summer  calendar. 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 

Students  wishing  to  withdraw  from  the 
University  must  go  to  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar  and  follow  the  prescribed 
procedures.  If  illness  or  some  other 
emergency  interrupts  the  student's 
work,  he  or  she  must  notify  the  Office 
of  the  Registrar  immediately.  Unless  a 
student  withdraws  officially,  F  grades 
will  be  recorded  for  unfinished  courses. 
The  student  also  must  notify  the  Office 
of  Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored 
Research  of  his  or  her  withdrawal  from 
the  University. 

Leave  of  Absence 

Students  in  a  degree  program  who  will 
not  be  registering  for  course  work 
during  a  given  semester  should  file  a 
letter  requesting  a  leave  of  absence  with 
the  dean  of  graduate  studies.  The  letter 
should  be  filed  in  advance  of  the 
semester  in  which  course  work  is  halted. 
Approved  leaves  of  absence  do  not 
release  the  student  from  the  six-year 
time  limitation  stipulated  for  the 
completion  of  degree  requirements. 


Academic  Information  and  Regulations 


Grading  System 

The  following  grading  system  is  used: 

Grade  Definitions: 


Grade 

A  + 

A 

A- 

B  + 

B 

B- 

C  + 

c 
c- 

D  + 

D 

D- 

F 

NG 

W 

WF 

WP 

Y 

AU 


Quality  Percentage 

Points  Equivalents 

4.33  97  or  above 

4.00  93-96 

3.67  90-92 

3.33  87-89 

3.00  83-86 

2.67  80-82 

2.33  77-79 

2.00  73-76 

1.67  70-72 

1.33  67-69 

1.00  63-66 

0.67  60-62 

0  59  or  lower 


Interpretation 
Excellent 


Superior 


59  or  lower 


Average 


Below 
Average 


Failure 

No  Grade 

Withdrawal 

Withdrawal 
Failing 

Withdrawal 
Passing 

Administrative 
Withdrawal 

Audit 


I  (Incomplete)  is  a  temporary  grade 
replaced  by  NG  in  1980.  NG  (No  Grade) 
is  given  when  a  student  fails  to 
complete  course  requirements  by  the 
end  of  a  semester  and  a  time  extension 
is  granted  by  the  instructor;  see  grade 
changes  section  listed  below. 

W  (Withdrawal)  is  given  when  a 
student  withdraws  from  a  course  be- 
tween the  end  of  the  first  and  the  end 
of  the  fifth  class  week  of  the  semester  or 
the  equivalent  in  summer  sessions. 

WP  and  WF  are  explained  in  the 
section  "Dropping  a  Course." 

Y  (Administrative  Withdrawal)  is 
given  under  appeal  when  there  are  non- 
academic  mitigating  circumstances, 
and  there  is  documentation  that  the 
student  never,  in  fact,  attended  class. 

Degree  students  must  repeat  any  courses 
appUed  to  the  degree  for  which  they 
have  received  a  grade  of  less  than  C-  and 
all  courses  for  which  the  program  or 
department  has  a  higher  standard.  All 
grades  received  for  a  course  will  remain 
on  the  student's  record,  but  only  the 


second  grade  achieved  will  be  used  to 
calculate  the  cumulative  and  major 
averages.  A  form  for  reporting  repeated 
courses,  available  from  the  OfiSces  of 
the  Registrar  and  Graduate  Studies, 
must  be  filed  with  the  registrar  at  the 
time  of  registration  for  a  repeated 
course. 

Removing  "No  Grade" 
Designation 

Students  must  complete  courses  for 
which  they  have  received  a  No  Grade 
(NG)  by  the  completion  date  stipulated 
by  the  instructor,  and  no  later  than 
the  end  of  the  first  nine  weeks  of  the 
next  semester  or  the  NG  will  become  an 
F.  The  nine-week  requirement  does 
not  apply  to  independent  study,  thesis, 
research  report,  practicum,  or  recital 
credit. 

Grade  Reports 

Grade  reports  are  mailed  to  the  student 
soon  after  the  end  of  a  semester  or 
summer  session.  Students  are  reminded 
to  check  their  reports  against  grade 
requirements  and  other  regulations,  as 
well  as  for  accuracy,  and  to  have  their 
grade  reports  available  when  consult- 
ing with  advisors. 

Obtaining  Transcripts 

Transcripts  of  work  taken  at  West 
Chester  University  may  be  obtained 
from  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  A  check 
or  money  order,  payable  to  West 
Chester  University,  must  accompany  a 
written  request  that  should  include  the 
period  of  attendance  at  the  University, 
degree  stattis,  the  curriculum  pursued. 
Social  Security  number,  and  any 
change  of  name  during  enrollment.  For 
a  description  of  the  transcript  fee,  see 
"Fees  and  Expenses." 

Changes  in  Name  or  Address 

Students  should  immediately  notify  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar,  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored  Re- 
search, and  their  department  of  any 
change  of  address  or  change  in  name. 

The  Comprehensive  (Area  of 
Specialization  Examination) 

A  comprehensive  examination  covers 
the  student's  major  field  and  is  con- 
structed, administered,  and  evaluated  by 
the  faculty  of  the  student's  major 
department  or  program.  Candidates 
must  apply  for  the  examination  with  the 
department.  They  are  not  eligible  to 


take  the  examination  prior  to  the 
semester  in  which  all  courses  in  the 
major  discipUne  are  completed. 

Other  Examinations 

Other  examinations  may  be  required  of 
degree  students.  All  requirements 
given  under  the  heading  of  the  particular 
program  should  be  carefully  noted. 

Research  Requirements 

Students  should  consult  specific  pro- 
grams to  determine  whether  indepen- 
dent study  directed  toward  either  the 
thesis  or  a  research  report  is  required, 
offered  optionally,  or  omitted. 

Application  for  Graduation 

Each  candidate  for  a  master's  degree 
must  submit  the  following  items  to  the 
Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Spon- 
sored Research:  (1)  a  form  indicating 
intent  to  graduate,  with  a  copy  to  the 
chairperson  of  the  candidate's  depart- 
ment; (2)  a  check  for  $30  made  payable 
to  the  Commencement  Fund;  (3)  a 
Commencement  Fund  Invoice  Form; 

(4)  a  Cap  and  Gown  Order  Form;  and 

(5)  a  Public  Relations  News  Release 
Form.  All  of  these  forms  are  available 
in  a  packet  from  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies   and  Sponsored   Research. 
Deadline  dates  for  applying  to  graduate 
are:  May  graduation  —  February  1; 
August  graduation —June  1;  December 
graduation  —  October  1. 

Submitting  the  Thesis  for 
Binding 

After  approval  by  the  department,  theses 
must  be  typed  in  accordance  with 
specifications  that  may  be  obtained  from 
departmental  offices  or  the  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored  Re- 
search.  After   the    dean   of  graduate 
studies  and  sponsored  research  has 
approved  the  thesis,  the  student  is 
responsible  for  transmitting  all  required 
copies  to  the  library  for  binding. 

Second  Master's  Degree 

Students  wishing  to  obtain  a  second 
master's  degree  from  West  Chester 
University  must  meet  all  academic 
requirements   set  by  the   Office   of 
Graduate  Studies  and  the  department 
concerned,  and  must  earn  a  minimum  of 
24  credits  beyond  the  hours  applied 
toward  the  first  master's.  All  new  credits 
and  additional  departmental  academic 
requirements  must  have  been  completed 
within  a  six-year  period  preceding  the 
awarding  of  the  second  degree. 


University  Services  and  Student  Living 


Graduates  Seeking  Initial 
Teaching  Certification 

College  graduates  who  wish  to  obtain 
initial  teaching  cenification   (Instruc- 
tional I)  should  contact  the  Office  of 
Certification,  Recitation  201  A. 

Permanent  Teaching 
Certification 

The  Instructional  II  (Permanent)  Certif- 
icate is  a  permanent  certificate  issued  to 
an  applicant  who  has  completed  three 
years  of  satisfactory  teaching  on  an 
Instructional  I  Certificate,  attested  to  by 
the  superintendent  of  the  school  district 
in  which  his  or  her  most  recent  service 
was  performed,  or,  in  the  case  of  an 
intermediate  unit,  the  executive  direc- 
tor, or  in  the  case  of  an  approved 
nonpubhc  school,  the  chief  school 
administrator.  In  addition,  the  applicant 
must  complete  24  semester  hours  of 
collegiate  study  at  an  approved  four- 
year  institution  after  receiving  a  baccalau- 
reate degree. 

IN-SERVICE  PROGRAMS -The  24- 
semester-hour  requirement  may  be  satis- 
fied, in  whole  or  in  part,  through  in- 
service  programs  approved  by  the  Secre- 
tary of  Education  of  the  Commonwealth. 

Educational  Specialist 
Certification 

Commonwealth  regulations  also  provide 
for  certification  as  an  educational  specialist 
to  those  persons  who  successfully  com- 
plete an  approved  program  of  study  and 
have  the  recommendation  of  the  training 
institution.  The  Educational  Specialist 
Certificate  is  issued  on  two  levels. 


Educational  Specialist  I  (Provisional) 
The  Educational  Specialist  I  Certificate 
is  issued  for  entry  into  a  professional 
position  in  the  schools  of  the  Common- 
wealth. The  appHcant  must  have  com- 
pleted an  approved  program  of  study, 
possess  a  baccalaureate  degree,  and 
been  recommended  for  certification  by 
the  preparing  institution. 

Educational  Specialist  II  (Permanent) 
The  Educational  Specialist  II  Certificate 
is  a  permanent  certificate  issued  to  an 
applicant  who  has  completed  three  years 
of  satisfactory  service  on  an  Educational 
Specialist  I  Certificate,  and  who  has 
completed  24  semester  hours  of  post- 
baccalaureate  or  graduate  study  at  a 
regionally  approved  institution.  In 
addition,  the  applicant  must  have  re- 
ceived the  recommendation  of  the 
superinterident  of  the  school  district  in 
which  his  or  her  most  recent  service  was 
performed,  or  in  the  case  of  an  inter- 
mediate unit,  the  executive  director,  or 
in  the  case  of  an  approved  nonpublic 
school,  the  chief  school  administrator. 

On  June  1,  1987,  the  Pennsylvania  State 
Board  of  Education  implemented 
revisions  to  the  Pennsylvania  Code. 
These  revisions  require  all  students  who 
apply  for  Pennsylvania  teaching  certifi- 
cates to  pass  state  competency  tests 
in  basic  skills,  general  knowledge, 
professional  knowledge,  and  specific 
knowledge  of  the  subjects  in  which  they 
seek  teacher  certification. 

As  changes  are  made  in  requirements 
for  all  certification  programs,  it  is  the 
student's  responsibility  to  satisfy  the 
new  requirements. 


Professional  Certification 

Several  departments  and  programs,  in 
addition  to  offering  degrees,  offer 
professional  certificates  on  completion 
of  a  prescribed  course  of  study.  Consult 
the  individual  department  or  program 
listings  regarding  offerings. 


Directory  Information 

The  Family  Educational  Rights  and 
Privacy  Act  defines  the  term  "directory 
information"  to  include  the  following 
categories  of  information:  the  student's 
name,  addresses,  telephone  numbers, 
date  and  place  of  birth,  major  field  of 
study,  participation  in  officially  recog- 
nized activities  and  sports,  weight  and 
height  of  members  of  athletic  teams, 
dates  of  attendance,  degrees  and 
awards  received,  and  the  most  recent 
educational  agency  or  institution 
attended  by  the  student.  The  University 
will  limit  information  that  is  made 
public  to  categories  such  as  these  but 
will  not  necessarily  publish  all  such 
information  in  every  listing. 

Students  who  do  not  wish  to  have  any 
or  all  of  such  "directory  information" 
published  without  their  prior  consent 
must  file  notice  — undergraduates  in  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar,  and  graduate 
students  in  the  Office  of  Graduate 
Studies  and  Sponsored  Research  and  in 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  A  signed, 
dated  statement  specifying  items  not  to 
be  published  must  be  brought  by  the 
student  to  the  appropriate  office  within 
the  first  15  calendar  days  after  the 
beginning  of  the  fall  semester. 


University  Services  and  Student  Living 


Francis  Harvey  Green  Library 

The  Francis  Harvey  Green  Library  offers 
the  graduate  student  an  excellent 
environment  for  study  and  research. 
Housed  in  a  modem,  six-floor  complex, 
the  library  contains  a  graduate  study 
lounge,  a  seminar  room,  a  special 
collections  room,  a  map  room,  an 
instructional  materials  center  with 
audio-visual  facilities,  a  periodicals 
collection,  and  micro-reading  facilities. 
The  general  collection  of  480,000 
volumes  and  nearly  2,800  periodicals  is 


augmented  by  an  extensive  microme- 
dia  collection  of  more  than  350,000 
volumes,  including  books,  periodicals, 
newspapers,  doctoral  dissertations, 
maps,  and  an  extensive  collection  of 
government  publications.  The  total 
resources  of  over  830,000  volumes 
compare  favorably  with  other  major 
public  and  private  research  libraries  in 
the  West  Chester  area.  The  special 
collections  include  the  Chester  County 
Collection  of  Scientific  and  Historical 
Books;  the  Normal  Collection  (publi- 


cations by  faculty  and  alumni);  the 
Ehinger  Collection  (a  collection  of 
historical  books  on  physical  education); 
the  Biographies  of  the  Signers  of  the 
Declaration  of  Independence  by  John 
Sanderson;  and  the  Shakespeare  Folios. 
Also  worthy  of  note  are  the  collections 
of  children's  literature,  instructional 
media  and  music,   and   the  Philips 
collection  of  autographed  books. 

The  University  library,  through  its  staff 
of  13  professional  librarians,  provides 
the  services  required  by  students  and 


University  Services  and  Student  living 


University  Policy  for  Storm  Closings 

When  storm  conditions  affect  the  operation  of  the  University, 
announcements  are  made  over  local  radio  and  TV  stations  via  a 
system  of  code  numbers  keyed  to  affected  schook.  Prefixes 
indicate  whether  the  school  will  be  closed  or  open  later  than 
usual.  West  Chester's  numbers  and  apphcable  prefixes  are: 

853  —  University  Number;  this  number  with  no  prefix  indi- 
cates classes  will  be  cancelled  for  the  day. 
2853  —  Evening  classes  will  be  cancelled. 


5853— School  will  open  one  hour  late. 
6853— School  wUl  open  two  hours  late. 

On  Tuesday  or  Thursday,  either  a  two-hour  delay  or  class 
cancellation  will  be  called.  Two-hour  delays  on  these  days  will 
mean  that  8  a.m.  classes  are  cancelled  and  the  class  normally 
starting  at  9:30  a.m.  will  start  at  10  a.m.  and  continue  to  11  a.m. 

On  Monday,  Wednesday,  or  Friday,  a  one-hour  delay  means  that 
the  8  a.m.  class  is  cancelled.  A  two-hour  delay  means  that  both  the 
8  a.m.  and  9  a.m.  classes  are  cancelled. 


faculty  working  in  all  areas  covered 
by  the  University's  instructional  pro- 
grams. Among  the  many  services  are 
reference,  computerized  on-line  litera- 
ture searching,  interlibrary  loan,  and 
photoduplication.  Use  of  the  library  is 
enhanced  by  an  online  catalog,  auto- 
mated circulation  system,  and  a  com- 
puterized network  of  indexes  and 
abstracts  on  CD-ROM. 

Housing 

West  Chester  provides  housing  facilities 
for  its  graduate  students  on  a  limited 
basis  for  the  regular  school  year  and  all 
summer  sessions.  Graduate  students 
are  housed  in  undergraduate  halls  with 
24-hour  quiet  hours.  All  students 
living  in  the  residence  halls  must  be  on 
a  University  meal  plan.  Upon  accep- 
tance to  graduate  school,  students  may 
contact  the  Office  of  Residence  Life 
and  Housing  for  on-campus  housing. 
Residence  hall  rooms  are  all  double- 
occupancy.  Graduate  students  are 
expected  to  abide  by  the  same  housing 
regulations  governing  undergraduate 
students. 

For  assistance  in  locating  an  apartment 
or  dwelling  off  campus,  students  may 
contact  the  Office  of  Off-Campus  and 
Commuter  Life. 

Both  the  Office  of  Residence  Life  and 
Housing  and  the  Office  of  Off-Campus 
and  Commuter  Life  are  located  in  206 
Sykes  Union  Building,  Rosedale  Ave., 
215-436-3305. 

Student  Health  Services 

Two  fiill-time  physicians,  a  nurse 
practitioner,  and  five  registered  nurses 
are  available  to  meet  emergency  and 
first-aid  needs,  and  to  perform  routine 
treatment  of  minor  illnesses  and  minor 
surgical  conditions.  The  University 
does  not  furnish  other  medical  care  or 
bear  the  costs  of  medical  or  surgical 
treatment  or  hospitalization.  The 
community  of  West  Chester  has  quali- 


fied physicians  and  excellent  facilities  at 
the  Chester  County  Hospital. 
Student  Health  Services  is  located  in 
Ramsey  Hall  lower  level  and  is  open 
Monday  through  Friday  firom  8  a.m. 
until  midnight,  and  Saturday  from  10 
a.m.  to  6  p.m.  Any  emergencies  during 
the  night  and  on  Sundays  must  be 
treated  at  the  Chester  County  Hospital 
Emergency  Room.  The  Health  Service 
phone  number  is  436-2509. 
Graduate  students,  their  spouses,  and 
dependents  may  take  advantage  of  a 
group  medical  illness  and  accident 
insurance  policy  approved  by  the 
University.  Under  the  same  group  plan, 
there  is  a  separate  summer  policy.  See 
the  Student  Health  Service  for  informa- 
tion and  brochures. 
Faculty  and  staff  are  treated  for  emer- 
gencies only. 

Information  Services 

Information  Services  provides  comput- 
ing resources  for  a  wide  variety  of 
users,  both  academic  and  administrative. 
Many  of  the  University's  administrative 
functions,  such  as  registration,  grade 
reporting,  and  billing  depend  heavily  on 
the  campus-wide  transaction  process- 
ing system,  which  provides  centralized 
access  to  University  data  from  worksta- 
tions located  throughout  the  campus. 
More  importantiy,  computing  is  a  vital 
instructional  and  research  tool.  Informa- 
tion Services  offers  students  and  faculty 
a  vwde  range  of  computing  resources, 
including  a  mainfrcime,  microcomput- 
ers, printers,  plotters,  graphics  work- 
stations, digitizers,  and  optical  scaimers. 
Many  of  these  facilities  are  available 
at  various  campus  locations,  but  the 
Academic  Computing  Center  on  the 
third  floor  of  F.H.  Green  Library  serves 
as  a  focal  point  of  instructional 
computing  activity.  A  valid  WCU  ID 
card  is  required  to  use  the  Academic 
Computing  Center.  (For  further  infor- 
mation, contact  the  Academic  Comput- 


ing Center  at  215-436-3349.)  Comput- 
ing facilities  throughout  the  campus  are 
joined  by  the  Mainframe  Network  and 
the  Information  Services  Network.  The 
Mainframe  Network  provides  medium- 
speed  access  to  computers  from  worksta- 
tions on  campus.  Off-campus  users  can 
also  access  computing  resources 
through  modem  facihties  coimected  to 
this  network.  The  Mainfi^me  Network 
provides  electronic  mail  capabilities  for 
all  campus  workstations,  connection  to 
PREPnet/Intemet,  Bitnet,  and  access 
to  the  University's  main  library  catalogs. 
The  Information  Services  Network 
(ISN)  provides  high-speed  access  to 
software  applications  (programming 
languages,  spreadsheets,  word  proces- 
sors, faculty-developed  programs,  etc.) 
and  electronic  communications  capabil- 
ities to  workstations.  Student  labora- 
tory facilities  are  available  in  the 
Academic  Computing  Center  and  in 
each  of  the  eight  residence  halls. 
Students  interested  in  acquiring  a 
working  knowledge  of  several  com- 
monly used  software  packages  are 
encouraged  to  enroll  in  the  introductory 
computing  course,  CSC501,  offered 
by  the  Department  of  Mathematics  and 
Computer  Science. 
Major  hardware  facilities  include  an 
IBM  4381  mainframe,  numerous  Banyan/ 
Vines  file  servers,  and  IBM,  Macintosh, 
Apple,  Zenith,  NeXT,  and  DEC  worksta- 
tions. Letter-quality  laser  printers  are 
also  available  for  student  use. 
Information  Services  is  located  in  107 
Elsie  O.  Bull  Center,  215-436-2828. 

Career  Development  Center 

The  University  provides  career  planning 
and  placement  services  for  its  students 
and  graduates. 

The  Career  Development  Center's 
library  provides  information  about 
careers,  federal  and  state  government 
positions,  application  forms,  proce- 
dures, and  job  requirements. 


University  Services  and  Student  Li\-ing 


The  Center  also  maintains  listings  of 
job  vacancies  in  business,  education, 
and  industry. 

The  services  available  to  graduate 
students  include  credential  file  develop- 
ment; career  counseling;  resume  refer- 
ral; and  an  on-campus  interview 
program,  which  includes  interviews 
arranged  by  the  Career  Development 
Center;  and  the  use  of  private  facilities 
for  on-campus  interviews  arranged  by 
the  applicant.  A  fee  is  charged  for  the 
development  and  service  of  a  creden- 
tials file. 

The  Career  Development  Center  is 
located  in  Lawrence  Center,  Room  106 
215-436-2501. 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

The  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  located 
on  the  second  floor  of  Wayne  Hall,  is 
operated  by  the  Department  of  Commu- 
nicative Disorders  as  a  teaching-training 
facility  for  its  undergraduate  and 
graduate  students.  The  clinic  provides 
diagnostic  and  therapeutic  services  for 
persons  with  speech,  language,  and 
hearing  problems.  These  services  are 
provided  free  of  charge  to  West  Chester 
University  students,  faculty  and  staff, 
and  to  students  enrolled  at  Cheyney 
University.  A  fee  is  charged  to  others 
who  wish  to  use  the  services  of  the 
clinic. 

Women's  Center 

The  Women's  Center  addresses  the 
special  concerns  of  the  increasing 
number  of  women  students  who  enter 
West  Chester  University  from  high 
school  or  who  return  to  school  after 
time  at  home  or  in  the  job  world. 
Located  in  Lawrence  Center,  the  Wom- 
en's Center  provides  a  lounge  area  for 
conversation,  study,  peer  advising,  and 
special  interest  programs  Gectures, 
fUms,  etc.).  For  more  information  call 
215-436-2122. 

Children's  Center 

The  Children's  Center  for  the  children 
of  West  Chester  University  students 
and  employees  is  located  in  McCarthy 
Hall.  The  children  participate  in 
educational  and  developmental  pro- 
grams while  their  parents  are  in  class 
or  at  work.  The  center  is  licensed  by  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  and 
all  required  registration  materials  must 
be  completed  prior  to  enrollment  in 
the  center.  The  center  offers  reduced 
rates  to  students  and  multiple  child 


discounts.   For  more  information, 
contact  the  Children's  Center  at 
436-2388. 

Graduate  Student  Association 

The  Graduate  Student  Association 
(GSA)  is  the  student  government  of  all 
persons  enrolled  in  graduate  programs. 
The  primary  objective  of  GSA  is  to 
promote  the  overall  well-being  of 
graduate  students  at  West  Chester 
University.  All  graduate  students  are 
members  of  the  association  by  virtue  of 
their  graduate  status.  The  GSA  oEfice 
is  located  in  Room  229  of  Sykes  Union. 

Black  Student  Union 

The  Black  Student  Union,  which  was 
formed  in  1971,  is  dedicated  to  the 
creation  of  a  culturally  meaningful 
atmosphere  for  black  students  at  West 
Chester  University.  Black  Student  Union 
membership  is  open  to  all  West  Chester 
students,  faculty,  and  staff  —  regardless 
of  race,  color,  or  creed  —who  have  a 
concern  for  black  social,  political, 
cultural,  and  economic  causes. 

A  major  purpose  of  the  organization  is 
to  broaden  and  enhance  the  academic 
and  social  life  for  black  students  at  the 
University.  The  union's  democratically 
structured  constitution  provides  for  an 
executive  board,  elected  by  the  member- 
ship. The  Black  Student  Union  Office 
is  located  in  the  Sykes  Union  Building, 
Room  231. 

Institute  for  Women 

The  Institute  for  Women  is  an  inde- 
pendent group  designed  to  represent  the 
interests  of  women  on  the  campus.  It 
serves  as  the  parent  organization  for  the 
Women's  Center,  the  Women's  Studies 
Program,  and  the  Title  DC  and  Sex 
Discrimination  Board.  The  institute  is 
headed  by  a  director  and  a  board  of 
directors. 

The  institute  sponsors  a  number  of 
activities  to  enhance  the  self-esteem  and 
career  success   of  women   at   the 
University:  the  Woman-in-Residence 
Program,  Grace  Cochran  Research  on 
Women  Award,  Visiting  Professor 
Program,  Graduate  Grant,  and  Endowed 
Book  Fund.  The  institute  prepares 
periodic  reports  on  the  status  of  women 
at  the  University  and  also  secures 
Charlotte  W  Newcombe  Scholarship 
Grants  for  mature  second-career 
women.  The  Institute  for  Women  is 
located  in  211  Main  Hall.  For  more 
information  call  215-436-2464/2122. 


Veterans  Affairs 

Under  the  provisions  of  Title  38,  West 
Chester  University  is  an  accredited 
university  for  the  education  of  veterans. 
The  University  cooperates  with  the 
Veterans  Administration  to  see  that 
honorably  separated  or  discharged 
veterans  receive  every  consideration 
consistent  with  either  degree  or  nonde- 
gree  admission  standards. 
All  veterans,  certain  dependents  of 
disabled  or  deceased  veterans,  and  war 
orphans  who  wish  to  obtain  educa- 
tional benefits  under  the  appropriate 
pubhc  laws   must  register  with   the 
Veterans  Affairs  Office  at  initial  registra- 
tion. Veterans  must  renew  their  regis- 
tration with  this  office  at  the  beginning 
of  each  subsequent  semester  and  each 
summer  session.  The  Veterans  Adminis- 
tration requires  students  who  are 
veterans  to  schedule  at  least  nine  credits 
per  semester  in  order  to  receive  full 
benefits  under  the  G.I.  Bill. 

A  representative  of  the  Veterans 
Administration  is  in  the  Financial  Aid 
Office  in  the  Elsie  O.  Bull  Center,  Room 
138,  to  counsel  and  act  as  a  liaison 
between  students  and  the  Veterans 
Affairs  Office  in  financial  and  other 
matters. 

Honor  Societies 

The  University  participates  in  sponsor- 
ing an  active  chapter  of  Phi  Delta 
Kappa,  the  international  graduate  honor 
society.  Membership  in  the  West 
Chester  chapter,  which  was  organized 
in  1956,  is  by  invitation  and  recognizes 
scholarship  in  all  fields  of  study. 

Graduate  students  are  eligible  to 
participate  in  the  activities  of  the 
undergraduate  honor  societies  at  West 
Chester  University  if  they  are  members. 
These  organizations  are  Alpha  Epsilon, 
Alpha  Kappa  Delta,  Alpha  Lambda 
Delta,  Alpha  Mu  Gamma,  Alpha  Psi 
Omega,  Eta  Sigma  Gamma,  Gamma 
Theta  Upsilon,  Kappa  Delta  Pi,  Pi 
Gamma  Mu,  Phi  Kappa  Delta,  Pi  Kappa 
Delta,  Pi  Kappa  Lambda,   Pi  Mu 
Epsilon,  Phi  Alpha  Theta,  Phi  Delta 
Kappa,  Phi  Epsilon  Kappa,  Phi  Mu 
Alpha  Sinfonia,  Phi  Sigma  Tau,  Psi  Chi, 
Sigma  Alpha  Iota,  and  Sigma  Tau  Delta. 

The  Student  Activities  Council 

The  Student  Activities  Council  (SAC)  is 
one  of  the  major  programming  organi- 
zations at  West  Chester  University. 
Totally  funded  and  voluntarily  run  by 
students,  SAC  creates  and  coordinates 


University  Services  and  Student  Living 


many  of  the  activities  and  events  on 
campus.  By  utilizing  students'  talents 
and  energies,  SAC  strives  to  present  a 
wide  variety  of  programs  that  meet 
the  needs  and  interests  of  the  West 
Chester  community.  SAC  is  comprised 
of  seven  committees  and  an  Executive 
Board,  which  presents  programs  in  the 
areas  of  concerts,  comedy,  films, 
coffeehouse,  lunchtime  entertainment, 
and  novelty.  SAC  also  plays  a  major  role 
in  the  planning  and  implementation 
of  special  events  such  as  Welcome  Week, 
Homecoming,  and  Spring  Weekend. 
Membership  is  open  to  all  students  at 
all  times.  The  Student  Activities  Council 
is  located  in  231  Sykes  Union,  436- 
2336. 

Recreational  Services 

The  Office  of  Recreational  Services 
provides  leisure  activities  for  the  Univer- 
sity community.  Recognizing  that  the 
needs  of  individuals  differ,  activities  are 
provided  in  four  program  areas: 
The  Intramurals  Program  affords  stu- 
dents the  opportunity  to  participate  in 
individual  and/or  group  competitive 
experiences.  The  Intramurals  Program 
seeks  to  promote  health  and  encourage 
the  wise  use  of  leisure  time.  The 
program  is  designed  for  those  students 
who  do  not  have  the  time,  desire,  or 
ability  to  take  part  in  intercollegiate 
athletics.  Students  can  select  from  more 
than  20  individual  and  team  sports. 
Participation  is  open  to  all  students, 
regardless  of  ability. 
Students  who  enjoy  organized  sports 
other  than  varsity  teams  can  participate 
in  the  Sports  Club  Program,  designed 
for  highly  experienced  players  and  for 
those  merely  interested  in  learning  a 
new  sport  to  have  fun  or  to  increase 
their  skills.  Joining  a  club  provides 
opportunities  for  instruction,  coaching, 
socialization,  and  fun.  Physical  educa- 
tion majors  receive  a  sports  credit 
through  participation  in  a  club  program. 
West  Chester  University  sponsors  the 
following  clubs:  fencing,  ice  hockey, 
karate,  rugby,  sld,  women's  soccer, 
water  polo,  and  equestrian. 
Outdoor  recreation  opportunities  are 
conducted  through  the  Outdoor  Re- 
source Center.   Canoeing,  bicycle 


touring,  rafting,  caving,  cross  country 
skiing,  backpacking,  and  summer/ 
winter  camping  are  among  the  many 
activities  offered  through  the  Outdoor 
Resource  Center  for  both  novices  and 
seasoned  outdoor  adventurers. 

Open  recreation  provides  students  who 
are  not  interested  in  participating  in 
formal  recreation  activities  use  of 
facilities  for  free  play.  In  addition, 
special  events  including  an  extensive 
aerobics  program,   are  conducted 
throughout  the  year  and  are  open  to 
the  University  community. 
The  OfiRce  of  Recreational  Services  is 
located  in  Ehinger  Gymnasium,  215- 
436-2133. 

Counseling  and  Psychological 
Services  Department 

The  Counseling  and  Psychological 
Services  Department,  housed  in  the 
Counseling  Center,  is  located  on  the 
second  floor  of  Lawrence  Center.  The 
Counseling  Center  provides  counseling 
services  to  all  undergraduate  and 
graduate  students  at  West  Chester 
University.  The  CPS  faculty  includes 
licensed  psychologists  who  are  experi- 
enced in  working  with  college  students. 
Students  may  discuss  their  concerns, 
feelings,  hopes,  and  interests  freely  and 
in  strict  corifidence. 
COUNSEUNG  SERVICES 

Since  the  Counseling  Center  provides 
services  for  a  wide  range  of  concerns, 
each  student's  experience  will  be 
tailored  to  his  or  her  request.  Students 
may  want  to  clarify  their  vocational 
or  educational  choices,  improve  their 
interpersonal  skills,  or  resolve  personal 
conflicts.  Their  choice  of  approach 
could  include  one  or  more  of  the 
following  counseling  center  services: 

1.  Individual  vocationa}  counseling 
consists  of  a  one-to-one  counseling 
experience  that  focuses  on  the 
student's  choice  of  major  and  voca- 
tion. Vocational  choice  is  most  solid 
when  it  is  the  outgrowth  of  under- 
standing one's  self  Such  under- 
standing requires  time  and  thought 
and  involves  the  student's  identifying 
his  or  her  own  style,  values,  interests, 
and  abilities.  Psychological  testing. 


as  well  as  discussion,  often  enhances 
self  understanding. 

2.  Individual  counseling  for  personal 
problem  solving  consists  of  a  one-to- 
one  counseling  experience  where 
the  focus  is  on  resolving  personal 
conflicts  and  conflicts  witii  others, 
and  on  improving  the  student's 
expertise  at  making  personally  mean- 
ingful choices.  It  may  also  help  some 
people  avoid  making  decisions  that 
may  restrict  their  personal  growth 
and  undermine  their  well-being. 

3.  Group  counseling  consists  of  a  small 
group  of  peers  with  one  or  more 
counselors.  Such  groups  usually  meet 
once  each  week  to  provide  group 
members  with  constructive  learning 
about  themselves.  Groups  often  have 
a  specific  focus.  Past  groups  have 
focused  on: 

Elimination  of  self-defeating  behavior 

Assertiveness  training 

Anxiety  management 

Test  anxiety  reduction 

Eating  disorders 

Career  exploration 

Procrastination  —  how  to  avoid  it 

4.  Testing  —  Information  from  psycho- 
logical tests  can  be  useful  in  increas- 
ing self  understanding  and  can  often 
assist  in  the  process  of  vocational  and 
educational  decision  making.  Faculty 
members  of  the  Counseling  and 
Psychological  Services  Department 
are  trained  in  the  administration  and 
interpretation  of  psychological  tests. 
The  student  and  his  or  her  counselor 
can  decide  whether  testing  might 

be  helpful.  Arrangements  can  also  be 
made  at  the  Counseling  Center  for 
taking  the  Graduate  Record  Exam, 
Graduate  Management  Admissions 
Test,  and  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  — 
three  graduate  school  admissions 
tests. 

5.  Consultation  Services— Faculty  mem- 
bers in  the  Counseling  Center  also 
are  available  to  consult  with  staff  and 
faculty  members  of  the  college 
community.  They  can  assist  with 
crises,  program  planning,  group  and 
interpersonal  communications,  and 
referral  to  other  agencies. 


Programs  of  Study  and  Course  Offerings 


Guide  to  the  Catalog 

The  arrangement  of  course  oEFerings  is 
alphabetical  by  either  department  or 
program  of  study. 

Students  may  obtain  a  typical  sequence 
of  courses  for  any  program  from  the 
ofiFice  specified  in  this  catalog. 

Please  note  that  all  courses,  course 
descriptions,  course  sequences,  and 
course  substitutions  are  subject  to 
change.  Current  information  is  available 
from  the  appropriate  department  chair, 
graduate  coordinator,  or  program 
advisor. 

For  a  guide  to  course  prefixes,  see 
page  84. 


Structure  of  the  University 


COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Richard  H.  Wells,  Dean 


Anthropology  and 
Sociology 

Art 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Communication  Studies 

English 

Foreign  Languages 


Geology  and  Astronomy 

History 

Mathematics  and  Computer 
Science 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Psychology 


SCHOOL  OF  EDUCATION 

Michael  L.  Hanes,  Dean 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading     Instructional  Media 

Counselor,  Secondary  and  Special  Education 

Professional  Education 

SCHOOL  OF  HEALTH  SCIENCES 

Roger  W.  Mustalish,  Interim  Dean 

Communicative  Disorders         Nursing 

Health  Physical  Education 


SCHOOL  OF  BUSINESS  AND  PUBUC  AFFAIRS 

Christopher  R  Fiorentino,  Interim  Dean 
Accounting  Management 

Criminal  Justice  Marketing 

Economics  Political  Science 

Geography  and  Planning  Social  Work 


SCHOOL  OF  MUSIC 

Edward  A.  Barrow,  Interim  Dean 

Instrumental  Music 

Keyboard  Music 

Music  Education 

Music  History  and  Literature 


Music  Theory  and 
Composition 

Vocal  and  Choral  Music 


Administration 


Accounting— See  Business 


Administration 

105  Ruby  Jones  Hall 

West  Chester  University 

West  Chester,  Pennsylvania  19383 

(215)  436-2438 

Dr.  James  S.  Milne,  Program  Director 

CONCENTRAnON  ADVISORS 

Dr.  Gopal  Sankaran,  Health  Services  Administration 

Long-Term  Care 
Dr.  Arlene  C.  Rengert,  Leadership  for  Women 
Dr.  Louis  Weislogel,  Individualized 
Dr.  Philip  K.  Duncan,  Psychology/Personnel  Administration 

Training  and  Development 
Mr.  A.  Wayne  Burton,  Public  Administration 
Ms.  Cheryl  Hodgins,  Social  Work 
Dr.  Monita  Lank,  Sport  and  Athletic  Administration 
Mr.  F.  Robert  Bielski,  Urban  and  Regional  Planning 

Program  of  Study 

The  Departments  of  Geography  (Urban  and  Regional 
Planning),  Health,  Physical  Education,  Political  Science 
(Public  Administration),  Psychology,  and  Speech  Communica- 
tion offer  programs  leading  to  a  Master  of  Science  in 
Administration  (M.S.A.)  with  areas  of  concentration  in  Health 
Services  Administration,  Long-Term  Care,  Leadership  for 
Women,  Individualized,  Psychology/Personnel  Administration, 
Training  and  Development,  Public  Administration,  Sport  and 
Athletic  Administration,  and  Urban  and  Regional  Planning. 
The  degree  is  designed  for  persons  with  work-related 
experience  desiring  to  enhance  their  administrative  skills  at 
the  supervisory  and  mid-management  levels.  It  is  recom- 
mended that  applicants  have  a  minimum  of  three  years',  full- 
time  work  experience  prior  to  matriculation.  Those  persons 
who  lack  the  requisite  work  experience  and/or  plan  to  change 
careers  need  to  incorporate  relevant  internships  and  other 
job  experiences  into  their  programs,  which  may  require 
program  enrollment  beyond  the  minimum  requirements 
stipulated  in  this  catalog. 

Undergraduate,  prerequisite  requirements  might  be  necessary 
for  applicants  without  adequate  preparation  in  the  area  of 
intended  concentration. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  ADMINISTRATION 

(36-42  semester  hours) 

The  program  consists  of  an  18-hour  administrative  core  of  courses 

plus  18-24  semester  hours  of  courses  in  a  selected  concentration  area 

as  follows: 

1.  Administrative  Core  (Required):  ADM  501,  502,  503,  504,  505, 
and  either  506  or  507 

2.  Area  of  Concentration* 

a.  Health  Services  Administration  (See  page  55.) 

b.  Leadership  for  Women  (See  page  60.) 

c.  Public  Administration  (See  page  77.) 

'Refer  to  departmental  listings  for  concentration  course  descriptions. 


d.  Psychology/Personnel  Administration  (See  pages  78-79.) 

e.  Sport  and  Athletic  Administration  (See  page  75.) 

f.  Urban  and  Regional  Planning  (See  page  51.) 

g.  Long-Term  Care  (See  page  55.) 

h.  Training  and  Development  (See  page  22.) 
i.    Individualized  (See  pages  22-23.) 

Certificate  in  Administration 

Persons  who  wish  to  fulfill  only  the  Administrative  Core  may  do  so 
and  receive  a  Certificate  in  Administration.  Those  interested  in  this 
option  must  meet  the  same  admission  criteria  as  full  degree  students; 
persons  with  previously  earned  master's  degrees  can  most  benefit 
from  this  option. 

Degree  students  may  also  receive  the  certificate  after  completion  of 
the  administrative  core  requirements. 

To  be  eligible  for  the  certificate,  students  must  have  completed  each 
required  Administration  (ADM)  core  course  with  a  minimum  grade 
of  "B."  Application  forms  are  available  at  the  M.S.A.  Office  and  must 
be  submitted  to  the  M.S.A.  director  for  processing.  This  procedure 
is  independent  of  the  graduation  process. 

Admission 

Applicants  must  submit  official  undergraduate  transcripts  denoting: 
receipt  of  bachelor's  degree  and  majors  from  all  undergraduate 
institutions  attended;  scores  from  the  Miller  Analogies  Test,  Graduate 
Record  Examination  or  Graduate  Management  Admissions  Test**; 
an  essay  with  a  clear  focus  on  career  plans;  and  two  letters  of  reference 
from  professional  supervisors  that  address  the  applicant's  administra- 
tive potential.  All  application  materials  are  to  be  submitted  to  the 
Graduate  Office  and  labeled:   "Attention,  M.S.A.  Application  of 
(student's  name)."  After  these  materials  have  been  received  by  the 
Graduate  Office,  the  M.S.A.  director  will  schedule  an  admissions 
interview  with  the  applicant. 
Deadline  for  Applications 

Normally,  the  application  process  must  be  completed  and  admission 
granted  prior  to  course  enrollment  for  the  fall  or  spring  semester. 
The  deadline  for  applying  for  the  fall  semester  is  June  15,  and  the 
deadline  for  the  spring  semester  is  November  15.  With  the  approval 
of  the  MSA  director,  late  applicants  may  register  for  one  semester 
of  course  work,  pending  completion  of  the  admission  requirements. 
The  M.S.A.  program  does  not  permit  students  to  remain  in  nonde- 
gree  status,  nor  does  it  accept  "quick  admit"  cards.  All  applications 
must  be  submitted  on  the  approved  WCU  Graduate  Application 
forms  available  from  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

No  comprehensive  examination  is  required  for  the  administrative 

core.  However,  in  lieu  of  the  examination,  each  of  the  six 

administrative  core  courses  must  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  at 

least  "B." 

Selected  concentrations  in  the  M.S.  in  Administration  program  do 

require  comprehensive  examinations.   Students  are  obligated   to 

comply  with  concentration  comprehensive  examination  policies  in 

efifect  on  the  date  of  their  admission  to  the  program.  Students  must 

clarify  the  requirements  for  their  programs  with  the  appropriate 

concentration  advisor. 


••Diagnostic  test  scores  arc  not  required  for  persons  who  have  already  been 
awarded  a  master's  degree. 


Master  of  Science  in  Administranon  Individualized  Concentration 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ADMINISTRAnON 

Symbol:  ADM 

501  Administrative  Theory  and  Environment 
(3)  Organizational  theory  and  practice  in  public 
and  private  institutions.  Legal  ftamework  for 
administranon,  application  of  public  policy,  so- 
ciolegal  issues,  and  values  of  society  considered. 

502  Computers  for  Managers  (3)  Quantitative 
applications  in  administration.  Computer  as  a 
management  tool.  Computer  basics  and  manage- 
ment information  systems. 

503  Accounting'Budgeting  (3)  A  study  of 
accounting  principles  and  procedures 


for  both  profit  and  nonprofit  orgaiuzations. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  concepts  and  effects  of 
accounting  policies  and  procedures  with  which  the 
administrator  will  normally  come  into  contact. 

504  Communication  for  Administrators  (3) 
Development  of  communication  skills  for  the 
effective  writing  of  letters,  memos,  reports,  and 
proposals.  Structuring  and  conducting  meetings 
and  presentations. 

505  Organizing  Human  Resources  (3) 
Administrative  models  and  concepts  of  human 
behavior  in  formal  organizations  and  decision 
processes.  Personnel  administration.  Effective 
selection,  use,  and  development  of  human  re- 


sources for  the  total  organization.  Affirmative 
action  and  equal  opportunity. 

506  Budgetary  Process  (3)  Budget  forecasting 
and  implementation.  Analysis,  planning,  and 
control  of  sources  and  allocation  of  funds. 
Measurement  and  control  mechanisms  such  as 
Program  Planning  Budgeting  System  (PPBS), 
Zero-Base  Budgeting  (ZBB),  and  Management  by 
Objective  CMBO)  emphasized. 

507  Liability  for  Managers  (3)  Study  of  the 
law  of  civil  and  criminal  liability  of  managers  in 
the  profit  and  not-for-profit  sections.  Review  of  the 
law  of  defense  and  liability  protection  for 
individual  and  organization.  Facility  safety  and 
health  liability,  personnel  law  emphasized. 


Training  and  Development 

Dr.  Phillip  Duncan,  Program  Concentration  Advisor 
Dr.  Milne,  Director,  Master  of  Science  in  Administration 

Training  and  Development  is  a  concentration  within  the 
Master  of  Science  in  Administration  program.  The  thrust  of 
this  concentration  is  to  prepare  training  and  development 
supervisors  who,  in  turn,  will  develop  and  coordinate  in- 
house  programs/staff  development  services  for  line  managers. 


CURRICULUM 

1.  Administration  Core 


18  semester  hours 


A.  Must  take  all  15  credits: 

ADM  501  Administrative  Theory  and  Environment  (3) 

ADM  502  Computers  for  Managers  (3) 

ADM  503  Accounting'Budgeting  (3) 

ADM  504  Communication  for  Administrators  (3) 

ADM  505  Organizing  Human  Resources  (3) 


B.  Must  select  three  credits: 

ADM  506  Budgetary  Process  (3) 
ADM  507  Liability  for  Managers  (3) 


18  semester  hours 


2.  Training  and  Development  Core 

A.  Must  take  all  12  credits: 

PSY  563  Performance  Analysis  (3) 

PSY  567  Training  and  Psychology  (3) 

SPC  503  Communication  and  Persuasive  Influence  (3) 

SPC  506  Communication  in  Small  Groups  (3) 

B.  Must  select  six  credits  chosen  under  advisement 

C.  Internship  (3-6  credits): 

ADM  612  Internship  (3-6  credits) 

(Required  only  for  students  who  lack  appropriate 

experience) 

3.  NOTE:   Combined  with  an  administration  core  of  18 
required  credits,   the   M.S-A./Training  and  Development 
concentration  would  require  a  minimum  of  36  credit 
hours,  exclusive  of  internship. 


CORE  COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Symbol;  PSY 

563     Performance  Analysis  (3)  An 
accomplishment-based  approach  to  the  analysis  of 
human  performance.  Topics  include  measurement 
and  analysis  of  performance  oppommities,  and 
strategies  for  improving  performance. 


567    Training  and  Psychology  (3)  An  overview 
of  the  training  process  in  organizations.  Topics 
range  from  needs  analysis  to  evaluation  of  training 
programs. 

SPEECH  COMMUNICAnON 

Symbol:  SPC 

503     Communication  and  Persuasive  Influence 

(3)  An  analysis  of  major  conceptual  approaches 


to  persuasion  and  their  implications  for  under- 
standing influence  contexts  and  designing 
pragmatic  strategies. 

506     Communication  in  Small  Groups  (3)  An 

examination  of  traditional  and  contemporary 
research  that  pertains  to  various  dimensior^s  of 
small  group  communication  including,  but  not 
limited  to,  the  following  topics:  structure,  size, 
tasks,  goals,  roles,  systems,  and  leadership. 


Master  of  Science  in  Administration 
Individualized  Concentration 

Dr.  Weislogel,  Program  Concentration  Advisor 
Dr.  Milne,  M.S.A.  Director 

This  concentration  is  designed  for  those  persons  who  have 
achieved  a  high  level  of  career  success  in  their  chosen  fields. 
Those  admitted  will  have  evidenced  significant  career 
mobility  and  will  be  enhancing  their  knowledge  base  by 
enrolling  in  an  individually  developed  set  of  courses  after  it 
has  been  proposed  and  approved  by  the  concentration  advisor 
and  a  contractual  agreement  developed. 


CURRICULUM 

1.  Administration  Core 

A.  Must  take  all  15  credits: 


18  semester  hours 


ADM  501  Administrative  Theory  and  Environment  (3) 

ADM  502  Computers  for  Managers  (3) 

ADM  503  Accounting/Budgeting  (3) 

ADM  504  Communication  for  Administrators  (3) 

ADM  505  Organizing  Human  Resources  (3) 

B.  Must  select  three  credits: 

ADM  506  Budgetary  Process  (3) 
ADM  507  Liability  for  Managers  (3) 


Anthropology  and  Sociology' 


2.  Individualized  Core 


18  semester  hours 


A.  Required  (3  credits) 
ADM  600  Research  Report 

To  encompass  career  goal  theme  (3) 

B.  Electives  (15  credits) 

Subject  to  advisement/acceptance  of  an  approved 
personal  program  proposal.  Courses  to  be  approved  from 
among  500-600  level  WCU  graduate  courses  designed 
to  fulfill  the  personal  program  proposal  as  approved. 

C.  Internship  (3-6  credits) 

Required  for  students  without  suflScient,  relevant 
administrative  experience.  Internships  are  in  addition 


to  the  15  credit  hours  of  electives  for  such  students. 
Internships  are  not  required  for  students  with  sufficient 
management  experience,  but  these  students  may  enroll 
for  relevant  internships  as  pan  of  the  15-hour  elective 
credit  requirement,  provided  the  work  requirements  of 
such  are  different  from  enhancements  of  the  person's 
normal  work  assignments  (i.e.,  students  cannot  earn 
internship  credit  by  performing  their  normal  work 
responsibilities). 

The  M.SA./Individualized  internship  arrangement/ 
requirements  are  to  be  confirmed  in  writing  cither  by 
the  concentration  advisor  or  the  M.S. A.  director. 


Anthropology  and  Sociology 


lOlC  Old  Library  Building 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-3500 

Dr.  Shaffer,  Chairperson 


PROFESSORS 

Marshall  J.  Becker,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Harvey  C.  Greisman,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
Nelson  W  Keith,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University 
Leigh  Shaffer,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Paul  A.  StoUer,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas 


ASSOCL^VTE  PROFESSORS 

Patrick  W.  Luck,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Dimitri  I.  Monos,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Martin  Murphy,  A.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

Bonita  Freeman- Whitthoft,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Helen  A.  Berger,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 
Jon  A.  Cowen,  A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Edmundo  Morales,  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 

The  Department  of  Anthropology  and  Sociology  offers,  on  a 
limited  basis,  graduate  courses  in  anthropology  and  sociology 
to  graduate  students  from  other  areas  as  well  as  to  advanced 
undergraduate  majors  and  nonmajors. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

Symbol:  ANT 

512     Ethnographic  Studies  (3)  Intensive  survey 
of  a  single  culture  area.  Area  for  study  an- 
nounced in  advance. 

515     Problems  in  Anthropology  (3)  Perennial 
issues  in  anthropological  explanation. 
555    Proseminar  in  Urban  Anthropology  (3) 
Application  of  techniques  of  anthropological  field 
investigation  to  the  analysis  of  urban  environ- 
ments. 

580    (also  UN  580)  Language  and  Culture  (3) 
See  LIN  580. 

♦  595    Seminar  in  Anthropology  (3)  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

♦  599     Independent  Studies  in  Anthropology 
(1-3)  PREREQ:  Approval  of  iiistructor  and 
department  chairperson. 


SOCIOLOGY 

Symbol:  SOC 

515    Mental  Illness  in  Social  Context  (3)  A 

sociological  perspective  on  the  cause  and  treat- 
ment of  mental  disorders,  including  a  critical 
analysis  of  public  poUcy  on  mental  health  services. 

521     Youth  and  Delinquency  (3)  Juvenile 
delinquency  as  a  form  of  social  deviance;  theories 
of  causation  and  control. 

531  Social  Problems  (3)  Analysis  of  how  things 
come  to  be  defined  as  social  problems. 

532  History  of  Sociological  Theory  (3) 
Development  of  sociological  thought. 

533  American  Minorities  (3)  Racial  and  ethnic 
group  relations. 

538     Crime  and  Justice  (3)  A  sociological 
analysis  of  criminal  law,  crime  statistics,  causes 


of  crime,  and  the  administration  of  criminal 
justice. 

539  Deviance  and  Control  (3)  An  advanced 
analysis  of  social  deviance  and  control. 

540  (also  LIN  540)  Sociolinguistics  (3)  See 
LIN  540. 

543     The  Sociology  of  Complex  Orgaiuzadons 
(3)  The  sociological  analysis  and  study  of  complex 
organizations.  PREREQ:  Advanced  undergraduate 
or  graduate  standing  and  at  least  six  credits  in 
sociology,  including  SOC  200  or  its  equivalent,  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

♦  550     Seminar  in  Sociology  (3)  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

♦  590     Independent  Studies  in  Sociology  (1-3) 
PREREQ:  Approval  of  instructor  and  department 
chairperson. 


♦   This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit 


Art 


Art 

Mitchell  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2755 

Mr.  White,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS 

Gus  V.  Sermas,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
Ruth  I.  Weidner,  M.A.,  University  of  Delaware 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Victor  Lasuchin,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Carolyn  G.  Simmendinger,  M.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Fine  Arts 


LinwoodJ.  White,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

John  Baker,  B.A.,  West  Chester  University 
Richard  E.  Blake,  B.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Fine  Arts 
Ronald  N.  Defino,  M.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Fine  Arts 
Belle  C.  Hollon,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
Margaret  SchiEf,  M.F.A.,  Syracuse  University 
Mary  C.  Stieber,  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Donna  Usher,  M.F.A.,  University  of  Delaware 

The  Department  of  Art  offers,  on  a  limited  basis,  graduate 
courses  in  art  to  graduate  students  from  other  areas. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ART  HISTORY 

Symbol:  ARH 

576    Primitive  Art  (3)  Ritual  and  myth  from 
prehistory  to  early  Ancient  Near  East;  contempo- 
rary primitive  cultures;  psychological  and  psy- 
choanalytical interpretations;  comparison  with 
phenomenon  of  primitivistic  interests  of  the  West. 
580     European  and  U.S.  Art  (3)  For  the  student 
who  is  deficient  in  art  history  and  wishes  to 
augment  his  or  her  field  (e.g.,  social  studies, 
literature,  philosophy).  Analysis  of  the  major 
forms  and  styles  from  Renaissance  to  present. 

596  Introduction  to  Aesthetics  (3)  Introduction 
to  the  aesthetic  theories  and  an  forms  in  the 
context  of  social  change,  philosophy  and  sciences, 
creation,  and  the  creative  process. 

597  History  of  Aesthetics  and  Art  Criticism 
(3)  Philosophical  theories  of  art  production  from 
Ancient  Greece  through  the  19th  century. 
Relationship  of  aesthetic  experience  to  forms  and 
to  technical,  psychological,  and  cultural  values. 

ART 

Symbol:  ART 

516-517     Painting  I-II  (3)  (3)  Extensive  experi- 
mentation in  studio  problems  and  directions. 
The  strategies  of  technique  and  a  personal  style 
are  explored.  Each  section  of  this  course  varies 
with  the  instructor. 

520  Painting:  Independent  Projects  (3) 
Individualized  instruction  at  an  advanced  level. 
Development  of  professional,  personal,  and 
imaginative  statements  leading  to  formation  of 
the  student's  pictorial  identity. 

521  Sculpture  I  (3)  Introduction  to  sculpture 
via  the  fiindamentals  of  3-D  design.  Use  of  basic 
tools,  development  of  skills,  techniques,  and 
processes  in  creating  sculpture.  Projects  in  plaster, 
clay,  stone,  and  wood. 

522  Sculpture  II  (3)  Advanced  problems  in 
sculpture;  continuing  exploration  of  form,  struc- 


ture, and  process.  Use  and  maintenance  of  tools. 
Materials,  thefr  origins,  and  supply  sources. 
Projects  in  clay,  stone,  wood,  plastic,  plaster,  wire, 
and  new  materiak. 

525     Multi-Media  Workshop  in  Sculpture  III 
(3)  Fabrication  methods  and  techniques,  using 
wood,  plastic,  and  various  metals. 

531  Ceramics  I  (3)  Ceramic  techniques  and 
aesthetics  of  clay,  leading  toward  development  of 
creative  expression.  Exercises  in  hand-built  and 
wheel-thrown  forms.  Formulation  of  clay  bodies, 
glaze  bodies,  and  calculations;  loading  and  kiln 
firing  techniques.  Also,  basic  exercises  for 
elementary  and  secondary  teaching  leveb. 

532  Ceramics  II  (3)  Further  development  of 
expression  for  those  who  have  mastered  basic 
ceramic  prxjcesses.  Research  in  clay  bodies,  glaze 
chemistry,  firing  techniques,  and  kiln  construc- 
tion. Creative  problems. 

533  Ceramics:  Studio  Problems  (3)  Individual 
projects  involving  the  total  or  specialized  areas 
of  the  ceramic  process.  Practical  experience 
through  helping  to  maintain  the  ceramic  complex. 

534  Ceramics:  Independent  Projects  (3) 

541  Printmaldng:  Relief,  Independent  Projects 
(3)  Advanced  study  with  individualized  instruc- 
tion. CoUagraph,  lino-cut,  and  woodcut  tech- 
niques. Combining  various  printing  processes  with 
reUef  printmaldng. 

542  Printmaldng:  Silk-Screen,  Independent 
Projects  (3)  Advanced  study  with  individualized 
instruction.  Technical  and  aesthedc  possibiUries 
including  photo-stencil.  Incorporadon  of  silk- 
screen  with  other  printmaldng  processes. 

543  Printmaldng:  Intaglio,  Independent 
Projects  (3)  Advanced  study  with  individualized 
instrucQon.  ReUef  etching  and  basic  tntagUo 
techniques  for  work  on  metal  plates.  Drypoint, 
straight  line  etch,  soft  and  lift  grounds,  aquatint, 
and  engraving.  Combining  various  printing 
processes  with  intagUo  printmaldng. 

544  Printmaldng:  Lithography,  Independent 
Projects  (3)  Advanced  study  with  individualized 


instruction.  Aluminum  plate  and  stone  lithogra- 
phy techniques.  Combination  of  various  printing 
processes  with  Uthography. 

546  Drawing:  Independent  Projects  (3) 
Advanced  study  with  individualized  instruction. 
Emphasis  on  professional,  personal,  and  imagina- 
tive statements  leading  to  the  student's  icono- 
graphic  identity. 

547  Two-Dimensional  Design:  Independent 
Projects  (3)  Advanced  study  with  individualized 
instruction.  Design  elements  and  analytical 
principles  of  organization.  Emphasis  on  profes- 
sional, personal,  and  creative  statements  leading  to 
(formation  of)  professional  employment. 

549     Graphic  Design:  Independent  Projects  (3) 

Advanced  study  with  individualized  instruction. 
Developing  means  for  solving  communication 
problems  of  diverse  character  with  emphasis  on 
practical  application.   Projects  are  refined  into 
portfoUo  presentations  for  professional  employ- 
ment. 

551    Art  Education  in  the  Elementary  School 

(3)  Current  trends  in  art  education  for  the 
elementary  school. 

565  Crafts:  Independent  Projects  (3)  Projects 
involve  varied  media  and  their  techniques  and 
processes.  Exploration  of  2-D  and  3-D  crafts  and 
their  appUcation  in  recreational  and  elementary 
school  programs. 

566  Crafts:  Weaving  I  (3)  Basic  techniques  of 
weaving  are  explored  with  emphasis  on  fabric 
design  and  craftsmanship. 

567  Crafts:  Weaving  11  (3)  Provides  opportuni- 
ties for  the  weaver  to  further  explore  and  develop 
skills  as  a  designer.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
interrelationships  between  functional  materials 
and  design  processes. 

568  Crafts:  Weaving  III  (3)  To  resolve  advanced 
weaving  problems  in  projects  of  an  individual, 
creative  nature  leading  to  practical  appUcation. 

590     Independent  Studies  in  Art  (1-3) 


Biology' 


Astronomy— See  Geology  and  Astronomy 


Biology 

211  Schmucker  Science  Center 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2318 

Dr.  Potvin,  Chaiiperson 
Dr.  Fairchild  and  Dr.  Beneski, 
Studies 


Coordinators  of  Graduate 


PROFESSORS 

Marianne  K.  Eleuterio,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Frank  EUot  Fish,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 
Ronald  F.  Romig,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Jack  Waber,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Hawaii 
Richard  I.  WoodruEF,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

John  T.  Beneski  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Washington  State  University 
Robert  W.  Bernhardt,  M.S.,  Syracuse  University 
Georgann  Cullen,  M.A.,  Kent  State  University 
G.  Winfield  Fairchild,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 
Gustave  Mbuy,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 
Martha  A.  Potvin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 
Elise  Triano,  Ph.D.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Steven  L.  Broitman,  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University 
Judith  J.  Greenamyer,  D.V.M.,  Ohio  State  University 
Maureen  T.  Knabb,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
Leslie  B.  Slusher,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Russell  H.  Vreeland,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 


Admission  Requirements 

Applicants  must  meet  the  general  requirements  for  admission 
to  degree  study  at  West  Chester  University  and  must  submit 
scores  for  the  general  and  advanced  biology  sections  of  the 
Graduate  Record  Examination.  In  addition,  applicants  must 
have  taken  a  minimum  of  two  semesters  of  general  chemistry, 
two  semesters  of  organic  chemistry,  one  semester  of  physics, 
one  semester  of  calculus,  and  at  least  17  semester  hours  of 
course  work  in  the  biological  sciences. 
DEADLINE  DATES  FOR  APPLICATIONS:  March  1  for  all 
students  wishing  to  be  considered  for  graduate  assistantships 
for  the  following  September;  August  1  for  the  fall  semester; 
November  1  for  the  spring  semester. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  BIOLOGY 

Degree  Requirements 
Thesis  Option 

The  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours, 
of  which  at  least  24  hours  must  be  taken  in  biology.  BIO 
511,  BIO  513,  BIO  514,  BIO  591,  and  BIO  610  are  required. 
Six  semester  hours  or  two  courses  may  be  taken  in  allied 
departments  with   the   approval   of  the  student's   thesis 
committee.  The  student  must  perform  well  in  a  final  thesis 
defense  at  the  end  of  the  program. 
Nonthesis  Option 

The  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  36  semester  hours, 
of  which  at  least  27  hours  must  be  taken  in  biology.  BIO 
511,  BIO  513,  BIO  514,  and  BIO  609  are  required.  Nine 
semester  hours  or  three  courses  may  be  taken  in  allied 
disciplines.  The  student  must  perform  well  in  a  comprehensive 
oral  examination  at  the  end  of  the  program. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
BIOLOGY 

Symbols;  BIO  unless  otherwise  shown  as 
BIL  laboratory. 

Numbers  in  parentheses  at  the  end  of  course 
descriptions  indicate  the  number  of  hours 
of  lecture  and  lab,  respectively.  Prerequisite 
for  graduate  course  attendance  is  admission 
to  the  degree  program  or  permission  of  the 
graduate  coordinator. 

511     Biometrics  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
design  and  analysis  of  biological  research.  An 
independently  conducted  research  project  is  a 
required  part  of  the  course.  (2,  3) 

513  Research  Techniques  in  the  Biological 
Sciences  I  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  theory  and 
application  of  histological  techniques,  and  light 
and  electron  microscopy.  (0,  3) 

514  Research  Techniques  in  the  Biological 
Sciences  II  (3)  Introduces  students  to  the  theory 
and  practical  application  of  selected  techniques 
in  biological  research,  such  as  radioisotope 
labeling  techniques,  spectrophotometry,  and 
various  chromatographic  procedures.  (0,  3) 

521     Cell  and  Molecular  Biology  (4)  A  lecture 
and  laboratory  course   covering  the   molecular 


bases  of  cellular  life.  Eukaryotic  cell  structure 
and  function  will  be  emphasized.  (3,  3) 

528    Animal  Histology  (3)  Structure  and 
function  of  animal  tissues  and  organs.  (2,  2) 

530  Human  Genetics  (3)  Basic  genetic  theories 
as  they  apply  to  the  study  of  humans;  chemical 
basis  of  inheritance;  biochemical  variation;  cytoge- 
netics; somatic  cell  developmental,  behavioral, 
and  population  genetics  of  man;  immunogenet- 
ics;  quantitative  inheritance,  treatment,  and 
prevention  of  genetic  disorders;  relationships 
between  viruses,  genes,  and  cancer,  social,  legal, 
and  psychological  aspects  of  human  genetics. 

(3,  0)  PREREQ:  Introductory  genetics. 

531  Molecular  Genetics  (3)  This  course  exposes 
graduate  students  interested  in  gene  manipula- 
tion to  up-to-date  information  in  procaryotic  and 
eukaryotic  genetics.  Intended  as  a  companion 
course  to  BIL  534.  (3,  0) 

BIL  534     Introduction  to  Recombinant  DNA 
Methodology  (3)  Laboratory  techniques  for  gene 
manipulation;  growing  and  utilizing  plasmid  and 
virus  vectors;  use  of  restriction  endonucleases; 
analysis  and  recovery  of  DNA  by  electrophore- 
sis; gene  cloning  in  Escherichia  cotii  and  site- 
specific  mutagenesis.  (0,  6)  PREREQ:  Microbiol- 
ogy, biochemistry. 


535-538    Course  Topics  in  Biology  (1-3) 
Courses  in  this  series  are  of  timely  interest  and 
are  not  offered  on  a  regular  basis.  Courses  may 
include  either  lecture  or  laboratory  instruction, 
and  may  concern  a  wide  range  of  topics  in  biology 
not  covered  by  regularly  scheduled  courses. 

547  Growth  and  Development  (3)  Discussion 
course  dealing  with  current  topics  in  the  field  of 
developmental  biology.  (3,  0)  PREREQ:  Genetics 
and  embryology  recommended. 

548  Animal  Development  (4)  Introduction  to 
principles  of  animal  development  with  laboratory 
study  of  selected  vertebrate  embryos.  (3.  3) 

552     Comparative  Parasitology  (3)  Morphology 
and  life  cycles  of  the  important  parasites  of  man 
and  animak;  epidemiology,  pathogenesis,  and 
methods  of  treatment  and  control.  (2,  3) 
554     Mycology  (3)  An  introductory  course 
including  a  general  study  of  the  biology  of  fungi 
and  a  survey  of  the  field  of  medical  mycology. 
(3,0) 

556  Virology  (3)  Molecular  biology  of  bacterial, 
plant,  and  animal  viruses;  virus  classification,  ul- 
trastructure,  mechanisms  of  replication,  and 
effects  of  virus  infection  on  host  cells.  (2,  3)  PRE- 
REQ: Genetics. 

557  Functional  Animal  Morphology  (3)  A  study 
of  the  structure,  form,  and  function  of  morpholog- 


Master  of  Business  Administration  Program 


leal  adaptations  in  animab  as  examined  through 
a  mechanical,  ecological,  and  evolutionary 
perspective.  (3,  0) 

564  Microbial  Physiology  (3)  Physiology  and 
biochemical  variations  are  studied  in  the  prokary- 
otes  and  lower  eukaiyotes.  (3,  3)  PREREQ:  Mi- 
crobiology. 

565  Immunology  (4)  Immunoglobin  structure 
and  function,  nature  of  antigens,  cell-mediated 
immunity,  hypersensitivity,  regulation  of  immu- 
nity, and  immunological  diseases.  Laboratory 
experience  in  immunological  techniques.  (3.  3) 
PREREQ:  Microbiology. 

566  Plant  Physiology  and  Biochemistry  (3) 
Plant-cell  physiology,  including  respiration,  pho- 
tosynthesis, enzyme  catalysis,  auxins,  and  mem- 
brane phenomena.  (2,  3)  PREREQ;  College 
botany. 

567  Endocrinology  (3)  An  integrative  look  at 
the  physiology  of  the  mammalian  endocrine 
system  in  the  regulation  and  maintenance  of  ho- 
meostasis. The  pathology  associated  with  hor- 
mone imbalance  will  be  included.  (3,  0)  PREREQ: 
Cell  physiology  and  mammalian  physiology. 

568  General  Animal  Physiology  (4)  General 
theoredcal  and  applied  principles  of  the  physiol- 
ogy of  various  animal  cells,  tissues,  and  organs, 
with  an  emphasis  on  homeostasis  and  mammalian 
physiology.  (3,  3) 

570     Population  Biology  (3)  A  quantiutive 
second  course  in  ecology,  emphasizing  distribu- 


tional panems  and  fluctuations  in  abundance  of 
natural  populations.  (2,  3)  PREREQ:  General 
ecology. 

571  Wetlands  (3)  A  course  designed  to  provide 
practical  experience  in  wetlands  classification, 
delineation,  regulation,  management,  and  mitiga- 
tion practices.  The  abiotic  and  biotic  characteris- 
tics of  inland  and  coastal  wetlands  are  empha- 
sized. (2,  3)  PREREQ:  Eight  hours  of  biology  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

572  Aquatic  Biology  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
ecology  and  identification  of  aquatic  organisms, 
with  emphasis  on  the  biota  of  streams  and  wet- 
lands. (2.  3) 

575  Plant  Communities  (3)  A  survey  of 
ecological,  morphological,  and  physiological 
strategies  of  plants  from  seed  through  adult  stages. 
The  integration  of  these  strategies  to  explain  the 
major  plant  communities  of  North  America  will 
be  covered.  (2,  3)  PREREQ:  General  biology. 

576  Limnology  (3)  The  measurement  and 
analysis  of  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological 
properties  of  freshwater  environments,  with 
emphasis  on  lake  ecosystems.  (2,  3) 

580     Light  Microscopy  and  the  Living  Cell  (3) 
Theory  and  practical  techniques  of  all  types  of 
light  microscopy  and  their  uses  in  investigating 
living  cells.  Also  includes  techniques  such  as  mi- 
croinjection, cell  electrophysiology,  and  others. 
Strong  emphasis  on  "hands-on"  work  with 
equipment.  (2,  2) 


584  Epidemiology  (3)  A  general  study  of  the 
epidemiology  of  both  infectious  and  environmen- 
tally related   health  problems.   Methods   of 
interviewing  and  data  collecting  are  also  included. 
(3,  0)  PREREQ:  Microbiology. 

585  Systematic  Botany   (3)   Principles  of 
taxonomy  and  biosj-stematics.  Selected  plant 
famihes  from  tropical  and  temperate  zones.  Each 
student  develops  a  proficiency  in  the  use  of 
modem  flora  and  knowledge  of  the  common 
species  of  the  spring  flora  of  Chester  County. 
(2,3) 

591  Directed  Research  I  (3)  To  be  taken  when 
the  student  begins  his/her  thesis  research. 
Includes  a  comprehensive  hterature  search  and 
development  of  specialized  techniques.  This 
course  should  culminate  in  the  acceptance  of  the 
thesis  proposal  by  an  appropriate  committee  of 
faculty  and  is  required  for  degree  candidacy. 

592  Directed  Research  II  (3)  A  continuation  of 
the  research  proposed  and  initiated  in  BIO  591. 
To  be  taken  for  credit  only  with  the  approval  of  the 
graduate  coordinator. 

593  Directed  Research  III  (3)  A  continuation 
of  the  research  proposed  and  initiated  in  BIO  591. 
To  be  taken  for  credit  only  with  the  approval  of 
the  graduate  coordinator. 

609  Guided  Study  in  Biology  (3)  All  nonthesis 
students  must  complete  a  laboratory,  field,  or 
library  research  project  under  the  guidance  of  one 
of  the  biology  faculty. 

610  Thesis  (3) 


Business 


Master  of  Business  Administration 
Program 

231  Wayne  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2608 

Prof.  Hamilton,  M.B.A.  Director 

Program  of  Study 

The  Departments  of  Accounting,  Economics,  Management, 
and  Marketing  jointly  offer  a  program  leading  to  the  Master 
of  Business  Administration  (M.B.A.)  with  areas  of  concentra- 
tion in  Accounting;  Economics/Finance;  General  Business; 
Management;  Management  Information  Systems;  and  Small 
Business  Management.    (NOTE:   There  is   a  temporary 
moratorium  on  the  admission  of  new  students  concentrating 
in  Accounting,  Management  Information  Systems,  and  Small 
Business  Management.)  The  M.B.A.  program  is  designed  for 
individuals  of  diverse  academic  backgrounds,  provided  that 
they  have  undergraduate  course  work  or  the  acceptable 
equivalent  in  accounting,  economics,  management,  market- 
ing, and  quantitative  business  analysis.  The  program  consists 
of  27  semester  hours  of  core  courses  plus  nine  semester  hours 
of  courses  selected  for  their  concentration. 

M.B.A.  classes  meet  in  two  separate  formats.  For  the  regular 
weekday  evening  program,  each  course  meets  one  night  per 
week  throughout  the  semester. 


For  the  Accelerated  Program,  classes  meet  every  third 
weekend:  Thursday  evening,  Friday  afternoon  and  evening, 
and  Saturday  morning  and  afternoon.  This  is  an  intensive  two- 
year  program  designed  to  provide  increased  management 
skills  for  people  who  already  have  significant  professional 
and/or  management  responsibilities.  Typically,  these  individu- 
als are  middle-  and  upper-level  managers  who  want  to  earn 
an  M.B.A.  without  interrupting  their  careers. 

Both  formats  have  the  same  course  work  and  requirements. 

MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRAnON 

(36  semester  hours) 

1.  Required  Core  27  semester  hours 

ACC  501  Managerial  Accounting  and  Control 
ECO  547  Managerial  Economics 
FIN    501  Financial  Management 
MGT  511  Management  and  Organization  Theory 
MGT  560  Business  Communications 
MGT  599  Strategic  Management 
MIS   501  Management  Information  Systems 
MKT  501  Marketing  Management 

BLA   501  Legal  Environment  of  Business.  Required  for  those 
who  have  not  completed  an  acceptable  undergraduate  law  course; 
if  such  a  course  was  completed,  one  of  the  following  must  be 
selected: 

MGT  513  Business  and  Society,  or 
MGT  531  Human  Resources  Management,  or 
MGT  541  Production  and  Operations  Management,  or 
MGT  561  International  Business 


Accounting 


.  Area  of  Concentration  9  semester  hours 

Accounting 

(Note:  There  is  a  temporary  moratorium  on  the  admission  of  new 
students  to  this  area.) 
Required: 

ACC  510  Current  Accounting  Concepts  (3) 
ACC  520  Accounting  Information  Systems  (3) 
ACC  530  Accounting  Planning  and  Research  (3) 

Economics/Finance  9  semester  hours 

Required: 

ECO  525  Contemporary  Monetary  Theory  and  Financial 

Institutions  (3) 
ECO  530  Economics  and  Public  Policy  (3) 
FIN  544  Investment  Analysis  and  Portfolio  Management  (3) 

General  Business  9  semester  hours 

Required: 

Nine  semester  hours  of  specific  M.BA.  courses  and  with  prior 

written  consent  of  M.B.A.  director. 

Management  9  semester  hours 

Required: 

MOT  551  Management  Decision  Making  (3) 

MGT  521  Organizational  Development  (3) 

MGT  587  Special  Topics  in  Management  (3) 

Management  Information  Systems  9  semester  hours 

(Note:  There  is  a  temporary  moratorium  on  the  admission  of  new 

students  to  this  area.) 

Required: 

Courses  to  be  selected  with  approval  of  M.B.A.  director  from 

Computer  Science  (CSC)  course  offerings.  (See  Mathematics  and 

Computer  Science.) 


Small  Business  Management  9  semester  hours 

(Note:  There  is  a  temporary  moratorium  on  the  admission  of  new 

students  to  this  area.) 

Required: 

MGT  571  Small  Business  Entrepreneurship  (3) 

MGT  573  Management  of  Small  Business  Enterprises  (3) 

MGT  575  Field  Studies  in  Small  Business  Management  (3) 

See  department  sections  for  course  descriptions. 

Admission  Requirements 

The  program  has  independent  admission  criteria. 

Applicants  must  submit  all  undergraduate  transcripts  demonstrating 
high-quality  performance  in  their  undergraduate  degree;  appropriate 
scores  from  the  Graduate  Management  Admissions  Test;  an  essay  on 
career  plans;  a  current  resume;  and  two  letters  of  recommendation. 
Registration  for  M.BA.  courses  must  be  approved  by  the  M.B.A. 
director. 

Deadline  Dates  for  Applicants 

Applicants  must  submit  the  above  information  by  May  1  for  summer 
sessions;  July  15  for  fall  semester;  or  November  15  for  spring 
semester. 

Degree  Candidacy 

For  degree  candidacy  approval,  students  must  maintain  a  minimum 
cumulative  Grade  Point  Average  (GPA)  of  3.0  in  all  M.B.A.  courses 
and  a  3.0  GPA  in  concentration  courses,  be  fiilly  matriculated,  and 
have  completed  all  foundation  courses. 

Graduation  Requirement 

Students  must  maintain  a  minimum  cumulative  GPA  of  3.0  in  all 
M.BA.  courses  and  a  3.0  GPA  in  concentration  courses. 


Accounting 

Prof.  Galbraith,  Chairperson  (215-436-2236) 

PROFESSORS 

Sunion  Hong,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Charles  H.  Mott,  Ph.D.,  American  University  of  Washington, 

B.C. 
All  Naggar,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 


ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

Eugene  C.  Hassler,  M.B.A.,  Indiana  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Clyde  J.  Galbraith,  M.B.A.,  Drexel  University 
Carl  M.  Smith,  M.B.A.,  Temple  University 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ACCOUNTING 

Symbol:  ACC 

500  Financial  Accounting  (3)  A  study  of 
financial  statements  and  financial  accounting 
valuation  for  assets,  liabilities,  stockholders'  eq- 
uity, income,  and  expense.  For  those  students 
admitted  to  M.BA.  studies  without  the  previous 
course  work  in  accounting;  is  equivalent  to  two 
undergraduate  courses.  Normally  offered  in 
summer  only. 

501  Managerial  Accounting  and  Control  (3) 
A  course  in  advanced  managerial  accounting, 
focusing  on  accounting  methods  and  techniques 


useful  in  making  business  decisions.  Included 
are  measurements  of  divisional  performance, 
revenue  and  pricing  decisions,  product  decisions, 
and  capital  budgeting.  Control  systems  and 
techniques  are  examined  from  a  managerial 
perspective.  Required  core  course.  PREREQ:  ACC 
500  or  undergraduate  equivalent. 

510     Current  Accounting  Concepts  (3)  Financial 
accounting  with  primary  emphasis  on  current 
professional  accounting  principles  and  practices. 
Topics  to  be  covered  include  income  determina- 
tion, asset  valuation,  and  financial  statement 
evaluation.  This  course  will  provide  a  bridge  from 
theory  to  practice.  PREREQ:  ACC  501. 
520    Accounting  Information  Systems  (3) 


Theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  the  develop- 
ment and  management  of  accounting  information 
systems  in  businesses  and  other  organizations. 
Development  of  a  general  model  for  use  in  system 
design  and  evaluation  with  subsequent  study 
focusing  on  practical  applications  of  the  model 
using  case  studies  and  computer-related  projects. 
PREREQ:  ACC  501. 

530     Accounting  Planning  and  Research  (3) 
Development  of  alternative  strategies  used  by 
business  management  to  minimize  the  impact  and 
amount  of  income  tax  liability  of  the  firm.  Topics 
to  be  covered  include  tax  planning,  current  tax 
regulations,  and  related  complex  taxation  prob- 
lems and  issues.  PREREQ:  ACC  501. 


Management 


Economics 

Dr.  DeMoss,  Chairpeison  (215-436-2134) 

PROFESSORS 

Philip  DeMoss,  Ph.D.,  Kansas  State  University 
Tahany  Naggar,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 
Patrick  J.  M.  Sylvester,  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Roger  E.  Bove,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 
Christopher  Fiorentino,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 


Daniel  Mohan,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Cynthia  D.  Benzing,  Ph.D.,  Drexel  University 
Kevin  Dunleavy,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ECONOMICS 

Symbol:  ECO 

501  Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3)  An 
introduction  to  the  economic  way  of  thinking, 
consumer  behavior  and  business  decision  making, 
market  structure  and  antitrust  policy,  energy  and 
the  environment,  national  income  analysis, 
monetary  and  fiscal  policy,  economic  growth,  and 
international  trade.  Intended  for  those  students 
with  no  previous  course  work  in  economics;  is 
equivalent  to  two  undergraduate  courses.  Nor- 
mally offered  in  summer  only. 

502  Fundamentals  of  Statistics  for  Business 
Economics  (3)  Frequency  distributions,  random 
variables,  probability  theory  and  models,  estima- 
tion theory,  hypothesis  testing,  analysis  of 
variance,  regression  and  time-series  analysis. 
Intended  for  those  students  with  no  previous 
course  work  in  statistics.  Normally  offered  in 
summer  only. 

503  Economic  Role  of  Women  (3)  Statistics 
indicate  that  one  of  the  most  important  changes 
in  the  American  economy  in  this  century  is  the 
increase  in  the  number  of  working  women.  Job- 
related  aspects,  such  as  the  historical  pattern,  labor 
force  participation,  education,  earnings,  labor 


supply,  and  sex  discrimination  will  be  examined. 
PREREQ:  ECO  501  and  ECO  502. 
510    Applied  Econometrics  (3)  Analysis  of  mul- 
tivariate modeb,  determination  of  trends,  oscilla- 
tion, and  periodic  movements.  Topics  include 
remedies  for  auto-correlation  and  multi- 
collinearity,  dummy  variables;  distributed  lags, 
forecasting  and  simulation;  and  alternative 
estimation  techniques,  such  as  two-stage  least 
squares,  three-stage  least  squares,  and  maximum 
Ukehhood  estimators.  PREREQ:  ECO  501  and 
ECO  502,  or  their  undergraduate  equivalent. 
525     Contemporary  Monetary  Theory  and 
Financial  Institutions  (3)  This  course  enhances 
the  student's  capability  to  analyze  the  interrelation- 
ships between  aggregate  economic  activity, 
financial  markets,  and  central  banking  instru- 
ments, objectives,  and  poUcy.  Topics  relate  to 
demand  for  financial  assets.  PREREQ:  ECO  501. 
530    Economics  and  Public  Policy  (3)  The 
principles  and  methods  of  economic  analysis  are 
used  to  evaluate  the  American  economic  system. 
Inflation,  recession,  and  economic  growth; 
problems  of  pubUc  finance  and  taxation;  public 
poUcy  regarding  the  concentration  of  economic 
power.  PREREQ:  ECO  501. 
547     Managerial  Economics  (3)  Development 
and  application  of  a  set  of  advanced  micro-macro 


economic  concepts  to  serve  both  as  a  source  of 
theoretical  structure   and  unification  of  other 
business  sciences.  Emphasis  will  be  given  to 
topics  such  as  risk  analysis,  linear  programming, 
and  capital  budgeting.  Required  core  course. 
PREREQ:  ECO  501  and  ECO  502  or  undergradu- 
ate equivalents. 
FINANCE 
Symbol:  FIN 

501     Financial  Management  (3)  Theory  and 
practice  of  managerial  finance,  with  emphasis  on 
analysis  and  understanding  of  the  financial 
consequences  of  managerial  decisions.  Topics 
include  financial  statements,  capital  budgeting, 
working  capital,  and  special  contemporary 
concerns,  such  as  small  business  finance.  Required 
core  course.  PREREQ:  ACC  500,  ECO  501,  and 
ECO  502,  or  undergraduate  equivalent. 
544     Investment  Analysis  and  Portfolio  Manage- 
ment (3)  Introduction  to  investments,  including 
examination  of  why  and  how  individuals  invest. 
This  course  provides  an  overview  of  the  process 
by  which  an  individual  seeks  out  and  synthesizes 
information  about  investment  opportunities  in 
order  to  make  decisions  to  add  to,  maintain,  or 
delete  assets  from  an  investment  portfoUo.  Special 
attention  is  directed  to  the  risk  and  return  of 
assets.  PREREQ:  FIN  501. 


Management 

Dr.  Selvanathan,  Chairperson  (215-436-2649) 

PROFESSORS 

Hung  M.  Chu,  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 
David  L.  Paden,  D.BA.,  Indiana  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Charles  H.  McGee,  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 


Rani  G.  Selvanathan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delhi,  University  of 

Paris 
Roberta  Snow,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

James  W.  Hamilton,  M.BA.,  Northeastern  University 
Anne  P.  Murphy,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
MANAGEMENT 

Symbol:  MGT  (NOTE:  The  majority  of  MGT 
courses  were  renumbered  in  1990.) 

500     Fundamentals  of  Management  (3)  This 
course  provides  the  conceptual  foundation  in 
management  theory,  principles,  and  practices  for 
the  more  advanced  courses  required  for  the 
M.BA.  Intended  for  those  students  with  no 
previous  course  work  in  management.  Normally 
offered  in  summer  only. 


511     (previously  501)  Management  and  Organi- 
zation Theory  (3)  An  examination  of  manage- 
ment functions  and  managerial  processes  from  a 
systems  perspective.  This  course  traces  the 
evolution  and  development  of  management  and 
organization  principles  and  theories,  with  emphasis 
on  the  development  of  a  ftamework  for  analysis 
of  managerial  problems  and  opportunities  in  both 
private  and  pubUc  sectors.  The  relationship 
between  the  individual  and  the  organizadon,  and 
topics  such  as  leadership,  communications, 
motivation,  and  decision  making  will  be  explored. 
Successful  mastery  of  topics  covered  in  a  tradi- 


tional principles  of  management  course  will  be 
assumed.  Required  core  course.  PREREQ:  MGT  500 
or  undergraduate  equivalent. 
513     (previously  506)  Business  and  Society  (3) 
The  context  and  environment  in  which  business 
organizations  operate  with  specific  attention  to  the 
social,  ethical,  poUrical,  and  legal  dimensions  of 
an  organization's  external  environment.  Value 
assumptions,  means-ends  relationships,  and  poUcy 
ramifications  of  the  constraints  and  opportunities 
inherent  in  the  environment  will  be  examined 
in  depth.  A  managerial  perspective  will  be 
developed  to  build  a  fi:amework  for  macro-level 


Marketing 


trade-ofik  among  and  between  competing  eco- 
nomic, social,  ethical,  political,  and  legal  forces 
and  goals.  Students  must  master  all  foundation 
areas  prior  to  admission  to  this  course. 
521     (previously  509)  Organizational  Develop*- 
ment  (3)  Interpersonal  relations,  intra-  and  in- 
tergroup  relations,  and  the  leadership  role  and 
fiincdon  in  the  management  of  organizational 
development,  change,  conflict,  and  productivity. 
Primary  focus  will  be  on  organizational  develop- 
ment as  an  intervention  strategy  aimed  at  changing 
and  improving  organizational  climate  and  perfor- 
mance. Oi^anizations  will  be  viewed  as  socio- 
technical  systems  interacting  with  both  internal 
and  environmental  forces.  PREREQ:  MGT  511. 
531     (previously  504)  Human  Resources  Man- 
agement (3)  The  managerial  implications  of  the 
human  resources  management  and  persoimel 
administration  functions.  Topics  include  forecast- 
ing and  planning  of  staffing  requirements, 
recruitment,  selection,  allocation,  evaluadon,  and 
development  of  the  human  resources  of  an 
organization.  Lectures,  class  discussions,  and  case 
materials  will  be  used.  PREREQ:  MGT  500  or 
undergraduate  equivalent. 
541     (previously  505)  Production  and  Operations 
Management  (3)   Effective  formulation  and 
solution  of  problems  in  the  acquisition  of  produc- 
tive resources  by  the  firm,  their  configuration  into 
a  productive  system,  and  their  utilization  in 
producing  goods  and  services.  This  course  focuses 
on  operational  rather  than  strategic  aspects,  using 
quantitative  techniques  in  the  areas  of  demand 
forecasting,  production  and  capacity  planning, 
transportation  facilities  layout  and  job  design, 
inventory  control,  quality  control,  waiting  line 
problems,  and  scheduling.  Students  must  master  all 
foimdation  areas  prior  to  admission  to  this  course. 
551     (previously  508)  Managerial  Decision 
Making  (3)  The  course  provides  technical  enrich- 
ment, including  an  exposure  of  various  types  of 
decision-making  techniques  for  a  prospective 
specialist  in  decision  science.  Situations  examined 
will  include  distribution,  resource  allocation, 
project  scheduling,  congestion  in  service  system, 
decision  support  systems,  and  artificial  intelli- 
gence. PREREQ:  MGT  511. 


560  (previously  502)  Business  Communica- 
tions (3)  The  theory  and  practice  of  effective 
personal  and  organizational  communications; 
development  of  managerial  skills  in  verbal  and 
written  communications  for  a  variety  of  media  and 
forums:  and  practical  experience  in  the  delivery 
of  management-oriented  oral  presentations  and 
written  papers.  Particular  attention  will  be  paid 
to  identifying  and  overcoming  barriers  to  effective 
communication  and   insight.   Required  core 
course. 

561  (previously  507)  International  Business 
(3)  Examination  of  the  problems  of  management, 
marketing,  and  finance  when  developing  and 
engaging  in  international  business.  Attention  to 
the  formulation  of  alternative  strategies  for 
developing  international  business  enterprises,  the 
impact  and  consequences  of  implementing 
various  alternative  strategies  for  traditional  busi- 
ness functions,  problems  of  the  multinational 
firm,  and  the  special  challenges  of  doing  business 
with  or  in  underdeveloped  countries.  PREREQ: 
MGT  511  and  MKT  501. 

571     (previously  5 1 1)  Small  Business  Entrepre- 
neurship  (3)  An  interdisciplinary  course  on 
starting  and  managing  a  small  business.  Topics 
include  the  role  of  entrepreneurship  in  our 
economy  and  society,  identifying  and  exploring 
opportunities,  feasibility  studies,  legal  structure, 
raising  venture  capital,  and  organization  struc- 
ture. Case  studies  and  outside  speakers  will  be 
used  extensively.  PREREQ:  MGT  511. 
573     (previously  512)  Management  of  Small 
Business  Enterprises  (3)  The  operation  of  an  on- 
going small  business  enterprise.  Topics  include 
forecasting,  budgeting,  inventory  control,  pricing, 
promotion,  and  record  keeping.  The  roots  of 
failure  and  success  of  small  business  enterprises 
will  be  examined.  Selected  guest  speakers  will 
share  their  views  and  experiences  with  students 
on  pertinent  topics.  Cases  and  outside  readings 
will  be  used  to  broaden  students'  exposure  to 
small  business  management  issues.  PREREQ:  MGT 
511. 

575     (previously  513)  Field  Studies  in  Small 
Business  Management  (3)  This  course  provides 
students  with   the   opportunity  to  work  on  a 


consulting  project  for  a  small  business  firm.  Teams 
of  two  to  four  students  are  assigned  to  each  small 
business  client  requesting  management  counsel- 
ing. Depending  on  expertise  and  past  experience, 
the  teams  will  work  on  interdisciplinary  projects 
involving  market  research,  budgeting,  record 
keeping  systems,  pricing,  and  promotion.  This 
course   is  sponsored   by  the  West  Chester 
University  Small  Business  Institute.  PREREQ: 
MGT  571  and  573. 

587     (previously  510)  Special  Topics  in  Manage- 
ment (3)  A  seminar  or  independent  study  course 
providing  exposure  to  current  literature  and 
discourse  on  selected  issues  in  management. 
Includes  an  individual  research  project  treating  a 
complex  management  issue  from  an  interdiscipli- 
nary, policy-level  perspective.  Parallel  seminar 
discussions  with  peers,  the  instructor,  and  with 
outside  experts  will  provide  a  sounding  board  for 
hypotheses  formulation  and  testing.  Extensive 
exposure  to  professional  journals  will  be  required 
in  order  to  enhance  familiarity  with  contempo- 
rary advances  in  theory  and  practice.  PREREQ: 
Completion  of  three  or  more  core  courses. 

599     (previously  503/598)  Strategic  Manage- 
ment (3)  An  in-depth  examination  of  the  processes 
by  which  business  strategies  are  conceived, 
formulated,  executed,  and  changed.  Specific  topics 
include  strategic  planning,  endogenous  and  ex- 
ogenous influences  affecting  strategic  feasibility, 
analyses,  and  choices.  Comprehensive  strategy- 
oriented  cases  from  a  variety  of  business  contexts 
are  used.  Should  be  taken  in  student's  final 
semester.  Required  core  course.  PREREQ:  Comple- 
tion of  all  M.B  A.  core  courses. 


MANAGEMENT  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS 

Symbol:  MIS 

501     Management  Information  Systems  (3)  A 
blending  of  theory,  case  studies,  and  personal 
computer  applications  to  the  solution  of  business 
information  problems.  Students  will  gain  insight 
into  functional  and  strategic  implications  of 
information  resources,  technology,  and  systems. 


Marketing 

Dr.  Ballas,  Chairperson  (215-436-2363) 

PROFESSORS 

Angelos  C.  Ballas,  Ph.D.,  New  School  for  Social  Research 


ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

John  R  Morgan,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR 

John  E.  Gault,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
lAW 

Symbol:  BLA 

501     Legal  Environment  of  Business  (3)  An  in- 
depth  examination  of  legal  issues  for  business 
organizations,  including  constraints  and  opportu- 
nities. Primary  attention  will  be  given  to  an 
intensive  exploration  of  the  law  as  it  affects 
business  contracts,  sales,  commercial  paper,  and 
the  formation  and  operation  of  a  business  entity 
from  the  perspective  of  the  manager.  This  course 


is  designed  to  meet  the  professional  needs  of 
managers  who  have  minimal  exposure  to  the  law 
and  to  enhance  their  knowledge  of  the  legal 
ramifications  of  business  operations. 

MARKETING 

Symbol:  MKT 

500     Principles  of  Marketing  (3)  An  introduction 
to  marketing.   Selection  of  target  markets, 
developing  marketing  mixes,  decision  making, 
planning,  implementation,  and  monitoring  of 


marketing  programs.  Intended  for  students  with 
no  previous  course  work  in  marketing.  Normally 
offered  in  summer  only. 

501     Marketing  Management  (3)  An  analytical 
approach  to  the  study  of  marketing,  focusing  on 
the  total  environment  in  which  marketing 
decisions  are  made.  Emphasis  is  on  planning  the 
marketing  effort  and  integrating  it  into  the  toul 
operation  of  an  organization;  i.e..  managing  the 
marketing  function.  Familiarity  with  topics 
covered  in  a  traditional  principles  of  marketing 
course  will  be  assumed.  Required  core  course. 
PREREQ:  MKT  500  or  undergraduate  equivalent. 


Chemistry 


Chemistry 

Room  154  Schmucker  Science  Center  II 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2631 

Dr.  Moran,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Fenton  and  Dr.  Ghoroghchian,  Coordinators  of  Graduate 

Studies 
Dr.  Fenton,  Director  of  Clinical  Cehmisay 

PROFESSORS 

Marc  L.  Durand,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 
John  Fenton,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 
Andrew  Goudy,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Virgil  E.  Magnuson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 
John  Mangravite,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 
Michael  Moran,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Philip  B.  Rudnick,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  — The  State  University 
Wilham  Torop,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Phihp  Witonsky,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Jamal  Ghoroghchian,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southampton 
Helen  G.  Reid,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Orleans 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Naseer  Ahmad,  Ph.D.,  Aligarh  University 
Roger  Barth,  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 
Melissa  Cichowicz,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
James  Falcone,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Blaise  Frost,  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Dakota 
Joel  Ressner,  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 

Programs  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Chemistry  offers  a  program  leading  to 
the  Master  of  Science  in  chemistry.  Master  of  Science  in 
clinical  chemistry,  and  Master  of  Education  in  chemistry.  It 
also  cooperates  with  the  Departments  of  Geology  and 
Astronomy  and  Physics  in  offering  a  program  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Arts  in  physical  science.  (See  a  description  of  the 
Physical  Science  program.) 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  EM  CHEMISTRY 
Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  requirements  for  a  degree  program 
at  West  Chester,  applicants  must  present  an  undergraduate 
background  that  includes  mathematics  through  calculus,  one  semester 
of  analytical  chemistry,  and  full-year  courses  in  organic  chemistry 
and  physical  chemistry. 

Degree  Requirements 

1 .  Before  admission  to  degree  candidacy,  each  student  is  required  to 
pass  three  qualifying  examinations  in  the  five  major  areas  of 
chemistry  (inorganic,  analytical,  physical,  organic,  and  biochemis- 
try). The  student  may  select  up  to  four  areas.  If  necessary,  the 
examinations  in  each  area  may  be  retaken  once.  The  student  may 
be  required  to  enroll  in  appropriate  undergraduate  courses  for 
no  credit  in  order  to  prepare  for  a  re-examination.  These 
examinations  must  be  passed  before  admission  to  degree  candidacy, 
i.e.,  prior  to  the  attainment  of  15  graduate  credits. 

2.  At  the  discretion  of  the  department  chairperson.  Graduate  Record 
Examination  scores  may  be  required  for  purposes  of  evaluation 
and  guidance. 


3.  Reading  proficiency  is  required  in  any  one  of  the  following  modem 
languages:  German,  French,  or  Russian.  The  reading  test  is 
administered  by  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages.  In  place 
of  the  modem-language  proficiency,  a  demonstrated  proficiency  in 
a  computer  language  (FORTRAN,  for  example)  may  be  substi- 
tuted.' 

4.  The  candidate  must  perform  successfully  on  an  oral  examination, 
which  is  required  for  Options  A,  B,  and  C  listed  below.  The  oral 
examination  will  include  general  chemistry  knowledge  but  will 
place  emphasis  on  the  area  represented  by  independent  study  or 
the  research  report.  The  members  of  the  examination  committee 
include  the  research  supervisor,  the  departmental  graduate 
coordinator,  and  two  other  professors. 

Program  for  the  Master  of  Science  in  Chemistry 

The  M.S.  in  chemistry  program  consists  of  a  required  core  of  15 
semester  hours  and  a  chemistry  elective  area  for  which  there  are  three 
options.  (See  the  description  of  each  option  for  how  many  total 
semester  hours  are  required.)  All  students  must  complete  the  core, 
composed  of  CHE  511,  531,  540,  or  543,  and  any  two  of  the  topics 
courses  (CHE  515,  525,  533,  544,  551,  or  575).  One  semester  of 
CHE  591  must  be  taken. 

Option  A  (30  semester  hours) 

This  is  the  thesis  program.  Beyond  the  core,  the  candidate  takes 
Independent  Study/Thesis  Research  (CHE  610)  for  six  credits  and 
nine  semester  hours  of  electives. 

Option  B  (33  semester  hours) 

Beyond  the  core,  this  option  requires  Independent  Study  (CHE  610) 

for  six  credits  and  12  semester  hours  of  electives. 

Option  C  (36  semester  hours) 

Under  this  plan,  the  student  completes  core  requirements  and  an 
elective  area  of  2 1  semester  hours  that  must  include  three  credits  in 
Independent  Study  (CHE  610). 

Under  all  options,  the  elective  area  is  developed  under  advisement 
from  chemistry  offerings  but  may  include  three  semester  hours  from 
another  science  area  or  from  mathematical  sciences.*  Until  admitted 
to  degree  candidacy,  students  may  not  undertake  independent 
study. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CLINICAL  CHEMISTRY 
Admission  Requirements 

An  applicant  must  meet  the  general  requirements  for  a  degree 
program  at  West  Chester  University  and  must  hold  a  bachelor's  degree 
in  chemistry,  medical  technology,  or  a  closely  related  field. 

Course  prerequisites  for  admission  include  one  semester  each  of  analytical 
chemistry,  biochemistry,  physics,  clinical  chemistry,  clinical  chemistry 
laboratory,  and  physical  chemistry.  Two  semesters  of  organic  chemistry 
and  mathematics  through  calculus  are  also  required.  Several  of  the 
above  courses  may  be  waived  if  the  applicant  has  graduated  from  a  four- 
year  medical  technology  program  approved  by  the  National  Accrediting 
Agency  in  die  Clinical  Laboratory  Sciences  (NAACLS).  Students  who 
do  not  meet  program  prerequisites  may  take  required  courses  upon 
eiu-oUment.  Graduate  Record  Examination  scores  may  be  required  prior 
to  acceptance. 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  Before  admission  to  candidacy,  each  student  must  pass  a  comprehen- 
sive examination  covering  the  areas  of  biochemistry,  clinical  chemistry, 
and  analytical  chemistry.  This  examination  is  usually  administered 
after  one-half  of  the  student's  course  work  is  completed.  If  necessary, 
diis  examination  may  be  retaken  once. 


*A  computer  science  course  taken  to  satisfy  the  foreign  language  requirement 
will  not  be  counted  as  an  elective  toward  the  degree. 


Chemistr)' 


2.  The  candidate  must  perform  successfully  on  an  oral  examination, 
which  is  required  for  all  program  options.  The  oral  examination  will 
include  general  chemistry  knowledge  but  will  place  emphasis  on  the 
area  represented  by  independent  study  or  the  research  repon.  The 
members  of  the  examination  committee  include  the  research 
supervisor,  the  departmental  graduate  coordinator,  and  two  other 
professors. 

Program  for  the  Master  of  Science  in  Clinical  Chemistry 

The  program  consists  of  a  required  core  of  20  semester  hours. 
Additional  credits  needed  for  the  degree  may  be  pursued  under  three 
options. 

Core,  courses:  CHE  524,  548,  555,  579,  582,  583,  ADM  505  (CHE 
550,  CUnical  Chemistry  Internship,  is  also  required  of  students  who 
lack  previous  clinical  laboratory  training.) 

Option  A  (36  semester  hours) 

Core,  plus  CHE  610  (Advanced  Independent  Study/Thesis  Research), 
plus  13  semester  hours  of  electives  from  chemistry,  biology,  physics, 
mathematics,  computer  science,  or  administration. 

Option  B  (30  semester  hours) 

Core,  plus  four  semester  hours  of  electives,  plus  six  credits  of 
research/thesis  (CHE  610). 

Option  C  — Master  of  Science  in  Clinical  Chemistry  and  Certificate 
in  Administration  (38  semester  hours) 

Chemistry  core,  plus  three  semester  hours  of  CHE  610,  plus  core 
from  the  graduate  administration  program.  The  student  minors  in 
administration  and  receives  the  M.S.  degree,  in  addition  to  the 
Certificate  in  Administration. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  CHEMISTRY 
Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  requirements  for  admission  to  a 
degree  program  at  West  Chester  University,  applicants  must  present 


an  undergraduate  background,  including  mathematics  through 
calculus  and  24  semester  hours  of  undergraduate  chemistry. 

At  the  discretion  of  the  department  chairperson.  Graduate  Record 
Examination  scores  may  be  required  for  evaluation  and  guidance. 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  If  academic  or  professional  performance  is  less  than  satisfactory 
during  the  precandidacy  period,  the  student  may  be  required  to 
enroll  in  an  appropriate  undergraduate  course. 

2.  Successful  performance  on  a  comprehensive  oral  examination 
given  upon  completion  of  the  program. 

3.  Successful  completion  of  the  program  outlined  below. 

Program  for  the  Master  of  Education  in  Chemistry 

(34  semester  hours) 

The  M.Ed,  in  chemistry  program  consists  of  professional  education 
requirements  and  area  concentration  requirements  as  outlined  below. 


Professional  Education  Requirements  10-12  semester  hours 

(See  page  41.) 

Area  of  Concentration  20-22  semester  hours 

A.     Required  14  semester  hours 

Modem  Trends  in  Science  Education  (2) 
Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I  (3) 
Analytical  Chemistry  II  (3) 
Organic  Reaction  Mechanisms  (3) 
Chemical  Thermodynamics  (3) 
(CHE  543  may  be  taken  in  place  of  CHE  540) 
Electives,  under  advisement  (6-8) 


SCE  500 
CHE  511 
CHE  524 
CHE  531 
CHE  540 


B 


Electives  (Professional  or  Academic)  (0-4) 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
CHEMISTRY 

Symbol:  CHE  unless  otherwise  shown.  CRL 
indicates  laboratory. 

500     Fundamentals  of  Radioisotope  Techniques 
(3)  Biological,  chemical,  environmental,  and 
physical  effects  of  nuclear  radiation.  Radiation 
detection,   instrumentation,  and  radiotracer 
methodology.  PREREQ:  One  year  of  college 
chemistry  and  one  year  of  college  physics. 
503     Chemistry  of  the  Environment  (3)  The 
chemistry  of  the  atmosphere,  hydrosphere,  and 
biosphere.  Man's  impact  on  these  areas.  (Not  for 
M.S.  in  chemistry.) 

♦  505     Fundamental  Topics  in  Chemistry  (2-6) 
Basic  level  elective  courses  in  chemistry  for 
professional  growth.  (Not  for  M.S.  in  chemistry.) 
PREREQ:  General  chemistry. 

508  Industrial  Pollution  (3)  Apphcations  of 
elementary  chemical  engineering  to  the  industrial 
complexities  of  the  environmental  processes. 
Emphasis  on  unit  operations  and  unit  processes 
applicable  to  pollution  control  and  abatement. 

509  Descriptive  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3)  The 
emphasis  of  this  course  is  on  periodic  properties  of 
the  representative  elements,  the  structure  of 
inorganic  solids,  the  chemistry  of  aqueous  and 
nonaqueous  solutions,  and  the  study  of  some 
transition  metals.  Lathanides  and  actinides  are  also 
studied.  (Not  for  M.S.  in  chemistry.)  PREREQ: 
CHE  103/104. 


4  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


511     Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I  (3) 
Structure  and  properties  of  the  elements  and  their 
compounds  from  a  theoretical  point  of  view;  the 
periodic  law,  acids  and  bases,  structure  and 
reactivity  of  metal  compounds  and  maingroup 
compounds.  PREREQ:  CHE  341. 
♦  515    Topics  in  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3)  Topics 
of  current  interest  in  inorganic  chemistry.  Topic 
to  be  announced  prior  to  registration. 

516  Inorganic  Preparations  (3)  A  laboratory 
course  in  advanced  techniques  for  the  synthesis 
of  inorganic  compounds. 

517  History  of  Chemistry  (1)  The  history  of 
chemistry  and  its  predecessors  from  ancient  times 
to  the  present. 

518  Literature  of  Chemistry  (1)  Instruction  in 
the  use  of  a  modem  chemical  library,  reference 
and  data  acquisition,  synthetic  procedures,  and 
computer  dau  bases.  PREREQ:  CHE  231. 

519  Ethics  and  Human  Values  in  Science  (1) 
A  one-semester  course   for  science   majors   to 
acquaint  students  with  potential  ethical  problems 
in  their  professional  careers. 

524    Analytical  Chemistry  II  (3)  Basic  principles 
of  applied  instrumental  analysis.  Special 
emphasis  on  the  use  of  spectrophotometric,  elec- 
troanalytical,  and  chromatographic  instrumen- 
tation. PREREQ:  CHE  321  and  CHE  341. 
CRL  524    Analytical  Chemistry  II  Laboratory 
(2)  Practical  experience  in  the  choice  and 
application  of  instrumental  methods  to  chemical 
systems.  CONCURRENT  OR  PREREQ:  CHE 
524. 


♦  525     Topics  in  Analytical  Chemistry  (3)  In- 
depih  examination  of  current  topics  in  instrumen- 
tal or  wet  chemical  analysis.  Special  emphasis  on 
state-of-the-art  development  and  applications. 
Topic  announced  prior  to  registration. 

CRL  527     Electron  Microscopy  I  (3)  (See  ESL 

527.) 

CRL  529     Electron  Microscopy  II  (3)  (See  ESL 

529.) 

531  Organic  Reaction  Mechanisms  (3) 
Theoretical  treatment  of  selected  organic  reac- 
tions. Emphasis  on  bonding  theory,  structural 
relationship,  equihbria,  and  free-energy  relation- 
ships. 

532  Synthetic  Organic  Chemistry  (3)  Topics  of 
current  interest  in  synthetic  organic  chemistry. 
Topic  announced  prior  to  registration. 

♦  533    Topics  in  Organic  Chemistry  (3)  Topics 
of  current  interest  in  organic  chemistry.  Topic 
announced  prior  to  registration. 

535  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis  (5) 
Identification  of  pure  organic  compounds  and 
mixtures  of  organic  compounds  using  classical  and 
modem  iiucrumental  techniques.  Laboratory 
included. 

536  Polymer  Chemistry  (3)  PoI)'racrization 
kinetics,  rheology  of  polymer  melts,  crystallization 
parameters,  and  monomer  reactivity  in  copolymer- 
ization. 

CRL  536     Polymer  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2)  A 
course  designed  to  introduce  the  advanced 
student  to  the  synthesis  of  polymers  and  the  study 


Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 


of  the  molecular,  physical  and  thermal  properties 
of  these  compounds.  PREREQ:  CHE  232/CRL 
232.  COREQ:  CHE  336. 

540     Chemical  Thermodynamics  (3)  Laws  and 
functions  of  thermodynamics  and  their  apphca- 
tions:  introduction  to  statistical  thermodynamics. 
543     Quantum  Chemistry  (3)  Basic  quantum 
chemistry,  including  the  hydrogen  atom  problem, 
chemical  bonding,  spectroscopic  concepts,  and 
group  theory. 

♦  544    Topics  in  Physical  Chemistry  (3)  Topics 
of  current  interest  in  physical  chemistry.  Topic 
announced  prior  to  registration. 
548     Clinical  Biochemistry  (3)  A  one-semester 
course  on  the  biochemical  basis  of  disease.  Case 
histories  are  discussed  with  emphasis  on  the 
clinical  interpretation  of  laboratory  dau.  PREREQ: 
CHE  581. 

550  Internship  in  Chemistry  (3-6)  A  fijU-  or 
part-time  work  study  appointment  in  a  hospital, 
commercial,  governmental,  or  industrial  labora- 
tory supervised  jointly  by  an  on-site  supervisor 
and  a  chemistry  department  faculty  member. 
PREREQ:  Permission  of  the  department  internship 
committee. 

551  Chemistry  of  Coordination  Compounds 
(3)  Principles  of  complex  formation;  appUcation 
of  the  crystal  theory,  various  complexing  agents, 
and  chemical  implications  of  coordinated  com- 
pounds. PREREQ:  CHE  511. 

555     Quantitative  Clinical  Methods  (3)  A  course 
on  the  mathematical  aspects  of  clinical  laboratory 
science.   Statistics   and  laboratory  uses   for 
computers  are  stressed.  PREREQ:  CHE  581. 
563     Electrochemistry  (3)  Principles  of  electro- 
chemical systems  and  galvanic  cells;  electrolytic 
appUcations  in  instrumentation  and  research. 
PREREQ:  CHE  511. 


571     Fundamentals  of  Biochemistry  (3) 
Structure  and  chemistry  of  proteins  and  nucleic 
acids;  molecular  biology,  physio-chemical  meth- 
ods for  biomacromolecules,   enzymes,   and   the 
molecular  basis  for  some  physiological  phenom- 
ena. Lab:  CRL  571.  PREREQ:  Physical  chemistry. 
CRL  571     Experimental  Biochemistry  (2) 
Laboratory  exercises  in  the  fundamentals  of 
biochemistry.  CONCURRENT  OR  PREREQ:  CHE 
571. 

575     Topics  in  Biochemistry  (3)  Topics  of  current 
interest  in  biochemistry.  Topic  announced  prior 
to  registration. 

579     Chemical  Toxicology  (3)  A  one-semester 
course  in  the  basic  principles  of  toxicological 
analysis.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
documentation,  sampUng,  and  verification  of 
laboratory  materials  and  results.  The  environmen- 
tal and  physiological  aspects  of  chemical  toxicity 
win  be  explored. 

CRL  579    Chemical  Toxicology  Laboratory  (2) 
A  one-semester  course  in  the  basic  principles  of 
toxicological  analysis.  CONCURRENT  OR 
PREREQ:  CHE  579. 

♦  580     Introduction  to  Chemical  Research  (2-6) 
An  introduction  to  the  methodology  and  tech- 
niques involved  in  carrying  out  independent 
chemical  research. 

581     Clinical  Chemistry  (3)  Analysis  of  biologi- 
cal fluids.  Clinical  significance  of  enzyme, 
electrolyte,  protein,  and  carbohydrate  analysis. 
Requires  permission  of  instructor  or  undergradu- 
ate preparation  in  organic  chemistry  and  quanti- 
tative analysis.  CONCURRENT  OR  PREREQ: 
CHE  571. 

CRL  581     Clinical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2) 
Lab  for  CHE  581.  Practical  experience  in  analysis 
of  biological  fluids  for  diagnostic  parameters. 


Nature  of  biological  sampling,  sample  preserva- 
tion, methodology,  statistics,  and  quality  control. 
PREREQ:  CRL  231  and  CRL  321,  or  equivalents. 

582  Advanced  Clinical  Chemistry  (3)  A  one- 
semester  course  with   emphasis  on   recent 
advances  in  testing  modalities,  instrumentation, 
and  methodologies  in  clinical  chemistry.  PREREQ: 
CHE  571  and  581. 

583  Clinical  Chemistry  Seminar  (2)  A  course 
emphasizing  the  recent  Uterature  in  clinical 
chemistry.  Student  lecture  presentations  and 
round  table  discussions  are  used.  PREREQ:  CHE 
581. 

585    Theory  and   Practice   of  Spectro- 
photometry (4)  Lecture  and  laboratory  course 
with  emphasis  on  research  uses  of  spectrophotom- 
etry. Theoretical  background  and  laboratory 
techniques  for  understanding  and  carrying  out 
advanced  spectroscopic  studies. 

391     Seminar  (2)  Topics  of  current  interest  in 
chemistry. 

♦  610    Advanced  Independent  Study/Thesis 
Research  (3-6) 

sec  570    Science  and  Human  Values  (3)  Not 
for  M.S.  in  chemistry. 

Any  of  the  following  dual  level  courses  (but  not 
more  than  six  semester  hours  of  credit)  may 
be  taken  for  graduate  credit  toward  the  degree: 

CHE  504     Foundation  of  Nutrition  (3)  (Not 
for  M.S.  in  chemistry.  See  CHE  404.) 

CHE  524    Analytical  Chemistry  II  (3) 

(See  CHE  424.) 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

105C  Recitation  Hall 
(215)  436-2944 

Dr.  Szabo,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Christensen,  Assistant  Chaiiperson,  Graduate  Programs 

PROFESSORS 

K  Eleanor  Christensen,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Patricia  E.  Grasty-Gaines,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
Mary  A.  Keetz,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
George  W.  Maxim,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Carol  A.  Radich,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
Carlos  R.  Ziegler,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

A.  Scott  Dunlap,  M.  Div.,  Eastern  Baptist  Theological  Seminary 
Robert  J.  Szabo,  Ed.D.,  Lehigh  University 
Connie  Zimmerman,  Ed.D.,  Lehigh  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Lynda  Baloche,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Gail  BoUin,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

David  F.  Brown,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

James  Egan,  Ed.D.,  Syracuse  University 

Rose  Ann  Khoury,  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Sharon  Kletzien,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 


Programs  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading  offers 
graduate  programs  in  the  following  areas:  certification  in 
elementary  education;  certification  as  a  reading  specialist;  a 
Master  of  Education  in  elementary  education;  a  Master  of 
Education  in  reading;  and  a  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate 
Study.  Courses  are  available  to  teachers  desiring  permanent 
Pennsylvania  elementary  certification. 

On  June  1,  1987,  the  Pennsylvania  State  Board  of  Education 
implemented  revisions  to  the  Pennsylvania  School  Code. 
These  revisions  require  all  students  who  apply  for  Pennsyl- 
vania teaching  certificates  to  pass  state  competency  tests  in 
basic  skills,  general  knowledge,  professional  knowledge,  and 
specific  knowledge  of  the  subjects  in  which  they  seek  teacher 
certification. 

As  changes  are  made  in  requirements  for  elementary 
certification  and  reading  specialist  certification,  it  is  the 
student's  responsibility  to  satisfy  the  new  requirements. 

After  the  student's  application  has  been  submitted  to 
West  Chester  University's  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Sponsored  Research  and  appropriate  transcripts  have  been 
received,  the  student  will  be  mailed  information  regarding  the 
program  and  advisement. 


childhood  Studies  and  Reading 


Elementary  Education 

Through  programs  in  elementary  education,  the  department 
offers  the  Master  of  Education  degree  in  elementary  education, 
as  well  as  nondegree  programs  for  teachers  seeking  profes- 
sional growth  and/or  credit  certification. 

Admission  Requirements 

1.  Applicants  are  expected  to  have  an  undergraduate  degree  from 
an  accredited  college  or  university.  In  addition,  they  must  meet 
an  undergraduate  grade  point  average  entry  requirement  of  2.8  on 
a  scale  of  4.0 

Students  with  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.5,  who  do 

not  have  the  required  undergraduate  grade  point  average  of  2.8, 

may  receive  provisional  status  and  the  opportunity  to  demonstrate 

academic  ability  by  being  granted  permission  to  take  three 

graduate  courses  and  by  maintaining  a  grade  point  average  of  3.0 

or  better. 

The  provisional  student  must  take  the  following: 

EDF  500  Methods  and  Materiak  of  Research  in  Education  (or 

EDF  501  or  EDF  502) 
EDE  551  Child  Development  and  Behavior  and  two  additional 

courses  from  the  following  list: 
EDE  522  Teaching  the  Communication  Skills 
EDE  530  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School 
EDR  510  Foundation  of  Reading  Instruction:  K-12 

2.  Within  the  precandidacy  period  (the  first  12-15  semester  hours), 
the  appUcant  must: 

a.  Complete  EDF  500  (or  501,  502)  and  two  EDE  courses. 

b.  Maintain  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.8  overall  and 
3.0  in  the  major  discipline  and  in  elementary  education  courses. 

Please  refer  also  to  "Degree  Candidacy  and  Degree  Requirements" 
under  Academic  Information.  Students  who  fail  to  qualify  as  degree 
candidates  are  classified  as  nondegree  students  but  may  reapply  for 
degree  candidacy. 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  curriculum  as  given  below.  Both 
the  selection  and  the  sequence  of  courses  should  be  determined 
in  consultation  with  the  appointed  advisor.  Only  six  credits  of 
workshops  are  permitted. 

2.  A  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.75  and  a  grade 
point  average  of  at  least  3.0  in  the  major  discipline  and  in 
elementary  education  courses.  (NOTE:  All  courses  specific  to 
elementary  education  are  included  in  computing  the  grade  point 
average  in  elementary  education.  Examples  of  such  courses  are 
ENG  592  and  MTE  554.) 

3.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  comprehensive  examination. 

4.  Students  should  have  elementary  education  certification  before 
completing  the  master's  degree;  however,  certification  require- 
ments may  be  waived  under  advisement  on  an  individual  basis. 

The  Comprehensive  Examination 

In  order  to  become  eligible  for  the  examination,  the  student  must: 

1.  Be  a  degree  candidate. 

2.  Complete  at  least  28  semester  hours,  including  all  required  courses, 
by  the  end  of  the  semester  preceding  the  examination. 

3.  Maintain  an  average  of  2.75  overall  and  3.0  in  elementary 
education. 

The  examination  is  given  on  the  first  Saturday  in  February  and  the 
last  Saturday  in  Pre  Session,  unless  otherwise  announced  by  the 
department. 

Applications  for  admission  to  the  comprehensive  examination  are 
avsiilable  from  the  department  and  must  be  filed  by  December  1  for 


the  February  examination  and  May  1  for  the  Pre-Scssion  examination. 
A  candidate  who  fails  the  comprehensive  examination  is  permitted 
to  take  one  re-examination  within  a  two-year  period.  Failure  of  the  re- 
examination will  result  in  a  comprehensive  review  of  the  student's 
graduate  record,  followed  by  a  determination  of  the  candidate's  future 
status  by  the  departmental  graduate  committee. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  PROGRAM  IN  ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION 

This  may  consist  of  either  a  nonthesis  program  requiring  33  semester 
hours,  or  a  thesis  program  requiring  30  semester  hours. 

In  either  option,  the  candidate  must  meet  a  professional  education 
requirement,  including  EDF  500  (or  EDF  501  or  EDF  502),  EDF  510 
or  EDF  589,  and  EDP  550.  Also  required  in  either  option  is  an 
elementary  education  area  consisting  of  EDE  548,  549,  553,  and  an 
elective  in  reading  or  elementary  education. 

During  the  first  session  of  enrollment,  the  student  confers  with  an 
assigned  advisor  to  determine  an  appropriate  and  desirable  area  of 
concentration.  The  remainder  of  the  program  will  be  developed 
within  the  selected  concentration.  The  choice  of  concentrations  may 
be  made  from  areas  offered  by  the  Department  of  Childhood  Studies 
and  Reading  or  areas  offered  by  other  departments. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 
Nonthesis  Program  (34  semester  hours) 

I.     Professional  Education  9  semester  hours 

EDF  500  Methods  and  Materiab  of  Research  in  Education  (or 

EDF  501,  502)  (3) 
EDF  510  Educational  Foundations  (3)  or 
EDF  589  Sociological  Foundations  of  Education  (3) 
EDP  550  Advanced  Educational  Psychology  (3) 

II.     Elementary  Education  12  semester  hours 

EDE  548  Curriculum  Theory  and  Trends  in  Elementary  Edu- 
cation (3) 
EDE  549  Theory  and  Trends  in  the  Language  Arts  (3) 
EDE  553  Child  Development  and  Behavior  II  (3) 
(These  three  courses  should  be  taken  after  completion  of  15 
hours  of  course  work.) 
Elective  in  Reading  and/or  Elementary  Education  (3) 

III.     Area  of  Concentration  12  semester  hours 

The  21  credit  hours  above  are  required  of  all  degree  candidates.  The 
remaining  12  credits  are  to  be  concentrated  in  one  of  the  following 
areas,  to  be  selected  under  advisement  during  the  first  session  of 
enrollment: 

Courses  offered  within  the  department.  Advising  by  assigned 
advisor. 


Creative  Teaching-Learning 
Early  Childhood  Education 
Elementary  Education  (General) 
Gifted  and  Talented 


Human  Development 
Language  Arts 
Reading 
Social  Studies 


Courses  offered  in  other  departments.  Advisement  for  area  of 
concentration  by  selected  faculty  in  respective  department. 

Bilingual  Education  Science 

Children's  Literature  Special  Education 

Mathematics  Writing 

Thesis  Program  (30  semester  hours) 

Students  who  wish  to  pursue  the  thesis  program  must  consult  with 
the  department  chairperson,  or  his  or  her  designee,  not  later  than 
the  second  session  of  enrollment. 


Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 


Reading 

Through  its  graduate  reading  program,  the  School  of  Education 
offers  the  Master  of  Education  degree  with  a  major  in  reading, 
and  Reading  Specialist  Certification.  Students  who  complete 
either  program  are  recommended  for  Pennsylvania  certification 
as  reading  specialists.  These  programs  prepare  candidates  to 
serve  in  special  reading  positions  and  as  classroom  teachers  of 
reading  in  elementary  or  secondary  schools. 

Admission  Requirements 

1.  Applicants  are  expected  to  have  an  undergraduate  degree  from  an 
accredited  college  or  university.  In  addition,  they  must  meet  an 
undergraduate  grade  point  average  entry  requirement  of  2.8  on  a 
scale  of  4.0. 

Students  with  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.5,  who  do  not 
have  the  required  undergraduate  grade  point  average  of  2.8,  may 
receive  provisional  status  and  the  opportunity  to  demonstrate 
academic  ability  by  being  granted  permission  to  take  three 
graduate  courses  and  maintain  a  grade  point  average  of  3.0  or 
better. 

The  provisional  student  must  take  both: 

EDF  500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Education 
EDR  510  Foundation  of  Reading  Instruction:  K-12 
and  one  of  the  following  courses: 
EDR  514  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas 
EDR  516  Reading  Disabilities. 

2.  The  student  must  possess  an  Instructional  I  Certificate. 

3.  Courses  required  within  the  precandidacy  period  are  EDR  510, 
514,  516,  EDF  500,  and  one  additional  course  from  the  prescribed 
program. 

4.  Students  must  maintain  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  2.8  and 
a  minimum  of  3.0  in  reading  courses  during  the  precandidacy 
period. 

Degree  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  degree  requirements  of  the  University,  the 

candidate  must: 

1 .  Successfully  complete  the  reading  curriculum  and  any  additional 
courses  that  may  be  required  by  the  reading  faculty.  Workshops 
will  not  be  accepted  to  satisfy  this  requirement. 

2.  Achieve  an  overall  grade  point  a^ferage  of  at  least  2.75  and  a 
minimum  of  3.0  in  reading  courses. 

3.  Perform  satisfactorily  on  the  comprehensive  examination  in 
reading.  Students  are  responsible  for  meeting  all  requirements  by 
the  specified  time. 

The  Comprehensive  Examination 

Students  are  eligible  for  the  comprehensive  examination  when  they 
have  completed  all  prescribed  work  and  been  recommended  by  the 
advisor.  The  examination  is  given  the  first  Saturday  in  February  and 
the  last  Saturday  in  Pre-Session.  AppUcation  for  the  examination 


must  be  made  in  writing  to  the  graduate  coordinator  for  the  February 
examination  by  December  1,  and  by  May  1  for  the  Pre-Session 
examination. 

Candidates  who  fail  the  comprehensive  examination  are  permitted 
one  re-examination  within  a  two-year  period.  Candidates  who  fail  the 
re-examination  are  dropped  from  the  degree  program. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  READING  (36  semester  hours) 

I.  Professional  Education  Requirements  6  semester  hours 

EDF  500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Education  (3)  or 
EDF  501  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  for  Elementary 

Education  (3) 
Plus: 

EDF  510  Educational  Foundations  (3) 
II.  Reading  Education  Requirements  27  semester  hours 

EDR  510  Foundations  of  Reading  Instruction:  K-12  (3) 
EDR  514  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas  (3) 
EDR  515  Teaching  Reading  with  Children's  and  Adolescents' 

Literature  (3) 
EDR  516  Reading  Disabilities  (3) 
EDR  517  Current  Practices  in  Teaching  Developmental  and 

Corrective  Reading  (3) 
EDR  519  Teaching  Reading  to  Culturally  Diverse  Students  (3) 
EDR  521  Reading  Clinic  Practicum  and  Seminar  I  (3) 
EDR  522  Reading  Clinic  Practicum  and  Seminar  II  (3) 
EDR  541  Organization  and  Operation  of  Reading  Programs: 

K-12  (3) 
III.  Area  of  Electives  3  semester  hours 

Selected,  under  advisement,  from: 
EDA  571 

EDE  522,  543,  548,  549,  551,  553,  554,  555,  560 
EDR  523,  526,  540.  542 

All  students  must  complete  a  course  in  child  and  adolescent 
development.  Any  student  who  enters  the  program  without  having 
completed  such  a  course  at  the  undergraduate  or  graduate  level 
should  take  EDE  551  as  an  elective. 


READING  SPECIAUST  CERTIHCATION 


(30  semester  hours) 


Requirements  for  the  Certification  Program: 

1.  The  student  must  possess  an  Instructional  I  Certificate. 

2.  Courses  required  within  the  first  15  hours  are  EDR  510,  514, 
516,  and  517. 

3.  The  student  must  maintain  an  overall  average  of  2.75  and  a 
minimum  of  2.85  in  reading  courses. 

4.  In  order  to  obtain  the  certificate,  the  student  must  successfiiUy 
complete  the  Master  of  Education  in  reading  program,  except 
that  the  student  is  not  required  to  take  the  two  courses  in 
professional  education.  Workshops  will  not  be  accepted  to  satisfy 
this  requirement. 

5.  The  student  must  perform  successfiilly  on  the  competency 
examination. 


Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  (CAGS) 

The  Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate  Study  (CAGS)  is 
designed  for  students  who  already  possess  a  master's  degree 
and  who  want  to  expand  their  knowledge  in  a  given  area,  or  to 
broaden  it  to  include  other  areas.  Such  students  normally 
do  not  wish  to  undertake  a  doctoral  program  but,  at  the  same 
time,  prefer  the  guidance  and  structure  offered  by  a  program 
such  as  the  CAGS. 

Admission  Requirements 

A  student  who  wishes  to  pursue  the  CAGS  must: 

1 .  Possess  a  master's  degree  from  an  accredited  institution. 


2.  Have  attained  a  minimum  Grade  Point  Average  (GPA)  of  3.0  in  a 
master's  degree  program. 

3.  Present  three  professional  letters  of  recommendation. 

Acceptance  for  study  toward  the  CAGS  will  be  determined  by  the 
faculty  of  the  Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading.  However, 
prior  to  formal  admission  to  the  program,  the  student  is  required  to 
develop  a  proposed  plan  of  study  with  the  supervising  committee 
(consisting  of  the  major  advisor  and  one  additional  member)  that 
has  been  appointed  by  the  department  chairperson  or  a  designee. 


Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 


Program  of  Study 

A  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  earned  beyond  the  master's  degree 
is  required.  Students  accepted  into  the  program  will  pursue  a  plan 
of  study  to  meet  their  indi\'idual  needs.  Plans  will  be  developed  with 
the  major  advisor  and  be  approved  by  the  student's  supervising 
committee.  Previous  course  work  taken  will  be  considered  in  the 
development  of  the  student's  program.  Also,  the  suggested  program 
will  be  presented  to  the  departmental  graduate  committee  for  approval. 
Course  work  may  be  arranged  as  follows: 

1.  Area  of  Specialization  18-24  semester  hours 
(Examples:  Early  Childhood  Education,  Elementary  Education  — 
General,  Language  Arts,  Mathematics,  Reading,  Science,  Social 
Studies,  Gifted  Education) 

Programs  will  be  individually  tailored  for  each  student  by  an 
advisor. 

2.  Course  Work  in  Complementary  Areas  0-6  semester  hours 

3.  Seminar  in  Research  3  semester  hours 

4.  Research  Repon  3  semester  hours 


Transfer  Credits 

A  maximum  of  six  hours  of  approved  transfer  credit  earned  after 
the  master's  degree  may  be  applied  to  the  proposed  program  if  the 
courses  complement  the  area  of  specialization  and  if  the  credits  were 
earned  within  a  period  of  three  years  before  entering  this  program. 

Certificate  of  Approval 

Successful  completion  of  the  program  requires  that  the  student: 

1.  Achieves  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.25  in  all  course  work  in  the  area 
of  specialization  and  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.0  in  all  course  work 
taken  outside  the  School  of  Education. 

2.  Successfully  passes  an  oral  examination  in  the  area  of  specializa- 
tion, as  well  as  completes  a  research  repon.  All  requirements, 
including  the  research  report,  must  be  completed  before  the  student 
will  be  allowed  to  take  the  oral  examination. 

3.  Meets  all  program  requirements. 

4.  Completes  the  program  within  six  years  following  the  date  of  the 
first  enrollment. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
EARLY  CHILDHOOD  AND 
ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  EDE 

502  Introduction  to  Early  Childhood  Education 
(3)  A  basic  course  in  early  childhood  education. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  historical  and  theoretical  bases 
influencing  education  of  young  children. 

503  Contemporary  Influences  in  Early  Child- 
hood Education  (3)  Current  factors  that  affect  the 
educational  needs  of  young  children  and  class- 
room practices  reflecting  those  influences. 

504  Early  Childhood  Programs  (3)  Model 
programs  in  early  childhood  education,  focusing 
on  curriculum  design  and  implementation  in 
the  preschool  and  primary  years. 

505  Seminar  in  Early  Childhood  Education 
(3)  Selected  problems  in  early  childhood  educa- 
tion. PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 

506  Infant  and  Toddler  Development  and 
Environment  (3)  Physical,  social,  emotional,  and 
intellectual  development  of  the  child  newborn 

to  two  years  is  studied.  The  use  of  developmental 
tests  for  the  diagnosis  of  infant  and  toddler  needs 
is  related  to  the  structuring  of  an  appropriate 
learning  environment. 

507  Preschooling  Learning  Environment  (3) 
Methods  and  materiab,  developmentally  appropri- 
ate for  children  2-5,  are  presented.  Readiness 
assessments,  curricular  discussions,  and  teaching 
approaches  are  addressed  across  the  full  spec- 
trum of  child  development. 

522    Teaching  the  Communication  Skills  (3) 
Strategies  for  teaching  the  language  arts.  Methods, 
materials,  and  resources  for  organizing  creative 
programs  in  school  settings. 
530    Social  Studies  in  Elementary  Education 
(3)  Interdisciplinary  and  multicultural  strategies 
for  developing  concepts,  skills,  and  values  m  the 
social  studies  program. 

532  Curriculum  and  Research  in  Social  Studies 
(3)  Recent  research  in  social  studies,  with 
emphasis  on  the  theoretical  bases  for  making 
curriculum  decisions.  PREREQ:  Permission  of 
instructor 

533  Seminar  in  Social  Studies  Education  (3) 
Selected  problems  in  social  studies  education. 
PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 

543     Creative  Expression  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Theories  and  techniques  to  promote 
creative  thinking  and  enhance  children's  creative 
potential  in  all  areas  of  the  school  curriculum. 


548  Curriculum  Theory  and  Trends  in  Elemen- 
tary Education  (3)  Theoretical  frameworks  of 
elementary  school  curricula;  curriculum  develop- 
ment and  change.  To  be  taken  after  15  hours  of 
work. 

549  Theory  and  Trends  in  the  Language  Arts 
(3)  Analysis  and  evaluation  of  language  arts 
programs,  including  reading  in  the  modem 
elementary  school.  PREREQ:  EDE  548. 

551     Child  and  Adolescent  Behavior  I  (3)  Social, 
intellectual,  emotional,  physical,  and  moral 
aspects  of  child  and  adolescent  behavior.  Emphasis 
on  personal  development  of  the  teacher  as  a 
prerequisite  to  understanding  children  in  the 
elementary  school. 

553  Child  and  Adolescent  Behavior  II  (3) 
Review  of  principles  of  growth  and  development. 
Theories  of  personality  development;  clues  to 
identifying  children  with  problems;  therapies 
appUcable  to  elementary  and  adolescent  school 
children.  Case  study  required.  PREREQ:  A  recent 
course  in  child  development  and  completion  of 
15  hours  of  course  work. 

554  The  Self  Concept  (3)  Self-concept  theory 
and  research;  implications  for  development, 
learning,  and  behavior;  specific  appUcation  to 
school  settings.  PREREQ:  Recent  course  in  human 
development  or  the  equivalent. 

555  Self  Development  and  Interpersonal  Skills 
(3)  Self  development,  interpersonal,  and  group 
communication  skills.  Focus  on  helping  relation- 
ships in  educational  settings.  PREREQ:  Recent 
course  in  human  development  or  the  equivalent. 

556  Seminar  in  Human  Development  (3) 
Critical  issues  in  human  development.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  instructor. 

560     Meeting  Individual  Needs  of  Children  (3) 
Discovering  each  child's  needs;  providing  for 
individualized  learning;  identifying  problems  and 
their  solutions.  PREREQ:  Recent  course  work 
in  elementary  education  and  child  development. 
565     Effective  Classroom  Management  (3) 
Dynamics  of  interpersonal  relations  in  planning 
and  facilitating  classroom  instruction. 
580-589    Workshops  in  Elementary  Education 
(1-6)  Additional  course  numbers  will  be  assigned 
as  new  areas  of  study  are  announced.  Credits 
vary. 
The  series  presently  includes: 

580  Workshop  in  Elementary  Education 

581  Workshop  in  Open  Education 

582  Workshop  in  Social  Studies 


583  Workshop  in  Creativity 

584  Workshop  in  Early  Childhood  Education 

585  Workshop  in  Language  Arts 

586  Workshop  in  Curriculum  Enrichment 

588  Workshop  in  Gifted  and  Talented 

589  Workshop  in  Humanizing  Teaching  and 
Learning 

590  Independent  Study  (1)  Enrollment  by 
permission  only,  number  of  credits  determined 
by  instructor. 

598    Workshop  in  Elementary  Education  (3) 

ECE  598    Workshop  in  Early  Childhood 

Education  (1-6) 

600     Research  Report  (1-2) 

610    Thesis  (4-6) 

695     Seminar  in  Elementary  Education  (3) 

Selected  topics  in  elementary  education. 

GIFTED  AND  TALENTED 

Symbol:  EDG 

542     Creative  Thinking:  Gifted  and  Talented 

(3)  A  study  of  the  basic  theoretical  approaches  for 
encouraging  the  creative  potential  of  gifted  and 
talented  learners. 

546     Gifted  and  Talented:  Teaching  Strategies 
and  Materials  (3)  Program  models,  resources,  and 
materials  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  gifted 
and  talented  children  and  youth. 

READING 

Symbol:  EDR 

510     Foundations  of  Reading  Instruction:  K-12 
(3)  Psychology  and  pedagogy  of  reading  instruc- 
tion. The  nature  of  the  reading  process;  the 
nature  of  the  learner,  skill  development;  instruc- 
tional strategies. 

514  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas  (3)  The 
specialized  reading  skills,  reading  problems, 
teaching  techniques,  and  reading  acti\'ities  in 
content  subjects  at  the  elementary  and  secondary 
level.  PREREQ:  EDR  510  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

515  Teaching  Reading  with  Children's  and 
Adolescents'  Literature  (3)  Based  on  the  philoso- 
phy that  literature  should  be  an  integral  element 
of  reading  programs.   The  emphasis  is  on 
fostering  wide  reading  and  response  to  literature 
in  K-12  reading  programs.  Students  will  learn 
instructional  strategies  and  develop  materials  and 
a  selected  bibliography.  PREREQ:  EDR  510  and 
514. 


Communication  Studies 


516  Reading  Disabilities  (3)  The  nature  of 
reading  disability  and  diagnosis  and  remediation 
of  reading  problems.  PREREQ:  EDR  510. 

517  Current  Practices  in  Teaching  Developmen- 
tal and  Corrective  Reading  (3)  Developmental 
and  corrective  reading  instruction.  Attention  is 
given  to  diagnostic  procedures  and  resulting 
appropriate  instruction.  PREREQ:  EDR  510,  514, 
516,  545,  and  either  graduate  or  undergraduate 
credits  in  child  and  adolescent  development. 

519    Teaching  Reading  to  Culturally  Diverse 
Students  (3)  Historical,  cultural,  and  educational 
contexts  of  literacy,  language,  and  learning  as 
they  relate  to  reading  instruction.  PREREQ:  EDR 
516,  517,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
521     Reading  Clinic  Practicum  and  Seminar  I 
(3)  A  laboratory  course  in  the  diagnosis  of  reading 
difficulties.  Major  attention  given  to  diagnosing 
corrective  cases  and  writing  case  reports.  PREREQ: 
EDR  517  and  519. 


522  Reading  Clinic  Practicum  and  Seminar  II 
(3)  Continuation  of  EDR  521.  Emphasis  placed  on 
developing  specific  skills  and  techniques  for 
correcting  various  types  of  reading  disability  cases. 
PREREQ:  EDR  521. 

523  Reading  as  a  Language  I*rocess  (3)  Basic 
concepts  from  areas  of  phonology,  morphology, 
syntax,  semantics,  sociolinguistics,  dialectology, 
and  psychology  will  be  related  to  the  teaching  of 
reading  in  grades  K-12. 

326     Emerging  literacy  and  Beginning  Reading: 
A  Whole  Language  Approach  (3)  Concerned 
with  young  children's  Uteracy  development  from 
preschool  through  the  primary  grades.  Emphasis 
on  instructional  recommendations  and  implemen- 
tations for  a  range  of  abilities.  Included  are 
supervised  one-on-one  and/or  small-group  teach- 
ing experiences.  PREREQ:  EDR  510  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 


540  Seminar  in  Reading  (3)  Critical  examina- 
tion of  trends,  opinions,  and  current  research  in 
the  teaching  of  reading.  PREREQ:  EDR  516  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

541  Organization  and  Operation  of  Reading 
Programs:  K-12  (3)  Practical  appUcadon  of  the 
reading  specialist's  role  in  organizing  and 
operating  K-12  reading  programs.  Emphasis  on 
the  use  of  the  total  school  community  in  meeting 
individual  reading  needs.  PREREQ:  EDR  522  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

542  Seminar  in  Reading  Research  (3)  A  seminar 
in  the  basic  techniques  and  sources  of  research 
in  reading.  Exposure  to  significant  research  in  the 
field.  PREREQ:  EDF  501  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

590     Independent  Study  (1-6)  Individual  inves- 
tigation and  exploration  of  related  reading 
research.  Topic  must  be  approved  by  the  supervis- 
ing instructor  prior  to  registration. 


Communication  Studies 

512  Main  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2500 

Dr.  Klinzing,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS 

Diane  O.  Casagrande,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Dermis  R.  Klinzing.  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

C.  Jack  Orr,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Anita  K  Foeman,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Ke'vin  W.  Dean,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

Amy  E.  Martz,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Mary  W  McCullough,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Sara  E.  Newell,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah 

Michael  V.  Pearson,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Thomas  G.  Reed,  Ph.D.,  Union  of  Experimental  Colleges  and 

Universities 
Martin  5.  Remland,  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Programs  of  Study 

The  M.A.  in  Communication  Studies  has  two  program  options. 
The  first  option  is  an  Applied  Curriculum  with  a  21-credit 
required  core  and  15  credits  of  electives  which  are  to  focus  on 
the  application  of  communication  to  a  specific  area  such  as 
administration,  management,  teaching,  training  and  develop- 
ment, etc.  This  program  is  en-visioned  as  a  terminal  degree 
that  may  pro'vide  the  opportunity  for  practicing  professionals 
to  sharpen  their  skills  or  change  careers.  The  program  also 
should  help  those  who  have  not  yet  entered  the  job  market  to 
do  so  with  increased  competence  in  communication  and  an 
applied  area  of  their  choice. 

The  second  option  is  a  thesis  program  that  will  pro'vide 
students  with  the  opportunity  to  develop  the  knowledge  and 
skill   needed   to   gain   entry  into   a   Ph.D.    program   in 
communication. 
The  courses  offered  in  the  M.A.  in  Communication  Studies 


will  be  graduate-level  seminars  that  will  require  fundamental 
knowledge  of  communication  theory  and  research  and 
knowlege  of  scholarly  methods  of  inquiry.  Individuals  who 
have  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  in  speech  communication  at 
an  accredited  institution  and  who  have  maintained  a  B 
average  or  better  should  have  the  requisite  knowledge  and 
ability  to  be  successful  in  the  courses  that  comprise  the 
program.  Others,  particularly  those  who  have  earned  degrees 
in  related  fields  such  as  English,  psychology,  and  sociology 
may  be   required   to   complete  prerequisite   undergraduate 
courses  in  communication  based  on  an  analysis  of  their 
undergraduate  transcripts.  Transcript  analyses  and  prerequi- 
sites will,  of  course,  also  be  required  for  students  who  apply  to 
the  program  with  degrees  in  unrelated  disciplines  such  as 
business  and  economics. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  COMMUNICAnON  STUDIES 

Admission  Requirements 

Students  must  meet  general  requirements  for  admission  to  graduate 
studies  as  well  as  the  following  department  criteria  that  will 
determine  either  regular  or  provisional  admission  into  the  M.A.  in 
Communication  Studies. 

1.  Regular  Admissions: 

a.  A  Graduate  Record  Exam  score  of  1000  or  greater  or  a 
comparable  score  on  the  Miller  Analogies  Test. 

b.  Undergraduate  GPA  of  at  least  2.75  overall  and  in  the 
undergraduate  major. 

c.  Review  of  application  to  determine  appropriateness  of 
undergraduate  preparation. 

2.  Probationary  Admissions: 

a.  A  Graduate  Record  Exam  score  of  less  than  1000  but  greater 
than  850  or  a  comparable  score  on  the  Miller  Analogies  Test. 

b.  Undergraduate  GPA  less  d:ian  2.75  but  higher  than  2.5  overall 
and  in  the  undergraduate  major. 

c.  Review  of  application  to  determine  appropriateness  of 
undergraduate  preparation. 

Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

At  the  completion  of  12  semester  hours  (at  least  nine  of  which  are 
within  the  department),  a  B  grade  or  better  must  be  earned  in  each  of 
those  four  courses  in  order  for  candidacy  to  be  achieved. 


Communicative  Disorders 


Curriculum 

I.  Courses  for  Nonthesis,  Applied  Curriculum 
(36  credits) 

a.  Required  Core  21  credits 

SPC  501  Theoretical  Perspectives  on  Human  Communication  (3) 
SPC  502  Communication  Research  Methods  (3) 
SPC  503  Communication  and  Persuasive  Influence  (3) 
SPC  504  The  Symbol  Systems  of  Communication  (3) 
SPC  505  Concepts  and  Criticism  of  Pubhc  Influence  (3) 
SPC  506  Communication  in  Small  Groups  (3) 
SPC  507  Issues  in  Mass  Communication  (3) 

b.  Electives:  15  credits 

These  courses  must  be  selected  from  other  departments  or 
Communication  Studies  courses.  A  six-credit  Graduate 
Internship   (SPC  598)   may  be  elected  upon  successful 
completion  of  the  21-credit  core. 

II.  Courses  for  Thesis  Option 
(30  credits) 


a.  Required  Core  24  credits 

SPC  501  Theoretical  Perspectives  on  Human 

Communicaion  (3) 
SPC  502  Communication  Research  Methods  (3) 
SPC  503  Communication  and  Persuasive  Influence  (3) 
SPC  504  The  Symbol  Systems  of  Communication  (3) 
SPC  506  Communication  in  Small  Groups  (3) 
SPC  507  Issues  in  Mass  Communication  (3) 
SPC  600  Speech  Communication  Thesis  (6) 
b.  Electives  6  credits 

These  courses  must  be  selected  from  other  departments  or 
Communication  Studies  courses. 

III.  Comprehensive  Examinations 

After  the  completion  of  all  course  work,  each  student  will  take 
a  comprehensive  written  examination  which  will  be  followed  by 
an  oral  examination. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
SPEECH  COMMUNICAnON 
Symbol:  SPC 

501  Theoretical  Perspectives  on  Human  Com- 
munication (3)  A  comprehensive  examination  of 
major  theoretical  perspectives  on  human  commu- 
nication ranging  from  classical  to  contemporary. 

502  Communication  Research  Methods  (3) 
An  examination  of  the  major  issues  pertaining  to 
inquiry  in  human  communication  including  the 
nature  of  inquiry,   qualitative  and   quantitative 
methodological  approaches  to  communication  re- 
search; moral  and  ethical  standards  for  human 
research;  the  role  of  the  researcher,  and  compari- 
sons of  academic  research  with  research  in  market- 
ing, public  relations  and  broadcasting.  Students 
will  be  required  to  design  and  execute  a  research 
project. 

503  Communication  and  Persuasive  Influence 

(3)  An  analysis  of  major  conceptual  approaches 
to  persuasion  and  their  implications  for  under- 
standing influence  contexts  and   designing 
pragmatic  strategies. 

504  The  Symbol  Systems  of  Communication 
(3)  Students  wUl  explore  the  verbal  and  nonver- 
bal components  of  message  creation  in  communi- 
cation using  primary  theories  to  analyze  language 
variables  in  different  settings. 


505  Concepts  and  Criticism  of  Public  Influence 
(3)  The  criticism  and  history  of  influence  will 

be  explored  to  focus  on  examples  of  persuasion 
through  pubhc  discourse. 

506  Communication  in  SmaU  Groups  (3)  An 
examination  of  traditional  and  contemporary 
research  which  pertains  to  various  dimensions  of 
small  group  communication  including,  but  not 
limited  to,  the  following  topics:  structure,  size, 
tasks,  goals,  roles,  systems,  and  leadership. 

507  Issues  in  Mass  Communication  (3)  An 
overview  of  the  mass  communication  systems, 
including  an  analysis  of  the  elements  and 
processes  of  these  media,  their  functions,  and  the 
major  issues  attending  their  use  in  our  culture. 

508  Special  Topic  Seminar  (3)  An  intensive 
examination  of  a  selected  area  within  communica- 
tion study.  Topics  wiU  vary  and  will  be  aimounced 
in  advance  of  each  semester. 

509  Communication  and  Conflict  Resolution 
(3)  Using  both  theoretical  and  activity-centered 
learning,  the  student  will  explore  the  options 
available  to  resolve  conflict  through  communica- 
tion. 

515     Language,  Thought  and  Behavior  (also 
UN  515)  (3)  Introduction  to  the  relativistic 
language  concepts  of  Korzybski  and  his  followers. 
The  course  focuses  on  what  language  does  to 
people  and  the  subsequent  effects  on  communica- 
tion. 


517  Producing  the  Television  Program  (Non- 
dramatic)  (3)  Basic  concepts  of  television  planning 
and  production  for  the  nondramaric  format.  The 
student  uses  the  toob  of  television.  (Lecture  and 
laboratory) 

518  Television  Program  Directing  (Dramatic) 
(3)  Continuation  and  development  of  skills  and 
knowledge  in  the  use  of  television  equipment; 
application  of  the  arts  of  the  theatre  and  film, 
(Lecture  and  laboratory)  PREREQ:  SPC  517. 

550     Listening:  Verbal  and  Nonverbal  Percep- 
tions (3)  A  survey  of  research  in  listening  behavior 
and  related  nonverbal  variables.  Identification  of 
important  characteristics  of  effective  listeners. 
Application  to  communication  activities  in  the 
classroom. 

598  Graduate  Internship  in  Speech  Communi- 
ation  (3-6)  Supervised  professional  training  in 
approved  communication  placements.  PREREQ: 
Approval  of  department  chairperson. 

599  Directed  Graduate  Studies  (3)  Research 
projects,  reports,  readings  in  speech  communica- 
tion. PREREQ:  Approval  of  department  chairper- 
son. 

600  Speech  Communication  Thesis  (6)  Original 
research,  supervised  through  topic  selection, 
investigation,  and  graduate  committee  defense. 


Communicative  Disorders 

Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic 

Wayne  Hall 

West  Chester  University 

West  Chester,  PA  19383 

(215)  436-3401 

Mr.  Eberhart,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Stigora,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSOR 

Michael  S.  Weiss,  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Mareile  Koenig,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

Susan  Maxwell,  M.A.,  Ohio  University 

Joseph  A.  Stigora,  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  University 

Cleavonne  S.  Stratton,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 


ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 
John  L.  Eberhart,  M.A.,  Syracuse  University 
Elena  F.  Stuart,  M.S.,  Purdue  University 
Program  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Communicative  Disorders  offers  the  Master 
of  Arts  degree  in  speech  pathology.  The  student  may  choose 
a  thesis  or  nonthesis  program.  Both  programs  are  designed 
to  strengthen  the  knowledge  and  skill  of  the  practicing  speech 
clinician,  to  provide  the  foundation  for  further  graduate 
study,  and  to  afford  an  opportunity  to  complete  requirements 
toward  professional  certification  by  the  American  Speech- 
Language-Hearing  Association.  Attainment  of  the  master's 
degree  does  not  necessarily  guarantee  recommendation  for 
certification. 


Communicative  Disorders 


MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  SPEECH  RATHOLOGY 

(39  semester  hours) 

Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  recuirements  for  admission  to  a 
degree  program  at  West  Chester,  applicants  must: 

1.  Present  an  undergraduate  background  of  at  least  30  semester  hours 
in  the  following  areas  of  study:  psychology,  human  development, 
linguistics,  statistics,  speech  and  language  development,  phonet- 
ics, speech  disorders,  language  disorders,  hearing  disorders,  basic 
speech  and  hearing  science,  and  clinical  experience. 

2.  Present  undergraduate  transcripts  showing  at  least  a  3.0  average 
in  the  last  60  hours  of  study. 

3.  Demonstrate  a  reasonable  degree  of  speech  and  language 
proficiency  which  may  be  measured  by  a  written  essay  and  a 
personal  interview. 

4.  Submit  Miller  Analogies  Test  scores  for  purposes  of  evaluation 
and  guidance. 

5.  Submit  a  log  of  undergraduate  clinical  practicum. 

6.  Submit  three  letters  of  recommendation. 

7.  Submit  a  250-word  essay  describing  future  goals  and  aspirations. 

Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

l.The  appUcant  may  apply  for  degree  candidacy  after  having 
completed  SPP  501 ,  502,  and  508.  Application  must  be  made  before 
the  student  has  completed  15  semester  hours  of  graduate  work 
required  for  the  degree. 

2.  During  the  precandidacy  period,  the  appUcant  must  maintain  an 
overall  average  of  3.0. 

3.  The  appUcant  must  have  demonstrated  satisfactory  performance 
in  clinical  practicum  at  West  Chester  University. 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  The  candidate  must  meet  the  general  university  requirements  for 
the  master's  degree,  including  completion  of  all  required  courses, 
with  an  overaU  average  of  3.0. 

2.  The  candidate  must  perform  satisfactorily  on  a  comprehensive 
written  and  oral  examination,  which  may  not  be  taken  before  the 
student's  final  semester  of  course  work.  Those  who  fail  the 
examination  may  repeat  it  once.  The  interval  between  the  two 


examinations  may  not  exceed  one  year. 

3.  The  candidate  must  satisfactorily  complete  SPP  501,  502,  508, 
523,  524,  526,  535,  536,  three  semester  hours  of  graduate  clinical 
practicum,   plus    12   additional  semester  hours,   chosen  under 
advisement,  which  must  include  a  graduate  course  in  audiology 
and  a  graduate  course  in  organic  disorders. 

4.  The  student  must  be  in  continuous  enrollment.  Exceptions  may 
be  granted  by  submitting  a  written  request  to  the  graduate 
coordinator. 

5.  The  MA.  requires  the  completion  of  350  hours  of  clinical  practi- 
cum, with  a  minimum  of  250  hours  required  at  the  graduate  level. 
These  hours  of  clinical  experience  must  be  obtained  in  three 
distinctly  different  cUnical  settings.  In  order  to  earn  the  required 
practicum  hours,  most  students  wiU  need  to  register  for  several 
semesters  of  cUnical  practicum;  however,  no  more  than  three 
semester  hours  of  graduate  clinical  practicum  may  be  counted 
toward  the  39  semester  hours  required  for  the  degree. 

Certification  Programs 

Candidates  for  the  Master  of  Arts  in  speech  pathology  may  be 
recommended  for  the  Penns>'lvania  Instructional  I  Certificate  in 
speech  correction  upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the  equivalent  of 
the  department's  Bachelor  of  Science  in  education  curriculum. 
Students  who  do  not  qualify  for  master's  degree  candidacy  may 
complete  a  second  bachelor's  degree  in  order  to  be  recommended  for 
the  Instructional  I  certificate.  In  the  Department  of  Communicative 
Disorders,  "Certificarion  Student "  designates  either  (a)  nondegree 
students  who  already  hold  the  Instructional  I  certificate  and  who  are 
earning  the  Instructional  II  certificate,  or  (b)  nondegree  students 
who  meet  the  prerequisites  for  admission  to  the  degree  program  but 
who  already  hold  a  master's  degree,  or  its  equivalent,  in  a  related 
field  and  who  wish  to  meet  the  requirements  for  the  Certificate  of 
Clirucal  Competence  in  Speech  Language  Pathology  issued  by  the 
American  Speech-Language-Hearing  Association. 
The  Department  of  Communicative  Disorders  has  completed 
revision  of  its  curricula.  When  recommended  changes  are  approved 
by  the  Curriculum  and  Academic  Policies  Committee  (CAPC), 
they  will  become  effective  immediately.  Please  check  with  the 
department  for  further  details. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
COMMUNICATIVE  DISORDERS 
Symbol:  SPP 

501  Foundations  of  Research  in  Speech 
Pathology  (3)  Introduction  to  the  scientific 
process  and  to  the  interpretation  and  application 
of  research  in  the  speech  sciences.  A  research 
project  outline  required. 

502  Experimental  Phonetics  (3)  Study  of 
acoustic  and  physiological  mechanisms  underlying 
speech  production  and  perception.  Current 
theoretical  modeb  are  reviewed  and  analytical 
instrumentation  demonstrated.  Students  are 
provided  with  laboratory  experiences  to  comple- 
ment lecture  materials. 

508    Neurology  of  the  Speech  and  Hearing 
Mechanism  (3)  This  course  provides  the  student 
with  information  conceming  the  neuroanatomi- 
cal  and  neurophysiological  mechanisms  underly- 
ing the  speech  and  hearing  process. 

523  Voice  Disorders  (3)   Examination  of 
classification,  etiology,  diagnosis,  and  therapy  for 
functional,  organic,  and  psychological  voice 
disorders. 

524  Fluency  Disorders  (3)  Consideration  of 
the  nature,  causes,  diagnosis,  and  treatment  of 
stuttering  and  related  disorders  of  speech  flow. 


Critical  review  of  pertinent  research.  PREREQ: 

Permission  of  department. 

526    Articulation  Disorders  (3)  Theoretical 

considerations,  research  findings,  and  clinical 

practices  conceming  disordered  speech  sound 

production. 

535  Language  Disorders  of  Children  (3) 
Linguistic  and  neurological  aspects  of  fjehavior 
relative  to  disorders  of  language  in  children. 
Review  of  etiology,  assessment,  and  treatment. 
PREREQ:  SPP  107  or  equivalent. 

536  Aphasia   (3)  Study  of  the  behaviors 
associated  with  language  disorders  in  adults. 
Emphasis  on  etiologies,  symptoms,  assessment, 
and  rehabihtative  procedures. 

543    Therapy  for  the  Hearing  Impaired  (3) 
Evaluative  and  therapeutic  materials  and  methods 
applicable  to  the  improvement  of  communication 
in  hard-of-hearing  individuals.  PREREQ:  SPP 
346  or  equivalent. 

546  Aural  Rehabilitation  (3)  Medical,  pros- 
thetic,  and   educational  approaches   to  aural 
refiabilitation  for  children  and  adults.  Not  open  to 
students  with  credit  for  SPP  346  or  equivalent. 
PREREQ:  SPP  343  or  equivalent 

547  Audiometry  (3)  Lecture/laboratory  course 
in  the  measurement  of  hearing.   Not  open  to 
students  with  credit  for  SPP  347  or  equivalent. 
PREREQ:  SPP  343  or  equivalent 


550    Advanced  Diagnostic  and  Therapeutic 
Methods  in  Speech  Pathology  (3)  Current  and 
advanced  evaluative  methods  and  materials 
appUcable  to  the  diagnosis  and  remediation  of 
communication  disorders. 

♦  551     Graduate  Clinical  Practicum  (3) 
Supervised  practice  in  the  Speech  and  Hearing 
Clinic.  Designed  to  increase  diagnostic  and  thera- 
peutic skills  with  children  and  adults  who  have 
conmiunication  problems.  PREREQ:  SPP  351,  or 
equivalent,  and  permission  of  department. 

♦  552    Affiliation  Practicum  (6)  Supervised 
practice  in  an  affiliated  clinic  or  school.  Designed 
to  increase  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  skills  with 
children  and  adults  who  have  communication 
disorders.  PREREQ:  SPP  351  or  SPP  551  and 
permission  of  the  department. 

560  Seminar  in  Speech  Pathology  (3)  Selected 
theoretical  and  clinical  areas  of  speech  pathology 
and  related  disciplines.  Topics  vary  each  semester 
according  to  research  developments  and  student 
needs.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 

561  Seminar  in  Audiology  (3)  Selected  areas  in 
audiology  and  related  disciplines.  Topics  vary 
each  semester  according  to  developments  in 
research  and  student  needs.  PREREQ:  Permission 
of  instructor. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 


562     Research  Seminar  (3)  De\'elopment  of  an 
individual  research  project  of  the  student's  choice. 
Research  design,  methodology,  and  data  analysis 
will  be  emphasized.  PREREQ;  SPP  501.  A  course 
in  statistics  is  recommended. 
569     Equipment  Workshop  (3)  Evaluation, 
selection,  use,  and  maintenance  of  electronic  aids 
for  the  speech  and  hearing  clinician.  Demonstra- 
tion of  equipment  for  diagnosis,  therapy,  and 
classroom  use.  Students  will  have  ample  opportu- 
nity to  work  with  tape  recorders,  auditory 
trainers,  and  special  calibration  techniques. 


573    Administration  and  Supervision  of  Speech 
and  Hearing  Programs  (3)  Nature  and  scope  of 
supervisory  positions  in  speech  and  hearing 
programs.  Emphasis  on  administrative  problems. 
580     Orofacial  Anomalies  (3)  Comprehensive 
consideration  of  the  nature,  causes,  diagnosis,  and 
treatment  of  communication  disorders  associated 
with  orofacial  anomaUes,  particularly  cleft  lip 
and  cleft  palate.  PREREQ;  SPP  203  or  equivalent, 
or  permission  of  department. 
589    Neuromuscular  Disorders  (3)  Nature, 
causes,  diagnosis,  and  treatment  of  communica- 


Qon  disorders  associated  with  neuromuscular 
dysfunction,  with  particular  attention  to  the 
cerebral  palsies. 

590     Independent  Study  (1-3)  Individualized 
research  projects,  reports,  and/or  readings  in 
speech  pathology  or  audiology  under  faculty 
supervision.  PREREQ:  Approval  of  department 
chairperson. 

598    Workshop  in  Communicative  Disorders 
(3) 

610      1116515(1-6) 


Computer  Science  —  See  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 


Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 


207  Recitation  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2958 

Dr.  Kahn,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Deischer,  Assistant  Chairperson 

Dr.  Gadaleto,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 


PROFESSORS 

Harry  H.  Deischer,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Angelo  F.  Gadaleto,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
Charles  W.  Good,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
Wallace  J.  Kahn,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
Yi-Ming  Hsu,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
George  M.  Thomas,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
Shirley  A.  Walters,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 


ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

John  Holingjak,  Jr.,  Ed.M.,  Temple  University 
Richard  D.  Parsons,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 
William  J.  Rahn,  M.Ed.,  Temple  University 
Jay  Silverman,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

David  L.  Bolton,  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

Cynthia  Haggard,  Ed.D.,  Indiana  University 

John  L.  Hynes,  Ed.D.,  SUNY-Albany 

Robert  S.  Kurzinsky,  Ed.D.,  Nova  University 

Carol  M.  Napierkowski,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Patrick  M.  Socoski,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Lesley  A.  Welsh,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Programs  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional 
Education  offers  a  variety  of  graduate  programs  leading  to 
professional  certification,  as  well  as  the  Master  of  Education 
and  Master  of  Science  degrees. 


Counselor  Education 

The  Counselor  Education  Program  offers  two  degree  programs. 

The  first  is  a  degree-certification  program  that  leads  to  the 

Master  of  Education  and  the  Educational  Specialist  I  Certificate 

for  elementary  school  counselors  or  secondary  school 

counselors. 

The  second  leads  to  the  Master  of  Science  degree  for  persons 

interested  in  counseling  in  community  agency  and  higher 

education  settings. 

A  handbook  describing  both  programs  in  detail  is  available 

fi-om  the  department's  graduate  office. 

Admission  Requirements 

An  applicant  is  expected  to  have  an  undergraduate  degree  from  an 
accredited  college  or  university.  In  addition,  he  or  she  must  meet  an 
undergraduate  grade  point  average  entry  requirement  of  2.8  on  a 
scale  of  4.0. 

Students  who  do  not  have  the  required  undergraduate  grade  point 
average  of  2.8  may  receive  provisional  status  and  permission  to  take 
the  courses  required  to  complete  Competency  Area  I,  where  they 
can  demonstrate  academic  ability  by  maintaining  a  grade  point 
average  of  3.0  or  better. 


Degree  Requirements 

Upon  meeting  admission  criteria,   students  are  accepted   for 
Competency  Area  I.  During  this  phase,  they  are  evaluated  for 
academic  achievement  and  interpersonal  relationship  skills.  Upon 
successhil  completion  of  Competency  Area  I  and  departmental 
recommendations  (i.e.,  formal  approval  for  degree  candidacy), 
students  become  degree  candidates  for  the  remainder  of  the  program, 
which  encompasses  advanced  work  and  field  experiences.  Upon 
completion  of  the  prescribed  work  and  the  advisor's  recommendation, 
candidates  must  take  a  comprehensive  examination.  The  degree 
being  pursued  will  be  granted  only  when  the  student  has  met  the 
standards  of  the  Department  of  Counselor,  Secondary,   and 
Professional  Education.  Students  desiring  the  degree  vrithout 
certification  may  take  a  three-credit  elective  under  advisement  in  lieu 
of  the  practicum  (EDC  590  or  EDC  591). 

Certification 

In  order  to  obtain  the  Educational  Specialist  I  Certificate,  the  student 
must  successfully  complete  the  required  practicum  in  an  approved 
secondary  or  elementary  school.  This  course  provides  an  opportunity 
for  the  snjdent,  under  West  Chester  University  faculty  supervision, 
to  work  closely  with  a  professional  counselor  in  a  public  school. 


Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 


The  certificate  is  issued  on  the  basis  of  the  program  approval  status 
of  the  counselor  education  program  at  the  University  as  granted 
by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCAHON:  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 
COUNSELING  OPTION  (42-45  semester  hours) 
Dr.  Kahn,  Program  Coordinator 
Competency  Area  I:  EDC  503,  567,  571, 

EDF  502 
Competency  Area  II:  EDC  520,  540,  556, 

572,  574,  576,  585,  EDF  589 
Competency  Area  III:  EDC  590,  593 
Complementary  course  work 
(EDA  500  or  equivalent  required) 

MASTER  OF  EDUCARON:  SECONDARY  SCHOOL 
COUNSELING  OPTION  (42-45  semester  hours) 
Dr.  Napierkowski,  Program  Coordinator 


12  semester  hours 

24  semester  hours 

6  semester  hours 

3-6  semester  hours 


Competency  Area  I:  EDC  503,  567,  571, 

EDF  502 
Competency  Area  II:  EDC  520,  540,  556, 

573,  575,  576,  585,  EDF  589 
Competency  Area  III;  EDC  591,  593 
Complementary  course  work 


12  semester  hours 

24  semester  hours 

6  semester  hours 

3-6  semester  hours 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE:  HIGHER  EDUCATION/POST 
SECONDARY  COUNSELING  OPTION  (39-45  semester  hours) 
Dr.  Gadaleto,  Program  Coordinator 
Competency  Area  I:  EDC  531,  567,  571, 

EDF  502 
Competency  Area  II:  EDC  530,  540,  556, 

578,  579 
Competency  Area  III:  EDC  592,  593 
Complementary  course  work  approved  by 

advisor  6  semester  hours 


12  semester  hours 

15  semester  hours 
6  semester  hours 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
COUNSELOR  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  EDC 

503    Introduction  to  Guidance  Services  (3) 
Historical  development,  philosophical  foundations, 
and  detemiinants  of  guidance  services  in  contem- 
porary elementary  and  secondaiy  education. 
Special  services,  testing,  group  and  individual 
counseling,  and  other  elements.  Guidance  as  a 
profession,  ethics,  current  developments,  and 
trends. 

520     Counseling  for  Human  Differences  (3) 
Examination  of  differences  manifested  by  individ- 
uals. The  purpose  of  the  examination  is  to 
prepare  counselors  for  designing  counseling 
strategies  appropriate  to  the  uniqueness  of  the 
client. 

530  The  College  Student  (3)  In  the  face  of 
increasing  demands  for  relevance,  flexibility,  and 
vitality  in  the  college  community,  workers  in 
higher  education  need  to  know  contemporary 
students.  Students  will  explore  several  aspects  of 
the  life  and  work  of  today's  young  adults. 

531  Introduction  to  Counseling  in  Higher 
Education  (3)  Introduction  to  the  type  of  coim- 
seling  services  that  are  provided  in  higher  educa- 
tion and  to  the  settings  in  which  these  take  place. 
540    Assessment  Methods  in  Guidance  (3) 
Emphasis  is  on  the  test  and  nontest  assessment 
of  intelligence,  achievement,  special  abiUties,  and 
aptitudes,  including  concepts  such  as  reliability, 
validity,  and  standardization. 

545     Psychometric  Interpretation  (3)  A  survey 
course  involving  the  use  of  psychomecrics  as  the 
vehicle  for  the  diagnosis  of  learning  problems. 
Test  interpretation  and  reporting  are  emphasized. 
556    Career  Development  Theories  and  Prac- 
tices (3)  Theories  and  techniques  relating  to  career 
development  in  children,  adolescents,  and  adults. 
Career  development  programming  within  the 
context  of  a  systems  approach  is  stressed. 
567    Group  Dynamics  (3)  This  course  in  group 
processes  focuses  on  the  identification  of  the 
implicit  and  explicit  role  functions  of  the  group 
member  and  the  group  leader.  The  recognition  and 
awareness  of  one's  behavior  with  multiple 
feedback  sources  is  of  primary  concern.  The  major 
objective  of  this  course  is  to  initiate,  develop, 
and  master  relationships  in  a  group  setting. 


568  The  Professional  Counselor  in  the  Elemen- 
tary School  (3)  Role,  responsibihties,  and 
practices  of  the  contemporary  elementary  school 
counselor.  Development  of  the  guidance  pro- 
gram; relationship  to  curricula;  position  of  the 
counselor  with  respect  to  administration,  parents, 
children,  and  teachers. 

569  The  Professional  Counselor  in  the  Second- 
ary School  (3)  Role,  responsibilities,  and  practice 
of  the  contemporary  secondary  school  counselor. 
Referral  resources,  parental  conference  tech- 
niques, relationship  with  administration  and  staff, 
curricula,  administrative  aspects  of  the  guidance 
program. 

571  Theories  of  Counseling  (3)  The  basic 
theories  of  counseling,  with  emphasis  on  historical 
and  philosophical  origins.  Historical  antecedents 
of  each  theory,  and  evaluation  of  the  potential 
of  each  theory  as  a  viable  approach  for  school 
counselors. 

572  Counseling  Techniques  in  Elementary 
School  (3)  Practical  application  of  basic  theories 
and  techniques  of  individual  counseling  with 
children  in  elementary  school  settings.  The  pre- 
practicum  course  includes  actual  coimseling 
experience  with  children. 

573  Counseling  Techniques  in  Secondary 
School  (3)  Practical  application  of  the  basic 
theories  and  techniques  of  individual  counseling 
with  adolescents  in  secondary  school  settings. 
This  prepracticum  course  includes  actual  counsel- 
ing experience  with  adolescents. 

574  Group  Pnx:edures  in  the  Elementary  School 
(3)  Emphasis  is  on  mastering  the  basic  theories 
and  techniques  appropriate  to  group  procedures  in 
the  elementary  school.  Exposure  to  plaiming, 
implementing,  and  evaluating  group  activities. 

575  Group  Procedures  in  the  Secondary  School 
(3)  Mastery  of  theories  and  techniques  basic  to 
plaiming  and  implementing  group  activities  in  the 
secondary  school.  Evaluation  of  group  activities 
is  also  stressed. 

576  Consultation  and  Coordination  in  Guid- 
ance and  Counseling  (3)  This  prepracticum 
course  focuses  on  models,  mechanisms,  and 
strategies  of  employing  consultation  and  coor- 
dination in  remedial  and  preventive  interventions 
in  educational  settings.  Systems  analysis  and 
program  development  and  evaluation  will  be  ad- 
dressed relative  to  consultation  and  coordination. 


578  Counseling  Techniques  with  Adults  (3)  A 
prepracticum  experience  in  counseling  adults. 
Application  of  principles  and  practices;  prepara- 
tion and  techniques  for  group  counseling. 

579  Group  Procedures  with  Adults  (3) 
Techniques  for  plaiming  and  implem.enting  group 
procedures  appUcable  to  adults.  Topics  include 
group  counseling,  group  guidance,  multiple 
counseling,  problem  solving  and  decision  making, 
task  group  facilitation,  conflict  mediation,  group 
process  and  outcome  evaluation,  and  the  legal/ 
ethical  implications  of  group  work  Each  student 
is  required  to  conduct  a  group  counseling 
experience. 

585     Contemporary  Issues  and  Trends  in 
Guidance  (3)  Contemporary  issues  and  current 
trends  in  school  guidance.  The  student  evaluates 
basic  positions  and  integrates  them  into  the 
prospective  role  of  a  school  counselor. 

590  Practicum  in  Elementary  Guidance  (3) 
Supervised  practice  in  an  approved  elementary 
school.  In  addition  to  work  under  the  direction  of 
a  professional  counselor  in  the  school  setting, 
the  student  meets  on  campus  with  the  practicum 
supervisor  for  intensive  seminar  activities. 
PREREQ:  EDC  572,  574. 

591  Practicum  in  Secondary  Guidance  (3) 
Supervised  practice  in  an  approved  secondary 
school.  The  student  works  under  the  direction  of 
a  professional  counselor  in  the  school  setting 
and  meets  on  campus  with  the  practicum  supervi- 
sor for  intensive  seminar  activities.  PREREQ: 
EDC  573,  575. 

592  Practicum  in  Higher  Education  Guidance 
(3)  Supervised  counseling  experiences  within  the 
higher  education  system  or  another  approved 
setting.  A  related  on-campus  seminar  is  included. 
PREREQ:  EDC  578,  579. 

593  Advanced  Practicum  (3)  Intensive  super- 
vised counseling  experience  in  an  approved  setting. 
The  pracdcum  consists  of  on-  and  off<ampus 
experiences.  PREREQ:  EDC  590  or  591  or  592. 

598  Workshop  in  Counselor  Education  (3) 

599  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Independent 
research  and  study  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty 
member  PREREQ:  Permission  of  department 
chairperson  and  instructor. 


Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 


Secondary  Education  and  Professional  Studies 

The  Secondary  Education  and  Professional  Studies  program  is 
responsible  for  the  professional  courses  offered  for  certification  on 
the  secondary  level  and  in  the  Master  of  Education  degree  programs 
having  academic  concentrations.  The  department  also  offers  other 
professional  course  work  required  in  all  M.Ed,  programs,  and  some 
courses  designed  for  educators  and  others  who  wish  to  develop  new 
insights  and  to  strengthen  professional  skills. 

In  addition,  the  department  offers  a  Master  of  Education  in  secondary 
education. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION 

The  Master  of  Education  program  has  concentrations  in  chemistry, 

French,  German,  history,  Latin,  mathematics,  and  Spanish,  offered 

cooperatively  by  the  School  of  Education  and  the  College  of  Arts  and 

Sciences.  The  academic  requirements  for  each  concentration  are 

found  under  the  respective  department. 

With  this  degree,  students  can  strengthen  their  knowledge  in  the 

major  subject  area,  as  well  as  their  professional  knowledge  and 

competence. 

Students  earning  degrees  in  this  program  must  be  advised  both  by 

the  department  of  the  subject  field  and  by  the  Department  of 

Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education.  Students  are 

responsible  for  arranging  conferences  with  both  departments  to  plan 

their  programs. 

Requirements  for  the  Master  of  Education 

(36  semester  hours) 

I.    Professional  Education  Requirements*  12  semester  hours 

A.  EDF  510  Educational  Foundations  (3) 

B.  A  minimum  of  one  course  from  each  of  the  following  groups; 
Group  1 

EDF  516  Resource  Allocation  in  the  Schools  (3) 

EDF  520  Comparative  Education  (3) 

EDF  580  History  of  American  Education  (3) 

EDF  581  Philosophy  of  Education  (3) 

EDF  589  Sociological  Foundations  of  Education  (3) 

Group  2 

EDF  503  The  Emerging  Curriculum  (3) 
EDF  507  Values  Clarification  in  Human  Relations  (3) 
EDF  509  Contemporary  Teaching  Trends  (3) 
EDP  53 1  Principles  of  Educational  Testing  (3) 
EDP  550  Advanced  Educational  Psychology  (3) 
EDP  557  Essentials  of  Learning  (3) 
EDP  560  Behavior  Modification  (3) 
EDP  569  Adolescent  Development  and  Learning  (3) 
EDS  524  Supervision  of  Student  Teaching  (3) 
EDU  502  Human  Relations  in  the  School  and 
Community  (3) 

Group  3 

EDC  567  Group  Dynamics  (3) 

EDF  504  Middle  School  Workshop  (3) 

EDF  505  Individually  Prescribed  Instruction  (3) 

EDF  506  Design  and  Use  of  Individualized  Learning 

Packages  (3) 
EDF  570  The  Community,Junior  College  (3) 
EDF  590  School  Law  (3) 
EDS  502  Secondary  School  Curriculum  (3) 
EDU  501  Curricular  Adaptations  for  the  Disadvantaged  (3) 
II.    Subject  Matter  Concentration 

Requirements  20-22  semester  hours 

A.  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (2-3) 

B.  Academic  Subject  (18-20) 

(See  respective  academic  department  for  details) 


•Chosen  in  conference  with  the  secondary  education  and  academic  advisors 
according  to  the  students'  needs. 


III.     Electives  (Professional  or  Academic)'  0-4  semester  hours 

Comprehensive  Examinations 

The  student  must  perform  satisfactorily  on  the  final  comprehensive 
examination  covering  the  subject  matter  concentration  and  the 
professional  education  requirements. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  SECONDARY  EDUCATION 
Dr.  Hynes,  Program  Coordinator 

This  program,  another  option  within  the  Master  of  Education  shown 
immediately  above,  is  designed  primarily  to  strengthen  the  pro- 
fessional knowledge,  skills,  and  understanding  of  the  graduate  student 
and  of  teachers  in  service,  and  to  make  their  preparation  more 
relevant  to  a  variety  of  educational  situations.  It  also  provides  the 
ptofessional  background  for  dealing  effectively  with  problems 
encountered  in  secondary  schools.  Its  15  semester-hour  elective  area 
allows  students  to  strengthen  their  knowledge  in  the  subject. 

Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  admission  requirements  of  the  University, 
the  student  must: 

1 .  Be  approved  by  the  Department  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 
Professional  Education  for  graduate  work. 

2.  Attain  an  acceptable  score  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examination 
or  the  Miller  Analogies  Test.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  the 
applicant  have  a  valid  teaching  certificate.  Applicants  whose 
certification  is  not  in  secondary  education  may,  at  the  department 
chairperson's  discretion,  be  required  to  take  course  work  beyond 
the  minimum  semester-hour  requirements  for  the  degree. 

Upon  admission,  students  will  be  assigned  advisors  who  will  help 
them  to  oudine  the  appropriate  program.  All  work  for  the  program 
must  be  approved  by  the  advisor  and  the  departmental  graduate 
committee. 

Requirements  for  Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

During  the  precandidacy  period,  the  student  must: 

1.  Attain  full  status,  if  admission  status  to  the  program  was 
provisional. 

2.  Complete  these  required  courses:  EDF  500  and  510,  and  EDP 
550. 

3.  Achieve  a  minimum  overall  grade  point  average  of  3.0  and  a 
minimum  grade  point  average  of  3.0  in  the  required  courses  in  the 
area  of  concentration. 

4.  Show  evidence  of  academic,  personal,  and  professional  qualities 
that  satisfy  the  advisor  and  the  departmental  graduate  committee. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

Students  must  perform  satisfactorily  on  a  written  comprehensive 
examination,  which  is  given  at  least  once  in  each  semester  and  in  the 
regular  summer  session. 

Application  forms  for  the  comprehensive  examination  are  a\'ailable 
from  the  department  and  must  be  filed  with  the  depanment  by 
December  I  for  the  spring  semester.  May  1  for  the  regular  summer 
session,  and  July  14  for  the  fall  semester. 
To  be  eligible,  students  must  have: 

1.  Taken  the  required  courses:  EDF  500  and  510,  and  EDP  550. 

2.  Completed  28  semester  hours  of  work,  including  the  nine  semester 
hours  of  required  courses  and  12  semester  hours  from  the  area  of 
concentration. 

3.  Attained  a  minimum  overall  average  of  3.0  and  a  minimum  average 
of  3.0  in  the  required  courses  and  the  courses  in  the  area  of 
concentration. 

4.  Received  their  advisors'  recommendations  and  the  approval  of  the 
departmental  graduate  committee. 


Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 


Students  who  £ail  the  comprehensive  examination  are  allowed  a 
second  attempt.  A  second  failure  terminates  candidacy. 

Requirements  for  the  Master  of  Education  in  Secondary 

Education 

(36  semester  hours) 

I.     Required  Courses  9  semester  hours 

EDF  500  and  510,  EDP  550 
II.    Area  of  Concentration  Requirements  12  semester  hours 


III. 


A  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  must  be  selected  from  the 

following: 

EDF  503,  504,  505,  506.  507,  509,  515,  516,  520,  570,  580, 

581,  589,  590;  EDP  531,  557,  560,  561,  569;  EDS  502,  524,  599; 

EDU  501,  502 
Electivcs  15  semester  hours 

The  electives  may  be  from  courses  listed  above,  or  from  courses 
in  the  student's  teaching  field.  They  may  also  be  a  combination 
of  both. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
FOUND  AtlONS 
Symbol:  EDF 

500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in 
Education  (3)  Historical,  descriptive,  and  experi- 
mental methods  of  research.   Methods  for 
locating,  evaluating,  interpreting,  and  reporting 
research  data.  Each  student  prepares  a  research 
prospectus. 

501  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  for 
Elementary  Education  (3)  Historical,  descriptive, 
and  experimental  methods  of  research.  Methods 
for  locating,  evaluating,  interpreting,  and  reporting 
research  data.  Introduction  to  graduate  study 

for  elementary  majors. 

502  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  for 
Counselor  Education  (3)  Designed  to  enable  the 
counselor  to  read  experimental,  quasi-experi- 
mental, descriptive,  and  correlational  research 
reponed  in  the  professional  journals.  Both  univari- 
ate and  multivariate  designs  are  emphasized. 

503  The  Emerging  Curriculum  (3)  Curriculum 
trends,  begiiming  in  1951,  for  grades  kindergar- 
ten through  12  by  means  of  three  comprehensive 
topics:  (1)  the  curriculum  reform  movement, 

(2)  emerging  curriculum  theory  and  practice,  and 

(3)  the  educational  reform  movement. 

504  Middle  School  Workshop  (3)  Philosophy, 
administration,  curriculum,  staff,  and  facilities 
necessary  for  the  most  efficient  educational 
experience  in  the  intermediate  levels  of  school. 

505  Individually  Prescribed  Instniciion  (3) 
Individually  prescribed  instructional  techniques 
as  applied  in  the  classroom  and  intensive  learning 
centers.  Techniques  of  academic  diagnosis, 
prescription  production,  and  electronic  learning. 
Students  will  have  an  opportunity  to  work 
direcdy  with  hardware  and  software  components 
of  an  intensive  learning  center.  (May  be  arranged 
as  a  workshop.) 

506  Design  and  Use  of  Individualized  Ixaming 
Packages  (3)  A  review  of  commercially  available 
individualized  learning  activity  packages  that 
permit  students  to  progress  through  a  learning 
continuum  at  their  own  pace.  Students  will  be 
required  to  design  and  construct  individualized 
learning  packages  in  their  teaching  areas. 

507  Values  Clarification  in  Human  Relations 
(3)  Knowledge  of  the   theories  of  the  values 
clarification  processes  as  defined  by  Simon  and 
others.  Skills  in  application  of  the  values 
clarification  processes  in  personal  decisions,  in 


the  classroom,  and  in  society.  (May  be  arranged 
as  a  workshop  or  as  modularized  independent 
study.) 

509  Contemporary  Teaching  Trends  (3)  Team 
teaching,  programmed  instruction,  and  various 
media  of  communication  in  the  elementary  and 
secondary  schools  are  evaluated.  Effective  adapta- 
tion to  newer  practices  is  emphasized. 

510  Educational  Foundations  (3)  History  of 
education,  integrated  with  educational  philosophy 
and  thought;  the  long  evolution  of  education 
theory  and  issues. 

515  Federal  and  Sute  Role  in  Education  (3) 
The  past,  current,  and  future  role  of  the  federal 
and  state  governments  in  education  in  the  United 
States.  Emphasis  on  apphcations  to  the  Common- 
wealth of  Peruisylvania.   Impact  of  federal 
legislation  since  1958. 

516  Resource  Allocation  in  the  Schools  (3) 
The  relationship  between  the  American  economy 
and  the  efficient  allocation  of  resources  within 
school  systems  will  be  examined.  Designed  for 
teachers,  administrators,  school  board  members, 
and  parents. 

520     Comparative  Education  (3)  Major  problems 
of  education  in  a  number  of  other  countries  are 
related  to  similar  problems  in  the  United  States. 
Contrasting  purposes  and  philosophies,  and 
differences  in  organization  and  administration  are 
analyzed. 

570    The  Community/Junior  College  (3)  An 
analysis  of  the  programs,  problems,  and  students 
of  a  two-year  college.  Emphasis  on  the  develop- 
ment, special  philosophies,  and  current  issues 
relating  to  the  community  or  junior  college. 
Designed  for  students  preparing  to  be  teachers 
and/or  administrators  in  these  colleges. 

580  History  of  American  Education  (3)  Nature 
and  direction  of  American  education,  studied 
through  individual  and  group  research. 

581  Philosophy  of  Education  (3)  Selected 
philosophies  and  their  influence  on  educational 
principles  and  practices  in  a  democratic  social 
order. 

589  Sociological  Foundations  of  Education  (3) 
Study  of  the  socio-cultural  influences  on  the 
structure  of  American  educational  institutions. 

590  School  Law  (3)  Legal  structure  for  educa- 
tional organization  on  state,  intermediate,  and 
local  levels.   Legal  status  of  the  board  of 
education;  legal  responsibilities  of  the  teacher, 
legal  responsibiUties  of  the  board  of  education  to 
the  student 

598    Workshop  in  Secondary  Education  (3) 


599    Workshop  in  Professional  Education  (3) 

EDUCAnONAL  PSYCHOLOGY 
Symbol:  EDP 

531     Principles  of  Educational  Testing  (3) 
Designed   to  develop   in   teachers   the   skills 
important  in  the  three  areas  of  educational  testing: 
teacher-made  tests  (objective  and  essay);  comput- 
erized programs  for  grading  and  reporting  results 
and  for  improving  the  test  quality  through  item- 
analysis  procedure;  and  the  evaluation  of  the 
psychometric  characteristics  of  standardized 
tests. 

550    Advanced  Educational  Psychology  (3) 
Processes  by  which  skills,  understanding,  con- 
cepts, and  ideals  are  acquired;  teaching  practices 
in  relation  to  basic  research  concerning  learning; 
similarities  and  differences  in  theories  of  learning. 
557     Essentials  of  Learning  (3)  Study  of  the 
applications  of  learning  theory  to  classroom 
teaching,  with  emphasis  on  those  principles 
derived  from  classical  and  operant  conditioning. 
Retention  and  transfer  of  learning  also  considered. 
560    Behavior  Modification  (3)  Study  of  princi- 
ples of  classical  and  operant  conditioning  as  they 
relate  to  the  modification  of  student  behavior  in 
residential  and  educational  settings.  Emphasis 
on  such  areas  as  classroom  discipline,  student 
values,  and  student  study  habits. 
569    Adolescent  Development  and  Learning 
(3)   Mental,   physical,   emotional,   and   social 
development  and  behavior  of  the  adolescent  with 
emphasis  on  various  types  of  learning.  Case 
studies  are  used. 

598  Woikshop  in  Educational  Psychology  (3) 

SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  EDS 

502     Secondary  School  Curriculum  (3)  Current 
practices  and  trends  in  reorganizing  the  second- 
ary school  curriculum  in  the  major  academic  areas. 
The  various  integrating  techniques.  Curriculum 
development. 

524    Supervision  of  Student  Teaching  (3) 
Designed  for  teachers  who  cooperate,  or  expect 
to  cooperate,  in  West  Chester  University's  student 
teaching  program.  Basic  principles,  practices, 
materials,  and  resources  for  an  effective  student 
teaching  program.  PREREQ:  Certification  for 
teaching. 

590     Independent  Study  (1-3)  Enrollment  by 
permission  only,  number  of  credits  determined  by 
department. 

599  Workshop  in  Secondary  Education  (3) 


Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 


Educational  Research 
Dr.  Hsu,  Program  Coordinator 

The  School  of  Education  offers  a  degree  program  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Science  in  educational  research.  The  degree  is  designed 
primarily  for  those  desiring  research  {jositions  in  local  school 
districts,  but  it  is  also  appropriate  for  research  positions  in  colleges 
and  universities,  community  colleges,  governmental  agencies, 
regional  educational  laboratories,  and  industry. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  EM  EDUCATIONAL  RESEARCH 

Admission  Requirements 

To  be  admitted  to  the  program,  the  applicant  must  have: 

1.  A  minimum  overall  average  of  2.5  in  undergraduate  studies  and 
2.75  in  the  major  field. 

2.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examination 
Aptitude  Test. 

3.  Personal  interview  with  the  coordinator  of  the  program. 
Any  candidate  admitted  to  graduate  study,  but  not  to  the  degree 
program  in  educational  research,  may  take  RES  courses  with  the 
permission  of  the  coordinator.  There  is  no  guarantee  that  courses 
taken  by  a  nondegree  student  may  later  satisfy  degree  requirements  for 
the  M.S.  in  educational  research. 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  curriculum  outlined  below. 

2.  An  overall  average  of  3.0  in  graduate  courses  taken  in  the  degree 
program. 

3.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  comprehensive  examination. 

4.  Completion  of  research  report  or  master's  thesis,  approved  by  the 
coordinator. 

Requirements  for  Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 
Upon  completion  of  12  semester  hours,  which  must  include  PSY 
501  (Introductory  Statistics  for  the  Behavorial  Sciences)  and  EDF  500 
(Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Education),  candidates  will 
be  advanced  to  degree  candidacy,  provided  they  have  maintained  a 
minimum  average  of  3.0  and  passed  a  qualifying  examination. 

The  Internship 

After  mastery  of  the  core  courses  (EDF  500,  PSY  501  and  502,  and 

RES  520),  students  will  serve  an  internship  with  an  outside  agency,  or 


in  the  OfiBce  of  Institutional  Research  conducting  educational 
research.  During  this  period,  they  will  use  the  skills  they  have 
developed  to  design  and  conduct  a  research  project  under  the  joint 
supervision  of  University  and/or  host  institutional  personnel. 

The  Comprehensive  Examination 

To  be  eligible  for  the  comprehensive  examination,  the  candidate 

must: 

1.  Have  completed  at  least  28  semester  hours  and  all  core  courses 
prior  to  the  semester  in  which  the  examination  is  taken. 

2.  Have  maintained  an  overall  average  of  at  least  3.0. 
Candidates  must  indicate  by  letter  their  intention  to  take  the 
examination.  The  coordinator  should  receive  this  letter  within  the 
first  10  days  of  the  semester  in  which  the  candidate  wants  to  take 
the  examination. 

Candidates  who  fail  the  comprehensive  examination  are  permitted 
one  reexamination  after  an  interval  of  at  least  one  semester  but  not 
more  than  two  years. 

Master  of  Science  in  Educational  Research 
(36-39  semester  hours) 

CSC  550  Computers  in  Education  (3) 

EDC  540  Assessment  Methods  in  Guidance  (3) 

EDF  500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Educational  Research  (3) 

EDF  510  Educational  Foundations  (3) 

EDP  531  Principles  of  Educational  Testing  (3) 

EDP  550  Advanced  Educational  Psychology  (3) 

PSY  501  Introductory  Statistics  for  the  Behavorial  Sciences  (3) 

PSY  502  Advanced  Statistics  for  the  Behavorial  Sciences  (3) 

RES  520  Research  Design  (2) 

RES  590  Independent  Study  in  Educational  Research  (1-3) 

RES  592  Internship  Program  in  Educational  Research  (3) 
Optional: 

RES  650  Research  Report  (3)  plus  three-credit  elective  or 

RES  610  Thesis  (3) 

Elective  courses: 

CSC  510  Computer  Programming  and  Numerical  Methods  (3) 
EDP  540  Methods  of  Program  Evaluation  (3) 
PSY  526  Program  Evaluation  (3) 
Others  to  be  determined  by  program  coordinator. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
EDUCATIONAL  RESEARCH 
Symbol:  RES 

320     Research  Design  (3)  Principles  for  e£Bdent 
design  of  experiments  and  other  types  of 
observational  programs.  Sampling  techniques, 
methods  of  analysis,  threats  (o  valid  inference. 
PREREQ:  PSY  501. 


590     Independent  Study  in  Educational  Re- 
search (1-3)  Research  project,  reports,  readings 
in  educational  research.  PREREQ:  Coordinator's 
approval. 

592     Internship  Program  In  Educational  Re- 
search (3)  Oppominity  for  students  to  design, 
conduct,  and  analyze  a  study  and  to  prepare  a 
report  of  the  research.  The  internship  is  served  in 


local  educational  agencies,  county  oGBces,  federal 

project  centers,  the  Pennsylvania  Department 

of  Education,  or  other  research  environments.  The 

intern  is  supervised  by  both  host  and  University 

personnel. 

610    Thesis  (3) 

650     Research  Report  (3) 


Criminal  Justice 


Environmental  Education 

Mr.  John  Holingjak,  Coordinator 

Graduate  students  interested  in  developing  a  concentration 
in  the  area  of  environmental  education  may  elect  from  the 
following  courses. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
ENVIRONMENTAL  EDUCAOON 

Symbol:  EDO 

505     Conservation  Education  Curriculum 
(K-12)  (3)  Conservation  education  as  it  exists  in 
the  present  school  curriculum  and  ways  to 
integrate  conservation  into  elementary  and  second- 
ary school  disciplines.  Characteristics,  interrela- 
tionships, and  uses  of  our  natural  resources; 
problems  and  policies  of  industrial  management 
in  conservation  as  they  relate  to  the  school 
curriculum. 


510  Methods  in  Conservation  Education  (3) 
Basic  concepts  and  practices  of  conservation  and 
outdoor  education  and  their  role  in  the  school 
program. 

511  Environmental  Education  Workshop  (3) 
A  field-centered  learning  experience.  Designed  to 
integrate  the  wide  range  of  backgrounds  and 
interests  among  the  participants.  Based  on  West 
Chester  campus  andyor  the  campuses  of  other 
universities. 

515     History  of  Conservation  (3)  Development 
of  the  conservation  movement  in  the  U.S.  with 


emphasis  on   the  progressive  adaptation  of 
conservation  to  our  changing  social  and  economic 
order. 

520     Organization   and  Administration   of 
Outdoor  Education  (3)  Basic  concepts  of  outdoor 
education:  the  role  of  outdoor  education  in  the 
school  program;  the  initiation  and  administration 
of  outdoor  education, 

525     Independent  Studies  in  Environmental 
Education  (3)  Special  research  projects,  reports, 
and  readings  in  conservation  and  outdoor 
education.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  coordinator. 
598    Workshop  in  Enviroimiental  Education  (3) 


Urban  Education 

Dr.  Kahn,  Coordinator 

Graduate  students  interested  in  developing  a  concentration 
in  the  area  of  urban  education  may  elect  from  the 
following  courses. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
URBAN  EDUCADON 

Symbol:  EDU 

501     Curricular  Adaptations  for  the  Disadvan- 
taged (3)  Curricular  innovations  that  attempt  to 
aid  the  culturally  disadvantaged  in  developing 


skills  necessary  for  maximum  personal  adjustment 
to  society.  Survey  of  urban  problems  and  their 
relationships  to  inner-city  schools. 

502     Human  Relations  in  the  School  and 
Commvmity  (3)  Intensive  study  of  the  iimer-city 
commimity  and  its  close  relationship  with  the 


school  society.  Analysis  of  prejudice  and  its 
imphcation  in  community  and  school  power 
structures. 

590     Independent  Study  (1-3) 

599    Workshop  in  Urban  Education  (3) 


Criminal  Justice 

200  Ruby  Jones  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2647 

Dr.  Greenberg,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Metz,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Saul  H.  Greenberg,  J. D.,  University  of  Baltimore 
Harold  W  Metz,  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
Jana  L.  Nestlerode,  J.D.,  Widener  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Reginald  Nealy,  M.H.S.,  Lincoln  University 
Anthony  W.  Zumpetta,  Ed.D.,  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

Program  of  Study 

West  Chester  University  offers  a  Master  of  Science  degree  in 
criminal  justice  which  is  multidisciplinaiy  and  flexible,  career 
oriented,  and  the  basis  for  pursuit  of  further  graduate  study. 

Admission  Requirements 

All  students  must  meet  the  general  requirements  for  admission  to  a 

graduate  degree  program  at  West  Chester  University.  Applications 


are  processed  by  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies.  Upon  receipt  of  all 
necessary  credentials,  the  Office  of  Graduate  Studies  will  forward 
the  materials  to  the  Criminal  Justice  Department  for  further 
consideration  and  approval.  There  is  no  test  requirement  (GRE  or 
MAT)  for  admission  to  the  program.  To  receive  additional  information 
or  to  schedule  a  personal  interview,  contact  the  graduate  coordina- 
tor. 

Degree  Requirements 

The  following  requirements  must  be  met  by  all  candidates  prior  to 
receiving  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  criminal  justice: 

1.  The  candidate  must  complete  a  minimum  of  36  semester  hours 
of  course  work  with  a  cumulative  average  of  3.0  Glased  on  a  4.0 
system). 

2.  The  candidate  must  pass  a  comprehensive  examination. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

(36  semester  hours) 

Required  Courses  15  semester  hours 

CRJ  500     History  and  Philosophy  of  Law  and  Justice  (3) 

CRJ  503     Criminal  Behavior  (3) 

CRJ  508    Research  Design  and  Analysis  (3) 

CRJ  509    Criminal  Law  and  Procedure  (3) 

CRJ  600    Proseminar  (3) 

Criminal  Justice  Electives 

Noncriminal  Justice  Electives 


18  semester  hours 
3  semester  hours 


Criminal  Justice 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 
Symbol:  CRJ 

500     History  and  Philosophy  of  Law  and  Justice 
(3)  This  course  is  intended  to  aid  the  beginning 
graduate  student  in  understanding  the  historical 
and  philosophical  influences  on  the  American 
criminal  justice  system,  and  examine  and  analyze 
various  other  systems  of  criminal  justice  found 
in  divergent  and  dissimilar  cultures. 

503  Criminal  Behavior  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  to  help  the  student  understand  behavior 
by  comparing  criminal  with  normal  behavior.  It 
is  a  survey  course  that  reviews  types  of  abnormal 
behavior  and  mental  disorders,  methods  of 
diagnosis,  and  treatment.  Also  included  is  an 
understanding  of  criminal  behavior  as  it  applies 
to  abnormality. 

504  Resolution  of  Internal  Personal  Conflicts 
(3)  This  course  is  designed  so  that  students  can 
develop  personal  efifectiveness  in  group  situa- 
tions.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  development  of 
competence  in  group  leadership,  ability  to 
translate  the  group  experience  into  positive 
decisions  about  self  and  environment,  and  the 
ability  to  recognize  changes  that  have  affected 
one's  life.  The  knowledge  gained  from  this  course 
will  assist  students  in  relating  to  other  persons 

in  their  personal,  social,  and  professional  lives. 

505  Theories  of  Criminal  Justice  (3)  This 
course  is  a  survey  of  historical  and  contemporary 
attempts  to  explain  the  phenomena  of  crime  and 
criminal  behavior  from  the  perspectives  of 
sociology,  psychology,  economics,  biology,  and 
law.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  examination 
of  contemporary  theories  and  the  analysis  of 
evidence  supportive  of  various  theoretical  posi- 
tions. 

506  Criminal  Justice  Management  (3)  This 
course  is  intended  to  aid  in  the  instruction  of 
graduate  students  who  are  potential  candidates  for 
administrative  positions.  It  brings  together  the 
most  appropriate  concepts  from  the  various 
approaches  and  problems  of  management,  e.g., 
stafiing,  decision  making,  motivation,  leadership, 
communication,  and  control. 

507  Ethical  Issues  in  Criminal  Justice  (3)  This 
course  is  designed  to  identify  and  examine 
ethical  issues  among  practitioners  and  students 
in  the  criminal  justice  field.  Such  issues  include 
the  discretionary  power  of  arrest,  the  use  of  deadly 
force,  the  decision  to  prosecute,  participation  in 
plea  bargaining,  representation  of  the  guilty,  and 
the  imposition  of  punishment. 

508  Research  Design  and  Analysis  (3)  This 
course  is  intended  to  introduce  the  graduate 
student  to  the  process  of  social  research.   It 
discuisses  research  concepts  such  as  problem 
identification,  data  collection,  data  analysis, 


hypothesis  testing,  and  the  development  of 
conclusions  and  recommendations. 

509  Criminal  Law  and  Procedure  (3)  This 
course  is  designed  to  encompass  the  basic  concepts 
of  criminal  law  and  then  to  examine  criminal 
procedure  in  greater  depth.  It  will  teach  not  only 
the  foundations  of  these  fields  of  study,  but  will 
also  bring  to  Ught  the  reasons  underlying  these 
foimdations  and  the  latest  developments  from 
the  U.S.  Supreme  Court.  This  will  be  accom- 
plished through  the  reading  and  analysis  of 
selected  cases  and  statutes. 

510  Criminal  Justice  Planning  (3)  This  course 
is  intended  to  aid  in  the  instruction  of  graduate 
students  who  are   potential  candidates  for 
plaiming,  evaluation,  or  administrative  positions. 
Given  the  newness  of  criminal  justice  planiiing, 
this  course  represents  a  beginning  effon  of  a 
comprehensive  discussion  and  review  of  organiza- 
tional plaiming,  as  well  as  program  and  personnel 
evaluation. 

520     Major  Case  Management  (3)  This  course 
introduces  some  of  the  investigative  and  adminis- 
trative techniques  used  in  major  crimes.  Focus 
will  be  placed  on  early  recognition  of  crime 
dimensions  for  precise  applications  and  control  of 
available  personnel,  equipment,  and  resources. 
522    Whlte-Collar  Crime  (3)  This  course 
analyzes  the  usually  nonviolent  criminal  conduct 
variously  described  as  white-collar  crime,  official 
corruption,  systematic  crime,  corporate  crime  or 
violations  of  trust  that  are  characterized  by 
calculation,  deceit,  and  personal  enrichment  in 
one's  job  or  profession.  The  influence  of  organized 
crime  is  also  explored. 

524    Juvenile  Law  (3)  This  course  will  bring 
together  the  leading  cases  that  have  reached  the 
Supreme  Coun,  as  well  as  other  important  federal- 
and  state-court  decisions  relating  to  the  juvenile 
justice  process. 

526    Policing  in  America  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  to  examine  current  poUcing  strategies 
and  poUtical  issues  that  have  developed  as  a  result 
of  those  strategies.  It  will  also  explore  the  future 
of  poUdng  in  America  and  present  several 
interdisciplinary  approaches  to  new  theoretical 
perspectives. 

530     Interviewing  and  Counseling  the  Offender 
(3)  In  this  course,  techniques  of  counseling 
applicable  to  law  enforcement  and  corrections 
officers  are  explored.  Areas  of  study  include  the 
initial  interview,  interrogation,  handling  the 
informer,  manipulative  behavior  of  offenders, 
report  writing,  and  the  exit  interview.  Role  playing 
and  sociodrama  are  used. 
532     Correctional  Law  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  to  provide  practitioners  who  are  involved 
in  the  correctional  process  with  a  basic  introduc- 
aon  into  the  emerging  field  of  law  in  this  area.  It 


also  encourages  understanding  the   rights  and 
responsibiUties  of  those  convicted  of  crimes. 
535    Assessment  of  the  Offender  (3)  This  course 
will  develop  one's  ability  to  understand,  recog- 
nize,  describe,   and   interpret   psychometric 
measures  associated  with  juvenile  and  adult 
offenders.  The  student  will  develop  an  understand- 
ing of  the  use  of  tests  in  the  criminal  justice  field. 
♦  555     Topical  Seminar  in  Criminal  Justice 
(3)  This  course  will  provide  an  intensive  examina- 
tion of  a  selected  area  of  study  in  the  field  of 
criminal  justice.  Topics  will  be  announced  at  the 
time  of  offering. 

560    Notable  Criminal  Cases  (3)  In  this  course, 
selected  factual  accounts  of  criminality  and 
criminal  behavior  over  the  past  75  years  are 
analyzed.  Selection  of  cases  is  based  on  notability 
and  continual  dispute. 

566     Contemporary  Issues  in  Corrections  (3) 
This  course  is  designed  to  analyze  contemporary 
issues  in  the  area  of  corrections.  Such  issues  will 
include  flat-time  sentencing,  private  corrections, 
diversion,  prison  industries,  inmate  unions,  and 
the  elimination  of  parole. 

570    Women,  Elderly,  and  Crime  (3)  This  course 
is  intended  to  introduce  graduate  students  to 
the  specific  problems  and  conditions  associated 
with  crimes  perpetrated  by  women  and  the  elderly 
and  on  victimization.  This  course  will  focus  on 
the  criminology,  the  law,  and  the  response  of  the 
criminal  justice  system  to  the  uniqueness  of 
crimes  involving  women  and  the  elderly. 
582     Contemporary  Legal  Issues  (3)  This  course 
will  pose  to  the  student  the  polychotomous 
nature  of  many  issues  within  the  criminal  justice 
system,  with  a  view  to  finding  a  practical 
resolution.  The  pros  and  cons  of  the  most 
controversial  and  the  most  contemporary  legal 
issues  will  be  examined.  Students  will  be  required 
to  perform  some  independent  research  and  share 
the  results  with  classmates. 
590     Practicum  (1-6)  A  field  experience  (intern- 
ship) program  for  presenice  students  only. 

599  Independent  Studies  in  Criminal  Justice 
(1-3)  This  course  will  entail  research  projects, 
reports,  and  readings  in  criminal  justice.  Ap- 
proval of  the  department  chairperson  is  required. 

600  Proseminar  (3)  Each  graduate  student  will 
be  expected  to  participate  in  a  proseminar.  The 
end  result  of  this  seminar  will  be  a  completed 
research  paper  evaluated  on  the  basis  of  selection 
of  topic  and  quality  of  research.  PREREQ:  CRJ 
508. 

610    Thesis  (6)  Bound  and  shelved  in  the  library, 
the  thesis  represents  the  student's  ability  to  plan, 
organize,  and  direct  a  research  effort  designed 
to  discover,  develop,  or  verify  knowledge. 
999    Transfer  Credits  (3-6) 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit 


English 


Earth  Science  —  See  Geology  and  Astronomy 

Economics  —  See  Business 

Elementary  Education  —  See  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 


English 


541/531  Main  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2745/436-2822 

Dr.  Hunsberger,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Sabol,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Michael  W.  Brooks,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto 
Joseph  Browne,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
John  L.  Gaunt,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
Paul  D.  Green,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 
John  P.  Kent,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
Dwight  L.  McCawley,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
Lynette  McGrath,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
Kostas  Myrsiades,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Indiana 
C.  James  Trotman,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 
Robert  H.  Weiss,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

William  D.  Fordyce,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

Claude  Hunsberger,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

John  T.  Kelly,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

Elizabeth  Larsen,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin  —  Milwaukee 

William  G.  Prater,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

C.  Ruth  Sabol,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

Judith  Scheffler,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

John  W.  Ward,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Christopher  Buckley,  M.F.A.,  University  of  California-Irvine 
T.  Obinkaram  Echewa,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 
Alan  W  France,  Ph.D.,  Texas  Christian  University 
Dennis  Godfrey,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 
Garrett  Molholt,  Ph.D.,  f/niversify  of  Wisconsin 
Patricia  A..  Pflieger,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 
Geetha  Ramanathan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
Carol  Shloss,  Ph.D.,  Brandeis  University 

Program  of  Study 

The  Department  of  English  offers  the  Master  of  Arts  in  English. 
The  Master  of  Arts  permits  the  student  to  attain  a  number 
of  goals.  It  furthers  scholarship  and  learning  in  Uterature, 
language,  and  writing,  providing  the  student  with  experience 
in  critical  reading  and  writing  skills;  the  M.A.  may  be  a 
preface  to  doctoral  study  or  provide  a  foundation  for  teaching 
in  high  schools,   community,   or  junior  colleges.   The 
Department  of  English  also  participates  in  an  interdisciplinary 
program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  English 
as  a  Second  Language.  (See  Teaching  English  as  a  Second 
Language.) 

In  addition,  the  Department  of  English  welcomes  students 
who  wish  to  take  courses  for  professional  growth  and  provides 
assistance  and  advice  to  students  wishing  to  acquire  teaching 
certification  in  English. 


Admission  Requirements 

The  applicant  must  (1)  meet  the  general  requirements  for  admission 
to  degree  snidy  at  West  Chester  University  (see  appropriate  pages  at  the 
beginning  of  the  Graduate  Catalog);  (2)  submit  a  5-6  page  writing 
sample  direcdy  to  the  Department  of  English  graduate  coordinator; 
(3)  submit  results  of  the  General  Aptitude  Test  of  the  Graduate  Record 
Exam;  (4)  satisfy  other  departmental  admission  requirements 
established  in  consultation  with  the  graduate  coordinator;  (5)  take 
additional  graduate  and/or  undergraduate  courses  when  considered 
necessary. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  ENGLISH 

(33  semester  hours) 

Required  9  semester  hours 

ENG  500  and  ENG  501  (or  equivalent  methods  and  theory  courses 

as  required  for  different  concentration  options  listed  under  Option 

II)  to  be  taken  before  the  completion  of  12  semester  hours  of  graduate 

credit. 

ENG  620  MA.  Essay  (about  40  pages)  to  be  completed  at  the  end 

of  course  work  under  the  direction  of  an  advisor  selected  in 

consultation  with  the  graduate  coordinator.  An  oral  defense  of  this  essay 

also  will  be  required. 

Course  Selection  Options  24  semester  hours 

In  addition  to  the  three  required  courses  specified  above,  all  students 

will  take  eight  courses  selected  in  consultation  with  the  graduate 

coordinator  according  to  one  of  the  following  options: 

OPTION  I 

1 .  any  medieval  course 

2.  any  I6th/17th  century  British  course 

3.  any  Restoradon/18th  century  British  course 

4.  any  1 9th  century  British  course 

5.  any  20th  century  British  course 

6.  any  pre-20th  century  American  course 

7.  any  20th  century  American  course 

8.  a  free  elective  chosen  in  an  area  relevant  to  the  topic  of  the  M.A. 
Essay 

Option  I  is  especially  recommended  for  students  who  do  not  already 
have  a  strong  undergraduate  record  in  English. 

OPTION  II 

1)  four  courses  chosen  from  four  of  the  areas  listed  above 

2)  four  courses  chosen  in  a  concentration  area,  such  as  composition 
and  rhetoric,  creative  writing,  comparative  Uterature,  medieval. 
Renaissance,  I8th  century,  I9di  century,  20th  century  British  and/or 
American,  women's  literature,  African-American  and  ethnic  htera- 
ture,  Unguistics,  etc.  In  some  concentrations,  the  methods  and  theory 
courses  will  be  specific  to  the  concentration.  Concentrations  may 
be  proposed  by  students,  but  they  should  be  chosen  early  in  the 
student's  program  and  must  be  approved  by  the  graduate  coordinator. 
The  MA  Essay  should  be  written  in  the  area  of  the  concentration. 
One  course  in  the  concentration  may  be  a  compatible  course  from 
another  department.  For  more  information  concerning  graduate 
work  in  English,  including  course  listings  for  possible  concentrations 
and  precise  specifications  for  the  M.A.  Essay,  see  the  Handbook  for 
Graduate  English  Studies  available  from  the  English  graduate 
coordinator. 


English 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

ENGLISH 

Symbol:  ENG 

GENERAL  TOPICS  AND  THEORY 

500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (3) 
Basic  techniques  and  procedures  in  research.  The 
major  types  of  research  and  the  methods  of 
locating,  evaluating,  and  interpreting  evidence. 
Includes  the  preparation  of  a  research  outline  and 
paper. 

501  Literary  Theory  (3)  Study  of  various 
methods  of  literary  theory  and  analysis;  the 
appUcation  of  these  methods  to  specific  works  of 
literature. 

502  History  of  Criticism  (3)  A  historical  study 
of  literary  criticism  and  aesthetic  theory  firom 
Plato  and  Aristotle  to  the  present. 

503  Feminist  Literary  Criticism  (3)  A  study  of 
the  development  of  feminist  criticism  and 
different  schoob  of  feminist  literary  theory. 
AppUcation  of  feminist  theory  to  specific  texts. 

504  Methods  and  Materials  of  Publishing  (3) 
This  course  is  designed  to  familiarize  graduate 
students  with  the  history  of  the  book  and  to 
provide  them  with  the  opportunity  to  gain 
practical  experience  in  book  production. 

507     Literature  Seminar  (3)  Variable  topics 
aimounced  each  time  the  course  is  offered. 

♦  508    Writing  Seminar  (3)  Experience  in  non- 
fiction  prose  writing;  discussion  and  develop- 
ment of  major  projects. 

♦  509    Writing  Seminar  in  the  Novel  I  (3) 

A  course  in  the  writing  and  preparing  of  book- 
length  manuscripts  (novel  and  noveUa),  with  the 
intention  of  submission  for  publication.  Also 
includes  coverage  of  fictional  aspects  and  tech- 
niques used  in  writing  memoirs,  biography,  and 
current  history. 

510    Writing  Seminar  in  the  Novel  11  (3) 
Continuation  of  ENG  509. 

ENGLISH  UTERATURE 

517  Beowulf  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  full  poem 
in  Old  English.  Emphasis  on  the  artistic,  linguistic, 
and  historic  values.  PREREQ:  ENG  584  or 
equivalent. 

518  Chaucer  (3)  A  study  of  the  Canterbury 
Tales  and  Trailus  and  Criseyde. 

519  16th  Century  Poetry  and  Prose  (3)  A  survey 
of  the  major  poetry  and  prose  written  in  England 
during  the  Tudor  period  from  Skelton   to 
Shakespeare. 

520  Spenser  and  Milton  (3)  The  major  works 
of  Spenser  and  Milton  studied  in  relation  to  the 
intellectual  climate  of  the  Renaissance.  Emphasis 
on  The  Faerie  Queene  and  Paradise  Lost. 

521  Major  Renaissance  Writers  (3)  A  in-depth 
study  of  major  figures  in  the  Renaissance. 
Intellectual  background  and  literary  influences. 
Variable  topics. 

522  English  Drama  to  1642  (3)  A  survey  of 
English  drama  (exclusive  of  Shakespeare)  from 
its  medieval  beginnings  to  the  closing  of  the 
theatres  in  1642. 

523  Shakespeare's  Sisters  (3)  Poetry,  prose, 
and  drama  by  Renaissance  women  writers.  In- 
cludes Elizabeth  1,  Mary  Wroth,  Elizabeth  Cary, 
Amelia  Lanier,  Katherinc  Philips,  Bathsua  Maldn, 
and  others.  Topics  addressed  include  women's 
education,  attacks  on  and  defenses  of  womankind, 
love  poetry  by  men  and  women,  heroic  women, 
and  "a  woman's  place." 

525     Shakespeare's  Tragedies  and  Histories  (3) 
Histories  and  tragedies  read  with  analysis  of 
dramatic  and  poedc  effects. 


526  Shakespeare's  Comedies  and  Poems  (3) 
The  comedies  analyzed.   The   poems   read   in 
relation  to  Shakesf)eare's  developing  dramatic  and 
poetic  power. 

527  17th  Century  Poctiy  and  Prose  (3)  An  in- 
depth  study  of  the  major  poets  and  prose  writers 
from  Donne  to  Milton. 

529  18th  Century  Poetry  and  Prose  (3)  A  study 
of  the  Uterature  of  the  era,  with  emphasis  on 

the  cultural  context,  aesthetic  theory,  and  the 
evolution  of  poetic  techniques. 

530  Restoration  and  18th  Century  Drama  (3) 
Critical  history  of  the  British  drama  from  the  re- 
opening of  the  theatres  to  Sheridan.  Major 
playwrights  and  study  of  theatre  history. 

531  18th  Century  British  Novel  (3)  A  study  of 
the  rise  of  the  novel  and  its  development  in  the 
18th  century.  Defoe,  Richardson,  Fielding,  Smol- 
lett, and  Sterne. 

533  Romantic  Poetry  and  Prose  (3)  The  poetry 
and  prose  of  the  early  19th  century  with 
emphasis  on  the  five  major  poets  (Wordsworth, 
Coleridge,  Byron,  Shelley,  and  Keats)  and  three 
major  essayists  (Lamb,  HazUtt,  and  De  Quincey). 

534  Victorian  Poetry  (3)  A  study  of  Tennyson, 
Browning,  Arnold,  Hopkins,  Swinburne,  and 
Hardy. 

535  Culture  and  Society  in  the  19th  Century 
(3)  A  study  of  Victorian  literature  against  its  social 
and  intellectual  background. 

536  19th  Century  British  Novel  (3)  The  British 
novel  from  Scott  to  Hardy. 

537  Modem  British  Novel  (3)  A  study  of  the 
British  novel  from  1914  to  the  present.  Among 
the  novelists  to  be  studied  are  Conrad,  Ford, 
Forster,  Lawrence,  Woolf,  Waugh,  Green,  Mur- 
doch, Spark,  and  Golding. 

538  Modem  British  Poetry  (3)  A  comprehensive 
study  of  the  major  British  poets  from  1890  to 
the  present:  Dowson,  Housman,  Hardy,  Owen, 
Yeats,  Eliot,  Thomas,  Lawrence,  and  Auden. 

539  Major  20th  Century  Irish  Writers  (3)  A 
comprehensive  study  of  significant  Irish  writers  of 
the  20th  century:  Yeats,  Joyce,  O'Casey,  Synge, 
O'Connor,  O'Faolain,  Beckett,  and  Shaw. 

540  Joyce  and  Beckett  (3)  Detailed  critical 
analysis  of  Joyce's  Dubtiners,  A  Portrait  of  the  Artist 
as  a  Young  Man,  Exiles,  and  Ulysses;  Beckett's 
drama  and  novels. 

541  20th  Century  Drama  (3)  Principal  British 
and  American  playwrights  from  Shaw  to  Pinter 
and  Albee. 

♦  544    Seminar  in  English  Literature  (3)  Topic 
announced  when  offered. 

AMERICAN  LTTERATURE 

♦  547    American  Literary  Movements  (3)  Major 
movements  in  the  development  of  American 
literature.  InQuence  of  leading  writers  on  literary 
concepts,  trends,  and  critical  dicta.  Topics 
announced  when  offered. 

548  Hawthorne  and  Melville  (3)  A  snidy  of 
their  works  and  representative  literary  criticism, 

549  Twain  and  James  (3)  A  study  of  their  works 
and  representative  literary  criticism. 

550  Computers   and   the   Humanities   (3) 
Applications  and  demonstrarions  of  the  role  and 
use  of  computers  in  the  humanities. 

551  Hemingway  and  Faulkner  (3)  The  works 
of  Hemingway  and   Faulkner  and  the  literary 
relationship  of  these  works. 

557     Major  20th  Century  American  Poets  (3)  A 
close  study  of  several  major,  modem  American 
poets. 


558     20th  Century  American  Writers  (3)  Major 
writers  and  literary  movements  from  1900  to 
the  present.  Topics  announced  when  offered. 
560     Urbanism  and  the  American  Imagination 
(3)  A  study  of  the  impact  of  urbanism  on  American 
literature  and  art. 

562  Modem  African-American  Literature  (3) 
An  intensive  study  in  themes  and  trends  in  modem 
African-American  Uterature. 

563  African-American  Women  Writers  in 
America  (3)  Writings  from  the  Colonial  period 
to  the  present.  A  survey  of  the  forms  of  expression 
used  by  these  writers  and  the  themes  of  gender, 
race,  and  class  that  challenge  and  redefine  the 
image  of  women  in  an  American  and  African- 
American  context. 

♦  564    Seminar  in  American  Literature  (3) 
Variable  topics  announced  when  offered. 

COMPARATIVE  UTERATURE 

♦  565     Comparative  Uterature  Seminar  (3) 
Studies  in  international,  Uterary,  and/or  cultural 
relations;  the  characteristics  and  relationships  of 
Uterary  themes,   types,  and  genres.  Topics 
announced  when  offered. 

566  Comparative  Literature:  The  Greek  Myths 
(3)  The  role  of  Greek  myths  and  their  treatment 
in  Western  Uterature. 

567  Computers  in  the  English  Curriculum  (3) 
AppUcations,  demonstrations,  and  analyses  of 
programs  to  facilitate  the  teaching  of  writing  and 
literature  and  to  aid  the  student  in  Uterary 
research. 

568  20th  Century  Women  Poets  (3)  The  study 
of  a  significant  number  of  modem  women  poets 
from  Amy  LoweU  to  Diane  Wakoski.  Discussion  of 
commentary  by  women  poets  about  the  experi- 
ence of  writing  poetry.  Although  the  emphasis  is 
on  English  and  American  poets,  representatives 
from  other  cultures  wiU  be  included. 

571     Colonialism  and  the  20th  Century  Novel 
(3)  An  examination  of  the  relationship  of  the  co- 
lonialist theme  and  modemist  techniques  in  the 
novel. 

LANGUAGE 

575  Structure  of  Modem  English  (3)  A  detailed 
analysis  of  the  modem  descriptive  approach  to 
the  study  of  English  grammar  and  how  it  compares 
with  the  traditional  approach. 

576  English  as  a  Second  Language  (3) 
ImpUcations  of  the  nature  of  language  in  teaching 
English  to  speakers  of  other  languages.  Methods 
and  materials  for  teaching  English  as  a  second 
language.  PREREQ:  LIN  501  or  permission  of 
the  instructor. 

577  History  of  the  English  Language  (3)  Review 
of  the  major  influences  on  the  development  of 
the  EngUsh  language.  PREREQ:  UN  501  or  LIN 
503. 

578  Modem  English  (3)  A  study  of  the 
development  of  the  English  language  from  1450 
to  the  present  (exclusive  of  American  English). 

579  Studies  in  American  English  (3)  Historical 
processes  in  the  development  of  American  and 
British  English.  Regional  and  social  dialects  of 
American  English.  Usage  and  sociolinguistics. 

580  English  Language  Workshop  (1-4) 
Workshop  to  survey  recent  developments  and 
newer  concepts  in  English  linguistics  for  teachers. 
Variable  structure  and  credit  by  arrangement  with 
individual  school  districts. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


English 


584     Old  English  Language  and  Literanire  (3) 
An  introductory  study  of  the  language  through  a 
reading  of  selected  rehgious  and  secular  poetry 
and  prose. 

583     Middle  English  Language  and  Uterature 
(3)  An  introductory  study  of  the  language  (1150- 
1450)   through  a  reading  of  selected  texts 
(exclusive  of  Chaucer). 

♦  589    Language  Seminar  (3)  Studies  in  English 
language  and  linguistics.  Topics  announced  when 
offered.  PREREQ:  UN  501  or  the  equivalent 

♦  590    Independent  Study  (1-3)  Research 
projects,  reports,  and  specialized  readings.  PRE- 
REQ: Approval  of  instructor  and  coordinator  of 
English  graduate  studies. 

TEACHING  SKILLS 

591  Modem  Techniques  for  the  Teaching  of 
English  (3)  Techniques  of  teaching  language  arts, 
composition,  and  Uterature  in  the  secondary 
school.  Practice  in  planning  and  designing  units 
and  courses  of  study.  Exploration  into  the  latest 
research  in  teaching  English. 

592  Uterature  for  the  Elementary  School  (3) 
The  content  and  approach  of  the  literature 
program  in  the  elementary  school. 

593  Literature  for  the  Secondary  School  (3) 
An  examination  of  the  Uterary  interests  of  the 
secondary  school  student.  A  discussion  of  the 
works  of  major  writers  who  appeal  to  the 
teenage  student 

594  Directed  Studies  in  Composition  and 
Rhetoric  (3)  Offers  students  systematic  guidance 
and  instruction  in  a  specially  formulated  project 
involving  scholarly  or  empirical  research  in 
composition. 

595  Teaching  Composition  (3)  A  survey  of 
developments  and  research  in  composition.  Focus 
on  the  writing  process,  grading  and  evaluation, 
case  approaches  to  writing  assignments,  writing 
across  the  curriculum,  and  remedial  and  develop- 
mental writing. 

596  Composition  and  Rhetoric  (3)  Survey  of 
rhetoric  and  composition  theory.  Frequent 
practice  in  writing. 

597  Seminar  for  Master  Teachers  (6) 

599  Workshop  in  English  (1-6)  Each  workshop 
will  focus  on  specific  issues  and  problems  in  the 
teaching  of  English,  and  will  introduce  appropri- 
ate instructional  materials  and  techniques. 

600  Tutoring  Composition  (3)  Theory  and 
practice  of  teaching  basic  writing  in  the  tutoring 
environment. 

CREATIVE  WRITING 

♦  509    Writing  Seminar  in  the  Novel  I  (3)  A 
course  in  the  writing  and  preparing  of  book- 
length  manuscripts  (novels,  novellas,  and  "non- 
fictional"  novels)  with  the  intention  of  submis- 
sion for  publication.  Also  includes  coverage  of 
fictional  aspects  and  techniques  used  in  writing 
memoirs,  biography,  and  current  history. 

♦  510    Writing  Seminar  in  the  Novel  n  (3)  A 
continuation  of  ENG  509. 

♦  601     Creative  Writing  Seminar  (3)  A  special- 
ized writing  seminar.  Topics  announced  when 
offered.  Longer  prose  works,  short  story,  fantasy/ 
science  fiction,  narrative  verse,  lyric/meditative 
verse,  etc.  A  portfolio  is  required  at  the  end  of  the 
course. 

♦  602     Creative  Writing:  Directed  Studies  (3) 
A  course  of  individual  study  for  students  who  have 


completed  two  workshops  in  a  single  genre. 
Concentrated  work  in  a  special  poetry  or  prose 
topic. 

♦  605     Poetry  Workshop  I  (3)  Experience  in 
writing  various  types  of  poetry:  traditional  forms, 
narrative,  lyric/meditative,  etc.  Readings  in 
traditional  and  contemporary  poetry  and  poetics. 
A  final  portfolio  required. 

♦  606     Poetry  Workshop  II  (3)  Extended  work 
in  poetic  forms  with  additional  emphasis  on 
contemporary  poetry  in  translation.  A  critical 
paper  on  contemporary  poetry  aiui  poetics  and  a 
completed  portfoho  are  required. 

♦  608    Short  Story  Workshop  (3)  Techniques 
of  composing  the  shon  story  with  emphasis  on  its 
elements  of  form:   point  of  view,   diction, 
characterization,  and  dialogue.  Readings  in  tradi- 
tional and  contemporary  criticism  and  short 
stories.  Completed  portfolio  of  revised  works  is 
required. 

♦  609    Short  Story  Workshop  U  (3)  Extended 
work  in  the  shon  story  form  with  opportunities  for 
exploring  more  experimental  forms  of  short 
fiction.  Additional  readings  in  short  fiction  and 
criticism.  A  critical  paper  on  a  contemporary  shon 
stoiy  writer  is  required. 

MA.  ESSAY 

♦  620    M  j\.  Essay  (3)  Required  final  extended 
paper  (about  40  pages)  written  under  the  direction 
of  an  advisor.  Further  details  available  in  the 
Graduate  English  Studies  Handbook.  Oral  defense 
required. 

SPECIAL  PROGRAM 

PENNSYLVANIA  WRTTING  PROJECT 

Symbol:  PWP 

The  courses  described  below  are  intended  to  be 
taken  primarily  by  teaching  professionals  who  are 
seeking  to  enhance  their  writing  instuction 
capabilities  while  earning  graduate  credit  Gener- 
ally, these  courses  CANNOT  be  applied  toward  a 
master's  degree  in  English.  The  ONLY  exception 
to  this  rule  involves  degree  candidates  with  a 
concentration  in  composition  and  rhetoric. 

♦  501    The  Writing  Process  (1)  A  practical 
introduction  to  the  writing  process  approach  to 
teaching  writing.  Permission  of  instructor  re- 
quired. 

♦  502    Strategies  for  Teaching  Writing  (2-3) 
This  basic  course  is  designed   to   Eairuliarize 
teachers  of  writing  with  successful  practices  and 
related  research  and  theory  in  the  field.  Permis- 
sion of  instructor  required. 

503     Strategies  for  Teaching  Writing  11  (3) 
Practical  and  research-based  skills  of  prewriting, 
writing  conferences,   revision,  editing,   and 
evaluation.  PREREQ:  PWP  502  or  PWP  510  and 
permission  of  instructor  required. 

♦  504    Holistic  Assessment  of  Writing  (1) 
Theory  and  practice  of  rapid  and  reliable  assess- 
ment of  large  numbers  of  writing  samples  as  used 
in  schools  and  colleges.  Permission  of  instructor 
required. 

♦  505    Writing  in  the  Content  Areas  (1) 
Participants  will  explore  ways  of  motivating 
students  to  write  about  academic  areas,  design 
effective  assignments,  and  use  writing  process 


methods  to  improve  learning  in  all  subjects.  Topics 
include  learning-centered  writing,  evaluation, 
and  classroom  management  of  writing.  Permission 
of  instructor  required. 

♦  506     Computers  and  Writing  (Begiiming)  (1) 
Microcomputer  appUcations  at  all  stages  of  the 
writing  process.  Basic  awareness,  demonstrations, 
and  hands-on  experience  will  be  emphasized. 
Permission  of  instructor  required. 

♦  507     Computer  and  Writing  (Intermediate  D 
(2)  An  introduction  to  computer  programs 
useful  at  all  stages  of  the  writing  process  and  to 
ways  that  teachers  can  use,  develop,  and  evaluate 
computer-assisted  instruction  (CAI)  in  writing. 
Permission  of  instructor  required. 

♦  508     Computers  and  Writing  (Intermediate 
ID  (3)  A  practical  and  theoretical  oveniew  of  the 
field,  with  demonstrations  of  computer 
courseware  and  hands-on  experience  in  prewrit- 
ing and  planning,  word  processing,  revising, 
editing,  skill-building,  evaluation,  and  classroom 
management.  Permission  of  instructor  required. 

♦  509     Computers  and  Writing  (Advanced)  (4) 
Covers  pertinent  points  of  composition  training. 
Stages  in  the  composing  process  are  related  to 
software  packages  and  computer-assisted  teach- 
ing techniques.  Theoretical  and  practical  questions 
will  prepare  teachers  of  writing  to  incorporate 
useful  computer  assistance  into  their  classrooms 
and  to  offer  demonstrations  to  other  teachers. 
Permission  of  instructor  required. 

510  Writing,  Reading,  and  Talking  Across  the 
Curriculum  (3)  Rationale  and  strategies  for 
critical  language  experiences  in  all  subjects. 
Supports  PCRP2  state  curriculum  framework. 
Permission  of  instructor  required. 

511  Writing  Assessment  (3)  Large-scale  and 
classroom  writing  assessment;  implications  for 
writing  instruction.  Permission  of  instructor 
required. 

512  Teacher-Research  Seminar  (3)  Individual 
research  projects  for  classroom  studies  of  students 
as  writers.  Permission  of  instructor  required. 

♦  513     PCRP2  Seminar  on  Writing  and  Think- 
ing Across  the  Curriculum  Critical  exploration 
of  Permsylvania  state  curriculum  framework  for 
language  and  learning.  PREREQ:  PWP  510  and 
permission  of  instructor  required. 

515    Workshop  in  Administering  Writing 
Programs  Creating  and  maintaining  successfiil 
writing  and  language  arts  programs.  Permission 
of  instructor  required. 

♦  517  Workshop  in  Writing  Assessment  Dif- 
ferent assessment  models  and  their  relation  to 
instruction,  with  information  from  the  Peiuisyl- 
vania  Writing  Assessment  Permission  of  the 
instructor  required. 

♦  597     Seminar  for  Master  Teachers  (6) 
Participants  develop  advanced  skills  in  the 
teaching  of  writing,  receive  training  as  in-service 
"teacher/consultants,"  and  develop  relationships 
with  other  writing  teachers  who  seek  to  improve 
their  teaching  and  writing.   Permission  of 
instructor  required. 

♦  599    Workshop  in  English  (1-6)  Topic  varies. 
Each  workshop  will  focus  on  specific  issues  and 
problems  in   the  teaching  of  writing  and  will 
introduce  appropriate  instructional  materials  and 
techniques.  Permission  of  instructor  required. 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit 


Foreign  Languages 


Foreign  Languages 

109  Main  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2700 

Mr.  Gougher,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Patton,  Assistant  Chairperson  and  Coordinator  of 
Graduate  Studies 

FRENCH 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Robert  Greene,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Rebecca  Pauly,  D.M.L.,  Middlebury  College 
Anne-Marie  Moscatelli,  Ph.D.,  Biyn  Mawr  College 

GERMAN 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

Ronald  L.  Gougher,  M.A.,  Lehigh  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Ralph  A.  Eisenstadt,  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
Stephen  G.  Gilmour,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 

LATIN 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

Erminio  Braidotti,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

INSTRUCTOR 

John  P.  Rosso,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

SPANISH 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Erminio  Braidotti,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Jorge  Escorcia,  M.A.,  Boston  University 
Stacey  Schlau,  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 
Jerome  M.  Williams,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Celia  Esplugas,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toledo 

Constance  Garcia-Barrio,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Andrea  Varricchio,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Programs  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  offers  two  degree 
programs,  one  leading  to  the  Master  of  Education  in  French, 
German,  Latin,  or  Spanish,  and  the  other  to  the  Master  of 
Arts  in  French  or  Spanish. 

The  department  also  cooperates  in  the  offering  of  an 
interdisciplinary  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  in 
Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language.  (See  Teaching  English 
as  a  Second  Language.) 

MASTER  OF  EDUCAnON  IN  FRENCH, 
GERMAN,  LATIN,  OR  SPANISH 

(34  semester  hours) 

The  M.Ed,  program  requires  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in 
Second  Language  Education  (LAN  500),  Techniques  of  Second 


Language  Teaching  (LAN  503),  and  18  semester  hours  in  the  area 
of  concentration.  The  concentration  may  be  designed  to  the  student's 
particular  interest  and  needs,  but  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish, 
it  must  include  one  course  each  from  Groups  A,  B,  C,  and  D.  In  Latin 
the  18-hour  concentration  is  developed  from  Groups  A  and  B,  under 
advisement.  Majors  in  any  of  the  languages  may  also  elect  from 
Courses  Common  to  All  Languages  (see  below)  for  the  concentration. 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  has  approved  the  following 
undergraduate  courses  for  graduate  credit  when  scheduled  with  the 
approval  of  the  student's  advisor  and^or  department  chairperson: 
PRE  401-411,  inclusive;  GER  401-412,  inclusive;  LAT  401-406  and 
410-412,  inclusive;  RUS  401-403  and  410-412,  inclusive;  SPA  401- 
406,  inclusive,  and  410,  414,  456,  and  457. 

At  least  12  semester  hours  of  course  work  in  education  are  required. 
(See  page  41.) 


FRENCH 

Group  A 

FRE510,  511,  512,  and  513, 

Group  B 

FRE  501,  514,  and  515 

Group  C 

FRE  516  and  520 

Group  D 

FRE  520  and  521 

LATIN 
Group  A 

lAr503,  511,  512.  and  514 
Group  B 

LAT  515,  521  through  531, 
and  535  and  536 


GERMAN 

Group  A 

GER  513  and  514 

Group  B 

GER  515 

Group  C 

GER  516,  517,  518,  and  520 

Group  D 

♦  GER  519 

SPANISH 
Group  A 

SPA  510,  511,  512,  513,  and  514 

Group  B 

SPA  520,  521,  522.  523,  524, 

and  525 

Group  C 

SPA  530. 

Group  D 

SPA  540. 

and  546 


532,  533.  and  534 

542,  543,  544.  545. 


MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  FRENCH  OR  SPANISH 

(30  semester  hours) 

The  M.A.  programs  in  French  or  Spanish  provide  for  either  a  thesis 

or  nonthesis  option.  Both  require  21  semester  hours  as  follows:  for 

Spanish.  SPA  511  and  six  hours  from  each  of  Groups  B,  C,  and  D 

above;  for  French,  21  semester  hours  from  Groups  A,  B,  C.  and  D 

above.  The  thesis  program  includes  FRE.  or  SPA,  or  GER  610  (six 

hours)  and  an  additional  elective  (three  hours)  in  the  area  of 

concentration.  The  nonthesis  option  includes  nine  hours  of  electives 

in  the  area  of  concentration. 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  has  approved  the  following 

undergraduate  courses  for  graduate  credit  when  scheduled  with  the 

approval  of  the  student's  advisor  and/or  department  chairperson: 

FRE  401-411,  inclusive;  GER  401-412,  inclusive;  LAT  401-406  and 

410-412,  inclusive;  RUS  401-403  and  410-412,  inclusive;  SPA  401- 

406,  inclusive  and  410,  414,  456,  and  457. 

Electives  for  both  options  may  also  be  from  courses  common  to  all 

languages.  (See  above.)  For  the  M.A.  program,  LAN  550  is  strongly 

recommended. 

The  candidate  for  the  MA.  must  pass  a  reading  examination  in  a 

second  foreign  language  or  must  have  taken  and  passed  at  least  one 

graduate-level  course  in  a  second  foreign  language. 

Comprehensive  examinations  are  required  for  both  the  Master  of 

Arts  and  the  Master  of  Education. 


Foreign  Languages 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
COURSES  COMMON  TO  ALL 
LANGUAGES 

Symbol:  LAN 

300     Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in 
Second  Language  Education  (3)  Techniques  of 
research  in  foreign  language  education,  including 
sources,  design,  interpretation,  evaluation,  and 
reporting  of  data. 

302  Second  Languages  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Problems  in  teaching  second  languages 
in  the  elementary  school.  Curriculum  design, 
bilingual  education,  classroom  techniques,  articu- 
lation, materials,  and  testing.  Preferably,  UN  501 
or  equivalent  should  precede  LAN  502. 

303  Techniques  of  Second  Language  Teaching 
(3)  Advanced  course  in  recent  theoretical  bases, 
methods  for  teaching  beginning  and  advanced 
levels,  curriculum  design  and  evaluadon. 
PREREQ:  LIN  501  or  equivalent. 

304  Use  of  Media  in  Language  Teaching  (3) 
Role  of  media  in  language  instruction  including 
the  tape  recorder,  language  laboratory,  television, 
and  the  computer. 

303    Introduction  to  BilinguaVBiculcural  Educa- 
tion (3)  Introduction  to  history,  philosophy, 
current  status,  and  future  directions  of  bilingual/ 
bicultural  education.  Survey  of  materials,  tests, 
techniques,  instructional  processes,  and  instruc- 
tional patterns.  Overview  of  testing,  placement, 
and  pupil  evaluadon. 

511     Roman  Civilizadon  (3)  Roman  civilizadon 
and  its  influences  on  Europe. 
550    Seminar  in  Methods  and  Materials  of 
Research  in  Language  and  Literature  (3)  The 
principal  toob  of  research  in  the  field  of  foreign 
language  and  literature.  Methods  of  conducting 
and  reporting  research,  emphasizing  correctness 
of  form  and  mechanics  of  scholarly  writing. 
360    Directed  Studies   (3)  To  provide  an 
opportunity  for  students  to  pursue  areas  of  study 
not  regularly  provided  by  the  department.  Focus 
of  course  to  be  announced  when  offered. 
580    Seminar  in  Second  Language  Education 
(1-4)  Specialized  workshop  seminar  devoted  to  a 
particular  area  of  foreign  language  education. 
585     Institute  in  Second  Language  Education 
(4-8)  In-depth  study  of  a  particular  area  of  foreign 
language  education. 
590    Independent  Study  (1-3) 
600     Research  Report  (1-2) 
610    Thesis  (6) 
See  also  Linguistics  (UN) 

FRENCH 

Symbol:  FRE 

501     Commercial  French  (3)  A  study  of  French 
economic  and  business  systems,  with  extensive 
practice  in  business  correspondence. 

510  French  Theater  (3)  Principal  French 
dramatists  analyzed  against  the  social,  political, 
literary,  and  critical  backgrounds  of  their  age. 

511  Modernism  in  French  Uterature  (3)  Close 
consideration  of  some  prime  iimovative  texts  of 
fiction,  poetry,  film,  and  polemic  as  manifestations 
of  the  spirit  and  aesthetic  of  modernism. 

512  French  Narrative  (3)  A  study  of  prose  texts, 
their  ethos,  and  their  narrative  techniques,  fitjm 
the  epics  and  comes  of  the  Middle  Ages  to  the 
experimental  works  of  the  late  20th  century. 

513  French  Poetics  (3)  An  intensive  survey  of 
French  poetry,  its  theory  and  practice,  using 
models  drawn  fi^m  the  whole  tradition,  fi?om  Vil- 
lon to  Bonnefoy. 


314    Contemporary  France  (3)  A  study  of  France 
since  1945,  with  emphasis  on  current  events  and 
social  changes. 

515  French  Civilization  (3)  A  study  of  France 
since  1789,  with  emphasis  on  social,  political, 
economic,  and  educational  institutions. 

516  Writing  Literary  Criticism:  Theory  and 
Practice  (3)  Study  of  various  fields  of  literaiy 
theory,  including  structuralism,  semiotics,  Marx- 
ism, narratology,  psychoanalytic  criticism,  and 
deconstruction.  Techniques  of  textual  interpreta- 
tion. 

520  Topics  in  French  Uterature  and  Language 
(3)  Course  topics  courses  will  vary  by  semester 
and  instructor,  and  tnay  include  titles  such  as 
genre  studies,  film  study,  women  writers,  fi:an- 
cophone  writers,  the  study  of  literary  periods  or 
movements,  and  structural  and  applied  linguistics. 

521  Translation  Techniques  (3)  A  theoretical 
and  practical  study  of  modes  of  lexical  and 
syntactic  transposition,  firom  LI  to  neutral  zone  to 
L2.  Extensive  practical  exercise  in  diverse  types 
of  translation. 

GERMAN 

Symbol:  GER 

513  Phonetics  and  Advanced  Oral  Practice  (3) 
The  sounds,  forms,  and  structure  of  modem 
standard  German,  using  recorded  materials  and 
selected  texts. 

514  Advanced  Grammar  and  Stylistics  (3) 
Stylistic  qualities  of  modem  German,  analyzed  in 
selected  texts.  Oral  and  written  drill. 

515  German  Civilization  (3)  Social  structure 
of  Germany,  evolution  of  its  institutions;  German 
achievements  in  the  arts. 

516  The  Novelle  (3)  The  German  short  story 
boia  Goethe  to  the  present,  including  the  German 
Feuilleton  and  the  post-World  War  II  writers. 

517  German  Lyric  Poetry  (3)  Major  representa- 
tive poets  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 

518  Contemporary  German  Uterature  (3)  Post- 
World  War  II  Uterature,  including  poetry  and 
prose,  along  with  appropriate  literary  criticism. 
4519    Seminar  (3)  Small-group  study  of 
relevant  topics  in  German  literature  and  philology. 
520    Age  of  Goethe  (3)  Works  of  Goethe, 
Schiller,  and  other  contemporaries.  Critical  works 
dealing  with  the  life  of  Goethe,  Schiller,  and 
others. 

LATIN 

Symbol:  LAT 

503    Techniques  of  the  Teaching  of  Latin  (3) 
Survey  and  analysis  of  texts  and  other  materials 
for  teaching  Latin.  Recent  methods  for  elementary 
and  secondary  leveb.   Curriculum  for  the 
secondary  level. 

511  Comparative  Grammar  and  Syntax  of 
Greek  and  Latin  (3)  The  relation  of  Greek  to  Latin 
within  the  Indo-European  family  of  languages. 
Survey  of  the  external  histories  of  Greek  and  Latin. 
Greek  and  Latin  phonology  and  morphology  with 
references  to  principles  of  syntax 

512  History  of  the  Latin  Language  (3) 
Development  of  the  Latin  language  bom  the 
earUest  inscriptions  to  the  ninth  century  AD., 
with  some  consideration  of  the  prehistoric 
language  and  people  in  Rome. 

314    Advanced  Latin  Prose  Composition  and 
Translation  (3)  Intensive  review  of  Latin  syntax, 
with  translation  of  English  passages  into  Latin 
and  vice  versa. 


515     Seminar  in  Greek  and  Roman  Civilization 

(3)  A  study  of  literary  texts  and  archaeological 

documents  illustrative  of  the  Greek  mind  and/or 

Roman  genius. 

521     Cicero's  Philosophical  Essays  (3)  Studies 

in  the  Somnium  Scipionis,  Tusculan  Disputatioas,  De 

Natura  Deorum  and  De  OEciis  with  reference  to 

Cicero's  political  theory  and  practice. 

322    Virgil:  Eclogues  and  Georgics  (3)  Studies 

in  the  themes  and  methods  of  Virgil's  £ciogues  and 

Georgics. 

524  Comedies  of  Plautus  (3)  Origins  of  "comedy 
of  matters";  study  of  Plautian  comedy  and  its 
influence  on  later  writers  of  comedy. 

525  Latin  Metre  and  Verse  (3)  The  formal 
structure  and  development  of  Latin  verse  from 
its  beginnings  to  the  20th  century.  Illustrative 
readings  in  early,  classical,  medieval,  and  modem 
Latin  poetry. 

526  Greek  and  Latin  Epic  (3)  The  Greek  epic 
fi-om  Homer  to  ApoUonius  of  Rhodes,  and  the 
Latin  epic  fi-om  Naevious  to  Virgil.  Readings 
from  the  classical  epics. 

527  Roman  Historiographers  (3)  Selections 
from  Sallust,  Caesar,  Uvy,  Tacitus,  and  Sueto- 
nius. Origin,  development,  and  influence  of 
Roman  historiography. 

528  Roman  Satire  (3)  History  of  Roman  satire 
and  the  development  of  Lucilian  satire.  A 
comparative  study  of  the  satires  of  Horace,  Per- 
sius,  and  Juvenal. 

529  The  Latin  Novel  (3)  Emergence  and 
development  of  the  Latin  novel.  Readings  in  Petro- 
nius'  Cena  Trimalchionis,  Sentca's  Apocolocynto- 
sis,  the  Pompeian  Inscriptions,  and  Apuleius' 
Metamorphoses. 

530  Medieval  Latin  Uterature  (3)  Latin  poetry 
and  prose  from  the  14th  to  the  17th  centuries, 
with  emphasis  on  the  acquisition  of  a  good  reading 
knowledge  of  medieval  Latin  in  different  periods 
and  styles. 

531  Latin  Epigraphy  (3)  Latin  inscriptions  from 
the  earliest  period  to  the  eighth  century  AD.  A 
study  of  the  development  of  the  Latin  language. 

535  Seminar  in  Interpretation  of  Latin  Utera- 
ture (3)  Study  of  various  modem  approaches  to 
Latin  Uterature.  Analysis  of  selected  passages  or 
themes  bom  selected  authors. 

536  Uterary  Criticism  in  Antiquity  (3)  Study 
of  selected  authors  or  works  with  reference  to  both 
ancient  and  modem  (e.g.,  Horace  and  Quintil- 
ian)  criticism  and  interpretation. 

SPANISH 

Symbol:  SPA 

510  Advanced  Spaiush  Phonetics  (3) 
Theoretical  and  practical  approach  to  phonology, 
phonetics,  and  phonetic  transcriptions.  Regional 
and  dialectical  variations. 

511  Romance  Philology  (Spanish)  (3)  The 
development  of  Old  Spanish  from  Vulgar  Latin 
and  Protoromance,  with  analysis  of  Spanish 
phonology,  morphology,  and  syntax.  Readings  in 
Old  Spanish. 

512  Advanced  Spanish  Grammar  and  Stylistics 
(3)  An  informal,   rapid  review  of  Spanish 
grammar,  with  emphasis  on  problems  fundamental 
to  the  American  classroom.  Exercises  include 
idiomatic  expression,  various  levels  of  style,  and 
translation. 

513  Advanced  Oral  Spanish  (3)  An  intensive 
course  for  teachers  and  professionals  seeking 
improvement  in  oral  Spanish.  Emphasis  on 
vocabulary  and  idiom  acquisition  via  discussions, 
readings,  and  reports. 

♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Geography  and  Planning 


514    Spanish  Civilization  (3)  Major  philosophi- 
cal and  artistic  contributions  of  the  Hispanic 
world  to  Western  civilization.  Spain's  social  and 
economic  institutions,  and  the  character  of  her 
people  as  reflected  in  the  arts. 

520  Cervantes  (3)  Life  and  works  of  Miguel  Cer- 
vantes Saavedra:  Nowlas  ejemplares,  Ocho  come- 
dias  y  ocho  entremeses,  La  Numancia,  La  Galatea, 
all  of  which  lead  to  the  study  of  the  meaning, 
philosophy,  and  influence  of  Don  Quixoie. 

521  Juan  Ruiz,  Arcipreste  de  Hita  (3)  The  lihro 
de  Buen  Amor  as  a  major  work  in  Spain's  poetic 
development. 

522  Lope  de  Vega  (3)  The  Spanish  comedia 
viewed  as  an  expression  of  the  Spanish  people. 
The  popular  and  national  elements  of  this  theater. 
Lope  de  Vega  as  the  chief  innovator  and  leading 
figure  of  the  first  half  of  the  Golden  Age. 

523  Gald6s  (3)  Benito  Perez  Gald6s:  his  novels 
of  social  reform,  enlightenment,  and  conversion. 

524  Valera  (3)  Juan  Valera's  psychological 
novek,  set  in  19th  century  Andalusia. 

525  Unamuno  (3)  The  philosophical  ideas  of 
Unamuno  studied  in  his  critical  essays,  plays,  and 
novels. 


530     "Spanish  Comedia"  of  the  Golden  Age  (3) 
Survey  of  the  comedia  before  Lope  de  Vega;  the 
contributions  of  Lope  de  Vega;  Tirso  de  Molina  and 
Ruiz  de  Alarcon;  the  Baroque  theater  of  Pedro 
Calderon  de  la  Barca. 

532  The  Picaresque  Novel  (3)  The  picaresque 
novel  as  an  indigenous  creation  of  Spain;  iaz- 
arillo  de  Tonnes,  Guzman  de  Alfarache,  Vida  del 
Buscon;  the  picaresque  novel  as  a  tradition  in  Spain 
and  an  influence  in  other  literatures. 

533  The  Generation  of  1898  (3)  The  revitalizing 
forces  which  took  hold  in  the  late  19th  century, 
and  a  study  of  the  works  of  Unamuno,  Azorin, 
Menendez  Pidal,   Pio  Baroja,  Valle  Inclan, 
Benavente,  Martinez  Sierra,  and  Ruben  Dario. 

534  Spanish  Lyric  Poetry  (3)  Spanish  lyric 
poetry,  with  emphasis  on  early  forms,  the 
Renaissance  Italianate  forms,  and  the  blossoming 
of  lyric  poetry  in  the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 
540     Medieval  Spanish  Literature  (3)  The  mester 
dejuglaria  and  the  Poema  del  Cid;  early  related 
epics  and  the  mester  de  clerecia;  Spain's  early 
historical  chronicles.  Begiimings  of  the  Spanish 
theater. 

542     Spanish  Romanticism  (3)  The  Spanish 
Romantics  and  costumbristas;  Duque  de  Rivas,  Es- 


pronceda,  Gomez  de  Avellaneda,  Becquer,  Larra, 
and  Mesonero  Romanos.  The  dramatic  novels  of 
Pardo  Bazan,  Palacio  Valdcs,  Clarin,  and  Gald6s. 

543  Contemporary  Spanish  Theater  (3)   The 
"Ibsenite"  and  social  dramas  of  the  late  19th 
century,  represented  by  the  plays  of  Lopez  de  Ay- 
ala,  Jose  Echegaray,  and  Gald6s.  The  transition 
period  headed  by  Martinez  Sierra  and  the  brothers 
Quintero.  Spain's  modernistic  drama,  exemplified 
by  Frederico  Garcia  Lorca  and  Alejandro  Ca- 
sona. 

544  Masterpieces  and  Movements  in  Spanish 
Literature  (3)  A  seminar  on  the  development  of 
Spanish  thought  and  anistic  expression  through 
selected  masterpieces  of  literature  and  an. 

545  The  Latin  American  Novel  (3)  The 
development  of  the  novel  in  Latin  America.  The 
colonial  period,  the  period  of  independence,  the 
romantic  period;  realism,  modernism,  criol- 
lisma,  and  naturalism. 

546  The  Black  in  Spanish  American  Literature 
(3)  The  characterization  of  blacks  in  Spanish- 
American  literature,  and  the  political  and  social 
context  of  their  portrayal. 

556  Seminar  I  (3) 

557  Seminar  II  (3) 


Geography  and  Planning 

207  Ruby  Jones  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2746 

Dr.  Rengert,  Chairperson  and  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 
Mr.  Bielsld,  Coordinator  of  Urban  and  Regional  Planning  in 
M.SA. 

PROFESSORS 

Arlene  C.  Rengen,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
John  C.  Tachovsky,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 
Wesley  W.  Thomas,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

F.  Robert  Bielsld,  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 

A. I.e. P.,  American  Planning  Association 
Charles  W  Grassel,  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

George  W  Fasic,  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  A.I.C.F. 

(Director,  Chester  County  Planning) 
James  P.  Lewandowski,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 
Joan  Welch,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

Programs  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Geography  and  Planning  offers  the 
Master  of  Arts  in  geography  and  the  Master  of  Science  in 
Administration,  with  concentration  in  urban  and  regional 
planning.  The  latter  is  an  interdisciplinary  degree  de- 
scribed under  Master  of  Science  in  Administration.  The 
Master  of  Arts  in  geography  is  designed  to  develop  skills 
and  expertise  useful  in  solving  society's  problems  in  areas 
such  as  land  planning  and  management,  conservation  of 
resources,  and  location  of  commerce  and  industry.  It  also 
prepares   students   for  entrance   into   Ph.D.   programs   in 
geography,  and  in  social  studies  education. 


9  semester  hours 


(up  to)  6  semester  hours 


MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  GEOGRAPHY 

(33  semester  hours) 

1.  Required  Courses 
GEO  503,  505,  and  509 

2.  Thesis 
GEO  610 

3.  Elective  Courses  18  semester  hours 
Selected  under  advisement  from  geography,  geology,  mathematics, 
statistics,  computer  science,  environmental  health,  or  other 
appropriate  disciplines. 

4.  Oral  examination  in  defense  of  thesis  (required) 


MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  ADMINISTRARON 
Concentration  in  Urban  and  Regional  Planning 
(36  semester  hours) 

1.  Administration  Core  (required)  18  semester  hours 
ADM  501,  502,  503,  504,  505,  506,  or  507 

2.  Urban  and  Regional  Planning  Core  (required)    6  semester  hours 
ADM  500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (3) 

GEO  525  Urban  and  Regional  Planning;  Theory  and  Practice  (3) 

3.  Urban  and  Regional  Planning  Electives  12  semester  hours 
(selected  under  advisement),  including 

ADM  600,  612 

GEO  502,  505,  506,  507,  509,  521,  524,  526,  527,  530.  590,  610. 

and  615 

PSC  542  and  544 

4.  Each  student  in  this  concentration  will  develop  with  the  graduate 
coordinator  a  tailored  contract  of  courses  meeting  the  needs  of 
the  student.  The  individualized  contract  will  address   the 
background  and  career  goals  of  the  student. 

5.  Comprehensive  examination  (written)  in  concentration  is  required. 
The  examination  will  be  based  on  a  selected  bibliography  of  key 
works  in  the  concentration.  The  bibliography  will  be  provided  at 
the  time  the  student  is  admitted  to  the  program. 


Geology  and  Astronomy 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
GEOGRAPHY 

Symbol:  GEO 

♦  302    Topical  Seminar  (3)  Special  topics  in 
geography  of  planning  not  offered  under  existing, 
regularly  offered  courses. 

503    Seminar  in  Modem  Geography  (3)  A  survey 
of  modem  geographic  research,  with  historical 
perspective.  Attention  is  given  to  research  meth- 
odology, and  to  the  breadth  of  subfields  and 
perspecdves  in  the  discipline. 

505  Map  Design  (3)  Methods  and  techniques 
of  map  design.  Presentation  of  statistical  data  in 
map  form.  PREREQ:  Consent  of  instructor. 

506  Environmental  Hazards  and  Site  Planning 
(3)  This  course  examines  aspects  of  the  physical 
environment  that  must  be  considered  when 
planning  any  site  for  urban,   industrial,   or 
suburban  acdvity. 

507  Maps  and  Aerial  Photographs  (3)  Designed 
to  improve  map  and  photo  interpretation  skilk. 
Emphasis  on  increased  understanding  of  U.S.G.S. 
quadrangles,  and  special-purpose  statistical 
maps. 

509     Quantitative  Methods  (3)  Fundamental 
statistics,  methods,  and  techniques  appUed  to 
geographic  research  and  decision  making,  such  as 
urban  and  regional  planning. 
521     Suburbanization  and  Land  Development 
(3)  Component  systems  and  functional  operations 
of  urban/suburban  communities,   including 
ecological  and  demographic  aspects.  Emphasis 
on  organization,  development,  change,  and 
problems  of  communities. 

524  Population  Processes  (3)  Characteristics 
and  distribution  of  world  populations  are  studied. 
The  dynamic  processes  of  population  change 
(mortality,  fertility,  and  migration)  are  examined. 

525  Urban  and  Regional  Planning  (3) 
Application  of  community-planning  theories  and 
methods  to  designated  urban  and  regional 
systems. 


526  Metropolitan  Systems  and  Problems  (3) 
Urbanization  processes  and  problems;  urban 
systems  in  the  expanding  metropolitan  and 
regional  setting;  present  and  proposed  efforts  to 
solve  urban  problems. 

527  Planning  Law  and  Organization  (3)  An 
insight  into  the  role  of  federal,  state,  and  local 
govemments  in  instituting,  executing,  and 
judicially  reviewing  laws  and  regulations  pertain- 
ing to  land  uses.  Emphasis  on  the  legal  organiza- 
tion of  the  planning  process,  particularly  at  the 
local  level.  Major  land-use  court  cases  are 
presented  and  reviewed. 

530    Demographic  Analysis  (3)  A  course  to 
develop  skills  in  basic  demographic  research, 
emphasizing  the  uses  and  limitations  of  data 
sources,  and  the  understanding  and  interpretation 
of  specific  analytic  methods  for  population 
analysis. 

540     Geography  of  the  United  States  (3)  A 
regional  study  of  the  United  States,  emphasizing 
its  physical  geography,  setdement,  agriculture, 
demography,  and  industrial  activity. 

544  Geography  of  Latin  America  (3)  Regional 
geography  of  Latin  America:  Its  physical  base, 
settlement,  agriculture,  demography,  and  manufac- 
turing are  considered. 

545  Geography  of  Europe  (excluding  the 
U.S.S.R.)  (3)  Regional  study  of  Europe.  Influences 
of  environmental  factors,  such  as  climate,  land- 
forms,  and  soils  on  the  economic,  social,  and 
political  condition  of  European  nations. 

546  Geography  of  the  Soviet  Union  (3) 
European  and  Asiatic  U.S.S.R.  and  its  satellite 
nations.   Elements  of  the  environmental  and 
regional  divisions  in  relation  to  resource  base 
and  economic/political  objectives. 

♦  571     Conservation  Woriuhop  (3)  An  survey 
of  applied  resource  conservation,  resource  manage- 
ment, and  environmental  problem-solving  prac- 
tices. 


♦  572    Seminar  in  Resource  Management  (3) 
Applied  research  problem  solving  for  resource 
management  and  environmental  issues  designed 
for  an  individual  student  or  team-study  basis. 

585     Geography  Field  Methods  (3)  An  advanced 
field  course  that  includes  urban  and  land-use 
studies.  Use  of  field  methods,  mapping,  and  data 
collection  for  geographical  reports. 

590     Independent  Studies  in  Geography  (3) 
Research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in  geogra- 
phy. PREREQ:  Approval  of  discipline  graduate 
coordinator. 

♦  610    Thesis  (3  or  6)  A  thesis  is  developed  on 
a  research  problem  for  which  the  student 
develops  a  theory,  proposition  or  hypothesis,  and 
investigates  available  information  on  the  subject. 

615     Internship  in  Urban  and  Regional  Planning 
(3  or  6)  On-the-job  experience  in  the  application 
of  theory,  execution  of  substantive  research,  and 
provision  of  service  with  professional  agencies  at 
selected  off-campus  locations. 

In  addition  to  the  above  GEO  courses,  the 
following  ADM  courses  are  offered  especially  in 
connection  with  the  Master  of  Science  in 
Administration. 

500     Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (3) 
Logic  of  scientific  methodology,  research  design 
construction.  Stress  on  hypothesis  development 
and  testing,  data  collection,  measurement  prob- 
lems, theory  application. 

♦  600     Research  Report  (3) 

610    ThesU  (3) 

612  Internship  (3-6)  Intensive  field  placement 
in  organizations  under  faculty  guidance/  supervi- 
sion. Precontracted  learning  objectives. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit,  up 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 


Geology  and  Astronomy 

470  Schmucker  Science  Center 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2727/2788 

Dr.  Johnson,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Pritchard,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Sandra  F.  Pritchard,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon 
George  Reed,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
John  Stolar,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

John  E.  Ehleiter,  D.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Hubert  E.  Harber,  M.A.T.,  Brown  University 

Allen  H.Johnson,  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 


Arthur  R.  Smith,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
C.  Gil  Wiswall,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Montana 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Richard  M.  Busch,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Elizabeth  LeeAnn  Srogi,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Programs  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Geology  and  Astronomy,  in  cooperation 
with  the  Department  of  Chemistry,  offers  a  program  leading  to 
the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  physical  science.  (See  Physical 
Science  Program.) 

For  the  benefit  of  in-service  teachers  and  other  employed 
persons.  West  Chester  schedules  most  of  its  graduate  classes 
during  late  afternoons  and  evenings.  Most  of  the  students  are 
part  time;  that  is,  they  take  less  than  nine  credits  per  semester. 


Geology  and  Astronomy 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
GEOLOGY  and  ASTRONOMY 
Symbol:  ESS,  except  as  noted 

It  is  assumed  that  for  all  geology  courses,  ESS 
101   is  a  prerequisite,  and  for  all  astronomy 
courses,  ESS  111  is  a  prerequisite.  In  addition,  any 
course  may  be  taken  with  permission  of  the 
Instructor. 

502  Mineralogy  (3)  Properties,  identification, 
occurrence,  and  crystallography  of  the  more 
important  minerals.  Fundamentals  of  mineral 
composition  and  structure. 

503  Principles  of  Physical  Geology  (3) 
Composition  of  the  earth  (minerab  and  rocks) 
and  earth  processes  (weathering,  erosion,  meta- 
morphism,  volcanism,  and  diastrophism). 

504  Historical  Geology  (3)  Geologic  history  of 
the  earth  and  the  evidence  for  this  history, 
including  discussion  of  the  formation  of  the  earth, 
atmosphere,  oceans,  and  the  historical  evolution 
of  land,  air,  and  sea  and  the  life  that  inhabits  these 
environments.  Examination  of  fossils  and  geo- 
logic maps.  PREREQ:  BIO  110,  CHE  104,  and  CRL 
104. 

505  Petrology  (3)  Origin,  classification,  and 
identification  of  rocks.  Hand  specimen  examina- 
tion. PREREQ:  ESS  502. 

506  Quaternary  Geology  (3)  An  investigation 
of  the  most  recent  geologic  period,  including  the 
records  of  climate  change,  geomorphology, 
glacial  history,  stratigraphy,  sea  level  changes,  and 
faunal  evolution,  that  have  accompanied  the 
continental  glaciations  of  the  last  two  million 
years.  Includes  spring  break  field  trip. 

507  Geology  of  the  Solar  System  (3)  The 
geology,  origin,  and  properties  of  planets,  comets, 
asteroids,  moons,  and  meteorites;  planetary 
exploration.  PREREQ:  One  introductory  course 
in  astronomy  and  one  in  geology. 

508  Field  Geology  (1-3)  Practical  experience 
in  techniques  and  toob  of  the  field  geologbt.  PRE- 
REQ: An  introductory  geology  course. 

510  Intermediate  Mineralogy  (3)  How  the 
petrographic  microscope,  x-ray  difiraction,  and 
the  electron  microscope  are  used  to  identify 
minerab.  PREREQ:  ESS  502. 

511  General  Astronomy  (3)  A  study  of  the 
motions  of  the  sky  and  bodies  in  the  solar  system, 
star  charts,  time,  telescopes,  the  sun,  stars, 
nebulae,  galaxies,  and  the  evolution  of  the 
universe.  Two  hours  lecture,  two  hours  lab. 
ESL  512     Historical  Geology  Lab  (0) 

513     Principles  of  Geochemistry  (3)  Migration 
and  dbtribution  of  the  chemical  elements  within 
the  earth;  chembtry  of  the  lithosphere,  hydro- 
sphere, and  biosphere;  chemical  changes  through- 
out earth  hbtory;  the  geochemical  cycle. 
518    Structural  Petrology  (3)  Deformation 
mechanbms,  rheology,  theory  of  strain:  formation 
and  evolution  of  tectonic  features  (cleavage, 
folds,  mountain  belts,  etc.).  Lab  work  involves 
detailed  analysb  using  light  and  electron  micro- 
scopes, and  mathematical  manipulation  both  with 
and  without  computers.  PREREQ:  MAT  161  and 
162,  CHE  104,  and  permbsion  of  instructor. 
520     Structural  Geology  (3)  An  introduction  to 
structural  analysb:  a  study  of  the  deforma- 
tional  features  of  the  earth's  crust  and  the  forces 
responsible  for  producing  them.  PREREQ:  501 
and  505,  or  permission  of  instructor 
523     General  Geologic  Field  Studies  of  South- 
eastern Pennsylvania  (3)  Occurrence,  relation- 
ships, and  geologic  hbtory  of  the  rocks,  minerab, 
and  soib  of  thb  area,  studied  at  representative 
locations. 


524  Hbtory  of  Geology  (1)  Outstanding 
individuab  and  their  contributions  to  geology. 

525  Tectonics  (3)  Kinematics  and  consequences 
of  plate  motion,  origin  of  orogenic  belts,  and 
identification  and  analysb  of  modem  counterparts: 
accretionary  wedge,  magmatic  core,  and  thrust 
systems.  Lab  work  involves  vector  analysb  of  plate 
motion  and  palinspastic  reconstructions  of  thrust 
systems.  PREREQ:  ESS  305  and  320. 

526  Economic  Geology  (3)  The  geologic  origin, 
accumulation,  and  dbtribution  of  metalliferrous 
economic  mineral  deposits.  Abo  investigates 
exploration  methods.  PREREQ:  ESS  503. 

ESL  527     Electron  Microscopy  I  (3)  A  one- 
semester  lecture/laboratory  course  in  theory 
operation  and  applications  of  electron  beam 
technology  in  scientific  research.  Course  sched- 
uled on  student-demand  basb. 
528     Engineering  Geology  (3)  The  appUcation 
of  geological  factors  into  the  plaiming  and  design 
of  engineered  construction.  PREREQ:  ESS  503. 
ESL  529     Electron  Microscopy  II  (3)  A  one- 
semester  lecture/laboratory  course   in  advanced 
theories  operation  and  appUcations  of  electron 
microscopy  in  scientific  research.  Emphasb  on 
individual  projects.  PREREQ:  ESL  527.  Course 
scheduled  on  student-demand  basb. 

530  Principles  of  Oceanography  (3)  Geology 
of  the  ocean  floor,  water  movements,  chemical 
characteristics  of  sea  water,  and  vertical  and 
horizontal  dbtribution  of  plants  and  animab.  Brief 
hbtory  of  oceanography. 

531  Introduction  to  Paleontology  (3) 
Identification,  paleobiology  and  importance  of 
fossib;  paleoecology,  and  evolution.  PREREQ:  ESS 
101,  203,  or  503. 

536     Environmental  Geology  (3)  The  application 
of  geological  information  to  human  problems 
encountered  in  the  physical  environment,  such 
as  flooding,  earthquakes,  volcanic  activity, 
hydrology,  and  land  use.  PREREQ:  ESS  503. 

539  Hydrology  (3)  The  factors  that  control  the 
dbtribution,  occurrence,  and  recoverability  of 
groundwater;  techniques  for  locating  and  estimat- 
ing recoverable  water;  groundwater  pollution  and 
waste  water  dbposal.  PREREQ:  MAT  162,  CHE 
104,  and  CRL  104. 

540  Introduction  to  Meteorology  (3) 
Composition  and  properties  of  the  atmosphere 
and  principles  that  influence  weather  conditions. 

541  Geology  and  Geography  of  Plants  (3) 
Study  of  paleo  and  modem  spatial  characteristics 
and  dbcributions  of  vegetation  and  their  relation- 
ships to  the  geologic-,  geographic-,  climatic-, 
and-  man-induced  features  of  the  environment. 

542  Geophysics  (3)  Methods  and  techniques  of 
physics  applied  to  interpreting  the  internal 
structure  and  composition  of  the  earth.  PREREQ: 
MAT  162,  PHY  180,  or  PHY  140. 

543  Geomorphology  I  (3)  Lectures  will  present 
the  constmctional  and  degradational  processes 
that  have  shaped  present  landforms  and   are 
constantly  modifying  those  landforms.  Laborato- 
ries will  focus  on  the  interpretation  of  topo- 
graphic maps  and  the  use  of  remote  sensing 
materiab. 

544  Geomorphology  II  (3)  A  continuation  of 
the  study  of  earth  surface  processes.  Laboratories 
will  focus  on  the  interpretation  of  topographic 
maps  and  the  use  of  remote  sensing  materiab. 
PREREQ:  ESS  543. 

545  Regional  Geomorphology  of  North  America 
(3)  Lectures  will  direct  the  student  through  a 
systematic  analysis  of  the  surface  configurations 
and  landform  regions  of  North  America;  the 
processes  at  work  on  these  configurations  in  the 
past  and  at  the  present;  and  man's  relationships 


to  these  features  and  processes.  Laboratories  will 
emphasize  these  features,  processes,  and  relation- 
ships through  the  use  of  topographic  maps  and 
remote  sensing  materiab.  Field  projects  will  be 
included.  PREREQ:  ESS  543  and  544. 
546    Geology  of  Petroleum  (3)  The  characteris- 
tics of  geologic  origin  and  occurrence,  migration, 
and  accumulation  of  petroleum.  Includes  a  study 
of  reservoir  fluids,  traps,  and  dynamics  and 
investigation  of  exploration  methods.  PREREQ: 
ESS  503. 

550  Sedimentology  and  Stratigraphy  (3)  The 
nature  and  origin  of  stratified  deposits;  the 
temporal-spatial  relationships  among  stratified 
deposits,   and  other  geologic  and  biologic 
phenomena;  and  the  reconstruction  of  paleoenvi- 
ronments.  PREREQ:  ESS  101  and  502. 

551  Stellar  Astronomy  (3)  Propenies  of  stars; 
unusual  stars,  interstellar  matter,  and  stellar 
evolution;  dbtribution  and  motions  of  the  home 
and  other  galaxies.   PREREQ:  Any  general 
descriptive  astronomy  course. 

553  Nautical  Astronomy  (Celestial  Navigation) 

(3)  A  study  of  the  technical  skilb  of  celestial 
navigation,  covering  topics  such  as  celestial 
coordinates,  principles  of  time,  and  the  naviga- 
tional triangle,   lines  of  position,   and  star 
identification.  Includes  lab  PREREQ:  Any  algebra 
and  trigonometry  course. 

554  Archeoastronomy  (3)  A  study  of  the  ancient 
astronomical  skilb,  including  those  of  the  Baby- 
lonians, Egyptians,  Greeks,  Chinese,  Maya,  Incas, 
Aztecs,  and  the  North  American  Indians.  PRE- 
REQ: Any  descriptive  astronomy  course. 

555  Intermediate  Astronomy  (3)  An  analytical 
and  qualitative  analysb  of  selected  astronomical 
topics:  orbits,  stellar  propenies,  telescopes, 
photometry,  solar  surface  detaib,  nebulae,  galax- 
ies, and  stellar  evolution.  Two  hour  lecture  and 
two  hour  lab,  including  independent  observatory 
work.  PREREQ:  Any  descriptive  astronomy 
course  and  algebra/trigonometry. 

562     Hbtory  of  Astronomy  (3)  The  development 

of  astronomical  theories  from  Greek  times  to 

the  20th  century.  PREREQ:  Any  descriptive 

astronomy  course. 

575     Introduction  to  the  Planetarium  (3) 

Principles  and  use  of  the  planetarium  in  teaching. 

Specific  projects  are  assigned.  PREREQ:  Any 

general  astronomy  course. 

591     Independent  Study  (1-3)  An  investigation 

by  the  student.  PREREQ:  Permbsion  of  depan- 

ment. 

594  Geology  of  the  NW  National  Parks 

(4)  Thb  course  includes  a  field  trip  to  the  national 
parks  in  South  Dakota,  Wyoming,  Montana, 
Idaho,  northern  Utah,  and  Colorado.  The  purpose 
of  the  course  b  to  look  at  the  geologic  features 
of  the  National  Parks  in  these  states  and  to  develop 
an  appreciation  of  the  geology  and  geologic 
hbtory  of  the  region.  PREREQ:  Permbsion  of 
instructor. 

595  Geology  of  the  SW  National  Parks 

(4)  The  course  includes  a  field  trip  to  the  National 
Parks  in  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  southem  Utah, 
and  Colorado.  The  purpose  of  the  course  b  to  look 
at  the  geologic  features  of  the  National  Parks  in 
these  states  and  to  develop  an  appreciation  of  the 
geology  and  geologic  hbtory  of  the  region.  PRE- 
REQ: Permission  of  instructor 
♦  600    Thesb  Research  I  (3)  A  theory  b 
developed  on  a  research  problem  for  which  the 
student  produces  a  thesb.  PREREQ:  Permission  of 
advisor. 


♦  Thb  couise  may  be  taken  again  for  credit 


Health 


♦  601     Thesis  Research  II  (3)  A  theory  is 
developed  on  a  research  problem  for  which  the 
student  produces  a  thesis.  PREREQ:  Permission  of 
advisor. 

♦  602     Directed  Research  I  (3)  A  theory  is 
developed  on  a  research  problem  for  which  the 
student  produces  a  graduate  paper.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  advisor. 

♦  603     Directed  Research  II  (3)  A  theory  is 
developed  on  a  research  problem  for  which  the 
student  produces  a  graduate  paper.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  advisor. 

630     Institute  in  Planetarium  Education 
(1-3)  A  course  that  provides  the  novice  and 
inexperienced  planetarium  teacher  with  fundamen- 
tal concepts  that  can  be  taught  in  the  planetarium; 
intensive  study  of  effective  planetarium  teaching 
methods;  and  supervised  training  and  practice  in 


the  operation;  use  and  maintenance  of  the 
planetarium.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 
(Summer  only.) 

Any  of  the  following  dual-level  courses  (but  not 

more  than  six  semester  hours  of  credit)  may 

be  taken  for  graduate  credit  toward  the  degree: 

ESS  553     Intermediate  Astronomy 

ESS  573     Introduction  to  the  Planetarium 

(All  are  three-credit  courses.  See  also  Science 

Education.) 

SCIENCE  EDUOVnON 

Symbol:  SCE 

500  Modem  Trends  in  Science  Education  (3) 
Introduction  to  current  research  in  science 
education;  a  critical  review  of  the  literature. 

501  Modem  Trends  in  Teaching  Earth  and 
Space  Science  (3)  Recent  materials  and  techniques 


in  secondary  school  earth  and  space  science. 
510    Workshop  in  Secondary  School  Curricula 
(3)  Study  of  one  of  the  commonly  used  science 
programs  for  secondary  schools.  The  selected 
program  is  announced  in  advance. 
595     Elementary  School  Science  Instmction  (3) 
A  course   to   improve   the   science  content 
backgrounds  of  elementary-school  teachers  and 
administrators. 

PHS  502  Modem  Trends  in  Teaching  Physical 
Science  (2)  Materials  and  techniques  in  second- 
ary school  physical  science. 

SCIENCE  OFFERINGS  DESIGNED  FOR  EtE- 
MENTARY  SCHOOL  TEACHERS 
PHS  571     Physics  for  the  Elementary  Teacher 
SCE  595     Elementary  School  Science  Instruc- 
tion 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Health 

207  South  Campus 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2931 

Dr.  Sankaran,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

John  D.  Lemcke,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
Robert  P.  Nye,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 
Franklin  Young,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Jeffrey  E.  Harris,  D.H.Sc,  Loma  Linda  University 
Douglas  McConatha,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah 
Roger  W.  Mustalish,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 
Maura  J.  Sheehan,  Sc.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Lynn  Carson,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Bethann  Cinelli,  D.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Gopal  Sankaran,  M.D.,  Dr.  P.H.,  University  of  California, 

Berkeley 
Charles  V.  Shorten,  Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

ADJUNCT  INSTRUCTOR 

John  P.  Maher,  M.D.,  State  University  of  New  York 

Programs  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Health  offers  degree  programs  leading  to 
the  Master  of  Education  in  health.  Master  of  Science  in  health, 
and  concentrations  in  health  services  administration  and 
long-term  care  within  the  Master  of  Science  in  Administration. 

The  Master  of  Education  enriches  academic  preparation  for 
teaching  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  A  concentration 
in  school  health  is  offered. 

The  Master  of  Science  is  designed  primarily  to  meet  the 
individual  needs  of  the  graduate  student  who  wishes  to  pursue 
graduate  work  as  an  aid  to  upgrading  a  career  in  government, 
industry,  research,  or  a  related  health  profession.  Concentra- 
tions in  environmental  health,  gerontology,  public  health, 
and  school  health  are  offered.  The  M.S.  is  recommended  for 
persons  planning  for  doctoral  study. 


The  health  services  administration  and  long-term  care 
concentrations  in  the  Master  of  Science  in  Administration 
program  meet  the  needs  of  those  persons  interested  in  entering 
the  field  of  health  administration  and  long-term  care,  and  of 
those  persons  presendy  in  health  administration  and  long- 
term  care  interested  in  upgrading  their  careers. 

The  department  also  offers  a  certificate  in  gerontology. 

Communication  With  the  Department 

All  inquiries  and  other  communications  regarding  the  graduate 
program  in  health  should  be  addressed:  Graduate  Coordinator, 
Department  of  Health,  School  of  Health  Sciences,  West  Chester 
University,  West  Chester,  PA  19383.  Students  also  may  call  for 
information  at  (215)  436-2931. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  PROGRAM 
Admission  to  the  M.S.  Program 

Applicants  must  meet  the  basic  requirements  of  the  University,  given 
under  Admission,  and  must  present  either  a  baccalaureate  degree 
attained  in  their  anticipated  major  area  of  health  or  equivalent 
preparation  in  a  related  field.  They  must  also  present  the  results  of  the 
aptitude  section  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  and  two  letters 
of  recommendation. 

Admission  to  M.S.  Degree  Candidacy 

Within  the  15  semester  hours  of  precandidacy,  majors  in  health 
must  complete  departmental  and  concentration  core  courses  with  a 
minimum  grade  point  average  for  these  and  all  other  courses  during 
precandidacy  of  3.0. 

Requirements  for  the  M.S. 

1.  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  M.S.  curriculum  shown  below  with 
an  overall  average  of  3.0. 

2.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  written  and/or  oral  comprehensive 
examinations. 

3.  Oral  defense  of  the  thesis. 

Registration  Policy  for  Thesis  Credits 

Thesis  credits  for  the  M.S.  are  earned  in  HEA  608  and  HEA  610. 
Satisfactory  completion  of  the  departmental  comprehensive  examina- 
tions is  required  before  registration  for  HEA  608  is  permitted.  The 
thesis  proposal  (HEA  608)  must  be  formally  accepted  before  the 
student  may  register  for  thesis  credit  (HEA  610).  The  student  can 
enroU  in  HEA  608  only  once.  However,  an  additional  enrollment  in 
HEA  610  may  be  granted  by  the  coordinator  of  graduate  studies. 


Health 


CURRICULUM 
(30-36  semester  hours) 

1 .  Degree  Core  6  semester  hours 
HEA  520  Scientific  Basis  for  Health  I  (3) 

HEA  526  Scientific  Basis  for  Health  II  (3) 

2.  Concentration  Core  9  semester  hours 
Students  must  select  one  of  the  concentrations  below: 

A.  SCHOOL  HEALTH 

HEA  620  School  Health  Programs  (3) 

HEA  622  Curriculum  and  Instruction  for  Health  Education 

(3) 

HEA  632  Advanced  Theories  of  Health  Behavior  (3) 

B.  PUBUC  HEALTH 
HEA  500  Diseases  (3) 

HEA  53 1  The  Community  as  a  Basis  for  Health  (3) 
HEA  632  Advanced  Theories  of  Health  Behavior  (3) 

C.  ENVIRONMENTAL  HEALTH 

HEA  530  General  Environmental  Health  (3) 
HEA  540  Seminar  in  Environmental  Health  (3) 
HEA  551  Environmental  Toxicology  (3) 

D.  GERONTOLOGY 

HEA  522  Gerontology  (3) 

HEA  518  Applied  Gerontology  (3) 

HEA  519  Geriatrics  (3) 

3.  Concentration  Electives  9-15  semester  hours 
Selected  under  advisement 

4.  Additional  Degree  Requirements  6  semester  hours 
HEA  608  Thesis  Seminar  (3)  and 

HEA  610  Thesis  (3) 

MASTER  OF  EDUCAOON  IN  SCHOOL  HEALTH 
Admission  to  the  M.Ed.  Program 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  basic  requirements  of  the  University, 
given  under  Admission,  applicants  must  present  a  baccalaureate 
degree  attained  in  the  field  of  health,  or  equivalent  preparation  in  a 
related  field  and  two  letters  of  recommendation. 

Admission  to  M.Ed.  Degree  Candidacy 

Within  the  15  semester  hours  of  precandidacy,  the  student  must 
complete  departmental  and  concentration  core  courses  with  a  grade 
point  average  (GPA)  of  3.0. 

Requirements  for  the  M.Ed. 

1.  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  M.Ed,  curriculum  shown  below, 
with  an  overall  GPA  of  3.0  in  the  concentration. 

2.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  written  and/or  oral  comprehensive 
examination. 

3.  Successful  completion  of  the  research  project. 

Registration  Policy  for  Research  Credits 

Research  credits  for  the  M.Ed,  are  earned  in  HEA  601.  These  credits 
must  be  preceded  by  successful  completion  of  degree  core, 
concentration  core,  and  concentration  electives  taken  under  advise- 
ment. The  student  can  enroll  in  HEA  601  only  once. 


CURRICULUM 
(39  semester  hours) 

1.  Degree  Core 

HEA  520  Scientific  Basis  for  Health  I  (3) 
HEA  526  Scientific  Basis  for  Health  II  (3) 

2.  Concentration  Core 
SCHOOL  HEALTH 

HEA  620  School  Health  Programs  (3) 


6  semester  hours 


9  semester  hours 


HEA  622  Curriculum  and  Instruction  for  Health  Education  (3) 
HEA  632  Ad\'anced  Theories  of  Health  Behavior  (3) 

3.  Concentration  Electives  2 1  semester  hours 
Selected  under  advisement 

School  Health  Electives  (12) 
Education/Counseling  Electives  (9) 

4.  Additional  Degree  Requirements  3  semester  hours 
HEA  601  Research/Report  Writing  in  Health  Education  (3) 

CONCENTRATIONS  IN  HEALTH  SERVICES  ADMINISTRATION 

AND  LONG-TERM  CARE -MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN 

ADMINISTRATION 

Admission  to  the  M.S.  Degree  Program  in  Administration 

Applicants  must  meet  the  basic  requirements  of  the  University,  given 
under  Admission,  and  must  present  either  a  baccalaureate  degree 
attained  in  their  anticipated  major  area  of  health  or  equivalent 
preparation  in  a  related  field.  They  must  also  present  the  results  of  the 
aptitude  section  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  or  the  Miller 
Analogies  Test,  submit  a  one-page  statement  of  career  objectives, 
arrange  for  two  letters  of  recommendation,  and  have  an  interview 
with  the  degree  admissions  committee. 

Admission  to  M.S.  in  Administration  Degree  Candidacy 

Within  the  15  semester  hours  of  precandidacy,  majors  in  the  health 
services  administration  concentration  must  complete  three  of  the 
administration  core  courses  and  two  of  the  health  services 
administration  core  with  a  minimum  GPA  of  3.0. 

Requirements  for  the  M.S.  in  Administration 

1.  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  M.S.  curriculum  shown  below  with 
an  overall  average  of  3.0. 

2.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  written  and/or  oral  comprehensive 
examinations  in  HEA  520,  HEA  526,  HEA  630,  and  HEA  631. 

3.  Complete  each  of  the  six  administrative  core  courses  with  a  grade 
of  at  least  "B". 

CURRICULUM 
(36-39  semester  hours) 

1.  Administration  Core  18  semester  hours 
ADM  501  Administration  Theory  and  Environment  (3) 

ADM  502  Computers  for  Managers  (3) 
ADM  503  Accounting  for  Administration  (3) 
ADM  504  Communication  for  Administrators  (3) 
ADM  505  Organizing  Human  Resources  (3) 
ADM  506  Budgeting  and  Fiscal  Management  (3)  or 
ADM  507  Liability  for  Managers  (3) 

2.  Health  Department  Core  6  semester  hours 
HEA  520  Scientific  Basis  for  Health  I  (3) 

HEA  526  Scientific  Basis  for  Health  II  (3) 

3.  Health  Concentration  Core  6-15  semester  hours 
Students  must  select  one  of  the  concentrations  below: 

A.  HEALTH  SERVICES  ADMINISTRATION 
HEA  630  Health  Care  Administration  (3) 
HEA  631  Health  Services  Law  (3) 

B.  LONG-TERM  CARE 
HEA  519  Geriatrics  (3) 
HEA  522  Gerontology  (3) 
HEA  611  Field  Placement  (3) 

HEA  630  Health  Care  Administration  (3) 
HEA  631  Health  Services  Law  (3) 

4.  Concentration  Electives  6  semester  hours 
Selected  under  advisement  for  Health  Services  Administration 
concentration. 


Health 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
HEAUH 

Symbol:  HEA 

500     Diseases  (3)  Provides  a  contemporary  view 
of  disease  and  prevention,  and  a  more  precise 
understanding  of  disease  processes.  Body  systems 
are  reviewed  and  the  etiology,  pathophysiology, 
symptoms,  diagnostic  techniques,  and  treatment 
methods  used  in  selected  diseases  are  studied. 
Ubiesses  most  frequently  found  in  our  society  are 
explored. 

503     Human  Nutrition  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
human  nutrition  will  be  extensively  examined, 
such  as  fiber  and  health,  vitamins  and  minerals  in 
health  and  disease,  methods  of  weight  control, 
anorexia  nervosa,  and  bulimia.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  methods  of  evaluating  nutrition-related 
literature  and  claims,  and  interpretation  of  data 
and  scientific  studies  relevant  to  nutrition. 
511     Stress  Management  Techniques  and  Pro- 
gram Development  (3)  The  first  half  of  the  course 
is  devoted  to  examining  basic  stress  concepts, 
die  psychophysiology  of  stress,  common  stres- 
sors and  their  effect,  and  the  relationship  between 
stress  and  disease.  The  second  half  consists  of  a 
comprehensive  review  of  stress  management 
techniques  that  deal  with  cognitive  restructuring, 
relaxation,  and  relationship-building.  Consider- 
able emphasis  is  placed  on  personal  application 
and  group  interaction  in  the  classes. 

517  The  Aging  Consumer  (3)  An  analysis  and 
discussion  of  the  unique  consumer  needs  of  the 
elderly,  particularly  as  they  relate  to  personal 
healdi.  Topics  will  include  health  insurance,  costs 
of  health  care  and  deUvery,  and  maintenance  of 
healthful  day-to-day  living,   among  others. 
Strategies  for  solving  these  consumer  health 
problems  will  be  presented. 

518  Applied  Gerontology  (3)  Design  and 
development  of  healdi  programs  to  provide 
services  for  the  aging  population  in  order  to  assist 
them  to  Uve  as  independent  members  of  their 
communities.  PREREQ;  HEA  517,  519,  522,  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

519  Geriatrics  (3)  A  detailed  discussion  of 
physical  and  mental  disabiUties  and  diseases  that 
often  accompany  the  aging  process.  Methods  of 
treatment  for  these  disorders  will  also  be 
presented. 

520  Scientific  Basis  for  Health  I  (3)  An  overview 
of  the  epidemiological  model  of  disease  causa- 
tion. Various  epidemiological  study  designs  and 
their  appUcations  will  be  presented. 

521  Sociological  Basis  for  Health  (3)  Past  and 
recent  scientific  developments  in  selected  sociolog- 
ical health  problems.  Analysis  of  research  findings 
in  the  areas  of  social  and  mental  health,  the  place 
of  these  findings  in  the  basic  content  in  health 
education,  and  their  practical  application  through 
group  behavior. 

522  Gerontology  (3)  Information  on  past  and 
present  trends  concerning  services  to  the  elderly. 
Discussions  on  contemporary  gerontological 
problems  and  factors  affecting  the  treatment  of 
die  elderly.  This  broad-based,  introductory  course 
is  for  those  interested  in  the  aging  population. 

523  Consumer  Education  (3)  Consumer- 
related  problems  of  the  individual  and  society. 
Consumerism,  cost,  and  delivery  of  health 
services,  and  the  effect  on  individual  and  societal 
health.  Consumerism  and  the  law. 

524  Problems  in  Industrial  Health  (3)  A  study 
of  the  anticipation,  recognition,  evaluation,  and 
control  of  health  hazards  in  the  work 
environment. 


525  Elementary  School  Health  Education  (3) 
Trends  in  elementary  school  health:  curricular 
approaches  and  emphasis,  teaching  strategies, 
motivational  techniques,  resources,  materials, 
issues,  problems,  and  evaluations.  PREREQ: 
Background  in  elementary  education. 

526  Scientific  Basis  for  Health  11  (3)  An 
overview  of  scientific  methods,  research  designs, 
sampling,  and  survey  techniques  pertinent  to 

the  study  of  health  issues  will  be  presented.  Choice 
and  use  of  epidemiological  and  statistical 
software  to  analyze  health  data  sets  will  be 
emphasized. 

527  Sexual  Issues  in  Modem  Society  I  (3)  Meet 
with  professionals  in  various  settings  to  discuss 
current  sexual  concerns,  potential  problems  and 
how  to  incorporate  and  handle  these  within  the 
school  curriculum.  Sexual  topics  to  include 
harassment,  abuse,  ethics,  and  religion.  Course 
assumes  basic  knowledge  of  human  sexuahty. 

528  Sexual  Issues  in  Modem  Society  II  (3) 
Emphasis  is  on  experiential  learning  through  such 
activities  as  visiting  sites  and  speaking  with 
health  professionals.  Included  will  be  the  Birth- 
ing Center,  Women's  CUnic,  Planned  Parenthood, 
and  the  Rape  Crisis  Center.  Course  assumes  basic 
knowledge  of  human  sexuahty. 

530  General  Environmental  Health  (3)  Methods 
of  promoting  health  by  controlling  environmen- 
tal factors  relating  to  air,  water,  wastes,  housing, 
radiation,  and  industrial  hygiene. 

531  The  Community  as  a  Basis  for  Health 

(3)  An  analysis  of  the  community  with  its  diverse 
population  and  its  response  to  critical  and 
current  health  problems.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  the  need  for  balance  between  individual  and 
community  needs,  rights,  and  responsibilities. 

532  Hospital  Environment  (3)  A  comprehensive 
assessment  of  the  environmental  health  aspects 
of  hospitals,  including  microbiologic  consider- 
ations, environmental  hygiene,  safety,  general 
sanitation,  and  administration. 

533  Water  Quality  and  Health  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  physical,  chemical,  and  biological 
characteristics  of  natural  waters  and  their  signifi- 
cance for  human  health;  methods  of  water 
treatment  and  distribution  will  also  be  considered. 

534  Watershed  Dynamics  (3)  A  detailed 
examination  of  watersheds,  with  emphasis  on 
spatial  and  temporal  variabihty  of  water  pollution 
parameters.  Methods  of  assessing  pollution  of 
water  resources  will  be  presented. 

535  Health  Workshop  (1-3)  In-depth  study  of 
selected  topics  current  to  the  interests  and  needs  of 
professionals  serving  in  various  health  and 
health-related  areas.  Topics  for  each  workshop 
will  be  annoimced  prior  to  the  first  day  of  each 
semester. 

536  Hazardous  Waste  Management  (3)  An 
assessment  of  the  sources,  characteristics,  and 
human  health  effects  of  hazardous  wastes,  with 
emphasis  on  the  design  and  implementation  of 
control  practices. 

537  Water  Pollution  Control  (3)  The  principles 
and  practice  of  pollution  control  of  municipal 
and  industrial  wastewaters.  Emphasis  on  wastewa- 
ter characterization,  monitoring,  and  treatment 
faciUty  operations. 

540     Seminar  in  Environmental  Health  (3) 
Directed  readings  and  discussions  on  contempo- 
rary issues  in  environmental  health. 
551     Environmental  Toxicology  (3)  A  multi- 
faceted  investigation  of  the  health  problems  caused 
by  various  toxins  and  hazards  found  in  the 
general  environment  and  the  workplace.  The 
human  body's  reactions  to  environmental  toxins; 
how  suspected  environmental  toxins  are  experi- 


mentally investigated  and  the  specific  health  effects 
of  critical  environmental  toxins  will  be  empha- 
sized.  PREREQ:   HEA  530,  permission  of  die 
instructor. 

553    Applied  Occupational  Safety  (3)  Practices 
to  reduce  safety  risks  in  the  work  environment 
through  recognition,  evaluation,  and  control  of 
safety  hazards. 

601     Research/Report  Writing  in  Health  Educa- 
tion (3)  The  M.Ed,  candidate  selects  a  school 
health  issue  or  a  critical  topic  for  review  of  the 
Uterature  and  produces  a  scholarly  manuscript  for 
publication  in  a  professional  journal.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  the  instructor. 

608  Thesis  Seminar  (3)  A  course  for  the  M.S. 
candidate,  who  selects  a  topic,  reviews  the 
Uterature,  develops  procedures,  and  prepares  a 
proposal  acceptable  to  the  thesis  committee. 

609  Independent  Study  and  Special  Projects 
(1-3)  Research  projects,  seminar  papers,  reports  of 
special  conferences,  and  reading  in  health.  PRE- 
REQ: Administrative  approval. 

610  Thesis  (3)  Undertaken  upon  completion  of 
HEA  608. 

61 1  Field  Placement  (3)  A  project  for  students 
in  health  concentrations.  All  core  course  work 
should  be  completed  before  beginning  the  project. 
620    School  Health  Programs  (3)  Study  of 
school  health  programs  to  include  goals,  issues, 
and  problems  in  school-age  children. 

622  Principles  of  Curriculum  and  Instruction 
for  Health  Education  (3)  Alternatives  for  viewing 
and  reviewing  instructional  programs.  Existing 
rationales.  Conception  of  curriculum.  Developing 
effective  curriculum. 

623  Addictive  Diseases  (3)  Designed  to  assist 
the  student  and  in-senice  teacher  in  developing 
knowledge  and  insight  into  the  addictive  diseases 
(alcohol,  drugs,  tobacco,  and  gambling).  Use  of 
resource  personnel. 

630  Health  Care  Administration  (3) 
Administrative  and  management  techniques 
acquired  in  the  administrative  core  are  appUed  to 
the  problems  involved  in  health  administration/ 
management.  Topics  will  include  federal,  state,  and 
local  health  agencies;   healdi  care  centers; 
organization  principles;  personnel  factors;  pubhc 
relations;  and  fiscal  management. 

631  Health  Services  Law  (3)  An  analysis  of  the 
basic  legal  concepts  and  major  legal  issues  that 
are  important  to  and  direcdy  affect  the  health 
services  administrator.  Topics  include  legal 
frameworks  of  health  organizations  and  health 
practitioners,  administrative  poUcy,  contracts, 
consent,  patient's  rights,  legal  death,  insurance, 
liabihty,  and  research. 

632  Advanced  Theories  of  Health  Behavior 
(3)  An  advanced  course  on  current  theories  in 
health  behavior  and  the  appUcation  of  diese 
theories  to  management  methods  in  the  health 
care  field.  Topics  include  trends  in  health 
behavior,  health  concerns,  anal>-sis  of  the  decision- 
making process,  and  factors  affecting  health 
behavior. 

UNDERGRADUATE  COURSES  FOR 
GRADUATE  CREDIT 

The  Health  Department  has  approved  the 
following  undergraduate  courses  for  gradu- 
ate credit  when  scheduled  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  student's  advisor  and  depart- 
ment chairperson. 

410     Mental  Health  (3)  Designed  to  aid  persons 
in  improving  their  understanding  of  themselves 
and  others.  Emphasis  on  ways  to  recognize  mental 
health  problems. 


History 


459     Industrial  Health  Engineering  (3)  Students 
will  leam  the  various  environmental  health 
control  strategies  and  the  theoretical  bases  for 
these  strategies.  Students  will  also  improve  their 
quantiutive  skills  by  solving  problems  concerning 
the  control  of  environmental  health  and  safety 


hazards.  Cost  effectiveness,  as  well  as  technical 
effectiveness,  will  be  discussed. 
460     Industrial  Hygiene  Techniques  (3) 
Evaluation  techniques  for  monitoring  the  indus- 
trial environment  will  be  learned  in  a  laboratory 
setting  and  in  the  field.  These  techniques  will 


include  monitoring  of  air  quality,  air  flow,  noise, 
heat  stress,  and  radiation.  Evaluation  of  personal 
protective  equipment,  pulmonary  function  testing, 
and  audiometric  testing  will  also  be  investigated. 
PREREQ:  HEA  330,  452,  or  permission  of 
instructor. 


History 

506  Main  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2201 

Dr.  Heston,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Davidson,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

H.James  Burgwyn,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
Anne  O.  Dzamba,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Claude  R  Foster,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Thomas  J.  Heston,  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 
Patricia  C.Johnson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester 
Donn  C.  Riley,  Ph.D.,  St.  Louis  University 
Irene  G.  Shur,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Norben  C.  Soldon,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 
Jane  B.  Swan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
John  J.  Turner,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 
Richard  J.  Webster,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Robert  J.  Young,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Raymond  A.  Doyle,  M.S.,  West  Chester  University 
W.  Bennett  Peters,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Santa 
Barbara 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Maria  Boes,  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 
Lawrence  R.  Davidson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Alberta 
Charles  Hardy,  III,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

Programs  of  Study 

The  Department  of  History  offers  two  degrees:  the  Master  of 
Arts  in  history  and,  in  cooperation  with  the  School  of 
Education,  the  Master  of  Education  in  social  science  with  a 
concentration  m  history. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  history  provides  a  sound 
foundation  for  more  effective  teaching  on  the  secondary  level, 
for  study  leading  to  the  doctorate,  and  for  persons  employed 
in  industry  and  government.  Study  for  the  degree  also 
enriches  students'  general  cultural  background  and  helps  them 
to  evaluate  current  events  in  light  of  the  past. 
The  M.A.  in  history  may  be  earned  by  completing  either  a 
thesis  or  nonthesis  program.  The  candidate  in  the  thesis 
program  must  pass  a  reading-proficiency  test  in  an  appropriate 
foreign  language.  The  candidate,  with  the  department  chair- 
person's or  graduate  coordinator's  permission,  may  substitute  a 
demonstrated  competency  in  statistics  or  a  similar  field. 
Students  in  the  Master  of  Arts  program  in  history  (thesis  or 
nonthesis  option)  are  advised  by  the  Department  of  History. 
The  Master  of  Education  in  history  is  designed  to  provide  in- 
service  teachers  with  additional  professional  education 
courses  and  an  opportunity  to  enlarge  their  understanding  of 


the  historical  past.  It  is  also  designed  for  the  holders  of  the 

bachelor's  degree  who  wish  to  earn  state  teacher  certification 

while  working  toward  a  master's.  Students  in  this  program 

are  advised  by  the  Department  of  History. 

In  both  programs,  admission  to  full-degree  candidacy  requires 

a  grade  point  average  (GPA)  of  3.0  in  history  and  a  2.75 

overall. 

Applicants  who  do  not  meet  the  above  criteria  may  be  admitted 

on  a  provisional  basis.  Students  so  admitted  should  apply 

for  full-degree  candidacy  upon  completion  of  12  to  18  hours 

of  applicable  course  work  with  at  least  a  3.0  GPA. 

In  both  programs,  candidates  must  pass  written  comprehensive 

examinations  at  or  near  the  conclusion  of  their  course  work. 

The  comprehensives  are  administered  once  each  semester. 

Those  candidates  wishing  to  take  the  comprehensives  in  a 

given  semester  should  contact  the  graduate  coordinator  during 

the  first  three  weeks  of  the  semester. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  HISTORY 

(30  semester  hours) 

THESIS  OPTION 

American  History  (6) 

European  History  (6) 

Non- Western  World  History  (6) 

Seminar  (in  American,  European,  or  Non-Western)  (3) 

HIS  500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  History  (3) 

(May  be  waived  with  permission  of  chairperson  or  graduate 

coordinator) 
HIS  691  Thesis  (3-6) 
History  Elective  (1-3) 

NONTHESIS  OPTION 

American  History  (6) 

European  History  (6) 

Non-Westem  World  History  (6) 

Seminar  (in  American,  European,  or  Non-Westem)  (3) 

HIS  500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  History  (3) 

(May  be  waived  with  permission  of  chairperson  or  graduate 

coordinator) 
History  Electives  (6-9) 

MASTER  OF  EDUCAHON  IN  SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

Concentration:  History 
(36  semester  hours) 

1.  Professional  education  requirements 

(See  page  41.)  12  semester  hours 

2.  History  courses  (under  advisement)  15-18  semester  hours 

3.  HIS  500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research 

in  History  3  semester  hours 

4.  HIS  650,  651,  or  652  3  semester  hours 

5.  Electives  (professional  education  or 

academic)  1-3  semester  hours 

The  Department  of  History  has  approved  the  following  undergraduate 
courses  for  graduate  credit  when  scheduled  \vith  the  approval  of 
the  student's  advisor  and/or  the  department's  chairperson:  HIS  406, 
411,  412,  415,  420,  421,  422,  423,  425,  426,  427,  435,  447.  451, 
455,  462,  and  474. 


History 


COURSE  DESCRffTIONS  HISTORY 

See  also  Social  Science  (SSC) 
Symbol:  HIS 

500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in 
History  (3)  Basic  techniques  and  procedures  in 
research;  major  types  of  research  and  methods  for 
locating,  evaluating,  and  interpreting  evidence. 
The  student  develops  a  tentative  outline,  bibliog- 
raphy, and  summary  of  an  investigadve  proce- 
dure. Required  of  all  degree-program  students. 

501  Studiesin  the  History  and  Culture  of  South 
Asia  (3)  The  Indian  sub-continent's  dominant 
poUtical,  cultural,  and  economic  institutions. 
Features  which  contribute  to  an  understanding  of 
modem  India  and  Pakistan. 

505    Studies  in  the  History  and  Culture  of  East 
Asia  (3)  The  traditional  basis  for  modem 
Chinese,  Japanese,  and  Korean  societies.  The 
interaction  between  European  and  Asian  cultures 
and  resulting  changes  in  East  Asia. 

509  Contemporary  History  of  the  Middle  East 
(3)  Recent  history  of  major  Middle  Eastern 
societies;  Iran  and  the  oil  situation;  Israel  and  the 
Palestinian  question;  conflicting  cultures. 

510  History  of  Pennsylvania  (3)  The  founding 
and  development  of  Pennsylvania  from  its 
colonial  begiimings  to  the  present,  with  emphasis 
on  the  relation  of  the  past  to  the  present. 

511  Studies  in  the  History  and  Culture  of 
Emerging  Africa  (3)  Emergence  of  modem  African 
nationalism  against  the  background  of  traditional 
African  society  and  the  legacy  of  European 
colonialism. 

512  Independent  Black  Africa  (3)  The  post- 
war experience  of  Sub-Saharan  Africa,  viewed  in 
the  light  of  the  end  of  European  colonial 
administration  and  the  growth  of  an  independent 
African  society. 

515  The  Cultural  and  Intellectual  History  of 
Latin  America  (3)  Pre-Columbian  art  and  thought, 
scholasticism,  mercantilism,  the  Great  Debate, 
Baroque  architecture.  Enlightenment,  conserva- 
tism, liberalism.  Romanticism,   Modernism, 
Positivism,  Jose  Enrique  Rodo,  Aprismo,  Mexican 
muralists,  novel  of  social  protest,  existentialism, 
and  music.  Lineaments  of  the  Latin-American 
mind. 

516  Modem  Mexico  (3)  Mexico  during  the 
19th  and  20th  centuries;  stress  upon  the  dramatic 
transformation  of  Mexico  from  backwardness  to 
modernity  in  the  short  period  of  a  century  and  a 
half. 

530  Problems  in  Medieval  Civilization  (3) 
Rise  and  fall  of  the  Byzantine  Empire,  conquests 
of  the  Arabs  and  Turks,  the  crusades  for  the 
recovery  of  the  Holy  Land;  the  religious  orders 
and  the  universal  aspirations  of  the  Papacy. 

531  The  Renaissance  (3)  Political,  social,  and 
cultural  transitions  in  Italy  and  Northern  Europe, 
1350-1550. 

532  The  Reformation  (3)  Major  and  minor 
Protestant  leaders  and  their  movements;  effects 
on  the  evolving  nation-states;  the  Church  of 
Rome's  response;  Wars  of  RcUgion  and  Treaty  of 
Westphalia;  the  Scientific  Revolution. 

533  Dynastic  Europe:  1648-1789  (3)  The 
absolute  dynastic  monarchy  as  best  exemplified 
by  France,  Prussia  and  Russia;  the  middle  class 
challenge  as  typified  by  the  English  experience; 
the  Enlightenment  and  the  New  Science;  capital- 
ism; colonialism;  and  wars  of  empire. 

534  The  French  Revolution  and  the  Napole- 
onic Era:  1789-1815  (3)  Causes  of  the  French 
Revolution,  failure  of  absolutism,  Reign  of  Terror, 


the  Directory;  rise  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte  and 
his  contribution  to  the  Revolution;  the  Empire  — 
its  rise  and  collapse;  Congress  of  Vienna. 

535  Nationalism  and  Democracy:  1815-1914 
(3)  Aftermath  and  effect  of  the  French  Revolution- 
ary era;  events  brought  on  by  the  growth  of 
nationalism  and  democracy,  development  of  the 
industrial  revolution.  Roots  of  the  First  World 
War. 

536  Europe  Since  1914  (3)  Twentieth  century 
Europe,  with  emphasis  on  causes  of  World  War  I: 
Europe  between  World  War  I  and  World  War 

II;  problems  of  contemporary  Europe. 

540  The  Evolution  of  Modem  Russia  (3)  A 
cultural  approach  to  the  historical  development 
of  Russia  from  the  foundation  of  Kiev  to  the 
Revolution  of  1917.  Emphasis  is  on  Russia's 
political  and  aesthetic  uniqueness. 

541  Tudor  and  Stuart  England  (3)  Social, 
cultural,  reUgious,  pohtical,  and  economic  devel- 
opments during  the  Tudor  and  Stuart  reigns; 
building  a  strong  Tudor  monarchy;  the  English 
Reformation;  Stuart  Absolutism;  Puritan  Revolu- 
tion. Civil  War,  and  the  Commonwealth;  the 
beginning  of  Empire;  the  Restoration,  Glorious 
Revolution,  and  growth  of  English  constitution- 
alism. 

545    Holocaust  (3)  The  study  of  steps  leading 
to  the  Holocaust  (1933-1945),  the  Holocaust  itself, 
and  the  aftermath.  The  rise  of  Nazism  is  included. 

550  Colonial  America:  1607-1763  (3) 
Development  of  the   13  colonies  of  Anglo- 
America  from  their  settlement  to  mid- 18th 
century.  Emphasis  on  a  conceptual  analysis  of 
specific  events  and  problems. 

551  Revolutionary  America:  1763-1789 

(3)  American  development  from  the  mid-lSth 
century  to  the  framing  of  the  Constitution,  with 
emphasis  on   the   causes   of  the  American 
Revolution  and  the  evolution  of  American  institu- 
tions and  ideas  throughout  the  period. 

553  The  Rise  of  the  New  Nation:  1789-1850 
(3)  A  historiographical  approach  involving 
interpretations  of  the  foundations  and  develop- 
ment of  the  Federalist  Party,  emergence  of  Jeffer- 
sonian  Democracy,  evolution  of  Jacksonian 
Democracy,  and  events  of  the  Middle  Period 
leading  to  the  decade  of  controversy. 

554  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction:  1850-1877 
(3)  The  War  and  its  aftermath  as  the  great 
watershed  of  United  States  national  history. 
Emphasis  on  the  conflicting  interpretations  of  the 
causes,  nature,  and  effects  of  the  Civil  War. 

555  Emergence  of  Modem  America:  1876- 
1923  (3)  Rise  of  industry,  bbor,  immigration,  and 
new  cultural  panems;  emergence  of  new  political 
aligimients,  rise  of  imperialism,  development  of 
liberalism  and   reform;  America's  struggle   for 
neutraUty  and  her  participation  in  World  War  I. 

556  America  Since   1919  (3)  The  impact  of 
urbanization  and  industralization  on  society, 
poUtics,  and  economics;  the  problems  of  wars  — 
declared  and  undeclared  —  and  the  various 
policies  for  peace. 

557  Problems  in  American  Constitutional 
Development  (3)  Selected  problems  in  the 
development  of  American  constitutional  govern- 
ment. The  progressive  adaptation  of  the  law  to  a 
changing  social  and  economic  order.  Conflicts 
such  as  nationalism  versus  states'  rights,  and 
vested  rights  versus  police  power. 

558  Recent  American  Diplomatic  History 

(3)  American  foreign  policy  in  Europw,  Asia,  Latin 
America,  and  the  Middle  East  from  1945  to  the 
present.  Objectives  sought  by  the  United  States 


and  the  political,  military,  economic,  and  social 
policies  pursued;  origins  of  the  Cold  War. 

559  American  Urban  History  (3)  Research 
methods  and  approaches  for  studying  the  history 
of  cities  in  America.  Emphasis  on  quantitative 
analysis,  including  studies  of  urban  population, 
social  mobiUty,  and  voting  patterns. 

560  American  Labor  Since  1865  (3)  American 
laborers  and  labor  organizations  in  the  past  100 
years;  industrialization,  immigration,  and  labor; 
women,   children,  and  minorities  in   labor 
organizations;  political  parties,  radical  groups,  and 
violence  as  factors  in  labor  history;  economic 
conditioi^s  and  labor.  Big  Labor. 

561  The  Indian  in  America's  Past  (3)  The 
dispossession  of  the  American  Indian:  land 
seizures,  wars  and   treaties,   cultural  contact; 
customs,  mores,  economic,  and  religious  life  of  the 
Indian;  assimilation  and  preservation  of  Indian 
culture. 

563     Biography  (3)  Considers  the  role  of  the 
individual  and  the  writing  of  biography  as  a 
problem  in  historical  thinking  and  research. 

601  Directed  Readings  in  American  History 
(3)  A  critical  examination  of  significant  works  on 
selected  topics  in  the  field.  PREREQ:  Permission 
of  graduate  coordinator. 

602  Directed  Readings  in  European  History 
(3)  A  critical  examination  of  significant  works  on 
selected  topics  in  the  field.  PREREQ:  Permission 
of  graduate  coordinator. 

603  Directed  Readings  in  World  and  Regional 
History  (3)  A  critical  examination  of  significant 
works  on  selected  topics  in  the  field.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  graduate  coordinator. 

650  Seminar  in  American  History  (3)  Selected 
problems  in  American  history.  Subject  an- 
nounced in  advance  of  each  semester.  PREREQ: 
HIS  500. 

651  Seminar  in  European  History  (3)  Selected 
problems  in  European  history.  Subject  an- 
nounced in  advance  of  each  semester.  PREREQ: 
HIS  500. 

652  Seminar  in  History  of  the  Non-Westem 
World  (3)  Selected  problems  in  non-Westem 
world  history.  Subject  announced  in  advance  of 
each  semester.  PREREQ:  HIS  500. 

660     Field  Studies  in  History  (3-6)  A  fiiUy 
supervised  learning  experience,  usually  a  tour, 
designed   to   expose   students   to   the   culture, 
artifacts,  and  research  facihties  of  a  given  country 
or  area. 

690  Independent  Studies  in  History  (1-3) 
Research  projects,  reports,   and  readings  in 
history.  PREREQ:  Approval  of  department  chair- 
person. 

691  Thesis  (3-6) 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE 

Symbol:  SSC 

502     Methods  and  Materials  for  Teaching  Social 
Studies  (3-6)  Curtent  practices  and  procedures; 
organization  and  planning;  the  use  of  classroom, 
Ubrary,  and  curriculum  materials;  testing,  measure- 
ments, and  evaluation;  bibliographical  sources 
for  both  teachers  and  students. 
580     Ethnic  Cultures  Institute  (3)  An  interdisci- 
plinary offering,  the  institute  considers  the 
conoributions  of  ethnic  groups  to  the  culture  of 
the  United  States.  Designed  primarily  for  teachers, 
community  action  personnel,  and  students  who 
wish  to  increase  knowledge  and  skills  for 
developing  meaningful  intergroup  relationships 
and  improving  classroom  instruction.  Educators 
and  community  leaders  take  part. 


Instructional  Media 


Instructional  Media 

Room  302E  Recitation  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2233 

Dr.  Spiecker,  Chairperson 

Mr.  Redmond,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Joseph  M.  Spiecker,  Ed.D.,  Nova  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

David  L.  Redmond,  M.S.,  Syracuse  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Robert  Momeyer,  M.Ed.,  Lehigh  University 
Russell  E.  Reis,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 
Nancy  J.  Rumfield,  M.S.,  West  Chester  University 

Admission  Requirements 

All  candidates  must  meet  the  general  requirements  for 
admission  to  a  degree  program  at  West  Chester  University, 
listed  under  Admission. 

Admission  to  Degree  Candidacy 

Before  completing  15  semester  hours,  students  must  meet  the 

following  requirements  for  degree  candidacy 

1.  A  3.0  average  in  EDM  course  work. 

2.  A  2.75  in  overall  graduate  studies. 

3.  Successful  performance  on  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  or  Graduate 
Record  Exam. 

4.  Satisfactory  performance  on  a  qualifying  examination  in  instruc- 
tional media  after  complenon  of  12  semester  hours. 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  Successfvil  completion  of  all  course  work. 

2.  A  3.0  average  in  courses  in  educational  media. 

3.  A  2.75  in  overall  graduate  work 

4.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  comprehensive  examination. 

MASTER  OF  SQENCE 

This  program  is  designed  for  the  many  fields  outside  education, 
where  highly  skilled  personnel  are  needed  in  the  growing  areas  of 
training  and  instructional  media. 

CURRICULUM 

a)  Required  courses  27-30  semester  hours 

EDM  502  Selection  and  Effective  UtUizanon  of  Instructional 

Media  (3) 
EDM  503  Developing  Mediated  Individualized  Program  (3) 
EDM  505  Theory  of  Morion  Picture  Production  (3) 
EDM  523  Design  of  Production  of  Visual  Materials  (3) 
EDM  525  Basic  Photography  (3) 
EDM  533  Basic  TV  Production  (3) 
EDM  560  Organization  and  Administration  of  Media 

Programs  (3) 
EDM  563  Field  Study  of  Media  Programs  (3) 
EDM  591  Seminar  in  Research  in  Communications  (3-6) 

b)  Concentration  area  9  semester  hours 
(six  credits  in  one  of  the  following,  totalling 

nine  credits  in  area  of  concentration) 
Photography 
EDM  513  Production  of  Multimedia  Programs  (3) 
EDM  525  Basic  Photography  (3) 


EDM  526  Intermediate  Photography  (3) 
EDM  528  Advanced  Still  Photography  (3) 

Cinematography 

EDM  505  Theory  of  Motion  Picture  Production  (3) 
EDM  529  Production  of  8-mm  Motion  Pictures  (3) 
EDM  530  Cinematography  I  (3) 
EDM  531  Cinematography  II  (3) 

Television 

EDM  533  Basic  TV  Production  I  (3) 

EDM  534  Instructional  Television  Production  II  (3) 

EDM  535  Instructional  Television  Production  III  (3) 

Research  in  Communication 

EDF  500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (3) 
EDM  591  Seminar  in  Research  in  Communication  (3-6) 
EDM  595  Independent  Studies  in  Instructional  Media  (1-3) 
RES   520  Research  Design  (3) 
RES   650  Research  Repon  (3) 

MASTER  OF  EDUCAnON 

(33  semester  hours) 

This  degree  is  offered  to  candidates  who  possess  an  Instructional  Level 
I  or  Instructional  Level  II  certificate.  It  prepares  them  for  positions 
as  instructional  media  coordinators  in  elementary  and  secondary 
schools,  and  for  instructional  and  administrative  positions  in  colleges. 

CURRICULUM 

a)  Required  courses  outside  department  6  semester  hours 

EDF  500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Education  (3) 
EDF  510  Educational  Foundations  (3) 

b)  Required  EDM  courses  15  semester  hours 

EDM  502  Selection  and  Effective  Utilization  of  Instructional 

Media  (3) 
EDM  503  Developing  Mediated  Individualized  Programs  (3) 
EDM  523  Design  and  Production  of  Visual  Materials  (3) 
EDM  560  Organization  and  Administration  of  Media 

Programs  (3) 
EDM  590  Internship  in  Instructional  Media  (3-6) 

c)  Electives  12  semester  hours 
(Chosen  under  advisement) 

EDM  501  Orientation  to  Instructional  Media  (3-6) 

EDM  508  Instructional  Materials  in  the  Elementary  School 

Curriculum  (3) 
EDM  513  Production  of  Multimedia  Programs  (3) 
EDM  524  Advanced  Production  of  Visual  Materials  (3) 
EDM  525  Basic  Photography  (3) 
EDM  526  Intermediate  Photography  (3) 
EDM  528  Advanced  Still  Photography  (3) 
EDM  529  Production  of  8-mm  Motion  Pictures  (3) 
EDM  530  Cinematography  I  (3) 
EDM  531  Cinematography  II  (3) 
EDM  533  Basic  Television  Production  I  (3) 
EDM  534  Instructional  Television  Production  II  (3) 
EDM  535  Instructional  Television  Production  III  (3) 
EDM  563  Field  Study  in  Media  Programs  (3) 
EDM  565  Seminar  in  Mass  Media  (3) 
EDM  591  Seminar  in  Research  in  Communications  (3-6) 

CERTinCAnON  PROGRAM 
Instructional  Technology  Specialist 

Courses  required  for  certification  in  the  Instructional  Technology 
Specialist  Certification  Program  include  EDM  502,  503,  523,  560,  and 
590.  Courses  may  also  be  required  in  photography,  film,  or  TV, 
depending  on  the  student's  entry  level  into  the  certification  program. 
To  receive  the  certificate,  students  must  successfully  complete  24 
credits  and  a  proficiency  exam. 


Leadership  for  Women 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
INSTRUCTIONAL  MEDIA 

Symbol:  EDM 

501  Orientation  to  Instructional  Media 

(3-6)  Survey  of  modem  instructional  media  with 
opportunities  for  laboratory  activities. 

502  Selection  and  Effective  Utilization  of 
Instructional  Media  (3)  Evaluates  diverse  types 
of  instructional  media  and  explores  means  of 
integrating  and  using  media  in  educational  and 
training  programs. 

503  Developing  Mediated,  Individualized 
Programs  (3)  A  workshop  stressing  the  devel- 
opment of  individualized,  mediated  instructional 
packages  using  the  systems  approach. 

505    Theory  of  Motion  Picture  Production  (3) 
History  and  development  of  the  motion  picture, 
with  emphasis  on  educational  motion  pictures. 
Cinematographic  techniques;  the  impact  of  35-mra 
and   16-mm;   comparing  film   to   television 
production.  An  evaluation  of  diverse  types  of  films 
as  they  apply  to  learning. 

508     Instructional  Materials  in  the  Elementary 
School  Curriculum  (3)  Practice  in  techniques 
of  using  and  evaluating  communications  media 
in  the  classroom.  Correlating  audiovisual  materials 
and  techniques  with  the  elementary  program. 
513     Production  of  Multimedia  Programs  (3) 
Lectures,  discussions,  demonstrations,  field  trips, 
and  lab  sessions.  Each  student  will  prepare  an 
independent  learning  package  or  module  for  an 
assigned  topic  and  target  population.  PREREQ: 
EDM  525. 

523     Design  and  Production  of  Visual  Materials 
(3)  Students  explore  the  areas  of  design  as  they 
relate  to  the  production  of  visual  instructional 
materials  to  be  used  as  an  integral  part  of  the 


curriculum.  The  phases  of  perception,  com- 
munication, and  learning  theories  are  covered  in 
relation  to  the  integration  and  use  of  visual 
instructional  media  in  education  and  training 
programs. 

524  Advanced  Production  of  Visual  Materials 
(3)  Design  and  production  of  projectuals  using 
technamation,  color  inhibition,  photocopy,  and 
advanced  diazo  techniques.  Investigation  of 
commercial  production  of  transparencies.  PRE- 
REQ: EDM  523. 

525  Basic  Photography  (3)  A  basic  laboratory 
course  in  taking  and  processing  still  pictures. 

526  Intermediate  Photography  (3)  A  workshop 
course  for  those  who  have  had  a  basic  photogra- 
phy course  or  previous  photographic  experience. 
This  course  will  stress  an  aesthetic-creative 
approach  to  black-and-white  and  color  photogra- 
phy with  small  format  cameras,  and  will  involve 
advanced  techniques  of  exposure.  Ughting, 
composition,  macrophotography,  and  film  and 
print  processing.  PREREQ:  EDM  525. 

528  Advanced  Still  Photography  (3)  Lecture 
and  laboratory  experiences  in  the  use  of  large- 
format  cameras.  PREREQ:  EDM  525. 

529  Production  of  8-mm  Motion  Pictures 
(3)  Prepares  teachers  to  produce  and  guide 
students  in  the  production  of  8-mra  films. 

530  Cinematography  I  (3)  Theory  of  motion 
picture  production;  comparing  film  to  TV 
production. 

531  Cinematography  II  (3)  Editing  and  sound 
recording  on  16-mm  films.  PREREQ:  EDM  530. 
533     Basic  TV  Production  I  (3)  Development  of 
educational  television  and  the  instructional  use 
of  commercial,  educational,  and  closed<ircuit 
television. 


534  Instructional  Television  Production  II  (3) 
Plaiming,  writing,  producing,  and  evaluating 
instructional  television  productions.  PREREQ: 
EDM  533. 

535  Instructional  Television  Production  III  (3) 
Production  of  telecasts  in  selected  subject  areas 
with  emphasis  on  videotape  recording.  PREREQ: 
EDM  534. 

552     Computer  AppUcations  in  Education  (3) 
Development  of  specialized  instructional  and 
management  applications  of  hardware  and  soft- 
ware, including  the  use  of  desktop  publishing. 
560     Organization  and  Administration  of  Media 
Programs  (3)  The  function  of  the  school's 
educational  media  program,  selection  and  evalua- 
tion of  materials  and  equipment,  unit  costs, 
problems  of  developing  and  maintaining  an 
efficient  operation.  PREREQ:  12  graduate  credits 
in  educational  media. 

563     Field  Study  of  Media  Programs  (3)  A 
scheduled  group  or  individualized  tour,  foreign  or 
domestic,  in  which  students  investigate  notable 
installations  or  projects  in  educational  media. 
565     Seminar  in  Mass  Media  (3)  Explores 
current  problems  in  the  use  of  instructional  media. 
PREREQ:  12  graduate  credits  in  educational 
media. 

590  Internship  in  Instructional  Media 

(3-6)  Practicum  in  supervising  and  implementing 
instructional  services.  PREREQ:  18  credits  in 
educational  media. 

591  Seminar  in  Research  in  Communications 
(3-6)  Basic  elements  of  communication  theory, 
applied  to  audiovisual  education.  Research  in 
audiovisual  communication  is  analyzed. 

595     Independent  Studies  in  Instructional 

Media  (1-3) 

598    Workshop  in  Instructional  Media  (3-6) 


Leadership  for  Women 

207  Ruby  Jones  Hall 

West  Chester  University 

West  Chester,  PA  19383 

(215)  436-2746  or  (215)  436-2464 

Dr.  Rengert,  Program  Concentration  Advisor 

Dr.  Milne,  Director,  Master  of  Science  in  Administration 

Dr.  Schlau,  Director  of  Women's  Studies 


WOMEN'S  STUDIES  GROUP 

PROFESSORS 

Diane  O.  Casagrande,  Ph.D.  (Communication  Studies) 

Mary  E.  Crawford,  Ph.D.  (Psychology) 

Anne  Dzamba,  Ph.D.  (History) 

Patricia  C.  Johnson,  Ph.D.  (History) 

Mary  Keetz,  Ph.D.  (Education) 

Lynette  F.  McGrath,  Ph.D.  (English) 

Tahany  Naggar,  Ph.D.  (Economics) 

Carol  Radich,  Ph.D.  (Education) 

Arlene  Rengert,  Ph.D.  (Geography) 

Jane  Swan,  Ph.D.  (History) 

C.  James  Trotman,  Ed.D.  (English) 

Richard  J.  Webster,  Ph.D.  (History) 


ASSOCL^VTE  PROFESSORS 

Emma  Lee  Brown,  M.S.L.S.  (Library) 
Elizabeth  Larsen,  Ph.D.  (English) 
Stacey  Schlau,  Ph.D.  (Foreign  Languages) 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Mary  Anne  Bums-Dufify,  M.S.L.S.  (Library) 

Robin  Garrett,  M.S.N.  (Nursing) 

Elizabeth  A.  Giangiulio,  M.Ed.  (Career  Development) 

Deborah  Mahlstedt,  Ph.D.  (Psychology) 

Mary  McCuUough,  Ph.D.  (Communication  Studies) 

Geetha  Ramanathan,  Ph.D.  (English) 

Leadership  for  Women  is  a  concentration  within  the  Master 
of  Science  in  Administration  program.  It  addresses  organiza- 
tional power,  which  sometimes  is  inequitable  for  men  and 
women  of  equal  training  and  talent.  It  recognizes  that  women 
who  seek  to  advance  to  leadership  positions  often  become 
change  agents  within  the  organization,  and  sometimes  within 
their  famiUes  and  community  as  well. 

This  concentration  consists  of  four  required  and  two  elective 
courses.  The  required  courses  involve  reading  and  study  of 
feminist  perspectives  on  initiating,  responding  to,  and 
managing  change.  They  examine  theories  and  practices  that 
clarify  values.  They  contain  models  and  strategies  for  resolving 
the  confbcts  and  logistical  dilemmas  vital  to  a  successful 


Linguistics 


administrative  career  that  differs  from  conventional  sex  role 

ascription  of  status  and  power. 

Students  in  other  M.S.A.  concentrations  also  may  take  these 

required  courses. 

PSY  465/565  Psychology  of  Women  (3) 

WOS  530  Women  in  Leadership:  Critical  Issues  (3) 

WOS  531  Management  of  Leadership;  Laboratory  Course  (3) 

WOS  533  The  Woman  Executive:  Research  Seminar  (3) 

The  student,  with  the  approval  of  the  advisor,  chooses  two 

electives  appropriate  to  specific  career  interests.  Examples 

include: 

ADM  612  Internship  (3-6) 

ECO  503  Economic  Role  of  Women  (3) 

ENG  508  Writing  Seminar  (3) 


GEO  530  Demographic  Analysis  (3) 

PSC  515  Women  in  Politics  (3) 

PSC  552  Civil  Liberties  and  Civil  Rights  (3) 

♦  WOS  539  Research  Project  (3) 

Comprehensive  examination  in  concentration  is  required. 

Students  in  the  degree  program  also  take  six  required  courses  in  the 

Administration  Core: 

ADM  501     Administrative  Theory  and  Environment  (3) 

ADM  502     Computers  for  Managers  (3) 

ADM  503    Accounting/Budgeting  (3) 

ADM  504    Communication  for  Administrators  (3) 

ADM  505     Organizing  Human  Resources  (3),  and  either 

ADM  506     Budgetary  Process  (3),  or 

ADM  507     Liability  for  Managers  (3) 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
WOMEN'S  STUDIES 
Symbol:  WOS 

530    Women  in  Leadership:  Critical  Issues  (3) 

Survey  of  the  Uterature  that  defines  and  discusses 
critical  issues  for  the  woman  leader.  Some  issues 
center  around  lifestyle  choices  and  conflicts 
Goneliness,  family  pressure)  and  others  around 
organizational  barriers  and  alternative  means  to 
overcome  them. 


531     Management  of  Leadership:  Laboratory 
Course  (3)  The  study  and  practice  of  alternative 
leadership  modes.  The  course  uses  workshop 
techniques  to  teach  speech,  small-group  dynamics, 
and  other  communication  skills,  and  problem- 
solving  strategies. 

533    The  Woman  Executive:  Research  Seminar 
(3)  A  seminar  that  requires  each  student  to 
complete  an  original  project  on  the  goals, 
problems,  choices,  or  successes  of  women  in 


middle-  or  upper-level  management  positions. 
The  use  of  case  studies,  surveys,  oral  history,  and 
other  research  techniques  will  be  explored.  An 
appropriate  internship  may  be  substituted  for  this 
course. 

♦  WOS     Research  Project  (3)  A  project  to  be 
developed  independently  by  the  student  working 
with  a  specific  instructor. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


linguistics 

550  Main  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2898 

(Interdisciplinary  Area) 
Dr.  Godfrey,  Coordinator 

LINGUISTICS  GROUP 

Diane  O.  Casagrande,  Professor  (Communication  Studies) 
W.  Stephen  Croddy,  Professor  (Philosophy) 


Dermis  L.  Godfrey,  Assistant  Professor  (English) 
John  T.  Kelly,  Associate  Professor  (English) 
Cheri  L.  Micheau,  Assistant  Professor  (English) 
Garrett  Molholt,  Assistant  Professor  (English) 
Paul  StoUer,  Professor  (Anthropology-Sociology) 

Although  West  Chester  presently  offers  no  degree  in 
linguistics,  students  interested  in  developing  a  concentration 
in  this  area  may  elect  courses  from  the  following  list.  For 
additional  information,  consult  the  coordinator. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
LINGUISTICS 

Symbol:  UN 

501     Introduction  to  linguistics  (3)  Basic  con- 
cepts of  language  description,  classification,  change, 
reconstruction,  dialectology,  and  sociolinguiscics. 

503  Phonology  and  Morphology  (3)  Phonetics, 
phonemics,  morphophonemics,  and  the  morpho- 
logical composition  of  words. 

504  Syntax  (3)  A  comparative  study  of  the 
various  modem  approaches  to  the  study  of 
grammar  PREREQ:  LIN  501  or  ENG  575. 

505  Transformational  Grammar  (3)  Basic  con- 
cepts of  transformational  theory  and  their  apph- 
cation  in  teaching.  PREREQ:  UN  501  or  ENG  575. 


506    Meaning  in  Language  (also  PHI  506)  (3) 
See  PHI  506. 

512     Descriptive  Linguistics  (3)  Analysis  of 
the  phonemic,  morphological,  and  syntactic 
features  of  typologically  divergent  languages. 
Procedures  for  eliciting  linguistically  relevant  data 
about  a  language  from  a  native  speaker.  PREREQ: 
LIN  503. 

515     Language,  Thought,  and  Behavior  (also 
SPC  515)  (3)  See  SPC  515. 
523    Philosophy  of  Unguage  (also  PHI  523) 
(3)  See  PHI  523. 

540     Sodolinguistics  (also  SOC  540)  (3)  The 
study  of  language  in  its  social  context:  the 
ethnography  of  communication;  language  and 


society,  social  classes,  ethnic  groups,  politics,  sex, 
and  education.  PREREQ:  UN  501  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

555     Psycholinguistics  (3)  A  study  of  the 
relationships  between  language  and  thought. 
Models  of  language,  communication  theory,  and 
learning  theory.  Emphasis  on  natural  language 
development  and  bilingualism. 

580     Language  and  Culture  (abo  ANT  580) 
(3)  Language  as  an  aspect  of  culture;  linguistic- 
perceptual-cognitivc  categories;  social  and  psycho- 
logical aspects  of  language.  PREREQ:  UN  501  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

590     Independent  Study  (1-3) 


Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 


Management  —  See  Business 
Marketing  —  See  Business 


Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 

13-15  University  Ave. 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2440 

Dr.  Weaver,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Milito,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

(215)  436-2690 

PROFESSORS 

Richard  G.  Branton,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Richard  Epstein,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

James  D.  Fabrey,  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 

Albert  E.  Filano,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Frank  Grosshans,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

Sebastian  S.  Koh,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

James  E.  L'heureiix,  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

Eli  M.  Mandelbaum,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Michael  Montemuro,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Waclaw  Szymanski,  D.Sc,  Polish  Academy  of  Sciences 

John  W.  Weaver,  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Gary  Deatsman,  Ed.D.,  Arizona  State  University 
Shiv  K.  Gupta,  Ph.D.,  Case  Wfestern  Reserve  University 
John  J.  Kerrigan,  D.Ed.,  Temple  University 
Robert  Kline,  Ph.D.,  Washington  University 
Elaine  R.  Milito,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Ronnie  L.  Morgan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 
Lin  Tan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles 
Paul  Wolfson,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 
Richard  Wyatt,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Clark  Dean  Horton,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Jozsef  Horvath,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

Francoise  E.  Schremmer,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Programs  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science  offers 
the  Master  of  Arts  degree  with  options  in  pure  mathematics, 
mathematics  education,  and  applied  computer  science. 

The  first  option  is  for  students  interested  in  furthering  their 
mathematical  background.   It  provides   the  foundation  for 
continued  work  in  mathematics  leading  to  the  Ph.D.  in  pure 
mathematics. 

The  second  option  is  primarily  directed  to  teachers  of 
mathematics  who  wish  to  strengthen  their  background  in 
mathematics  and  mathematics  education;  in  addition,  it 
provides  the  foundation  for  the  Doctor  of  Arts  or  the  Ph.D.  in 
mathematics  education. 

The  last  option  is  primarily  for  those  with  backgrounds  in 
mathematics  or  science,  preparing  them  for  computer 
technology  and  its  applications.  Students  with  other  back- 
grounds may  tailor  tiieir  programs  to  satisfy  their  particular 
needs  and  professional  goals. 


The  department  also  offers  the  Master  of  Science  in  computer 
science.  The  primary  purpose  of  the  program  is  to  provide 
students  with  a  wide  variety  of  courses  in  computer  science. 
Opportunities  also  exist  for  students  to  engage  in  research. 
Students  without  a  background  in  computer  science  may  be 
admitted  on  probationary  status. 

The  department  also  cooperates  with  the  School  of  Education 
in  offering  the  Master  of  Education  degree  in  mathematics. 

Admission  to  the  M.A.  Program 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  basic  admission  requirements  of  the 
University,  applicants  must  schedule  an  interview  with  the  depart- 
ment chairperson  prior  to  enrollment.  Applicants  must  have  a 
minimum  of  30  semester  hours  of  mathematics,  including  a  full 
treatment  of  calculus,  at  least  one  advanced  undergraduate  course 
in  modem  algebra,  and  one  in  advanced  calculus.  Deficiencies  in  these 
areas  may  be  removed  by  successfully  completing  MAT  512  (Modem 
Algebra)  and/or  MAT  541  (Advanced  Calculus).  The  department, 
at  its  discretion,  may  require  the  Graduate  Record  Examination 
(GRE). 

Admission  to  the  M.S.  Program 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  basic  admission  requirements  of  the 
University,  applicants  must  have  completed  course  work  in  computer 
science  and  mathematics,  including  CSC  505-508,  CSC  561,  two 
semesters  of  calculus,  and  one  semester  of  discrete  math  and  statistics. 
Deficiencies  in  these  areas  may  be  removed  by  taking  appropriate 
courses  approved  by  the  program  advisor.  The  GRE  is  required. 

Admission  to  the  M.Ed.  Program 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  basic  admission  requirements  of  the 
University,  applicants  must  schedule  an  interview  wdth  the  graduate 
coordinator  prior  to  enrollment.  Applicants  must  present  a 
minimum  of  24  semester  hours  of  mathematics,  including  a  full 
treatment  of  calculus  and  at  least  one  advanced  undergraduate  course 
in  modem  algebra  or  advanced  calculus.  Deficiencies  in  these  areas 
may  be  removed  by  successfully  completing  MAT  512  (Modem 
Algebra)  or  MAT  541  (Advanced  Calculus). 

Requirements  for  the  MA..,  M.S.,  and  M.Ed.  Degrees 

In  addition  to  completing  the  course  requirements  shown  below, 
candidates  for  any  of  these  degrees  must  pass  a  comprehensive  oral 
or  written  examination. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  MATHEMATICS 

(30  semester  hours) 

1 .  Core  Courses  9  semester  hours 
Candidates  in  all  options  are  required  to  take  nine  semester  hours, 
including  MAT  515  and  545,  and  either  MAT  575  or  an  approved 
course  in  statistics  or  applied  mathematics. 

2.  Required  Courses  12  semester  hours 

A.  Pure  Mathematics  Option:  MAT  516,  535,  546,  and  575  (or 
576  if  575  is  selected  for  Core). 

B.  Mathematics  Education  Option:  MTE  504,  507,  and  508,  and 
one  of  the  following:  MTE  505,  and  551  or  552. 

C.  Applied  Computer  Science  Option:  as  specified  by  student's 
graduate  committee  chairperson,  depending  on  student's 
background  and  experience. 


Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 


3.  Electivcs  9  semester  hours 

Chosen  under  advisement  from  the  course  offerings  below  that 
bear  the  prefix  MAT  or  STA,  except  MAT  503,  512,  and  541. 
Students  may  modify  this  program  with  the  approval  of  the 
department  chairperson. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  COMPUTER  SCIENCE 
(30  semester  hours) 

1.  Core  Courses  12  semester  hours 
CSC  601,  602,  603,  and  604 

2.  Required  Courses  12  semester  hours 
Chosen  under  advisement  from  the  following:  CSC  521,  531, 
541,  543,  571.  581,  610,  and  620. 


3.  Electives 


6  semester  hours 


Chosen  with  the  approval  of  the  student's  advisor  from  course 
offerings  bearing  the  prefix  CSC,  MAT,  or  STA,  or  involving  the 
application  of  computer  science  to  another  discipline,  such  as 
psychology,  economics,  physics,  etc. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCAHON  IN  MATHEMATICS 
(34  semester  hours) 

The  candidate  must  satisfy  the  Professional  Education  Requirements 
as  outlined  on  page  41. 

In  the  area  of  concentration  (20-22  semester  hours),  MAT  515  and 
545,  MTE  507,  and  either  MTE  508  or  509  are  required.  Electives 
(8-10  semester  hours)  are  chosen  under  advisement  from  the  course 
offerings  below  bearing  the  prefix  MAT  or  STA. 

Students  may  modify  the  area  of  concentration  with  the  approval  of 
the  graduate  coordinator. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

Symbol:  CSC 

501  Introduction  to  Computers  (3)  This  course 
deals  with  defining  computers  and  their  capabili- 
ties, and  exploring  their  history,  societal  implica- 
tions of  their  usage,  and  application.  A  brief 
introduction  to  a  programming  language  is 
provided,  along  with  hands-on  experience  using 
wordprocessing,   database,   and   spreadsheet 
programs  (for  nonmajors). 

502  Computers  for  Managers  (3)  Management 
techniques  for  the  evaluation,  acquisition,  and 
management  of  computer  personnel  and  technol- 
ogy (for  nonmajors).  Required  M.BA.  course. 

505  Introduction  to  Computer  Science 
(3)  Introduction  to  the  art  and  science  of 
computing  and  its  applications.  Topics  covered 

are  elementary  data  structures,  structured  program- 
ming techniques,  algorithm  development,  error 
analysis,  and  file  manipulation.  A  final,  substan- 
tive, programming  project  is   required  of  each 
student.  A  structured  programming  language  is 
used.  PREREQ:  Two  years  of  high  school  algebra. 

506  Applied  Software   (3)   Techniques  of 
program  design,  documentation,  and  implementa- 
tion. Advanced  features  of  the  structured  language 
of  CSC  505  are  studied  and  used.  Emphasis  is 

on  data  storage,  data  representation,  and  file 
structures.  PREREQ:  CSC  505. 

507  Data  Structures  (3)  Data  structures  are 
presented  using  the  structured  language  of  CSC 
505.  Topics  include  stacks,  queues,  linked  lists, 
trees,  sorting,  and  searching.  PREREQ:  CSC  506, 
calculus.  Offered  in  fall  and  spring. 

508  Computer  Organization  (3)  Study  of  the 
architecture  of  a  computer  system  and  its 
language.  Topics  include  array  processing,  stack 
handling,  subroutines,  parameter  passing,  inter- 
rupts, I/O  processing,  arithmetic  operations,  bit 
manipulation,  and  memory  organization.  PRE- 
REQ: CSC  506  and  Calculus  I.  Offered  in  spring, 
fall,  and  summer. 

510     Computer  Programming  and  Numerical 
Methods  (3)  Algorithmic  methods  are  used  to 
program  the  computer  to  solve  numerical 
problems  from  science  and  engineering.  PRE- 
REQ: Some  high-level  programming  and  one  year 
of  calculus. 

515     Introduction  to  Computer  Programming 
(3)  The  art  and  science  of  computing  are 
introduced  with  emphasis  on  structured  program- 
ming. Topics  include  looping,  branching,  arrays, 
and  program  development  (for  nonmajors).  PRE- 
REQ: One  year  of  high  school  algebra. 


321     Data  Base  Management  Systems  (3) 

Detailed  study  of  the  characteristics  of  generalized 
data  management  systems,  including  a  survey  of 
some  of  the  systems  in  widespread  use.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  how  to  improve  the  interface 
between  managers  and  the  information  they  need 
to  make  decisions  through  easy-to-use,  general- 
ized, reporting  systems.  PREREQ:  CSC  507. 
Offered  in  fall. 

531  Operating  Systems  I  (3)  Operating  systems 
and  their  characteristics  are  studied.  Maintenance 
of  a  complex  operating  system  with  emphasis 

on  the  important  trade-offs  made  in  tuning  the 
system.  Detaib  of  memory  and  file  management, 
system  accounting,   and  other  user-related 
services  are  emphasized.  PREREQ:  CSC  507,  508, 
561,  discrete  math,  statistics  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  fall. 

532  Operating  Systems  II  (3)  A  modularly 
constructed  UNIX  operating  system,  which  uses 
the  object-oriented  programming  techniques  of 
message  passing,  is  studied.  Topics  covered  are 
process  control  and  management,  memory 
management,  file  management,  systems  account- 
ing, and  systems  security.  PREREQ:  CSC  531. 
535     On-line  Computing  (3)  Characteristics  of 
data  communication  equipment.  Design,  imple- 
mentation, and  modification  of  information 
systems  in  an  on-line  environment  are  empha- 
sized.  File   management  systems  and   data 
structures  appropriate  to  real-time  computing  are 
stressed,  with  particular  emphasis  on  back-up 
and  recovery  techniques.  PREREQ:  CSC  507,  508, 
discrete  math  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  spring. 

541  Compiler  I  (3)  Translation,  loading,  and 
execution  of  a  higher-level  language.  Syntax 
analysis  of  simple  expressions  and  statements. 
Organization  of  a  compiler,  including  compile- 
time  and  run-time  symbol  ubles,  error  diagnostics, 
and  object  code  optimization.   Design  and 
implementation  of  a  simple  compiler.  PREREQ: 
CSC  507,  508,  discrete  math  or  equivalent.  Offered 
in  spring. 

542  Compiler  II  (3)  An  in-depth  study  of 
syntax-directed  analysis,  error  recovery,  and  code 
optimization.  Compiler  language  feature.  PRE- 
REQ: CSC  541. 

543  Formal  Languages  (3)  A  study  of  the 
various  types  of  automata  and  their  associated 
languages.   Designed   to  give   the   student   an 
understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  production 
system  for  languages  and  their  relatioiuhip  to 
automata.  PREREQ:  CSC  507,  508,  discrete  math 
or  equivalent.  Offered  in  the  fall  of  even- 
numbered  years. 


550     Computers  in  Education  (3)  An  introduc- 
tory computer  literacy  course.  Students  will 
become  familiar  with  microcomputers  in  a  "hands- 
on"  setting.  After  learning  to  program  in  BASIC, 
students  will  create  computer-based  activities 
for  use  in  their  owti  professional  settings. 
552     Computer  Applications  in  Education  (3) 
Development  of  specialized  instructional  and 
management  applications  of  hardware  and  soft- 
ware, including  the  use  of  desktop  publishing. 
561     Simulation  (3)  Computer  simulation  using 
logical,  numerical,  and  Monte  Carlo  modelling 
to  represent  systems.  Use  of  special  languages  to 
simulate  actual  systems.  PREREQ:  CSC  507, 
calculus,  and  statistics.  Offered  in  spring,  summer, 
and  fall. 

571     Computer  Graphics  (3)  Construction  and 
manipulation  of  protot>pes  for  graphical  display 
purposes.  PREREQ:  CSC  507  (or  equivalent), 
and  calculus  and  linear  algebra.  Offered  in  spring. 
581     Artificial  Intelligence  (3)  Thorough  analy- 
sis and  study  of  the  LISP  language  in  its 
application  to  nonnumeric  problems  and  symbol 
manipulations.  Application  to  gaming,  scene 
analysis  and  pattern  recognition,  linguistic  analysis 
and  semantic  representation,  image  analysis  and 
solution  spaces,  problem  solving,  and  attention 
control.  Each  student  is  required  to  take  one 
substantial  problem  and  solve  it  using  the  LISP 
language  and  the  techniques  of  artificial  intelU- 
gence.   PREREQ:    CSC   507,   discrete   math   or 
equivalent.  Offered  in  the  fall  of  odd-numbered 
years. 

585    Expert  Systems  (3)  Using  the  techniques 
of  artificial  intelligence  and  formal  logic,  methods 
are  developed  to  establish  knowledge  bases  and 
to  extract  inferences.  Topics  include  backward  and 
forward  chaining,  search  methods,  frames,  and 
slots.  PREREQ:  CSC  507,  and  508,  and  discrete 
math. 

♦  595    Topics  in  Computer  Science  (3)  Topics 
announced  at  time  of  offering.  PREREQ:  Consent 
of  instructor.  Offered  as  needed. 

601  Analysis  of  Computer  Algorithms  (4)  A 
treatment  of  time  and  space  complexity  of 
algorithms,  including  NP-hard  and  NP-complete 
problems.  A  sun-cy  of  important  and  useful 
algorithms  for  sorting,  searching,  pattern  match- 
ing, and  graph  manipulation  are  covered.  PRE- 
REQ: SLx  credits  of  required  courses. 

602  Software  Engineering  (4)  Programming 
teams  design  and  implement  a  realistic,  fairly 
complex,  software  s>'Stem.  Design  techniques, 

4  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit. 


Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 


analysis,  programming  style,  testing,  and  documen- 
tation will  be  stressed.  PREREQ:  Six  credits  of 
required  courses. 

603  Journal  Seminar  I  (2)  Student,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  professor,  selects  topics  to  be  studied 
in  depth  via  literature  search,  reading  of  pertinent 
articles,  and  speaking  in  the  seminar.  PREREQ: 
Nine  credits  of  required  courses. 

604  Journal  Seminar  II  (2)  A  continuation  of 
Journal  Seminar  I.  Each  student  is  required  to  give 
several  seminars.  PREREQ:  Nine  credits  of 
required  courses. 

610    Thesis  (3-6)  An  expository  thesis  based  on 
intensive  study  of  a  subject  of  contemporary 
interest.  PREREQ:  Approval  and  supervision  by 
an  appropriate  faculty  member. 
620     Research  Thesis  (3-6)  A  research  thesis 
presenting  new  and  significant  contributions  to 
the  field.  Preparation  as  an  undergraduate  major 
in  computer  science  is  helpful.  PREREQ:  Ap- 
proval and  supervision  by  an  appropriate  faculty 
member. 

MATHEMAnCS 
Symbol:  MAT 

503     History  of  Mathematics  (3)  Development 
of  mathematics  from  prehistoric  time  to  present. 
Emphasis  on  changes  in  the  mainstreams  of 
mathematical  thought  through  the  ages. 
506     Fundamentals  of  Mathematics  for  Physics 
(3)  A  critical  examination  of  mathematics  from 
the  viewpoint  of  its  physical  applications. 

512  Modem  Algebra  (3)  For  students  with 
background  deficiencies  in  algebra.  Abstract 
mathematical  systems  studied  include  groups, 
rings,  and  fields.  Offered  in  summer. 

513  Linear  Algebra  (3)  Vectors,  vector  spaces, 
determinants,  linear  transformations,  matrices, 
and  bilinear  and  quadratic  forms.  PREREQ:  MAT 
512  or  equivalent. 

514  Theory  of  Numbers  (3)  Elementary  number 
theory  and  selected  topics  in  analytic  number 
theory. 

515  Algebra  I  (3)  Elements  of  abstract  algebra, 
groups,  commutative  ring  theory,  modules,  and 
associative  algebras  over  commutative  rings.  PRE- 
REQ: MAT  512  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  fall  of 
odd-numbered  years. 

516  Algebra  II  (3)  A  continuation  of  MAT  515. 
Vector  spaces,  representation  theory,  and  Galois 
theory.  PREREQ:  MAT  515.  Offered  in  spring  of 
even-numbered  years. 

517  Topics  in  Algebra  (3)  Advanced  algebraic 
theories.  Homological  algebra,  algebraic  geometry, 
and  algebraic  number  theory.  PREREQ:  MAT 
516. 

521     Discrete  Mathematics  and  Graph  Theory 
(3)  Techniques  of  problem  solving,  including  the 
use  of  binomial  coefi&cients,  generating  functions, 
recurrence  relations,  the  principle  of  inclusion- 
exclusion,  and  Polya's  Theorem. 

532  Modem  Geometry  (3)  Foundations  of 
geometry.  Axiomatics,  and  the  structure  of  a 
geometric  system.  Euclidean  geometry  from  the 
standpoint  of  the  Euclid  and  Hilben  postulates. 
Certain  topics  in  projective  and  hyperbolic 
geometry. 

533  Projective  Geometry  (3)  An  algebraic 
approach  to  projective  geometry.  Invariant  theory, 
projective  spaces,  conies  and  quadratic  forms, 
and  subgeometries  of  real  projective  geometry. 

535  Topology  (3)  Filters,  nets,  separation 
axioms,  compacmess,  connectedness,  and  uniform 
spaces. 

536  Algebraic  Topology  (3)  Algebraic  topologi- 
cal invariants.  Homotopy  theory,  simplicial. 


singular  and  Cech  homology,  and  cohomology 

theories.  PREREQ:  MAT  516  and  535. 

541     Advanced  Calculus  (3)  For  students  with 

background  deficiencies  in  analysis.  Ordinary  and 

uniform  limits;  sequences  of  functions;  and  the 

Riemann  integral.  Offered  in  summer. 

543     Topics  in  Differential  Equations  (3) 

Advanced  topics.   Existence  and  uniqueness 

theorems,  stability  theory,  singular  points,  and 

regular  singular  points.  Sturm  separation  theorem 

and  the  "method  of  Liapunov." 

545  .Real  Analysis  I  (3)  A  rigorous  study  of  real- 
valued  functions  of  real  variables.  PREREQ:  MAT 
541  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  the  fall  of  even- 
numbered  years. 

546  Real  Analysis  II  (3)  Continuation  of  MAT 
545.  PREREQ:  MAT  545.  Offered  in  the  spring  of 
odd-numbered  years. 

570     Mathematical  Models  in  the  Life,  Physical, 
and  Social  Sciences  (3)  Techniques  and  ration- 
ales of  model  building.  AppUcations  to  the  life, 
physical,  and  social  sciences. 
572    Proseminar  (3)  Seminar  in  generating  and 
solving  problems  in  mathematics. 

575  Complex  Analysis  I  (3)  A  rigorous  study 
of  complex-valued  functions  of  complex  variables. 

576  Complex  Analysis  II  (3)  Continuation  of 
MAT  575.  PREREQ:  MAT  575. 

581     Methods  of  Applied  Mathematics  (3) 
Vector  analysis,  complex  analysis,  Fourier  analysis, 
and  Sturm-Liouville  Theory. 
583     Operations  Research  and  Applied  Mathe- 
matics (3)  Topics  in  applied  mathematics.  Linear 
and  dynamic  programming,  game  theory,  ex- 
treme value  problems,  inventory,  allocation,  and 
queuing  and  search  problems. 
595    Topics  in  Mathematics  (3)  Topics  an- 
nounced at  time  of  offering.  PREREQ:  Consent 
of  instructor.  Offered  as  needed. 
599    Independent  Study  (1-3)  Offered  as  needed. 
610    Thesis  (3-6)  Offered  as  needed. 

MATHEMAnCS  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  MTE 

501  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics  I 
(3)  Selected  topics  that  reflect  the  spirit  and  the 
content  of  the   modem  elementary  school 
mathematics  programs.  Logic,  sets,  fimctions, 
number  systems,  integers,  number  theory,  rational 
numbers,  and  problem  solving,  including  estima- 
tions and  appproximations,  proportional  think- 
ing, and  percentages. 

502  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics  11 
(3)  A  continuation  of  MTE  501.  The  real 
number  system,  probability,  statistics,  geometry, 
measurement  (including  the  metric  system),  and 
problem  solving.  PREREQ:  MTE  501. 

504  Research  in  Mathematics  Education  (3) 
Techniques  of  research  in  mathematics  education. 
Analysis  of  types  of  research;  selection  of  a 
problem;  and  formulation  of  a  plan  of  investigation 
and  report,  including  statistical  analysis. 

505  Research  Techniques  in  Mathematics 
Education  (3)  Statistical  principles  in  experimen- 
tal design.  General  linear  model  correlation, 
regression,  statistical  inference,  analysis  of  vari- 
ance, and  factorial  designs.  Critiques  of  current 
Uterature. 

507  Current  Trends  in  Teaching  Mathematics 
(3)  Philosophy,  techniques,  subject  matter,  and 
effectiveness  of  current  secondary  school  mathe- 
matics courses  examined  against  the  changing 
character  of  American  society  and  technology. 
Offered  in  summer  of  odd-numbered  years. 

508  Topics  in  Mathematics  Education  (3) 
Topics  announced  in  advance.  Typical  topics 


include  teaching  mathematics  to  the  slow  leamer, 
methods  of  research  in  mathematical  education, 
mathematics  laboratories,  and  individualized 
instruction.  Offered  in  summer  of  even-numbered 
years. 

510    Algebra  for  the  Elementary  Teacher  (3) 
An  introduction  to  modem  algebra.  A  comparative 
study  of  mathematics  systems.  PREREQ:  MTE 
501  or  equivalent  Offered  in  tall  of  even- 
numbered  years. 

530     Geometry  for  the  Elementary  Teacher 
(3)   Basic  concepts   in  geometry.   Euclidean 
geometry  and  postulative  systems.  PREREQ:  MTE 
501  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  fall  of  odd- 
numbered  years. 

550  Topics  in  Mathematics  for  Elementary 
School  Teachers  (3)  In-depth  coverage  of  topics 
in  mathematics  introduced  in  grades  K-8.  Topics 
include  number  theory,  probability,  statistics, 
inequalities,  and  introduction  to  the  computer. 
Emphasis  among  these  and  inclusion  of  additional 
topics  depend  on  student  preparation  and  need. 
PREREQ:  MTE  501  or  equivalent. 

551  Mathematics  for  the  Disadvantaged  (3) 
Examination  of  current  programs  in  mathematics 
for  the  disadvantaged;  discussion  of  the  pertinent 
research  literature;  and  development  of  materials 
and  techniques  for  teaching  the  slow  leamer  and 
low  achiever. 

553  Teaching  Elementary  School  Mathematics 

I  (3)  In-depth  treatment  of  strategics,  methods, 
and  materials  for  teaching  the  following  concepts 
in  an  elementary  classroom:  place  value;  addi- 
tion, subtraction,  multiplication,  and  division  of 
whole  numbers;  measurement;  elementary  num- 
ber theory,  geometry  Sections;  and  integers. 
PREREQ:  MTE  501  or  equivalent.  Offered  in 
spring  of  even-numbered  years  and  in  summer. 

554  Teaching  Elementary  School  Mathematics 

II  (3)  History  and  development  of  the  modem 
elementary  school  mathematics  programs.  Theo- 
ries and  findings  of  recent  and  contemporary 
learning  theorists  are  investigated.  Modem  organi- 
zational strategies  surveyed,  including  team 
teaching,  individualized  instruction,  open  space, 
etc.  Contemporary  instraction  strategies,  such  as 
individualized  learning  systems,  mathematical 
laboratories,  and  individually  prescribed  instruc- 
tion, are  snidied.  PREREQ:  MTE  553.  Offered  in 
spring  of  odd-numbered  years. 

558    Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Junior  High 
School  (3)  Methods  and  materials  for  teaching  the 
concepts  of  middle  school  and  junior  high  school 
mathematics.  Objectives  are  developed  and 
serve  as  the  basis  for  all  course  work.  Current 
textbooks,  achievement  tests,  and  audio-visual 
materiak  are  reviewed. 

560  Teaching  Algebra  in  the  Secondary  School 
(3)  Methods  and  materials  for  teaching  the 
concepts  of  first-  and  second-year  algebra.  Empha- 
sis on  relevant  appUcations  to  real-life  situations. 
Objectives,  along  with  criterion-referenced  test 
items,  are  developed  for  pre-algebra,  as  well  as  for 
the  two  algebra  courses.  Current  textbooks, 
achievement  tests,  and  audio-visual  materials  on 
algebraic  topics  are  reviewed. 

561  Calculus  for  Teachers  (3)  Analytic  geometry 
of  both  the  straight  line  and  conies,  and  elements 
of  the  calculus  of  functions  of  a  single  real 
variable  are  reviewed.  Topics  include  limits, 
continuity,  the  derivative  and  integral  and  their 
applications,  curve  sketching,  and  polar  coordi- 
nates. Emphasis  on  methods  of  teaching  these 
topics  to  secondary  school  students. 

562  Computer  Applications  for  Elementary 
School  Mathematics  (3)  The  materiab-oriented  ap- 
proach to  teaching  elementary  school  mathemat- 


Music  Education 


ics,  including  cuisenaire  rods,  the  geoboard, 
attribute  games,  tangrams,  and  multibase  blocks. 
Emphasis  on  learners'  panicipation  in  activities 
directly  related  to  mathematics  of  the  elementary 
school.  Use  of  materials  extends  to  all  grade  and 
ability  levels. 

567  Teaching  Geometry  in  the  Secondary 
School  (3)  Methods  and  materials  for  teaching 
the  concepts  of  geometry  in  the  secondary  school. 
Emphasis  on  the  development  of  relevant 
applications  of  the  concepts  of  geomeny  in  real- 
life  situations. 

568  Seminar  for  Secondary  School  Mathematics 
Teachers  (3)  Selected  topics  of  current  interest 

in  secondary  school  mathematics  for  the  in- 
service  teacher. 

569  Seminar  for  Elementary  School  Mathemat- 
ics Teachers  (3)  Selected  topics  of  current 
interest  in  elementary  school  mathematics  for  the 
in-service  teacher. 

599    Independent  Study  (1-3) 
610    Thesis  (3-6) 


STATISTICS 

Symbol:  STA 

521     Statistics  1  (3)  For  nonmathematics  majors. 
Emphasis  on  applications  to  education,  psychol- 
ogy, and  the  sciences.  Distributions,  measures  of 
central  tendency  and  variability,  correlation, 
regression  and  hypothesis  testing,  and  other  topics. 

523  Mathematical  Statistics  I  (3)  A  rigorous 
treatment  of  probability  spaces  and  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  estimation  of  parameters. 

524  Mathematical  Statistics  11  (3)  Continuation 
of  STA  523.  Correlation,  sampling,  tests  of 
significance,  analysis  of  variance,  and  other  topics. 
PREREQ:  STA  523. 

525  Probability  (3)  An  advanced  approach  to 
the  elements  of  probabiUty.  Discrete  and  continu- 
ous random  variables,  probability  distributions, 
and  sampling  distributions. 

599     Independent  Study  (1-3)  Offered  as  needed. 

SERVICE  COURSES  IN  MATHEMAnCS 
AND  COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

COMPUTER  SCIENCE  (CSC) 

501     Introduction  to  Computers 

515     Introduction  to  Computer  Programming 


550     Computers  in  Education 

MATHEMATICS  EDUCATION  (MTE) 

501  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics  I 

502  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics  II 
510    Algebra  for  the  Elementary  Teacher 

530     Geometry  for  the  Elementary  Teacher 
550    Topics  in  Mathematics  for  Elementary 
School  Teachers 

553  Teaching  Elementary  School  Mathematics  1 

554  Teaching  Elementary  School  Mathematics  II 
558    Teaching  Mathematics  in  the  Junior  High 

School 

560  Teaching  Algebra  in  the  Secondary  School 

561  Calculus  for  Teachers 

562  Computer  Applications  for  Elementary 
School  Mathematics 

567  Teaching  Geometry  in  the  Secondary  School 

568  Seminar  for  Secondary  School  Mathematics 
Teachers 

569  Seminar  for  Elementary  School  Mathematics 
Teachers 

STAnSTICS  (STA) 
521     Statistics  I 


Music  M^a,,^  iii,^.^^^^.^ 

Dr.  EdwarrI  A    Rirrnnr,  Interim  Dean 
Dr.  Charles  Price,  Graduate  Coordinator 

Programs  of  Study 

The  School  of  Music  offers  programs  leading  to  the  Master 
of  Arts  degree  in  music  history  and  literature,  and  the  Master 
of  Music  degree  with  concentrations  in  music  education, 
performance,  accompanying,  music  theory  or  composition, 
and  piano  pedagogy.  Course  selections  to  meet  degree 
requirements  are  made  by  candidates  in  consultation  with  their 
advisors  and  with  consideration  of  the  candidates'  goals, 
abilities,  needs,  and  interests. 

Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  basic  University  requirements,  listed  under 
Admission,  applicants  for  degree  programs  are  considered  on  the  basis 
of  academic  record,  interviews,  and  auditions. 

Prior  to  enrollment  all  applicants  must  (1)  possess  appropriate 
undergraduate  degrees  and  may  be  required  to  remedy  not  more  than 
12  credits  of  undergraduate  deficiency  if  the  undergraduate  degree 
is  not  in  the  area  of  the  intended  graduate  degree;  (2)  schedule 


interviews  with  the  graduate  coordinator  and  appropriate  department 
chairperson  in  the  School  of  Music;  (3)  take  the  GRE  Revised  Music 
Test  before  or  at  the  soonest  date  possible  to  their  first  semester 
of  classes.  The  test  is  administered  by  the  Educational  Testing  Service, 
P.O.  Box  6000,  Princeton,  NJ  08541-6000;  telephone  (609)  771- 
7670.  Apphcation  forms  must  be  filed  with  the  Educational  Testing 
Service  at  least  15  days  prior  to  the  date  of  the  examination.  The  GRE 
Revised  Music  Test  is  given  at  over  800  tests  centers  across  the 
country  (including  West  Chester  University)  in  February  and  October 
of  every  year.  A  tape  and  booklet  tided  "Practicing  to  Take  the  GRE 
Revised  Music  Test"  is  available  for  purchase  fi-om  the  Educational 
Testing  Service. 

The  areas  of  concentration,  directed  electives,  and  free  electives  are 
described  fully  in  a  student  handbook  compiled  by,  and  available 
firom,  the  graduate  coordinator  of  the  School  of  Music. 

(Note:  Auditions  are  required  for  degree  programs  in  music 

performance.) 

Each  degree  candidate  is  individually  responsible  for  satisfying  degree 

candidacy  and  graduation  requirements  stated  elsewhere  in  this  catalog 

and  for  meeting  deadline  dates  for  the  May,  August,  or  December 

graduation,  as  appropriate. 


Music  Education 

Dr.  Belmain,  Chairperson 

PROFESSOR 

Carol  Belmain,  D.M.A.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

J.  Bryan  Burton,  D.M.E.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 
Colleen  Ludeker,  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University,  Dalcroze 
License,  Manhattan  School  of  Music 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Karen  Markey,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University,  Orff 
Certification,  Levels  I,  11,  111  (DePauI  University) 


Jane  T.  Pippart,  M.Mu.Ed.,  Holy  Names  College,  Kodaly 

Emphasis.  Certificate,  Liszt  Academy  (Budapest,  Hungary) 
C.  Floyd  Richmond,  M.M.,  Delta  State  University 

MASTER  OF  MUSIC  IN  MUSIC  EDUCATION 

(30-34  semester  hours) 

Students  may  choose  either  the  thesis  program  of  30  semester  hours 

or  the  nonthesis  program  of  34  semester  hours  (with  research, 

performance,  or  Orff-Schulwerk  options).  All  programs  require 

completion  of  nine  credits  in  three  core  courses:  MUE  500,  503,  and 

510.  AU  students  in  M.M.  programs  in  music  education  must  also 

complete  a  comprehensive  exit  examination.  Additional  course 

requirements  are: 

Thesis  program:  Six  credits  in  music  education;  three  credits  in 


Music  Education 


music  history,  three  credits  in  music  theory,  three  credits  in 
concentration  electives;  and  six  credits  in  research  CMUE  691  and 
699). 

Nonthesis  program:  Six  credits  in  music  education;  three  credits  in 
appUed  music;  three  credits  in  music  theory,  three  credits  in  music 
history  three  credits  in  free  electives;  three  credits  in  concentration 
electives;  four  credits  in  research  (MUE  691  and  692),  or  recital 


option  (MUE  698  and  VOVAIM/PIA  696).  Candidates  desiring  to 
pursue  the  recital  option  in  voice  must  audition  before  the  voice  jury 
and  receive  permission  to  pursue  that  option  before  earning  15 
graduate  hours  or  after  completing  VOX  543,  whichever  comes  first. 

Orff-Schulwerk  Concentration:  15  credits  in  Orff-Schulwerk  (MUE 
530-35);  three  credits  of  music  history,  and  seven  credits  of  free 
electives. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  MUE  (unless  otherwise  shown) 

500    Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (3) 

Basic  techniques  and  procedures.  Major  types  of 
research.  Methods  for  locating,  evaluating,  and 
interpreting  evidence.  Preparation  of  a  research 
outline. 

503    Philosophical  Foundations  of  Music 
Education  (3)  Historical  and  philosophical  foun- 
dations of  music  education.  Application  of 
principles  of  education  to  music.  Major  emphasis 
on  development  of  a  philosophy  of  the  discipline. 

510  Current  Trends  in  Music  Education  (3) 
Present  practices  and  emerging  developments  in 
music  education. 

511  Vitalizing  Music  in  the  Elementary  School 
(3)  Study  of  song  series,  instruments,  and 
materials  in  current  use  in  the  elementary 
classroom. 

512  Teaching  Music  Listening  at  the  Elemen- 
tary Level  (3)  For  the  elementary  classroom  and 
music  teacher.  Teaching  elements  of  music  and 
musical  concepts,  and  developing  aesthetic 
sensitivity  through  listening. 

513  Music  Education  in  the  Elementary  School 
(3)  For  the  music  educator.  Problems,  proce- 
dures, and  materials  in  the  elementary  school 
classroom.  PREREQ:  Elementary  music  methods 
and  teaching  experience. 

514  Music  Education  in  the  Secondary  School 
(3)  The  music  curriculum  in  the  secondary 
school.  Emphasis  on  conceptual  learning,  struc- 
tured curriculum,  independent  study,  aesthetic 
experience,  and  current  materials.  PREREQ: 
Secondary  school  music  methods  and  teaching 
experience. 

516  Administration  and  Supervision  of  School 
Music  (3)  Administrative  problems,  curricular 
content  and  scheduling,  in-service  training  of 
teachers,  and  specialized  supervisory  techniques 
for  the  music  curriculum.  PREREQ:  Teaching 
experience. 

517  Psychology  of  Music  (3)  In-depth  study  of 
learning  theories  as  related  to  music  education 
and  the  nature  of  music. 

520     Classroom  Materials  for  Music  Programs 
(3)  Evaluation  of  the  newest  materials  for  music 
education. 


522    Music  in  the  Middle  School  (3)  Review 
and  critical  analysis  of  music  education  in  the 
middle  school;  philosophies,  curriculum,  prac- 
tices, and  personnel. 

525  Elementary  Kodaly  Techniques  (3)  Basic 
Kodaly  techniques.  Adaptation  of  teaching 
procedures  for  elementary  school:  rhythm,  mel- 
ody, movement,  and  improvisation. 

526  Intermediate  Kodaly  Techniques  (3) 
Continuation  of  MUE  525.  PREREQ:  MUE  525. 

527  Projects  to  Individualize  Music  Classes  (3) 
Evaluating  learners  and  prescribing  meaningful 
modes  of  instruction  for  individuals  and  small 
groups. 

528  Music  in  Special  Education  (3) 
Characteristics  of  special  pupils;  adaptation  of 
teaching  techniques;  materials  curricultun. 

529  Dalcroze  Eurhythmies  (3)  A  pedagogical 
approach  to  the  study  of  enacting  musical 
meanings  in  physical  space.  Refining  the  sensing, 
analyzing,  and  improvising  of  musical  concepts 
by  understanding  how  music  is  produced. 

530  Orff-Schulwerk-Level  I  (1-4)  Designed  to 
develop  fundamental  Orff  processes  through  the 
acquisition  of  basic  musical  skills,  soprano 
recorder  techniques,  and  movement  concepts. 
Level  1  is  limited  to  pentatonic  activities  (credit 
placement  determined  through  advisement). 

531  Orff-Schulwerk- Level  II  (4)  Designed  to 
develop  a  theoretical  comprehension  of  the 
evolution  of  elemental  music  through  the  Baroque 
period.  Liturgical  and  diatonic  modes  are  used 

as  vehicles  in  developing  harmonic  concepts.  PRE- 
REQ: MUE  530  or  Level  I  Orff  Certification  from 
an  AOSA  accredited  program.  Admission  to 
program  by  audition. 

532  Orff-Schulwerk-Level  III  (4)  Designed  to 
develop  comprehension  of  20th  century  st)des, 
and  theoretical  and  performance  practices  of 
Western  and  non-Western  music,  while  using  both 
ethnic  and  popular  means.  PREREQ:  MUE  531. 

533  Orff-Schulwerk  Recorder  Ensemble  (1)  A 
culmination  of  recorder  instruction,  through 
performance,  analysis,  and  discussion,  into  a 
survey  of  repertoire  suitable  for  recorder  conson 
and  consort  with  subordinate  instruments.  PRE- 
REQ: MUE  531.  Open,  as  an  elective,  to  students 
demonstrating  playing  proficiency  on  soprano 
and  alto  recorder.  Admission  by  audition. 


534  Orff-Schulwerk  Movement  (1)  An  in- 
depth  study  to   develop  visual   and  spacial 
awareness,  coordination  and  body  control,  imagi- 
nation, improvisation,  and  kinesthetic  under- 
standing of  musical  elements  as  they  interact 
within  the  Schulwerk  process.  PREREQ:  MUE 
531.  Open,  as  an  elective,  to  students  demonstrat- 
ing proficiency  in  creative  movement,  improvisa- 
tion, and  ethnic  dance.  Admission  by  audition. 

535  Orff-Schulwerk  Inscrumentarium  Practi- 
cum  (1)  A  survey  of  works  by  Carl  Orff  and  Gunild 
Keetman,  as  well  as  selected  materials  arranged 
for  the  instrumentarium  which  require  advanced 
performance  skills.  PREREQ:  MUE  531.  Open, 

as  an  elective,  to  students  demonstrating  playing 
proficiencies  using  basic  techniques  on  un- 
pitched  and  pitched  instruments,  as  well  as 
improvisational  skills.  Admission  by  audition. 
536-539    Workshops  (1-3)  Participation-ori- 
ented workshops  designed  to  meet  specific  needs 
in  music  and  music  education  and  to  develop 
skills  for  practical  application  in  school  and 
professional  settings.  (The  prefixes  that  apply  only 
to  these  workshops  are  MWE,  Music  Education; 
MWH,  Handbells;  MWK,  Kodaly;  MWO,  Orff.) 
550     Related  Arts  Pedagogy  in  Music  Education 
(3)  Historical  background  of  the  related-arts 
movement.  Principles  of  related-arts  teaching 
related  to  musical  elements,  forms,  and  styles,  with 
appropriate  teaching  techniques  at  specified 
grade  levels.  Materials  for  school  music  programs: 
basal  music  series,  other  texts  and  literature,  and 
resources  in  related  arts.  Demonstration  lessons 
and  unit  planning. 

679    Special  Subjects  Seminar  (1-3)  Significant 
topics  presented  by  faculty  members  or  visiting 
lecturers.  Designed  to  meet  specific  needs  of  the 
seminar  group. 

681-83     Independent  Study  in  Music  (1-3) 
Individual  research  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty 
member.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 

691  Research  Seminar  in  Music  (2)  A  research 
proposal  with  supporting  procedures  is  devel- 
oped. Guidance  in  individual  research  topics,  with 
tutorial  assistance  in  form  and  style  of  research 
writing. 

692  Research  Report  (2) 

698  Performance  Research  (1) 

699  Thesis  (4) 


Music  History  and  Literature 


Music  History  and  Literature 

Dr.  Schmidt,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS 

Sterling  E.  Murray,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 
Uselotte  M.  Schmidt,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 


Department  of  Music  History  and  Literature  and  (2)  be  tested  in  the 
reading  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language,  preferably  French  or 
German.  Students  found  lacking  in  a  reading  skill  in  a  foreign 
language  must  eliminate  this  deficiency  before  admission  to  degree 
candidacy. 


ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

Charles  G.  Price,  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR 

Scott  L.  Balthazar,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Thomas  Winters,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Admission  Requirements 

Music  History  and  Uteramre  applicants  must  (1)  schedule  an 

interview  with  the  graduate  coordinator  and  the  chairperson  of  the 


MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  MUSIC  HISTORY  AND  UTERATURE 

(30  semester  hours) 

Fifteen  credits  in  five  courses  offered  by  the  Department  of  Music 
History  and  Literature  (three  must  be  chosen  from  MHL  640-645);  six 
credits  in  research  and  bibliography  (MHL  670  and  MHL  699);  nine 
credits  in  electives  (music  and  related  disciplines);  defense  of  thesis 
serves  as  comprehensive  exit  examination. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

MUSIC  HISTORY  AND  LTTERATURE 

Symbol:  MHL 

510    Collegium  Musicum  (1)  A  chamber 
ensemble  specializing  in  the  use  of  authentic 
instruments  and  performance  techniques  in  the 
music  of  the  Medieval,  Renaissance,  and  Baroque 
eras.  Open  by  audition. 

620    World  Music  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
study  of  tribal,  folk,  popular,  and  oriental  music 
and  ethnomusicological  methodology.   Open   to 
music  majors  and  nonmusic  majors  without 
prerequisites. 

622    History  of  Jazz  (3)  A  survey  of  the  history 
of  jazz,  including  representative  performers  and 
their  music. 

640  Medieval  Music  (3)  Development  of 
plainsong  and  secular  monody,  and  beginnings 
and  early  history  of  polyphony  to  the  14th  century. 
Consideration  of  contemporary  trends  in  the 
visual  arts,  history,  and  literature. 

641  Renaissance  Music  (3)  Sacred  and  secular 
music  in  the  Age  of  Dufay,  changing  forms  and 
styles  through  the  music  of  the  Franco-Flemish 
groups;  the  frottola  and  related  forms;  and  Pal- 
estrina  and  his  contemporaries.  Brief  consideration 
of  contemporary  trends  in  the  visual  arts,  history, 
and  literature. 

642  Baroque  Music  (3)  Styles  and  forms  of  the 
European  repenoire;  contributions  of  the  major 
composers;  and  the  role  of  music  and  musicians  in 
the  society  of  the  period. 

643  Late  18th  Century  Music  (3)  Changing 
styles  and  forms  in  the  sons  of  J.S.  Bach;  the  Vi- 


ennese preclassicists;  the  Mannheim  School; 
opera;  Joseph  and  Michael  Haydn,  Mozart,  and 
their  contemporaries;  and  the  early  works  of 
Beethoven. 

644     19th  Century  Music  (3)  Historical  develop- 
ments during  the  Romantic  Period  (ca.  1800- 
1900).  Analysis  of  changes  and  trends,  and 
comparative  aspects  of  new  fonns. 
643    20th  Century  Music  (3)  Chronological 
survey  of  20th  century  music.  Development  of 
styles.  Technical  aspects  of  changes  occurring  in 
melody,  rhythm,  orchestration,  texture,  tonality, 
and  form. 

651     Music  in  the  United  States  (3)  Analysis  of 
music  and  musical  trends  in  America  from  the 
Pilgrims  to  the  present. 

654  History  of  Opera  (3)  The  composers  and 
their  major  contributions  to  the  various  schools  of 
opera.  PREREQ:  Six  credits  of  music  history. 

655  History  of  Orchestral  Music  (3)  How  the 
symphony  orchestra  developed  from  the  Baroque 
Period  to  the  present  in  its  function,  literature, 
instrumentation,  and  performance  practices. 

656  History  of  Musical  Instruments  (3)  The 
development  of  musical   instruments   from 
antiquity  to  the  20th  century.  A  world  view  of 
instruments  will  include  function  and  perfor- 
mance practices. 

657  History  of  Chamber  Music  (3)  The  history, 
forms,  and  changing  styles  and  media  of  chamber 
music  from  the  16th  century  to  the  present. 
Principal  composers  are  studied. 

658  Performance  Practices  (3)  A  consideration 
of  the  speical  problems  encountered  in  the 
stylistic  realization  and  performance  of  music 


bora  the  Medieval  through  the  Romantic  eras. 
Particular  attention  will  be  focused  on  original 
sources,  period  instruments,  and  performance 
problems.  PREREQ:  MHL  221  and  222  or  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor. 

660  Bach  and  His  Works  (3)  The  life  of  J.  S. 
Bach.  A  study  of  his  works  for  organ,  keyboard, 
and  other  instruments,  plus  cantatas  and  larger 
choral  works. 

661  Beethoven  and  His  Works  (3)  The  life  and 
times  of  Ludwig  van  Beethoven.  Consideration 
of  orchestral,  chamber,  and  vocal  music,  empha- 
sizing chronological  stylistic  development.  Con- 
sideration of  Beethoven's  influence  on  the  later 
19th  century. 

662  Mozart  and  His  Works  (3)  A  study  of  the 
life  and  music  of  Wolfgang  A.  Mozart  with  special 
reference  to  the  period  in  which  he  Uved. 

670     Research  in  Music  History  (3)  Biblio- 
graphical materials  and  research  methods.  Ability 
to  read  at  least  one  foreign  language  required. 

679  Seminar  in  Music  History  I  (1-3)  Significant 
topics  presented  by  faculty  members  or  visiting 
lecturers.  Designed  to  meet  specific  needs  of  the 
seminar  group. 

680  Seminar  in  Music  History  II  (1-3) 
Significant  topics  presented  by  faculty  members 
or  visiting  lecturers.  Designed  to  meet  specific 
needs  of  the  seminar  group. 

681-83     Independent  Study  in  Music  History 
(1-3)  Individual  research  under  the  guidance  of  a 
faculty  member.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instruc- 
tor. 
699    Thesis  in  Music  History  (3) 


Keyboard  Music 


Instrumental  Music 

Prof.  Southall,  Acting  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS 

Edward  A.  Barrow,  Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 
Kenneth  L.  Laudermilch,  D.MA.,  Catholic  University  of 
America 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Sylvia  Moss  Ahramjian,  M.M.,  Indiana  University 
Terry  E.  Guidetti,  M.Mus.,  Northwestern  University 
Ted  Hegvik,  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 
Eugene  Klein,  M.M.E.,  Indiana  University 
H.  Lee  Southall,  M.A.,  Trenton  State  College 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Carol  Isaacson-Briselli,  M.M.,  Temple  University 

Glenn  Lyons,  M.Mus.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music,  Johns 

Hopkins  University 
Owen  Metcalf,  D.M.,  Indiana  University 
Emily  Newbold,  D.M.A.,  Combs  College 
Jane  Richter,  D.M.A.,  Combs  College 


INSTRUCTORS 

Joseph  A.  Goebel,  Jr.,  B.S.,  Millersville  University 
Peter  Paulsen,  B.Mus.,  West  Chester  University 
John  Villella,  M.Mus.,  West  Chester  University 
harry  McKenna 

Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  general  requirements  for  admission  to  degree 
programs  in  music,  instrumental  performance  applicants  must  (1) 
schedule  an  interview  with  the  graduate  coordinator  and  the 
department  chairperson;  (2)  submit  a  repertoire  list;  and  (3) 
demonstrate  performance  ability  at  an  advanced  level  by  performing 
for  an  audition  committee. 

MASTER  OF  MUSIC  IN  INSTRUMENTAL  PERFORMANCE 
(30  semester  hours) 

Instrumental  Concentration:  Nine  credits  in  individual  lessons  at 
the  advanced  level  CXXX  541-43)  and  Recital  (AIM  697);  AEC  511; 
5-6  concentration  credits  (selected  from  AIC  512,  and  ALC  511, 
531,  and  541  or  551);  three  credits  in  music  history;  three  credits 
in  music  theory;  5-6  credits  of  free  electives;  and  completion  of  a 
comprehensive  exit  examination. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
INSTRUMENX\L  MUSIC 

INDIVIDUAL  LESSONS:  Prefixes:  BAR,  BAS, 
BSN.  CIT,  FLU,  FRH,  GTR,  HRP.  OBO,  PER,  SAX, 
TBA,  TPT,  TRB,  VCL,  VIA,  VLN 
501-02     Lessons  at  the  Minor  (beginning) 

Lcvel(l) 
511-14    Lessons  at  the  Major  Level  (1) 
541-43     Lessons  at  the  Advanced  Level  (3) 
For  performance  majors  only. 

AEB  511    Marching  Band  (1) 

AEB  521    Concert  Band  (1) 

AEB  531    Symphonic  Band  (1) 

AEB  541   Wind  Ensemble  (1) 

AEO  531   Chamber  Orchestra  (1) 

AEO  541   Symphony  Orchestra  (1) 

AES  511    Redtal-lnstrumental  Ensemble  (2) 


Program  selection,   recruitment  of  players, 
rehearsal,  and  performance  of  music  for  small 
instrumental  ensembles. 

AIC  512    Advanced  Instrumental  Conducting 
(2)  PREREQ:  Undergraduate  conducting. 

AIM  511     Marching  Band  Techniques  and 
Materials  (3)  A  survey  of  the  function  of  the  total 
marching  band  and  of  each  component  in  the 
band. 

AIM  679-80     Special  Subjects  Seminar- 
Instrumental  (1-3)  Instrumental  music  topics 
presented  by  faculty  and/or  visiting  lecturers. 

AIM  681-83    Independent  Study  in  Music  (1-3) 

AIM  696    Redtal-Instrument  (2)  For  music 
education  majors  in  heu  of  research  report.  PRE- 
REQ: Jury  exam. 

AIM  697    Redtal-Instrument  (2)  For  perfor- 
mance majors.  PREREQ:  Jury  exam. 


INSTRUMENTAL  LITERATURE  COURSES:  A 

survey  of  solo,  ensemble,  and  teaching  literature 

through  performance  and  the  use  of  scores  and 

recordings. 

ALC  511     Brass  Uteranire  (3) 

ALC  531     String  literature  (3) 

ALC  541     Woodwind  Literature  (3) 

ALC  551     Instrumenul  Literature  (3) 

MASTER  CLASSES:  Performance  techniques  and 

stylistic  interpretation  of  instrumental  solo 

works.  PREREQ:  Performance  ability  at  the  major 

level. 

AMC511     Master  Class-Brass  (1-3) 

AMC  521     Master  Class-Percussion  (1-3) 

AMC  531     Master  Class-Strings  (1-3) 

AMC  541     Master  Class-Woodwdnd  (1-3) 

MWB  536-39    Marching  Band  Workshop  (1-3) 

A  comprehensive  marching  band  conference  for 

the  total  marching  band  program.  Foremost 

authorities  offer  instruction  in  their  fields  of 

specialization. 


Keyboard  Music 

Prof.  Pandel,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS 

Robert  E.  Permington,  D.Mus.,  Northwestern  University 
Roben  Schick,  A.Mus.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 
Richard  K  Veleta,  D.Mus.,  Northwestern  University 
Jacques  C.  Voois,  D.MA.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music, 
Johns  Hopkins  University 

ASSOCL^TE  PROFESSORS 

Shirley  T.  Aliferis,  M.Mus.,  Indiana  University 
Robert  M.  Bedford,  D.Mus.,  Catholic  University  of  America 
Robert  C.  Lucas,  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 
Praxiteles  Pandel,  M.S.,  Thejuilliard  School 


Admission  Requirements 

The  Department  of  Keyboard  Music  offers  three  programs  leading 
to  the  Master  of  Music.  Students  may  concentrate  in  performance 
(piano,  harpsichord,  or  organ),  accompanying,  or  piano  pedagogy. 

Performance  applicants  must  (1)  schedule  an  interview  with  the 
graduate  coordinator  and  the  chairperson  of  the  keyboard  depart- 
ment; (2)  submit  a  repertoire  list;  and  (3)  demonstrate  performance 
ability  at  an  advanced  level  by  performing  for  an  audition 
committee. 

Accompanying  applicants  must  (1)  schedule  an  interview  with  the 
graduate  coordinator  and  the  chairperson  of  the  keyboard  department; 
(2)  submit  transcripts  showing  completion  of  a  bachelor's  degree 
in  music,  including  six  semester  hours  of  a  foreign  language  (French, 


Keyboard  Music 


German,  or  Italian  preferred);  and  (3)  demonstrate  accompanying 
ability  at  an  advanced  level  by  performing  for  an  audition  committee. 

Piano  pedagogy  applicants  must  (1)  schedule  an  interview  with 
the  graduate  coordinator  and  the  keyboard  department  chairperson, 
and  (2)  schedule  an  entrance  examination,  which  will  consist  of 
scales,  arpeggios,  solo  repertoire  from  various  stylistic  periods,  and 
sight  reading.  Applicants  whose  undergraduate  degrees  are  not  in 
music  may  be  accepted  into  this  program  if  they  demonstrate 
equivalent  background  in  piano. 

MASTER  OF  MUSIC  IN  KEYBOARD  PERFORMANCE 

(30-35  semester  hours) 

All  programs  require  completion  of  three  semester  hours  each  in 
music  history  and  in  music  theory,  as  well  as  one  of  the  concentrations 
described  below.   In  addition,  all  students  must  complete  a 
comprehensive  exit  examination. 

Piano/Harpsichord  Concentration:  Nine  credits  in  individual  lessons 
at  the  advanced  level  (PIA/HAR  541-43);  six  credits  in  keyboard 
Uterature  (PIA  601-04,  611);  2-3  credits  of  concentration  electives; 
four  credits  of  free  electives;  recital  (PIA  697),  and  completion  of  a 
comprehensive  exit  examination. 
(30  semester  hours) 


Accompanying  Concentration:  Four  credits  in  individual  lessons  at 
the  advanced  level  (PIA  570-71);  eight  credits  of  Ensemble  (PIA 
574-75);  eight  credits  in  cognate  courses  (PIA  572-73,  576-77);  and 
three  credits  in  free  electives  (VOC  511-14,  VOC  515-16  preferred). 
(30  semester  hours) 

Organ  Concentration:  Nine  credits  in  individual  lessons  at  the 
advanced  level  (ORG  541-43);  six  credits  in  organ  literature  (ORG 
551-52);  ORG  561-62;  four  credits  of  free  electives;  recital  (PIA  697), 
and  completion  of  a  comprehensive  exit  examination. 
(30  semester  hours) 

Piano  Pedagogy  Concentration:  Four  credits  in  individual  lessons 
(PIA  578-79);  16  credits  in  piano  pedagogy  (PIA  580-83);  six  credits 
in  keyboard  literature  (PIA  601-04,  611);  and  three  credits  of 
supportive  work  in  methodology,  psychology,  or  philosophy  of 
education  (selected  from  the  Departments  of  Music  Education; 
Childhood  Studies   and  Reading;   Psychology;   or  Counselor, 
Secondary,  and  Professional  Education),  and  completion  of  a 
comprehensive  exit  examination. 
(35  semester  hours) 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

KEYBOARD  MUSIC 

Symbol:  PIA,  ORG,  KEN,  MAK,  HAR,  MWP 

501-2    Individual  Lessons  at  the  Minor  Level 
in  Piano,  Organ,  Harpsichord  (1)  Individual,  half- 
hour  lessons  once  weekly.  An  elective  course 
for  all  graduate  students. 
511-14    Individual  Lessons  at  the  Major  Level 
in  Piano,  Organ,  and  Harpsichord  (1)  Individual 
half-hour  lessons.  Continued  study  in  the  develop- 
ment of  repertoire  and  performing  skills.  Students 
may  be  given  permission  to  register  for  two 
course  numbers  in  the  same  semester,  earning  the 
second  credit  by  doing  additional  outside  work 
and  performing  in  a  recital.  PREREQ:  Completion 
of  the  performance  major  requirements  at  the 
undergraduate  level  or  admission  by  audition. 
525     Piano  Technique  (3)  An  exploration  of  the 
many  approaches  to  acquiring  and  teaching 
piano  technique,  the  correlation  between  tech- 
nique and  musical  style,  how  to  practice  and 
analyze  physiological  movements. 
541-43     Individual  Lessons  at  the  Advanced 
Level  in  Piano,  Organ,  and  Harpsichord  (3) 
Individual,   half-hour  lessons  once  weekly. 
Advanced  studies  leading  to  a  full-length  recital 
at  the  master's  level.  PREREQ:  Completion  of  the 
performance  major  requirements  for  the  Bachelor 
of  Music  degree  or  admission  by  audition. 
MWP  536-539     Piano  Workshop  (1-3) 
MWS  536-539     Contemporary  AppUcatioiu  of 
Keyboard  Synthesizers  (3)  A  hands-on  workshop 
involving  programming  techniques  for  synthesiz- 
ers and  the  study  of  MIDI  networks.  Performance 
and  composition  will  be  emphasized. 
KEN  546     Keyboard  Ensemble  (2)  Performance 
of  duet  and  two-piano  literature. 
ORG  551     Organ  Literature  I  (3)  A  survey  of 
Uterature  for  the  organ  from  the  13th  century  to 
the  Baroque  Period.  The  influence  of  the  organ 
on  the  literature.  Recordings  and  performance  by 
organ  majors. 

ORG  552     Organ  Literature  II  (3)  A  survey  of 
literature  for  the  organ  from  J.S.  Bach  to  the  pres- 
ent. The  influence  of  the  organ  on  the  literature 
Recordings  and  performance  by  organ  majors. 


MAC  558  Master  Class  (Organ)  (1-2) 
MAK  558     Master  Class  (Keyboard)  (1-2) 
Weekly  performance  sessions  for  advanced 
students. 

ORG  561     Accompanying  (Organ)  (3) 
Performance  of  vocal  and  instrumental  accompa- 
nying Uterature  for  organ  from  all  periods. 
Performance  and  reading  sessions. 
ORG  562     Service  Playing  (Organ)  (3)  A  survey 
of  problems  in  service  playing  for  the  organist. 
Hymn  accompaniment,  improvisation,  conducting 
from  the  organ,  and  Uterature  for  the  service. 
Observation  of  service  playing  when  possible. 
570-71     Individual  Lessons  at  the  Advanced 
Level  for  Accompanists  (2)  Individual,  half-hour 
lessons  once  a  week  to  train  pianists  in  playing 
accompaniments.  PREREQ:  Admission  to  the 
M.M.  concentration  in  accompanying. 
572-73    Accompanying  I,  Vocal;  II,  Instrumental 
(3)  Survey  of  accompanying  Uterature:  (1)  art 
songs,  recitatives,  cantata,  opera,  and  oratorio 
arias;  and  01)  strings,  winds,  and  brass.  Perfor- 
mance and  reading  in  class. 
PIA  574-75     Ensemble  I,  II  (4)  Accompanying 
in  teaching  studios  for  large  groups  (choruses),  for 
various  ensembles  (including  trios  and  quanets), 
and  for  faculty,  B.M.,  MM.,  general,  and  senior 
student  recitals. 

576  Harpsichord  and  Continue  Realization  (1) 
An  introduction  to  harpsichord  playing  and  the 
principles  of  continue  realization. 

577  Transposition  and  Score  Reading  (2) 
Training  in  score  reading  and  transposition  at 
the  keyboard. 

578  Individual,  half-hour  lessons  for  students 
of  piano  pedagogy  (2)  PREREQ:  Admission  to 
the  pedagogy  concentration. 

579  Individual,  half-hour  lessons  for  students 
of  piano  pedagogy  (2)  Includes  presentation  of 
a  hiU  or  half  recital  of  concen  works  or 
pedagogical  pieces,  or  a  lecture-recital. 

580  Group  Piano  Pedagogy  I  (4)  Procedures 
and  materials  for  group  piano  instruction  from 
preschool  through  beginning  levels.  Emphasis  on 
developing  musical  Uteracy  and  creativity 
through  peer  learning  and  group  interactions. 
Includes  pracricum  in  group  piano  instruction. 


581  Group  Piano  Pedagogy  II  (4)  Procedures 
and  materials  for  group  instruction  from   the 
intermediate  through  advanced  levels.  Emphasis 
on  developing  comprehensive  musicianship 
through  an  interwoven  study  of  literature,  musical 
analysis,  technique,  improvisation,  ear  training, 
harmony,  transposition,  and  sight  reading.  PRE- 
REQ: PL\  580. 

582  Piano  Pedagogy  I  (4)  An  in-depth  study  of 
repertoire  and  materials  available  to  the  studio 
piano  teacher  for  the  beginning  and  intermediate 
leveb.  Discussions  of  related  concerns,  such  as 
memorization,  practice  techniques,  developing 
technique   through  literature,   principles  of 
fingering,  and  sight  reading.  Includes  practicura 
in  individual  instruction. 

583  Selected  Topics  in  Piano  Pedagogy  (4) 
Further  exploration  of  the  goals  and  objectives 
of  piano  study  through  presentation  of  selected 
topics  and  continued  practicum  in  individual 
instruction. 

601  Baroque  Keyboard  Literature  (3)  The 
Renaissance  through  development  of  variation 
form  and  dance  suite.  Emphasis  on  performance 
practices,  realizing  ornament  signs  and  figured 
basses;  transferral  to  the  modem  piano;  in-depth 
study  of  works  of  Handel,  J.S.  Bach,  and  D.  Scar- 
latti. Some  student  performance  required. 

602  Classical  Piano  Literature  (3)  Literature 
for  the  early  piano   (1750-1830).   Origin  and 
development  of  the  sonau  and  performance 
practices  of  homophonic  style.  Music  of  the  sons 
of  Bach,  Haydn,  Mozan.  and  Beethoven.  Sound 
and  structure  of  the  early  piano.  Some  student 
performance  required. 

603  Romantic  Piano  Literature  (3)  Analysis  of 
piano  styles  of  Schubert,  Chopin,  Mendelssohn, 
Schumann,  Liszt.  Brahms,  Faure,  Mussorgsky, 
Tchaikovsky,  and  Grieg.  Performance  practices. 
The  virtuoso  etude  and  problems  of  technical 
execution.  Some  student  performance  required. 
PREREQ:  PIA  426  (Keyboard  Literature  U)  or 
equivalent. 

604  20th  Century  Piano  Literature  (3) 
Seminal  works  and  styles  of  this  century.  Albe- 
niz,  Rachmaninoff,  Debussy,  Ravel.   Prokofiev, 
Hindemith,  Schoenberg,  Bartok,  and  American 


Music  Theory  and  Composition 


composers.  Some  student  performance  required. 

PREREQ:   MTC  213   aheory  of  Music  IV)  or 

equivalent. 

608    The  Music  of  Chopin  (3)  A  comprehensive 

study  of  the  contributions  of  Frederic  Chopin 

to  keyboard  Uterature. 

611     The  Piano  Concerto  (3)  A  chronological 

presentation  of  the  development  of  the  piano 

concerto;  performances,  problems,  and  practices 


will  be  emphasized.  Covers  from  J.S.  Bach  to 

present. 

679-680     Special  Subjects  Seminar  (1-3) 

Significant  topics  presented  by  faculty  members 

or  visiting  lecturers.  Designed  to  meet  specific 

needs  of  the  seminar  group. 

681-683     Independent  Study  in  Music  (1-3) 

696     Recital  (1)  A  shared  (half)  recital  open  to 

candidates  for  the  Master  of  Music  degree  (music 


education  concentration).  In  lieu  of  research 
report.  Program  notes  required.  PREREQ:  Ap- 
proval by  committee  examination. 
697     Recital  (2)  A  full  public  recital,  demonstrat- 
ing an  understanding  of  various  performance 
styles  and  an  ability  to  perform  literature  from 
several  periods.  Required  of  candidates  for  the 
Master  of  Music  in  applied  music.  PREREQ: 
Approval  by  committee  examination. 


Music  Theory  and  Composition 

Dr.  Nelson,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS 

James  E.  McVoy,  Ph.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 
Lany  A.  Nelson,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 
James  D.  Sullivan,  Ph.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

John  Mackay,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  San  Diego 
Robert  Maggio,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Admission  Requirements 

Theory  and/or  composition  applicants  must:  (1)  schedule  an  interview 
with  the  graduate  coordinator  and  a  faculty  committee  appointed 
by  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Music  Theory  and 
Composition;  and  (2)  demonstrate  suflScient  pianistic  ability,  sight 
singing,  and  aural  perception  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  program.  In 


addition,  composition  applicants  must  submit  original  works  showing 
technical  facility  in  composition. 

MASTER  OF  MUSIC  IN  THEORY 

(30  semester  hours) 

Three  credits  in  music  history;  15  credits  in  music  theory  (selected 

from  MTC   512,   517,   541,   544,   546,   and   563);   six  credits   in 

concentration  electives;  three  credits  of  free  electives;  three  credits 

of  thesis  (MTC  697).  The  thesis  defense  serves  as  a  comprehensive 

exit  examination. 

MASTER  OF  MUSIC  IN  COMPOSITION 

(30  semester  hours) 

Three  credits  in  music  history,  MTC  512,  513,  and  514  (nine  credits); 

12  credits  in  music  theory,  selected  from  MTC  515,  516,  517,  541, 

542,  544,  545,  546,  550,  552,  554,  563,  and  564;  three  credits  of  free 

electives;  and  three  credits  of  thesis  (MTC  699).  The  thesis  defense 

serves  as  the  comprehensive  exit  examination. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

MUSIC  THEORY  AND  COMPOSITION 

Symbol:  MTC  (unless  otherwise  indicated) 

512-14    Advanced  Composition  I,  II,  and  III 
(3)   Free  composition   in   larger  forms   for 
ensembles,  solo  voice  and  chorus,  chamber 
groups,  and  orchestra.  PREREQ:  MTC  213  (The- 
ory of  Music  IV)  or  equivalent. 

515  Serialism  and  Atonality  (3)  Compositional 
procedures  and  theoretical  concepts  in  atonal 
and  serial  work  of  Schoenberg,  Berg,  Webem,  Bar- 
tok,  Stravinsky,  and  more  recent  composers. 
PREREQ:  MTC  213  aheory  of  Music  IV)  or 
equivalent. 

516  Jazz  Practices  (2-3)  Jazz  history,  writing, 
and  performance.  Survey  of  basic  jazz  Uterature; 
fundamental  techniques  in  arranging  and  impro- 
vising. PREREQ:  MTC  212  (Theory  of  Music  III) 
or  equivalent. 

517  Electronic  Music  (3)  Materials  and  tech- 
niques of  electronic   music  and   their  use  in 
composition.  Laboratory  experience  in  the 
composition  of  electronic  music.  PREREQ:  Permis- 
sion of  the  instructor. 

MWJ  536-39    Jazz  Studies  Workshop  (1-3)  A 
workshop  for  the  study  and  performance  of  jazz. 
Arranging  and  ensemble  performance  opportuni- 
ties. A  separate  brochure  describes  summer 
workshops. 

540  Advanced  Band  Arranging  (3)  Emphasis 
on  arranging  for  school  bands.  Consideration 
given  to  bands  with  inexperienced  performers  and 
limited  instrumentation.  PREREQ:  Teaching 
experience  and  a  knowledge  of  orchestration. 

541  Advanced  Orchestration  (3)  Original  com- 
position of  arrangement  for  orchestra.  PREREQ: 
A  knowledge  of  the  instruments  of  the  orchestra 
and  experience  in  their  use. 


542    Advanced  Musical  Form  (3)  A  detailed 
study  of  musical  form,  with  emphasis  on  modifi- 
cations of  sonata  form,  vocal  and  instrumental 
forms  of  Baroque  music,  and  forms  that  are 
unique. 

544  Advanced  Counterpoint  I  (3)  Contrapuntal 
techniques  of  the  18th  century.  Chorale  prelude 
and  invention. 

545  Advanced  Counterpoint  II  (3)  Continuation 
of  MTC  544.  Includes  the  canon,  invertible 
counterpoint,  and  fugue.  PREREQ:  MTC  544  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

546  Techniques  of  Early  20th  Century  Music 
(3)  A  study  of  compositional  techniques  in 
representative  vocal  and  instrumental  works  of 
the  first  two  decades  of  this  century. 

550    Acoustics  of  Music  (3)  The  study  of  sound; 
its  production,  transmission,  and  reception. 
Musical  instruments,  the  acoustics  of  rooms,  and 
the  physical  basis  of  scales. 
552-53     Pedagogy  of  Music  Theory  I-II  (3) 
Techniques  and  materials  for  teaching  music 
theory.  MTC  552  is  not  a  prerequisite  to  MTC  553. 

554  Modal  Counterpoint  I  (3)  Use  of  modes, 
musica,  ficta,  and  cadences  in  16th-century  music. 
Experience  in  imitation  in  two  parts,  using  all 
note  values;  double  counterpoint;  and  pronuncia- 
tion and  setting  of  Latin  texts. 

555  Modal  Counterpoint  II  (3)  Continuation 
of  MTC  554.  Writing  in  three  and  more  voices. 
PREREQ:  MTC  554. 

561  Jazz  Harmony  and  Arranging  (3) 

562  Advanced  Jazz  Harmony  and  Arranging 
(3)  A  study  of  improvisation  and  arranging, 
Uterature,  and  other  aspects  of  an  important  phase 
of  popular  styles. 

563  Seminar  in  Music  Theory  (2)  Intensive 
work  in  selected  areas  of  music  theory.  Guidance 


in  individual  projects  leading  to  significant 
current  developments  in  theory.  PREREQ:  Permis- 
sion of  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of 
Theory  and  Composition. 

564    Performance  Practices  in  Contemporary 
Music  (3)  This  course  will  provide  the  following 
opportunities:  (1)  the  participants  will  study 
technical  problems  of  understanding  new  notation 
(e.g.,  graphic  scores,  proportional  scores,  multi- 
phonics,  microtones,  metric  modulation,  asymmet- 
rical rhythm  groupings,  prose  scores,  etc.),  and 
wiU  develop  a  reasonable  facility  in  performing 
scores  that  include  these  techniques;  (2)  an 
ensemble,  for  which  composition  students  may 
compose;  and  (3)  the  establishment  of  an 
ensemble,  which  may  publicly  perform  new  music. 

591  Advanced  Chromatic  Harmony  (3) 

592  Advanced  Ear  Training  (2) 

679    Special  Subjects  Seminar  (1-3)  Significant 
topics  presented  by  faculty  members  or  visiting 
lecturers.  Designed  to  meet  specific  needs  of  the 
seminar  group. 

681-83     Independent  Study  in  Music  (1-3) 
Individual  research  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty 
member.  PREREQ:  Permission  of  instructor. 

691-92     Research  Seminar  in  Music  (1-2)  A 
research  proposal  with  supporting  procedures  is 
developed.  Guidance  in  individual  research  topics 
with  tutorial  assistance  in  form  and  style  of 
research  writing. 

697  Theory  Thesis  (3)  For  graduate  majors  in 
theory  only. 

698  Research  Report  (1) 

699  Musical  Composition  Thesis  (3)  For 
graduate  majors  in  composition  only. 


Vocal  and  Choral  Music 


Vocal  and  Choral  Music 

Prof.  Alt,  Chairperson 

PROFESSORS 

Raymond  Friday,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Lois  V.  Alt,  M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan 

W.  Larry  Dorminy,  D.Mus.,  Indiana  University 

Joy  Vandever,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 

G.  Alan  Wagner,  M.F.A.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Kathryn  Chilcote,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Oregon 
David  Sprenkle,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Maryland 
Jane  Wyss,  D.M-A.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin 

Admission  Requirements 

Voice  applicants  must:  (1)  demonstrate  advanced  perfonnance  ability, 
(2)  auition  with  a  program  including  selections  drawn  from  Italian 


art  song,  German  Lied.  French  melodic,  opera,  and  oratorio;  (3) 
demonstrate  diction  competency  in  Italian,  German,  and  French;  (4) 
submit  a  repertoire  list;  and  (5)  schedule  an  interview  with  the 
graduate  coordinator  and  the  department  chairperson.  Students 
lacking  nine  credits  of  undergraduate  foreign  language  must  remove 
this  deficiency  before  candidacy. 

MASTER  OF  MUSIC  IN  VOCAL  PERFORMANCE 

(30  semester  hours) 

The  program  requires  completion  of  three  credits  in  music  history 
and  three  credits  in  music  theory,  as  well  as  the  concentration 
described  below. 

Voice  Concentration:  Nine  credits  in  individual  lessons  at  the 
advanced  level  (VOI  541-43)  and  a  recital  (VOI  697);  VOC  524 
(three  credits);  4-6  credits  (selected  from  VOC  511-16,  526,  529,  546, 
591,  and  612,  and  MHL  654),  4-6  credits  of  free  electives;  and 
completion  of  a  comprehensive  exit  examination. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
VOCAL-CHORAL 

Symbol:  CHO 

511     Masterworks  Chorus  (1)  A  large,  all-class, 
mixed  chorus  presenting  oratorios,  masses,  and 
advanced  level  choral  literature.  By  audition. 

611  Chamber  Choir  (2)  A  conson  of  15-25 
singers  specializing  in  the  performance  of  sacred 
and  secular  vocal  music  of  the  Renaissance  and 
early  Baroque  periods.  By  audition. 

612  Concert  Choir  (1)  A  mixed  chorus  of  35-45 
singers  performing  sacred  and  secular  choral 
literature  of  all  periods  and  styles.  By  audition. 

Symbol:  VOC 

511  Master  Class  —  Baroque  (1)  Discussion 
and  perfonnance  of  songs  from  the  Baroque 
period. 

512  Master  Class  —  German  Lied  (1) 
Discussion  and  performance  of  the  German  art 
song. 

513  Master  Class  —  French  Melodie  (1)  Dis- 
cussion and  performance  of  the  late  French  an 
song. 

514  Master  Class  -  20th  Century  Art  Song 
(1)  Discussion  and  performance  of  art  songs  faom 
the  20th  century. 

515  English-Italian  Diction  (3)  English,  Italian, 
and  Latin  diction  in  a  laboratory  course  to 
esublish  correct  pronunciation  in  singing.  The 
phonetics  of  these  languages  are  used  in  selected 
song  repenoire. 

516  French-German  Diction  (3)  French  and 
German  diction  in  a  laboratory  course  to  establish 
correct  pronunciation  in  singing.  The  phonedcs 
of  these  languages  are  used  in  selected  song 
repertoire. 


524     Musico-Dramatic  Production  (3) 
Techniques  of  producing  musical  plays.  Prepara- 
tion for  roles,  coaching,  and  conducting  rehears- 
als. May  lead  to  a  public  performance  of  the 
material  studied. 

526     Choral  Literature   (3)   Representative 
examples  of  choral  music  from  the  various  musical 
periods.  Primarily  the  larger  works  for  chorus 
are  used. 

529    Vocal  Literature  (3)  Classic  song  hterature, 
lieder,  melodie,  and  contemporary  art  songs  are 
discussed. 

536-39    Vocal-Choral  Workshops   (1-3) 
Participation-oriented  workshops  designed  to 
meet  specific  needs  in  vocal-choral  music. 
546    Vocal  Ensemble  (2)  Self-study  in  the 
performance  and  preparation  of  small  ensembles. 
Project  must  have  the  approval  of  the  department 
chairperson. 

591     Vocal  Pedagogy  (3)  Principles  and  tech- 
niques of  teaching  voice. 
612    Advanced  Choral  Conducting  (2)  Study 
and  application  of  choral  conducting  techniques. 
PREREQ:  VOC  312  or  permission  of  instructor. 
679-80     Special  Subjects  Seminar  (1-3) 
Significant  topics  presented  by  faculty  or  visiting 
lecturers. 

681  Independent  Snidy  (1) 

682  Independent  Snidy  (2) 

683  Independent  Study  (3) 

691  Research  Seminar  in  Music  (2) 

692  Research  Seminar  in  Music  (1) 

Symbol:  VOI 

501-02     Individual  Lessons  at  the  Minor  Level 
(1)  An  elective  course  for  graduate  students. 


511-14     Individual  Lessons  at  the  Major  Level 
(1)  A  course  for  voice  majors  in  the  Master  of 
Music  in  music  education  program.  PREREQ: 
Completion  of  the  undergraduate  voice  major 
requirements  or  by  audition. 

541-43     Individual  Lessons  at  the  Advanced 
Level  (3)  Advanced  vocal  studies  culminating  in 
a  full  masters  recital.  PREREQ:  Completion  of  the 
performance  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Music  in  voice  program  or  admission  by  audition. 

696  Recital  (1)  A  shared  (half)  public  recital 
for  candidates  in  the  Master  of  Music  Education 
program  in  Ueu  of  a  research  repon.  Candidate 
must  write  approved  program  notes.  PREREQ: 
Approval  by  the  examination  committee. 

697  Recital  (2)  A  full  pubUc  recital  demonstrat- 
ing an  understanding  of  various  performance 
styles  and  the  ability  to  perform.  Required  of 
candidates  for  the  Master  of  Music  in  Voice  degree. 
PREREQ:  Approval  by  the  examination  commit- 
tee. 

Symbol;  VOW 

521  The  Broadway  Musical  (3)  This  course 
surveys  the  American  musical  theatre,  past  and 
present.  It  is  activity  oriented  as  it  surveys  all 
elements  of  producing  the  American  musical  in 
school  or  other  amateur  settings. 

522  The  Musical  Revue  (3)  This  course  explores 
the  concept  of  choral  music  in  motion  and  will 
teach  the  necessary  techniques  and  skills  for 
mounting  a  successful  choral  ensemble  show. 
Participants  will  leave  the  course  with  a  full  revue 
entirely  staged  and  developed. 


Nursing 


Nursing 

105  Nursing  Building 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2219 

Dr.  Susan  Slaninka,  Chairperson,  Coordinator  of  Graduate 
Studies 

PROFESSOR 

Susan  C.  Slaninka,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Barbara  F.  Haus,  Ed.D.,  Lehigh  University 

Eileen  G.  Perciful,  D.N.Sc,  Widener  University 

Admission  Requirements 

The  minimum  admission  standards  for  the  Department  of  Nursing 
are  a  BSN  degree  from  an  NLN-accredited  program,  an  undergraduate 
GPA  of  at  least  2.5,  a  course  in  statistics,  a  course  in  physical 
assessment,  GRE  verbal  and  quantitative  score  or  MAT  score,  current 
licensure  as  a  registered  nurse  (Pennsylvania  Hcensure  required  prior 
to  the  clinical  practicum),  at  least  rwo  years  of  recent  full-time 
experience  as  a  nurse  providing  direct  clinical  care,  and  three  letters 
of  recommendation  from  individuals  familiar  with  the  appUcant's 
academic  and/or  professional  qualihcations. 

MASTER  OF  SOENCE  IN  NURSING 
(36  semester  hours) 

Concentration:  Community  Health  Nursing 

The  Master  of  Science  in  Nursing  program  will  prepare  professional 
nurses  for  leadership  roles  in  community  health  nursing  through  in- 
depth  consideration  of  community-based  health  care  deUvery  systems, 
preparation  in  a  functional  role,  and  the  use  of  critical  inquiry  and 
scholarship  to  improve  the  practice  of  nursing. 
The  program  curriculum,  developed  in  coordination  with  nurse 
educators,  clinicians,  and  professional  societies,  offers  a  choice  of 
instructional  focus.  The  student  will  select  either  an  education  or 
administration  functional  component  within  the  Community  Health 
concentration.  All  students  pursuing  the  MSN  degree  are  required 
to  earn  six  credits  in  nursing  research  to  complete  the  program. 
The  program  was  developed  in  accordance  with  the  professional 
standards  of  the  National  League  for  Nursing  and  the  Pennsylvania 
Board  of  Nursing.  The  department  will  continue  striving  to  maintain 
the  highest  academic  standards  at  all  professional  levels  and  to 
achieve  professional  approval  and  accreditation. 
Functional  Component:  Nursing  Education 
The  focus  in  Nursing  Education  will  enhance  the  skiUs  of  the 
professional  nurse  in  curriculum  development  and  teaching  compe- 
tencies in  nursing.  Relevant  electives  (three  credits)  are  selected 
under  advisement. 

Functional  Component:  Nursing  Administration 
The  Nursing  Administration  focus  will  fadhtate  preparation  of 
graduate  nurses  as  clinical  specialists,  especially  in  the  fields  of 


gerontology  and  chronic  illness.  This  focus  is  designed  in  anticipation 
of  a  more  severely  ill  case  mix  in  acute-care  settings,  as  weU  as 
accelerated  use  of  HMO's,  home  health  agencies,  and  other  types  of 
community-based  care.  Relevant  electives  (six  credits)  are  selected 
under  advisement. 

Requirements  for  the  Master  of  Science  in  Nursing 

(36  semester  hours) 

I.  Core  Component  18  semester  hours 
BIO  584    Epidemiology  (3)  OR  HEA  520  Scientific  Basis  for 

HealA  (3) 
NSG  501  Nursing  Theories  and  Issues  (3) 
NSG  502  Perspectives  of  Community  Health  Nursing  (4) 
NSG  503  Principles  and  Practice  of  Community  Health 

Nursing  (6) 
NSG  504  Advanced  Concepts  of  Community  Health  Nursing  (2) 

II.  Functional  Component  9  semester  hours 
Each  student  will  choose  either  nursing  administration  or  nursing 
education  as  a  functional  focus. 

A.  Nursing  Administration 

NSG  509  Nursing  Administradon  in  Community  Health 

Settings  (3) 
Relevant  electives  selected  under  advisement  (6) 
OR 

B.  Nursing  Education 

NSG  507  Curriculum  Development  in  Nursing  Education  (3) 
NSG  508  Teaching  Competencies  in  Nursing:  Principles  and 

Methods  (3) 
Relevant  electives  selected  under  advisement  (3) 
ni.  Research  Component  6  semester  hours 

NSG  505  Nursing  Research  I  (3) 
NSG  506  Nursing  Research  II  (3) 
IV.  Elective  3  semester  hours 

Relevant  electives  selected  under  advisement 
Nursing  Laboratory 

The  Nursing  Laboratory  is  available  as  a  resource  to  help  the  nursing 
student  in  the  learning  process.  There  are  several  sections  of  the 
laboratory.  One  area  houses  a  variety  of  equipment  to  allow  the 
student  to  view  A-V  material  such  as  fihnstrips,  sUdes,  and 
videocassettes  related  to  psycho-motor  skills  involved  in  nursing. 
This  equipment  can  be  used  individually  or  in  small  groups.  The 
second  section  contains  equipment  to  allow  the  student  to  practice 
these  skills.  The  third  and  fourth  rooms  serve  as  seminar  or  study 
rooms.  Computers  and  printers  are  also  available  for  student  use. 
Every  student  is  required  to  utilize  the  learning  laboratory  at  specified 
times.  In  addition,  it  is  anticipated  that  students  will  spend  time 
utilizing  this  resource  for  independent  learning  based  on  their 
individual  needs.  The  laboratory  is  staffed  by  a  full-time  nursing 
laboratory  coordinator,  Darlene  Barr,  who  is  a  registered  nurse.  The 
hours  when  the  lab  is  open  will  be  posted. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

NURSING 
Symbol:  NSG 

501  Nursing  Theories  and  Issues  (3) 
Exploration  of  a  variety  of  theories  and  current 
issues  that  affect  nursing  practice,  education,  and 
administration. 

502  Perspectives  of  Community  Health  Nursing 
(4)  Introduction  to  basic  concepts  of  public 


health  and  community  health  nursing,  viewed 
primarily  in  the  context  of  Neuman's  model. 
Includes  both  classroom  presentations  and  clinical 
practicum  in  an  agency  of  interest  to  the  student, 
focusing  primarily  on  community  health  care. 
PREREQ  or  concurrently:  NSG  SOL 

503     Principles  and  Practice  of  Community 
Health  Nursing  (6)  Students  will  continue  to 
refine  the  application  of  principles  of  community 


health  during  a  second  in  the  series  of  courses 
combining  theory  with  practice.  Continued 
emphasis  on  the  poUdcal,  governmental,  and  fiscal 
management  aspects  of  community  health 
nursing.  PREREQ:  NSG  502. 

504    Advanced  Concepts  of  Community  Health 
Nursing  (2)  Culmination  of  the  series  of  courses 
in  community  health  nursing,  bringing  to  a  peak 
the  classroom  and  clinical  practicum  experiences 


Philosophy 


previously  obtained.  No  clinical  practicum  is 
associated  with  this  course,  which  will  be  taken 
either  prior  to  or  together  with  the  functional 
practicum.  PREREQ:  NSG  503. 

505  Nursing  Research  I  (3) 

506  Nursing  Research  II  (3)  Critical  analysis 
of  research  design  and  outcomes,  using  existing 
nursing  research  studies  from  the  professional 
literature  and  existing  computerized  simulated 
research  to  develop  skill  in  research  modalities. 


507  Curriculum  Development  in  Nursing 
Education  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  examine 
the  theory  and  practice  of  curriculum  develop- 
ment  as  a  group   process,   synthesizing  basic 
principles  of  curriculum  in  nursing  education. 

508  Teaching  Competencies  in  Nursing   — 
Principles  and  Methods  (3)  Examination  of  the 
teaching-learning  process  and  skills  in  profes- 
sional nursing,  with  emphasis  on  baccalaureate 
or  in-service  education.  Includes  both  classroom 
and  clinical  practicum  teaching  experience,  as 


well  as  seminars  with  other  students  enrolled. 
Focus  is  community  health  nursing  throughout. 
PREREQ:  NSG  507. 

509     Nursing  Administration  in  Community 
Health  Settings  (3)  Examination  of  management 
skills  for  nurse-administrators  in  a  service 
setting  in  community  health.   Includes  both 
classroom  and  clinical  practicum  administrative 
experience,  as  well  as  seminars  with  other  students 
enrolled.  Focus  is  community  health  nursing 
throughout. 


Philosophy 


103  Main  Hall 

West  Chester  University 

West  Chester,  PA  19383 

(215)  436-2841 

Dr.  Claghom,  Chairperson  and  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

George  5.  Claghom,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

W  Stephen  Croddy,  Ph.D.,  Brown  University 

Thomas  W.  Piatt,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Stanley  Riukas,  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Paul  A.  Streveler,  Ph.D.,  L^nj versify  of  Wisconsin 

Frederick  R  Struckmeyer,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Frank  J.  Ho£6nan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  London 

Ruth  Porritt,  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 

Program  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  offers  a  program  leading  to 
the  Master  of  Arts  in  philosophy.  This  degree  will  serve  as  a 
foundation  for  studies  leading  to  a  Ph.D.  in  philosophy  or 
prepare  students  for  positions  in  industry,  government,  or 
college  teaching. 

Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  general  requirements  for  admission  to  a  degree 


program  at  West  Chester,  applicants  must  present  a  minimum  of  12 
semester  hours  of  undergraduate  philosophy,  including  courses  in 
history  of  ancient  philosophy,  history  of  modem  philosophy,  ethics, 
and  logic. 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 

Candidates  for  the  M.A.  must  demonstrate  a  reading  proficiency  in 

French,  German,  or  Spanish. 

Final  Examination  Requirement 

A  comprehensive,  written  final  examination  is  required.  This  will 
cover  four  fields;  (1)  metaphysics;  (2)  any  two  from  logic,  ethics, 
aesthetics,  philosophy  of  language,  philosophy  of  science,  or 
American  philosophy,  and  (3)  any  agreed-upon  philosopher,  such 
as  Plato,  Aquinas,  Kant,  or  Wittgenstein. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  PHILOSOPHY 

(30  semester  hours) 

AH  candidates  are  required  to  take  PHI  599  and  PHI  640.  Beyond 
these  requirements,  the  student  has  the  choice  of  a  thesis  or  non- 
thesis  program. 

The  thesis  program  requires  18  semester  hours  in  philosophy;  six 
semester  hours  of  electives,  chosen  from  philosophy  or  related 
courses;  and  the  thesis  (PHI  610),  which  accounts  for  six  semester 
hours. 

The  nonthesis  program  specifies  24  semester  hours  in  the  philosophy 
concentration  and  six  semester  hours  of  electives  (philosophy  or 
related). 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
PHILOSOPHY 

Symbol:  PHI 

506     Meaning  in  Language  (also  UN  506) 
(3)  A  discussion  of  topics  having  to  do  with 
meaning  in  everyday  oral  communication. 

512  Ethical  Theories  (3)  Examination  of  various 
ethical  theories  with  practical  appUcations  to 
such  problems  as  authority,  punishment,  rights, 
marriage,  and  race. 

513  Aesthetic  Theories  (3)  History  of  aesthetics, 
as  seen  in  classic  interpretations.  Psychological 
and  sociological  origins  of  art;  the  role  of  art  works 
in  the  enrichment  of  life. 

514  Philosophy  of  Religion  (3)  Dominant  trends 
in  reUgious  philosophy  of  the  Western  world. 
Religious  language,  reason,  and  faith,  science,  the 
nature  of  man,  the  existence  of  God,  and 
mysticism. 

515  Existentialism  (3)  Background  and  themes 
of  current  existentialism,  as  reflected  in  Kierke- 
gaard, Jaspers,  Marcel,  Heidegger,  and  Sartre. 


Evaluation  of  existentialism  and  its  impact  on 
contemporary  literature,  drama,  art,  and  society. 
520     Philosophy  of  Mind  (3)  The  human  mind, 
according  to  representative  views.  Presupposi- 
tions and  implicatioris,  both  scientific  and 
philosophic,  traced  and  analyzed.  The  mind-body 
problem,  perception,  memory,  and  the  impUca- 
tions  of  depth  psychology. 

522  Philosophy  of  Science  (3)  The  course 
begins  with  case  studies  in  science  and  derives 
general  principles   from   them.   Scientific   law, 
analogy,  models,  variant  theories,  confirmation, 
and  interpretation. 

523  Philosophy  of  Language  (ako  UN  523) 
(3)  Problems  of  language  and  oral  communication, 
with  emphasis  on  problems  of  reference. 

530    American  Philosophy  (3)  American  views 
of  man,  society,  and  the  universe,  from  colonial 
times  to  the  20th  century. 
♦  531     Oriental  Philosophy  (3)  Central  figures 
and  classic  teachings  of  Eastern  philosophy  and 
religion:  Islam,  Hinduism,  Buddhism,  Confucian- 


ism, Taoism,  and  Shintoism;  naturalistic  and 
humanistic  elements  of  decisive  influence  on  the 
culture  of  the  Orient. 

536    SymboUc  Logic  (3)  Basic  principles  and 
methods  of  symbolic  logic.  Practice  in  determining 
validity  of  sentential  and  quantificational  argu- 
ments. The  algebra  of  classes. 

♦  590     Independent  Studies  in  Philosophy  (3) 

♦  599    Philosophic  Concepts  and  Systems  (3) 
Basic  concepts  of  the  philosophic  enterprise:  form, 
matter,  the  categories,  cause,  and  purpose. 
Relation  of  premises  to  method  and  conclusions. 
Rival  theories  are  compared  for  justification  and 
adequacy. 

610     Thesis  (6) 

♦  640     Seminar  (3)  Study  and  c\'aluation  of  the 
major  works  of  one  philosopher,  such  as  Plato, 
Aquinas,  Kant,  or  Wittgerutein. 

The  following  undergraduate  course  may  also 
be  taken  for  graduate  credit,  when  properly 
approved:  PHI  483,  Philosophy  of  History. 


♦  This  course  may  be  taken  again  for  credit 


Physical  Education 


Physical  Education 

Health  and  Physical  Education  Center 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2260 

Dr.  Lank,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Todd,  Graduate  Coordinator 

PROFESSORS 

Monita  M.  Lank,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa 
Richard  B.  Yoder,  M.A.,  Villanova  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Mildred  L.  Greenwood,  M.Ed.,  Temple  University 
Carla  Shinners,  Ed.D.,  Brigham  Young  University 
Paul  K.  Smith,  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Joseph  J.  Godek  III,  M.S.,  West  Chester  University 
Karen  M.  Koehler,  Ed.D.,  University  of  North 

Carolina  —  Greensboro 
Monica  P.  Lepore,  Ed.D.,  New  York  University 
M.  Kent  Todd,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  — 

Greensboro 

Program  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Physical  Education  offers  programs  leading 
to  a  Master  of  Science  degree  in  physical  education,  and  a 
Master  of  Science  degree  with  a  concentration  in  sport  and 
athletic  administration  within  the  Master  of  Science  in 
Administration.  The  Master  of  Science  degree  in  physical 
education  (research  project  track)  enriches  academic  prepara- 
tion for  teaching  in  the  pubUc  schools  or  obtaining 
employment  in  the  various  professions  related  to  physical 
education.  The  Master  of  Science  degree  in  physical  education 
(thesis  track)  is  designed  primarily  to  meet  the  individual 
needs  of  graduate  students  who  want  to  pursue  graduate  work 
beyond  the  master's  degree  or  a  career  in  research.  It  may 
also  prepare  personnel  for  staff  positions  in  education, 
government,  and  industry. 

The  sport  and  athletic  administration  concentration  in  the 
Master  of  Science  in  Administration  program  is  designed  to 
provide  academic  preparation  for  those  persons  interested  in 
entering  the  field  of  sport  and  athletic  administration,  and 
to  assist  in  upgrading  the  credentials  of  those  persons  presentiy 
in  the  fields  of  sport  and  athletic  administration. 

Certification  programs  in  driver  education  and  safe  hving, 
and  coaching  are  also  offered  by  the  Department  of  Physical 
Education. 

The  Department  of  Physical  Education  also  ofiFers  graduate 
assistantships. 

The  Professor  Russell  Sturzebecker  Scholarship 

The  Graduate  Division  in  the  School  of  Health  Sciences  in  the 
Department  of  Physical  Education  administers  the  Professor  Russell 
Sturzebecker  Scholarship.  Through  the  generosity  of  Mr.  John  F. 
Unruh,  a  $100  award  is  made  each  semester  to  a  "worthy  and  needy" 
graduate  student  in  health  and  physical  education.  The  award  is 
donated  by  Mr.  Unruh  in  honor  of  Professor  Sturzebecker. 


The  recipient  must  be  working  fiill  time  in  the  field  of  health  and 
physical  education  and  must  be  a  part-time  student  at  West  Chester 
University  working  towards  a  master's  degree  in  his  or  her 
professional  field. 

Graduate  students  who  meet  the  above  criteria  are  invited  to  submit 
a  letter  of  apphcation  for  the  scholarship  along  with  a  resume  of 
their  professional  and  academic  status.  These  documents  should  be 
submitted  to  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Physical  Education 
on  or  before  December  15  for  the  first  semester  award  and  on  or 
before  March  15  for  the  second  semester. 

The  Graduate  Scholarship 

The  Graduate  Division  of  the  Department  of  Physical  Education 

administers  a  graduate  scholarship.  The  amount  of  money  awarded 

may  vary  somewhat  from  year  to  year  depending  on  the  funds 

available,  but  it  is  anticipated  that  the  award  will  be  approximately 

$300  each  year. 

Selection  criteria  include  scholarship,  citizenship  and  character, 

leadership,  need,  and  abiUty  in,  and/or  contribution  to,  specific  areas 

of  health  or  physical  education. 

Apphcation  forms  are  available  from  the  Office  of  the  Department 

of  Physical  Education,  Room  106,  South  Campus. 

Communication  With  the  Department 

All  inquiries  and  other  communications  regarding  the  graduate 
program  in  physical  education  should  be  addressed  to  the  coordinator 
of  graduate  studies  and  sent  to  the  department  address  above. 

Comprehensive  Examination 

The  comprehensive  examination  for  graduate  students  in  physical 
education  is  administered  twice  a  year,  in  March  and  October.  Each 
examination  consists  of  an  elective  course  portion,  given  for  two 
hours  on  a  Tuesday,  and  the  required  course  portion,  given  for  two 
hours  on  the  following  Thursday. 

Students  who  want  to  take  the  examination  should  have  been 
admitted  to  degree  candidacy  and  completed  all  required  course  work 
or  be  currendy  enrolled  and  have  completed  the  majority  of  their 
elective  requirements.  A  letter  of  intent  to  take  the  comprehensive 
examination  should  be  filed  with  the  coordinator  of  graduate  studies. 
Letters  of  intent  should  be  filed  by  February  15  for  the  March 
examination  or  September  15  for  the  October  examination,  respec- 
tively. 

Upon  receipt  of  the  letter  of  intent  and  with  the  approval  of  the 
coordinator,  students  will  be  sent  a  letter  explaining  the  details  of 
time  and  place  of  the  examination. 

MASTER  OF  SaENCE  PROGRAM 

Admission  to  the  M.S.  Program 

AppUcants  must  meet  the  basic  requirements  of  the  University,  given 
under  Admission,  and  must  present  either  a  baccalaureate  degree 
earned  in  their  anticipated  major  area  of  health  or  health  and  physical 
education,  or  equivalent  preparation  in  a  related  field. 

Admission  to  M.S.  Degree  Candidacy 

During  the  15  semester  hours  of  precandidacy,  majors  in  physical 
education  must  complete  any  three  of  the  departmental  core  courses 
with  a  minimum  grade  point  average  for  these  and  all  other  courses 
of  3.0. 

Requirements  for  the  M.S.  Degree 

1.  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  M.S.  curriculum  shown  below  with 
an  average  of  3.0. 

2.  Satisfactory  performance  on  written  and/or  oral  comprehensive 
examination. 

3.  Successful  completion  of  thesis  or  research  report. 


Physical  Education 


4.  Oral  defense  of  the  thesis  (for  thesis  track  only).  Workshop  credits 
do  not  count  toward  the  degree. 

CURRICULUM 

1.  Degree  Core  21  semester  hours 
PED  572  Advanced  Motor  Learning  (3) 

PED  580  Psychological  and  Sociological  Foundations  of  Physical 

Education  and  Sport  (3) 
PED  585  Biomechanics  (3) 
HPE  600  Research  Methods  in  Health,  Physical  Education,  and 

Recreation  (3) 
PED  601  Statistical  Design  for  Research  and  Evaluation  in 

Physical  Education  (3) 
PED  602  Philosophical  Foundations  for  Physical  Education, 

and  Sport  (3) 
PED  681  Advanced  Exercise  Physiology  (3) 

2.  Additional  Degree  Requirements  - 
Thesis  Track 

PED  608  Thesis  Seminar  (3) 
PED  610  Thesis  (3) 
Electives  selected  under  advisement  (6) 

Additional  Degree  Requirements- 
Research  Report  Track 

PED  606  Research  Repon  Seminar  I  (2) 

PED  607  Research  Report  Seminar  II  (2) 

Electives  selected  under  advisement  (9) 
The  thesis  proposal  must  be  formally  approved  during  Thesis  Seminar 
(PED  608)  before  the  student  may  register  for  Thesis  (PED  610). 

CONCENTRAnON  IN  SPORT  AND  ATHLETIC 
ADMINISTRATION -MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN 
ADMINISTRATION 

Admission  to  the  M.S.  Program 

Applicants  must  meet  the  basic  requirements  of  the  University,  given 
under  Admission,  and  must  present  either  a  baccalaureate  degree 
in  their  anticipated  major  area  of  health  and  physical  education  or 
equivalent  preparation  in  a  related  field.  They  must  also  present  the 
results  of  the  aptitude  section  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination 
or  the  Miller  Analogies  Test. 

Admission  to  M.S.  Degree  Candidacy 

During  the  15  semester  hours  of  precandidacy,  majors  in  the  sport 
and  athletic  concentration  must  complete  three  of  the  administrative 
core  courses  and  two  of  the  sport  and  athletic  administration  core 
courses  with  a  minimum  grade  point  average  for  these  courses  of  3.0. 


12  semester  hours 


13  semester  hours 


Requirements  for  the  M.S.  Degree 

1.  Satisfactory  completion  of  the  M.S.  in  administration  curriculum 
shown  below  with  an  overall  average  of  3.0. 

2.  Satisfactory  performance  on  the  written  and/or  oral  comprehensive 
examination. 

3.  Successful  completion  of  research  project. 

CURRICULUM 

1.  Administrative  Core  18  semester  hours 
ADM  501  Administrative  Theory  and  Environment  (3) 

ADM  502  Computers  for  Managers  (3) 
ADM  503  Accounting  for  Administrators  (3) 
ADM  504  Communication  for  Administrators  (3) 
ADM  505  Organizing  Human  Resources  (3) 
ADM  506  Budgeting  and  Fiscal  Management  (3) 

2.  Sport  and  Athletic  Administrative  Core  15  semester  hours 
PED  580  Psychological  and  Sociological  Foundations  of 

Physical  Education  and  Spon  (3) 
HPE  600  Research  Methods  in  Health,  Physical  Education,  and 

Recreation  (3) 
PED  601  Statistical  Design  for  Research  and  Evaluation  in 

Physical  Education  (3) 
PED  602  Philosophical  Foundations  of  Physical  Education  (3) 
PED  604  Administration  and  Supervisory  Practices  for  Health, 

Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Athletics  (3)  or 
PED  613  Athletic  Management  (3) 

3.  Additional  Requirements  4  semester  hours 
PED    606  Research  Project  Seminar  I  (2) 

PED    607  Research  Project  Seminar  II  (2) 
The  research  project  consists  of  a  two-semester  sequence  (PED  606 
and  607)  which  must  be  preceded  by  successful  completion  of  HPE 
606   (Research  Methods  in  Health,   Physical  Education,   and 
Recreation). 

CERTinCATION  PROGRAM  IN  DRIVER  EDUCATION  AND 
SAFE  LIVING 

(Highway  Safety  and  General  Safety  Education) 
Richard  B.  Yoder,  Coordinator 

A  teacher's  certificate  may  be  extended  to  include  education  for  safe 
Uving  (highway  safety  and  general  safety  education)  by  completing 
12  semester  hours  of  course  work  in  the  Depanment  of  Physical 
Education.  Six  of  these  hours  must  be  met  by  History  and 
Philosophy  of  Safety  Education  and  Principles  of  Accident  Prevention 
(PED  660)  and  Seminar  in  the  Four-Phase  Program  of  Driver 
Education  (PED  561).  The  remaining  two  courses  are  chosen,  under 
advisement  by  the  coordinator,  from  PED  560,  661,  and  662. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Symbol:  PED  unless  otherwise  indicated 

500     Contemporary  Problems  in  Physical  Edu- 
cation, Recreation,  and  Athletics  (3)  Problems 
in  teaching  health,  physical  education,  and 
recreation;  in-service  aspects;  factors  and  variables 
that  influence  solutions  of  these  problems. 

550  Elementary  Physical  Education  Workshop 
(3)  Orientation  for  the  teaching  of  elementary 
physical  education.   Principles   and   practices; 
appropriate  activities  for  various  grade  levels. 

551  Elementary  Physical  Education  Recreation 
Music  Workshop  (2)  Leading  and  teaching 
rhythmic  activities  and  singing  in  elementary 
physical  education  and  recreation.  Fundamental 
level.  Instruction  programmed  music  textbook 
piano  and  guitar  chords.  Creating  and  teaching 
recreational  and  singing  games. 


552    Learning  on  the  Move  (3)  Movement 
education  and  perceptual  motor  theory.  Activities 
for  helping  children  achieve  their  maximum 
development. 

560  Seminar  in  Motorcycle  Safety  Education 
(3)   Curricular  design,   administration,   and 
operational  techniques  of  motorcycle  safety 
programs.  Laboratory  experiences. 

561  Seminar  in  the  Four-Phase  Program  of 
Driver  Education  (3)  In-service  experience  for 
driver  education  teachers  in  classroom.  Behind  the 
wheel  (BTW),  multicar  method,  and  simulation. 
570     Leadership  in  Outdoor  Adventure  Educa- 
tion (3)  Designed  to  provide  instruction  which 
would  help  persons  interested  in  understanding 
and  adapting  "Outward  Bound"  philosophy, 
educational  methodology,  process,  and  activities 
for  use  in  outdoor  education  and  physical 
education  programs. 

572    Advanced  Motor  Learning  (3)  An  investiga- 
tion of  the  theories,  research,  and  practical 


appUcations  of  the  processes  and  conditions 
involved  in  the  teaching  and  learning  of  physical 
skills. 

577    Summer  Dance  Workshop  (1)  Experience 
in  dance  as  a  performing  an:  lighting,  set  design, 
and  costume.  Original  compositions  are  staged. 
The  worltshop  combines  various  dance  tech- 
niques. 

580  Psychological  and  Sociological  Founda- 
tions of  Physical  Education  and  Sport  (3)  Study 
of  the  cultural  evolution  of  sport  and  physical 
education;  the  interrelationship  between  sport  and 
culture;  the  social  dynamics,  institutionahiation, 
and  sociological  elements  of  activity,  a  basis  of 
sport  psychology. 

581  Adapted  Physical  Education  (3) 
Techniques  for  a  program  of  adapted  physical 
education  in  the  public  school.  Application  of 
activities  to  benefit  the  child  with  a  temporary  or 
permanent  disabihty. 


Physical  Science 


582    Modem  Principles  of  Athletic  Training 

(3)  A  course  for  the  physical  educator  and/or 
coach.  Injuries  that  occur  in  class,  practice,  and 
game  situations;  preventive  taping  and  wrapping; 
immediate  first-aid  procedures;  relations  with 
the  medical  profession. 

385     Biomechanics  (3)  A  review  of,  or  introduc- 
tion to,  the  basic  principles  of  biomechanics  and 
the  application  of  those  principles  to  research 
and  teaching. 

586    The  Olympic  Games  —  Their  Influences 
on  the  Ancient  and  Contemporary  Worlds  (3) 
Ancient  and  modem  games  and  their  historical 
and  cultural  significance.  Sociological  and  political 
implications  of  the  modem  games. 
HPE  600     Research  Methods  in  Health,  Physical 
Education,  and  Recreation  (3)  Techniques  of 
research  appUed  to  the  field  of  health,  physical 
educadon,  and  recreation. 

601  Statistical   Design    for   Research   and 
Evaluation  in  Physical  Education  (3)  The  practi- 
cal and  theoretical  application  of  the  basic 
concepts  of  elementary  statistics  as  they  relate  to 
evaluative  procedures,  research,  and  teaching 

in  physical  education. 

602  Philosophical  Foundations  for  Physical 
Education  and  Sport  (3)  Analysis  and  synthesis 
of  the  nature,  meaning,  and  value  of  health  and 
physical  education  from  a  historical  perspective. 
Development  of  a  personal  philosophy  of  the  field. 

603  Professional  Literature  Seminar  (3) 
Provides  students  with  the  skills  necessary  to 
review  and  critically  analyze  the  professional 
literature  and  current  findings  in  physical 
education;  useful  for  the  student  planning  to 
conduct  research. 

604  Administration  and  Supervisory  Practices 
for  Health,  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Athletics  (3)  Nature  of  the  positions  of  directors 
or  supervisors  of  physical  education,  recreation, 
and  athletics.  Job  specifications;  operational 
principles  and  procedures. 

605  Curriculum  in  Physical  Education 
(3)  Trends  in  health  and  ph>'sical  education 
curricula  at  the  elementary,  secondary,  and  college 
levels.  Surveys,  reports,  and  analyses  of  curricu- 
lum practices. 

606  Research  Project  Seminar  I  (2)  A  course 
for  master's  candidates  who  select  the  report 
option.  Students  select  a  problem  for  the  research 
report,  review  Uterature,  develop  procedures, 
and  collect  data.  They  are  expected  to  complete 
the  first  three  chapters  of  their  research  reports 
during  Seminar  1. 

607  Research  Project  Seminar  II  (2)  Master's 
candidates  register  for  this  course  after  completing 


Seminar  I.  In  this  course,  students  complete 
chapters  four  and  five  of  the  research  report.  PRE- 
REQ:  PED  606. 

608  Thesis  Seminar  (3)  A  course  for  the  student 
who  selects  the  thesis  option.  The  candidate 
selects  a  topic,  reviews  the  literature,  develops  pro- 
cedures, and  prepares  a  proposal  acceptable  to 
the  thesis  committee.  They  then  register  for  PED 
610. 

609  Independent  Study  and  Special  Projects 
(1-3)  Students  select  independent  study  projects 
and  develop  proposals.  These  projects  may  be 

in  support  of  students'  research  or  related  to  their 
vocations.  The  proposals  must  be  accepted  and 
approved  by  the  coordinator  of  graduate  studies  in 
the  semester  prior  to  registration  for  independent 
study. 

610  Thesis  (3)  Students  must  register  for  the 
thesis  after  completion  of  PED  608.  One  additional 
enrollment  in  PED  610  may  be  allowed  with  the 
approval  of  the  graduate  coordinator. 

611-612     Intern  Study  (3)  (3)  For  the  MSA. 
student  in  athletic  administration  who  needs  or 
desires  practical  experience  in  administering 
athletic  programs.  CThe  student  may  elect  3-6 
credits  of  internship  experience.) 
613    Athletic  Management  (3)  Provides  an  over- 
view of  the  management  responsibilides  of  the  spon 
administrator,  including  the  planning  of  staiEng, 
directing,  and  controlling  the  sport  enterprise. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  persomiel,  financial, 
facility  management,  and  public  reladons. 
650    The  Child  and  Physical  Education 
(3)  Contributions  of  physical  education  to  a  child's 
physical,  social,  emotional,  and  intellectual 
growth  and  to  developmental  needs  and  interests. 
The  influences  of  various  activities  on  growth 
and  development. 

660  History  and  Philosophy  of  Safety  Educa- 
tion and  Principles  of  Accident  Prevention  (3) 
The  safety  movement  in  the  United  States  and 
other  countries.  The  place  of  safety  education  in 
modem  hving;  philosophies  of  safety-education 
leaders;  accident  causation  and  prevention  (their 
research  imphcadons).  Background  for  administer- 
ing school,  civil  defense,  and  emeigency  safety 
programs. 

661  Contemporary  Practices  and  Program 
Evaluation  in  Safety  Education  (3)  Current 
practices,  evaluation  of  programs,  and  research  of 
current  literature  in  safety  education.  Techniques 
for  selecting,  constructing,  and  using  instruments 
for  evaluating  safety-education  programs. 
Problem-solving  projects. 

662  Problems  in  Traffic  and  Driver  Educadon 
(3)   Contemporary  curriculum  and  current 


practices  in  driver  and  traffic  education,  enforce- 
ment of  traffic   laws  and  regulations,   and 
engineering  problems.  Problem-solving  projects. 
663     Psychology  in  Safety  Education  and 
Accident  Prevention  (3)  Effects  of  unconscious 
determinism,  habits,  attitudes,  individual  adjust- 
ment, motivation,  and  personality  on  accident 
causation.  Research  impUcations  explored. 

680  Scientific  Principles  of  Coaching  (3)  Recent 
trends  in  theories  and  techniques  of  teaching 
sports.  Mechanical  principles  of  efficient  move- 
ment. Research  related  to  competitive  perfor- 
mance. Specialists  serve  as  guest  panelists. 

681  Advanced  Exercise  Physiology  (3)  Clinical 
and  hboratory  use  of  exercise  in  e\-aluating, 
maintaining,  and  modifying  human  physiological 
processes:  growth  development,  metabolism  and 
weight  control;  and  cardiovascular  and  respiratory 
functions  in  health  and  disease;  and  neuromus- 
cular integration  and  performance.  Stress  physiol- 
ogy and  training  and  conditioning. 

682  Biodynamics  of  Human  Performance  (3) 
Physiology  of  the  active,  vital  organism.  Scientific 
findings  conceming  human  performance,  espe- 
cially under  stress,  and  accompanying  physiolog- 
ical adjustments. 

683  Comparative  Physical  Education  (3) 
Comparative  study  of  programs  outside  the  United 
States.  Current  philosophies,  principles,  and 
practices. 

684  Sport  and  Society  (3)  Using  a  historical 
context,  a  model  of  the  role  of  sport  in  a  variety 
of  societal  environments  will  be  constructed. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  view  of  sport  as 
a  form  of  human  expression  that  reflects  the 
current  \'alue  stmcture  of  a  particular  society. 

685  Women's  Exercise  and  Sports  (3)  The 
physiological,  psychological,  and  sociological 
effects  of  exercise  and  spon  on  women. 

686  Organization  and  Management  of  Adult 
Fitness  Programs:  Clinic/Seminar  (3)  An  in- 
depth  analysis  and  practical  experience  in 
organizing  and  managing  adult  fitness  programs. 
690     Exercise  and  the  Older  Adult  A  course 
designed  to  prepare  professionals  to  assess  fitness 
levek  of  persons  over  the  age  of  50  and 
scientifically  design  exercise  and  fitness  programs 
to  meet  the  specffic  needs  of  the  older  participant. 

SERVICE  COURSES 

The  following  courses  are  open  to  students  in  all 

curricula,  with  no  prerequisite  in  health  or 

physical  education  required: 

PED  550,  551,  552,  560,  561,  570,  577,  580. 

581,  585,  605,  650,  660,  661,  662,  663,  680,  and 

682. 


Physical  Science 


(Interdepartmental) 

Dr.  Pritchard  (Geology  and  Astronomy)  and  Dr.  Magnuson 

(Chemistry),  Program  Coordinators 

Program  of  Study 

An  interdepanmental  master's  degree  program  is  offered  by 
the  departments  of  Chemistry,  and  Geology  and  Astronomy. 
The  program  may  be  adopted  to  meet  the  needs  of  those  who 
teach,  plan  to  pursue  graduate  studies  in  other  institutions,  or 
prepare  for  careers  in  the  physical  sciences. 


Leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree,  the  program  makes  it 
possible  for  students  to  plan  a  sequence  of  studies  meeting 
their  individual  needs.  This  may  be  accomplished  either 
through  selections  from  each  of  the  disciplines  or  by 
concentrating  in  one  of  them. 

Admission  Requirements 

Students  entering  the  program  are  normally  expected  to  have  a 
bachelor's  degree  in  science  or  science  education  and,  if  teaching  in 
the  public  schools,  a  valid  teaching  certificate. 


Political  Science 


MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  PHYSICAL  SCIENCE 

(34  semester  hours) 

Students  majoring  in  this  program  must  take  34  semester  hours  of 
course  work  and  successfully  complete  a  comprehensive  examination. 
Those  taking  their  courses  in  the  Department  of  Geology  and 
Astronomy  will  be  expected  to  complete  a  six-hour  thesis  as  part  of 
the  required  34  semester  hours. 

This  program  is  developed,  under  advisement,  from  course  selections 
in  chemistry,  physics,  mathematics,  geology,  astronomy,  and  science 
education.  Normally,  course  work  is  restricted  to  these  areas. 


However,  exceptions  may  be  made  under  special  circumstances. 
Consult  with  the  appropriate  department  graduate  coordinator. 

Near  the  end  of  the  program,  the  student  must  pass  a  comprehensive 
examination  that  will  demonstrate  subject  matter  knowledge,  as 
well  as  an  abihty  to  observe,  analyze,  integrate,  synthesize,  and 
understand  the  broad  physical  concepts  related  to  the  course  of  study. 
Consult  with  the  appropriate  department. 

For  descriptions  of  course  ofTerings,  see  the  sections  covering  the 
departments  of  Chemistry,  Geology  and  Astronomy,  and  Mathematics 
and  Computer  Science. 


Political  Science 

207  Ruby  Jones  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2343 

Dr.  Weislogel,  Chairperson 
Mr.  Burton,  Public  Administration;  Advisor 
Dr.  Milne,  Director,  M.S.  in  Administration;  Coordinator  of 
Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Robert  J.  Marbach,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 
James  S.  Milne,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 
John  C.  Shea,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

William  F.  Bums,  M.A.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 
A.  Wayne  Burton,  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
David  S.  Eldredge,  A.M.T.,  Harvard  University 
Lawrence  V.  lacono,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 
Bhim  Sandhu,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 
James  G.  Smith,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 
Louis  F.  Weislogel,  Ed.D.,  Nova  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSOR 

Yury  Polsky,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Programs  of  Study 

The  Department  of  Political  Science  offers  programs  leading 
to  the  Master  of  Arts  in  political  science,  and  the  Master  of 
Science  in  Administration  with  a  concentration  in  public 
administration.  The  latter  is  an  interdisciplinary  degree 
described  in  the  section  on  the  Master  of  Science  in  Adminis- 
tration. The  Master  of  Arts  in  political  science  is  designed  for 
persons  active  in  education,  government,  pohtics,  commerce, 
or  industry,  as  well  as  for  those  who  vAsh  to  enrich  their 


18  semester  hours 


18  semester  hours 


cultural  background.  NOTE:  Admissions  to  the  M.A.  program 

are  suspended  until  further  notice. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  ADMINISTRATION 

Concentration  in  Public  Administration 

(36  semester  hours) 

Required:  Administration  Core 

ADM  501,  502,  503,  504,  505,  and  506  or  507 
Option  1:  Public  Administration  Core* 

Focus  on  state  and  local  government 

ADM  500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (3) 

ADM  600  Research  Report  (3) 

GEO  525  Urban  and  Regional  Planning  (3) 

GEO  527  Planning  Law  and  Organization  (3) 

PSC    544  American  Public  Policy  (3) 

PSC    549  Politics  of  Bureaucracy  and  Administrative  Behavior  (3) 

or 
Option  2:  Individually  Contracted  Public 

Administration  Core*  18  semester  hours 

Specialized  focus,  taken  under  advisement,  to  meet  the  student's 

career  goals  and  needs 

ADM  500  Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  (3) 

ADM  600  Research  Report  (3) 

PSC   544  American  Public  Policy  (3) 

PSC   549  Politics  of  Bureaucracy  and  Administrative  Behavior  (3) 

Elective  (3) 

Elective  (3) 
The  objective  of  option  2  is  to  allow  students  to  select  courses  from 
University  graduate  programs  to  tailor  a  program  suitable  to  their 
career  goals  or  specialized  needs. 

Both  concentration  options  allow  for  an  internship  experience  CADM 
612  Internship)  of  3-6  semester  hours,  depending  on  prior  student 
preparation.  Students  with  little  or  no  organizational  work  experience 
may  be  required  to  successfully  complete  ADM  612  as  an  additional 
3-6  hours  in  the  concentration. 

A  comprehensive  examination  in  the  concentration  is  required. 
The  examination  will  be  based  on  core  and  concentration  course 
work. 


POUTICAL  SCIENCE 

Symbol:  PSC/PAD 

515    Women  in  Politics  (3)  The  role  of  women 
in  politics  is  surveyed.  Considerations  include 
the  relationship  between  the  sexes  as  it  has  an 
impact  on  politics. 

525    The  American  Presidency  (3)  Analysis  of 
the  presidency,  stressing  its  evolution  into  a 
modem  institution  and  the  contemporary  behav- 
ioral aspects  of  the  office.  Personality,  power, 
and  campaign  strategy  in  conjunction  with 

•Students  with  undergraduate  majors  tn  political 
science  may  be  permitted,  under  advisement, 
to  substitute  appropriate  courses. 


presidential  relations  with  the  executive  branch. 
Congress,  courts,  and  the  media. 

531  Modem  Political  Theory  (3)  Critical 
analysis  of  enduring  political  problems  as  seen 
primarily  in  the  writings  of  theorists  from  Machi- 
avelli  to  the  present;  basic  concepts  of  political 
science;  theories  concerning  the  proper  role  of  the 
state  in  society. 

532  International  Relations  (3)  Factors  motivat- 
ing the  actions  of  nations;  machinery  evolved  by 
nation  states  for  effecting  their  various  policies. 
Methods  of  diplomacy,   international  law,  and 
international  organization. 

533  Congressional  Politics  (3)  The  politics  of, 
and  the  legislative  process  in.  Congress.  Internal 


influences  on  the  Congressional  performance, 

such  as  rules,  norms,  and  behavior,  and  external 

influences  including  the  executive  branch  and 

interest  groups. 

534    American  Political  Parties  (3)  Patterns, 

functions,  and  history  of  the  American  political 

party  system  at  national,  sute,  and  local  levels. 

Theoretical  and  empirical  studies  of  political 

interest  groups,  public  opinion,  and  voting 

behavior. 

540    American  Constitutional  Law  (3)  Evolution 

of  constitutional  law  through  study  of  the  leading 

decisions  of  the  Supreme  Coun  and  their 

significance  for  the  American  govemmental 

system. 


Ps>'chology 


541  Ladn  American  Culture  and  Politics  (3) 
Comparative  analysis  of  contemporary  Latin- 
American  systems.  Stress  of  political  culture, 
decision  making,  ideologies,  and  political  pro- 
cesses. 

542  Dynamics  of  Public  Opinion  and  Political 
Behavior  (3)  The  political  role  and  style  of 
masses  and  elites;  uses  and  abuses  of  polls, 
political  socialization,  voting  behavior,  campaign- 
ing, and  media.  Understanding  individual  opin- 
ion formation  (micro)  and  mass  publics  (macro). 
544    American  Public  Policy  (3)  Survey  of 
literature;  examination  of  approaches;  discussion 
of  concepts  and  issues  in  the  field  of  American 
politics  and  policy  processes. 

548  The  Communist  Powers  (3)  Comparative 
study  of  various  Communist  systems,  particularly 
the  U.S.S.R.  and  China.  Elite-mass  relationships; 
role  of  Mandsm-Leninism;  party,  economic,  and 
political  structures.  Secondary  attendon  to 
Eastern  Europe,  Cuba,  and  nonruling  parties. 

549  Politics  of  Bureaucracy  and  Administrative 
Behavior  (3)  In-depth  examination  of  the  fourth 
branch  of  government.  Impact  of  administrative 
apparatus  (bureaucracy)  on  public  policy  formu- 
lation and  implementation  in  the  United  States. 
551     The  PoUtics  of  Non-Western  Areas  (3) 
Problems  of  nation  building,  poUtical  participa- 


tion, and  elite-mass  relationships  in  the  less 
developed  nations.  Latin  American,  Asian,  or 
African  nadons  may  be  stressed  as  a  case  study. 
552     Qvil  Liberties  and  CivU  Rights  (3)  Analysis 
of  constitutional  rights  and  governmental  atti- 
tudes with  respect  to  civil  Ubernes.  Emphasis  on 
case-study  method  and  role  playing. 
560    The  PoUtics  of  Revolution  (3)  Synthesis  of 
research,  concepts,  and  theories  of  revolution. 
Stress   on   the   meaning,   causes,  phases,   and 
ideologies  of  revolution.  Contemporary  move- 
ments emphasized. 

PAD  561     State  and  Local  Government  (3) 
Examination  of  the  organization,  functions,  and 
politics  of  state  and  local  government,  including 
analysis  of  politics  in  states,  counties,  cities,  and 
towns  in  urban,  suburban,  and  rural  areas.  Inter- 
governmental relations  in  education,  transporta- 
tion, and  welfare  policy  are  examined. 

PAD  563     Urban  Government  (3)  Structures 
and  processes  of  central  city  and  suburban 
government  are  considered.  Examines  patterns 
and  trends  in  government  organization  and 
administration,  as  well  as  related  sources  of 
conflict  in  urban  decision  making,   e.g.,   the 
urbanization  process,  race  and  class  antagonism, 
and  city-suburban  perspectives. 


PAD  573    American  Intergovernmental  Rela- 
tions (3)  Designed  to  familiarize  students  with  the 
complex  network  of  conflict,  cooperation,  and 
interdependence  among  national,  state,  and  local 
government  units.  Topic  areas   include  an 
analysis  of  continuing  evolution  of  American 
federalism,  an  examination  of  this  relationship 
from  state  and  city  government  perspectives,  and 
a  description  of  specific  intergovernmental  fiscal 
programs  and  policies. 

590    Independent  Studies  in  Political  Science 
(1-3)  Research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in 
political  science.  PREREQ:  Approval  of  depart- 
ment chairperson. 

ADMINISTRAnON 

SymboltADM 

500     Methods  and  Materials  of  Reseaich  (3) 

Logic  of  scientific  methodology  research  design 
construction.  Stress  on  hypothesis  development 
and  testing,  data  collection,  measurement  prob- 
lems, and  theory  application. 
600     Research  Report  (3) 
610    ThesU  (3) 

612     Internship  (3-6)  Intensive  field  placement 
in  organization  under  faculty  guidance  and 
supervision.  Precontracted  learning  objectives. 


Psychology 

114  Rosedale  Ave. 

West  Chester  University 

West  Chester,  PA  19383 

(215)  436-2945 

Dr.  Pollak,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Duncan,  Assistant  Chairperson 

Dr.  Kumar,  Coordinator  of  Graduate  Studies 

PROFESSORS 

Mary  E.  Crawford,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

Phillip  Duncan,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 

V.  Krishna  Kumar,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin-Madison 

Roberts.  Means,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Alabama 

Samuel  F.  Moore,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Walena  C.  Morse,  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 

Edward  I.  Pollak,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Jack  Porter,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

Louis  H.  Porter,  Ph.D.,  Howard  University 

Harold  R.  Sands,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Edward  D.  Smith,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Thomas  Treadwell,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

Robert  R.  Shinehouse,  M.A.,  Temple  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Arvid  Bloom,  Ph.D.,  Colorado  State  University 
Darlene  DeSantis,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 
Deborah  Mahlstedt,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 
Deanne  L.  Zotter,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

Programs  of  Study 

Two  degree  programs  are  offered  by  the  Department  of 
Psycholog)'.  One  leads  to  the  Master  of  Arts  in  psychology; 
the  second  to  the  Master  of  Science  in  Administration  with  a 
concentration  in  psychology.  Within  the  MA.  in  psychology, 


concentrations  are  offered  in  clinical  psychology,  industrial/ 
organizational  psychology,  general  psychology,  and  group 
psychotherapy/processes. 

Admission  Requirements 

The  minimum  admission  standards  for  the  Department  of  Psychology 
are  an  undergraduate  GPA  of  3.0;  a  psycholog)'  GPA  for  three  or 
more  courses  of  3.25;  GRE  or  MAT  scores  in  the  40th  percentile  or 
above;  advanced  psychology  portions  of  the  GRE  (undergraduate 
psychology  majors  only),  and  three  letters  of  reference.  An  interview 
with  the  Department  Admissions  Committee  may  also  be  required. 
Typically,  admissions  are  made  on  a  once-a-year  basis  with  April  15 
serving  as  the  application  deadline.  Students  accepted  into  a 
concentration  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Graduate  Committee, 
transfer  to  another  concentration.  A  few  applicants  who  do  not  fuUy 
meet  the  outlined  admission  requirements  may  be  admitted  on  a 
provisional  basis  depending  on  their  maturity,   relevant  work 
experiences,  and  academic  promise. 

MASTER  OF  ARTS  IN  PSYCHOLOGY 

(33-51  semester  hours) 

Several  degree  options  are  offered.  The  Master  of  Arts  degree  is  offered 
with  a  concentration  in  clinical  psychology  for  students  who  wish 
to  work  in  a  mental  health  setting  or  to  continue  their  education  at  the 
doctoral  level.  A  concentration  in  general  ps>xholog>'  is  offered  for 
students  interested  in  research,   teaching,  or  in  continuing  their 
graduate  studies.  The  concentration  in  group  psychotherapy/ 
processes  prepares  students  for  professional  service  in  community 
mental  health/hospital,  education,  and  organizational  sj'stems. 
Specialized  training  is  provided  in  group  psychotherapy,  psycho- 
drama,   and  sociomeny.  This  program  fulfills  the  eligibility 
requirements  for  certification  as  a  psychodramatist,  specified  by  The 
American  Board  of  Examiners  in  Ps>-chodrama,  Sociometry,  and 
Group  Psychotherapy.  The  Department  of  Psycholog>'  has  been 
provisionally  approved  by  the  American  Society  of  Group  Psychother- 
apy, Psychodrama,  and  Sociomeny  as  an  accredited  training  program 
and  center  in  psychodrama.  The  concentration  in  industrial/ 
organizational  psychology  is  designed  for  students  interested  in 


Psychology 


employment  in  business  or  industry  or  for  those  who  wish  to  continue 
their  education  at  the  doctoral  level  in  a  related  area. 
In  addition,  the  Department  of  Psychology  has  a  cooperative 
agreement  with  the  school  psychology  and  educational  psychology 
programs  at  Pennsylvania  State  University.  Students  in  the  West 
Chester  University  ps>'chology  master's  degree  programs  who 
qualify'  are  given  early  admission  consideration  to  these  programs, 
and  receive  credit  toward  the  Ed.D.  or  the  Ph.D.  for  course  work 
completed  at  West  Chester  University.   For  details,   see  the 
department's  graduate  handbook. 

Students  may  have  to  take  one  or  more  courses  during  the  summer 
to  complete  their  program.  All  students  who  expect  to  obtain  an 
M.A.  in  psychology  are  required  to  pass  a  comprehensive  examina- 
tion. However,  the  comprehensive  examination  will  be  waived  for 
those  students  who  elect  to  write  a  thesis. 

More  details  about  the  program  are  available  in  the  department's 
graduate  handbook. 

Concentration:  Clinical  Psychology 
(40-42  semester  hours) 

The  clinical  concentration  involves  taking  30  semester  hours  of 
required  course  work:  PSY  502,  506,  512,  517,  524,  527,  544,  549, 
559,  and  595.  Students  are  also  required  to  take  the  six  semester  hours 
of  electives  selected  from  PSY  464,  509,  513,  530,  543,  550,  562, 
565,  600,  and  610.  In  addition,  a  4-6  semester-hour  clinical  practi- 
cum  (PSY  615)  is  required.  Students  should  make  every  effort  to  take 
the  following  core  courses  first:  PSY  502,  506,  512,  517,  and  524. 

Concentration:  General  Psychology 
(33-36  semester  hours) 

The  following  15  semester  hours  of  course  work  are  required:  PSY 
502,  506,  512,  517,  and  524.  All  students  in  this  concentration  are 
required  to  complete  a  research  repon  (PSY  600)  and  write  a  thesis 
(PSY  610).  All  students  must  also  complete  15  semester  hours  of 
electives.  Subject  to  approval,  six  of  the  elective  credits  may  be  taken 
from  the  graduate  offerings  of  other  departments.  The  departmental 
courses  allowed  as  electives  are  PSY  445,  464,  475,  509,  527,  530, 
550,  562,  and  565  (Note:  No  more  than  six  semester  hours  of  400- 
level  courses  are  allowed  as  electives.) 

Concentration:  Group  Psychotherapy/Processes 

(45-5 1  semester  hours) 

The  group  psychotherapy/processes  concentration  involves  33 


semester  hours  of  required  course  work  (EDC  567,  PSY  543,  547, 
502,  512,  513,  514,  517,  550,  559,  and  595).  The  smdent  must  also 
complete  two  of  the  following  courses:  PSY  527,  544,  549,  or  562. 
In  addition,  a  three-semester-hour  clinical  practicum  (PSY  615),  for 
which  the  preceding  courses  serve  as  prerequisites,  is  required. 
Another  requirement  is  completion  of  either  a  thesis  (PSY  610)  or 
research  report  (PSY  600). 

Concentration:  Industrial/Organizational  Psychology 
(36-39  semester  hours) 

The  industrial/organizational  concentration  includes  2 1  semester  hours 
of  required  course  work  (PSY  502,  506,  524,  560,  562,  563,  and  566). 
A  three-credit  internship  (PSY  630)  and  a  3-6  credit  research 
experience  (PSY  600  and/or  PSY  610)  are  also  required.  In  addition, 
students  must  take  3-5  credit  elective  courses  which,  in  combination 
with  their  internship  and  research  experience,  will  enable  them  to 
explore  a  particular  aspect  of  the  field  in  greater  depth.  The  elective 
courses  maybe  taken  outside  of  the  Department  of  Psychology.  Courses 
restricted  to  clinical  psychology  majors  cannot  be  taken  as  electives. 
With  careful  selection  of  electives,  internship,  and  research  focus, 
students  will  be  able  to  develop  specialization  in  performance  analysis 
and  training,  personnel  evaluation  and  placement,   or  aspects  of 
group  and  organizational  processes  in  industriaVorganizational 
psychology. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  ADMINISTRAHON 
Concentration:  Psychology 
(36  semester  hours) 

The  Department  of  Psychology  participates  in  an  interdisciplinary 
degree  program  leading  to  a  Master  of  Science  in  Administration  with 
a  concentration  in  psychology.  Two  options  are  offered  in  the 
psychology  concentration.  The  first  option  emphasizes  personnel 
administration.  The  second  allows  the  student  to  design  an  individu- 
alized psychology  concentration.   (See  the  section  describing 
Administration.) 

Concentration:  Training  and  Development 

(36  semester  hours) 

Training  and  Development  is  a  concentration  within  the  Master  of 
Science  in  Administration  program.  The  thrust  of  this  concentration 
is  to  prepare  training  and  development  supervisors  who,  in  turn, 
will  develop  and  coordinate  "in  house"  programs/staff  development 
services  for  line  managers.  (See  the  section  describing  Administra- 
tion.) 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS* 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Symbol:  PSY 

501  Introductory  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral 
Sciences  (3)   Central  tendency,  variability, 
standard  scores,  correlation,  probability,  sampling, 
tests  of  hypotheses,  "t"  test,  chi  square,  distribution- 
free  statistics,  and  introduction  to  analysis  of 
variance.  PSY  501  is  particularly  recommended 

for  those  who  are  weak  in,  or  have  not  previously 
been  exposed  to,  behavioral  sciences  statistics. 

502  Advanced  Statistics  for  Beha\ioral  Sciences 
(3)  This  course  covers  inferential  statistical 
techniques  with  emphasis  on  application  to 
research  in  psychology  and  related  areas.  PRE- 
REQ:  PSY  501  or  equivalent. 


•All  courses  in  the  Department  of  Psychology 
are  restricted  to  those  students  who  have  been 
admitted  to  a  degree  program  by  the  Department 
of  Psychology,  or  to  those  who  have  received 
special  permission  to  register  for  a  course  from 
the  Department  of  Psychology  graduate  coordina- 
tor. 


506    Theories  of  Learning  (3)  Survey  and  critical 
review  of  existing  theories  of  learning  and  the 
relevant  research  data. 
509    Advanced  Social  Psychology  (3) 
Emphasizes  contemporary  approaches  to  the  study 
of  social  behavior  including  cognitive,  social, 
and  experimental  and  quasi-experimental  research 
methodology. 

512  Psychology  of  Personality  (3)  The  interac- 
tion and  effects  of  forces  that  influence  personal- 
ity development.  Normal  and  neurotic  develop- 
ment are  contrasted.  Principles  of  personality 
measurement  are  explored. 

513  Theory  and  Practice  of  Psychodrama  (3) 
This  course  introduces  theory  and  practice  of 
psychodrama  as  a  psychotherapeutic  modality, 
emphasizing  psychodramatic  and  sociometric 
techniques.  It  gives  each  person  a  chance  to 
participate  in  using  sociometry  and  psychodrama 
techniques  and  integrates  the  theoretical  with 
the  applied  components  of  psychodrama. 

514  Theory  and  Practice  of  Psychodrama  I! 
(3)  Continuation  of  PSY  513  at  an  advanced  level 
with  emphasis  on  clinical  sociometry,  the  social 
atom  concept,  auxlliaiy  ego  techniques,  and 


directing.  Instruction  will  include  both  didactic 
and  experiential  modes. 
517    Psychopathology  (3)  Advanced  study  of 
abnormal  human  behavior  and  a  description  of 
pertinent  types,  including  symptoms,  causes,  and 
treatment.  Current  and  recent  theoretical  ap- 
proaches and  research  findings  relevant  to  the 
etiology  and  treatment  of  these  disorders.  PRE- 
REQ:  An  undergraduate  course  in  abnormal 
psychology  and  PSY  512,  or  equivalents,  or 
permission  of  instructor. 

524     Psychometrics(3)  A  survey  of  measurement 
theory  in  psychology  with  emphasis  on  the  logic 
of  measurement,  scaling  models,  statistical 
methods,  construction  of  valid  and  reliable 
measures.  PREREQ:  PSY  501.  PSY  512  is  recom- 
mended. 

526     Program  E\'aluation  (3)  A  survey  of 
procedures  for  planning  and  c\'aluating  programs 
in  psychology,  education,  government  services, 
health  and  welfare,  etc.  Topics  include  needs 
analysis,  statement  of  objectives,  definition  and 
verification  of  treatment,  operational  measures, 
evaluation  design,  analysis/interpretation  of  data, 
and  report  writing.  Case  studies  of  evaluation 
from  a  variety  of  disciplines  will  be  reviewed. 


Social  Work 


527     Behavior  Modification  (3)  Application  of 
learning  principles  and  environmental  control  to 
behavior  change.  Foundation  principles,  tech- 
niques, and  assessment  methods  of  modification. 
PREREQ:  PSY  506  or  equivalent. 
530     Human  Sexual  Behavior  (3)  The  study  of 
those  variables  under  which  human  sexual 
behavior  functions.  Research  from  sociological 
and  medical  studies  is  integrated  with  psycholog- 
ical knowledge. 

543  Psychology  of  Group  Processes  (3)  Survey 
of  psychological  group  processes,  tracing  the 
origins  and  historical  development  of  the  major 
theoretical  orientations. 

544  Individual  Psychometric  Techniques: 
Wechsler  and  Binet  Scales  (3)  Historical  develop- 
ment, administration,  scoring,  and  interpretation 
of  the  Wechsler  and  Binet  scales.  PREREQ:  PSY 
501  and  PSY  524  or  equivalent.  By  permission  only 
(usually  restricted  to  clinical  psychology  majors). 
547     Human  Intimacy  (3)  A  smdy  of  processes  and 
factors  in  establishing,  maintaining,  and  terminating 
relationships  via  the  use  of  group  methods. 

549  Projective  Techniques  and  Personality 
Testing  (3)  History  and  theory  of  personality 
testing.  Introduction  to  administration,  scoring, 
and  interpretation  of  projective  techniques.  PRE- 
REQ: PSY  517  or  equivalent,  and  PSY  524. 
Clinical  psychology  majors,   or  others  with 
permission  of  instructor. 

550  Seminar  in  Psychology  (1-3)  Selected 
problems  in  psychology.  Subject  announced  in 
advance  of  each  semester.  Offered  on  demand. 

559  Psychotherapy  (3)  Theoretical  consider- 
ations, principles,  techniques,  and  problems 
involved  in  counseling  and  ps>'chotherapy.  Usually 
restricted  to  clinical  psychology  majors.  PRE- 
REQ: PSY  512  and  517  or  equivalents. 

560  Industrial  Psychology  (3)  Application  of 
individual  differences,  learning,  and  aptitudes  to 
fiinctions  such  as  personnel  selection,  placement, 
training,  and  evaluation. 

562     Organizational  Psychology  (3)  Focus  on 
the  relation  between  the  indi\'idual  and  the 
organization.  Elements  of  the  organization  that 


affect  behavior  are  considered.  Research  designs 
appropriate  to  individual  cases  are  presented. 

563  Performance  Analysis  (3)  An 
accomplishment-based  approach  to  the  analysis 
of  human  performance.  Topics  include  measure- 
ment and  analysis  of  performance  opportunities 
and  strategies  for  improving  performance. 

564  Human  Factors  (3)  Methods  and  results  of 
experimental  psychology  pertinent  to  man- 
machine  relationship  problems.  Workplace  design, 
systems  approach,  control  and  display,  and  man- 
in-space  challenges  are  considered. 

565  Psychology  of  Women  (3)  A  study  of 
behaviors  and  experiences  of  women;  biological, 
cultural,  interpersonal,  and  intrapersonal  determi- 
nants of  women's  actions,  thoughts,  and  feelings 
are  explored. 

566  Seminar  in  Industrial/Organizational 
Psychology  (3)  Recent  technical,  legal,  social,  and 
ethical  aspects  of  the  field  are  covered.  Af&rma- 
tive  action  and  assessment,  equal  opportunity, 
minorities  and  women  in  the  work  force,  and 
other  pertinent  issues  are  emphasized. 

567  Training  and  Psychology  (3)  An  overview 
of  the  training  process  in  organizations.  Topics 
range  from  needs  analysis  to  evaluation  of  training 
programs. 

590     Independent  Studies  in  Psychology 
(1-3)  Research  projects,  reports,  and  readings  in 
psychology.   PREREQ:  Approval   of  department 
graduate  coordinator. 

595    Clinical  Psychology  (3)  Survey  of  dinical 
techniques  used  in  assessment  and  treatment  of 
personality  disorders.  Restricted  to  psychology 
majors.  PREREQ:  PSY  512  and  517. 
600     Research  Repon  (3)  An  original  review  of 
the  literature.  •• 

610    Thesis  (3-6)  An  original  empirical  study. 
PREREQ:  PSY  502  and  permission  of  instructor.  •  • 
615     Clinical  Practicum  in  Psychology  US) 
Supervised  professional  participation  in  appUed 
psychological  activities,  or  projects  in  cooperating 
agencies  and  institutions.  PREREQ:  PSY  502, 
506,  512,  517,  524.  544.  559.  and  595.  Restricted 
to  clinical  psychology  majors  and  recommenda- 
tion of  graduate  clinical  faculty." 


620     Practicum  in  School  Psychology 
(3-15)   Supervised  experience  as   a  school 
psychologist.  Offered  for  students  seeking  out-of- 
state  certification  as  a  school  psychologist.  (West 
Chester  University  does   not  presentiy  offer  a 
program  leading  to  certification  as  a  school 
psychologist  in  the  Commonwealth  of  Permsylva- 
nia.)  Restricted  to  psychology  majors. 
630     Internship  in  Industrial/Organizational 
Psychology  (3)  Supervised  professional  participa- 
tion in  applied  psychological  activities  within  a 
business  or  organizational  setting.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  instructor. 
The  following  400-level  course  is  frequently 
taken  for  graduate  credit. 
445     Organizational  Development  (3)  Major 
theoretical,  research,  and  applied  issues  in  organi- 
zational diagnosis  and  change.  Class  sessions  are 
experimentally  oriented. 

These  additional  400-level  courses  may  be  taken 
for  elective  graduate  credit  with  the  permission 
of  the  course  instructor  and  the  student's  program 
advisor,  and/or  the  Department  of  Psychology 
graduate  coordinator  PSY  435  (Animal  Behavior). 
450  (Motivation),  461  (AppUed  Psychology),  462 
(History  and  Systems  of  Psychology),   464 
(Physiological  Psychology),  470  (Sensory  and 
Perceptual  Processes),  475  (Cognitive  Psychology), 
482  (Developmental  Psychology  II  -  Infancy  and 
Childhood),  483  (Developmental  Psychology  III  — 
Adolescence),  484  (Developmental  Psychology 
IV— Adulthood  and  Aging),  and  490  (Topical 
Seminar  in  Psychology). 

Descriptions  of  these  courses  can  be  found  in  the 
current  West  Chester  University  Undergraduate 
Catalog. 

Requirements  in  addition  to  those  existing  for 
undergraduates  are  imposed  for  any  400-level 
course  taken  for  graduate  credit. 

•  'While  work  on  these  courses  may  be  completed 
any  semester,  students  are  encouraged  to  enroll 
for  them  during  the  summer  sessions.  Courses 
may  be  cancelled  or  the  semester  changed  as 
required  by  enrollment.  Summer  courses  depend 
on  adequate  enrollment. 


Reading  — See  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

Secondary  Education  —  See  Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 


Social  Work 

206  McCoy  Center 

West  Chester  University 

West  Chester,  PA  19383 

(215)  436-2527 

Ms.  Joyner,  Chairperson 

Ms.  Hodgins,  Graduate  Coordinator 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Charlotte  E.  Bartlett,  M.S.S.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 
Sally  A.  Ross,  M.S.W.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Cheryl  Hodgins,  M.S.W.,  University  of  Texas 

Mildred  Joyner,  M.S.W.,  Howard  University 

Robert  B.  McCutcheon,  M.S.W,  Rutgers  School  of  Social  Work 

David  I.  Siegel,  D.S.W,  Columbia  University 

Susanne  Wieder,  M.S.W,  Smith  College 


The  department  offers  graduate  courses  in  social  work  on  a 
limited  basis  to  graduate  students  from  other  areas  as  well  as 
to  advanced  undergraduate  majors  and  nonmajors. 

MASTER  OF  SCIENCE  IN  ADMINISTRATION 
Concentration:  Social  Work 

The  Department  of  Social  Work  no  longer  accepts  students  in  an 
Interdisciplinary  degree  program  leading  to  a  Master  of  Science  in 
Administration  with  a  concentration  in  social  work.  See  Administra- 
tion, page  21.  Students  admitted  into  the  program  before  January 
1991  will  take  the  following  courses  to  complete  their  degree: 

CURRICULUM 

1.  Administration  Core  18  semester  hours 

ADM  501  Administration  Theory  and  Environment  (3) 

ADM  502  Computers  for  Managers  (3) 

ADM  503  Accounting  for  Administrators  (3) 

ADM  504  Communication  for  Administrators  (3) 


Special  Education 


ADM  505  Organizing  Human  Resources  (3) 
ADM  506  Budgeting  and  Fiscal  Management  (3)  or 
ADM  507  Liability  for  Managers 
2.  Social  Work  Core  18  semester  hours 

SWO  520  Theory  for  Social  Work  Practice  (3) 
(or  elective  if  B.S.W.) 

SWO  523  Supervision  and  StaET  Development  (3) 
SWO  531  Program  Development  (3) 
SWO  532  Social  Legislation  (3) 


SWO  550  Internship  (3) 

SWO  552  Social  Work  Seminar  (3) 

NOTE:  A  substitute  elective  for  an  above  course  may  be  taken  with 
permission  of  the  coordinator.  Comprehensive  exams  in 
social  work  will  be  required.  Students  with  less  than  two  years 
of  social  work  experience  will  need  to  do  an  additional 
placement  assignment  in  conjunction  with  SWO  520,  Theory 
of  Social  Work  Practice. 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
SOCL\L  WORK 

S>'mbol:  SWO 

520    Theory  for  Social  Work  Practice  (3)  A 
survey  of  various  psychological/sociological  theo- 
ries with  emphasis  on  their  appUcation  to  social 
work  practice. 

523     Supervision  and  Staff  Development 
(3)  Basic  concepts  of  supervision  as  a  medium 


for  instruction  and  staff  development  with  an 
emphasis  on  the  skill  of  supervision. 

531  Program  Development  (3)  A  study  of 
current  funding  streams  and  the  techniques  of 
proposal  development. 

532  Social  Legislation  (3)  Analysis  of  social 
welfare  policy  with  an  emphasis  on  social  change. 
550     Internship  (3)  The  application  and  integra- 
tion of  theoretical  concepts  and  the  development 


of  professional  skills  in  a  social  agency  in 
administrative  practice,  which  arc  approved  by 
the  field  coordinator. 

552    Social  Work  Seminar  (3)  Students  will 
meet  in  a  weekly  two  and  a  half-hour  practicura 
for  the  integration  of  theory  and  practice 
experience. 

NOTE;  Individualized  programs  are  designed  to 
meet  the  students'  needs. 


Sociology— See  Anthropology  and  Sociology 


Special  Education 

309  Recitation  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2579 

Ms.  Nickles,  Chairperson 

Dr.  Zlotowski,  Graduate  Coordinator 

ASSOCIATE  PROFESSOR 

Martin  Zlotowski,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Judith  S.  Finkel,  Ph.D.,  Union  Graduate  School 
Maiy  LaCoste,  Ed.D.,  University  of  New  Orleans 
Deborah  A.  Nickles,  M.S.,  SjTaciise  University 

Programs  of  Study 

The  Special  Education  Department  ofifers  programs  leading 
to  the  Master  of  Education  in  special  education  and 
certification  in  special  education.  These  programs  are  open 
to  teachers  and  other  professionals  interested  in  this  field. 

THE  MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  PROGRAM  ALONE  DOES  NOT 
LEAD  TO  LEVEL  I  CERTIFICATION  IN  SPECIAL  EDUCATION. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  SPECL\L  EDUCATION 

All  candidates  must  meet  the  general  requirements  for  admission  to 
a  degree  program  at  West  Chester  University,   listed  under 
Admission. 

The  following  items  should  be  returned  with  the  completed 
application  form  to  the  OEfice  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored 
Research: 

1.  A  copy  of  the  applicant's  Pennsylvania  Instructional  I  Certificate 

2.  An  extended  statement  describing  the  applicant's  interests,  needs,  and 
goals,  including  the  applicant's  interest  in  taking  graduate  study 

3.  Evidence  of  an  acceptable  score  on  the  Miller  Analogies  Test 


Applicants  must  arrange  for  interviews  with  two  members  of  the 
Special  Education  Department.  Arrangements  are  made  through  the 
department  secretary. 

Failure  to  complete  any  of  these  application  requirements  will  result 
in  provisional  matriculation  status  and  will  limit  the  number  of 
courses  the  student  may  take. 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  The  student  must  apply  to  be  admitted  to  candidacy  after  the 
completion  of  12  credit  hours  of  work  at  West  Chester  Univer- 
sity, including  EDF  510  and  two  courses  from  the  Special 
Education  Program.  Grade  point  averages  must  be  consistent  with 
standards  required  in  graduate  studies  at  West  Chester. 

2.  The  student  must  pass  a  comprehensive  examination  after  the 
completion  of  a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  of  work  or  a 
maximum  of  30  semester  hours.  The  student  must  file  a  written 
request  with  both  the  chairperson  and  the  graduate  coordinator  to 
take  the  examination.  The  request  should  be  filed  no  later  than 
two  weeks  prior  to  the  date  of  the  examination.  The  examination 
may  be  taken  rwice,  but  a  semester  interv'al  is  required  between 
failure  and  reexamination.  A  student  who  fails  the  examination 
twice  must  obtain  approval  of  the  department  to  take  it  a  third 
and  final  time. 

3.  The  student  must  complete  all  degree  requirements  with  a 
cumulative  average  of  3.0  in  areas  II  and  III,  with  an  overall  GPA 
of  2.75. 

MASTER  OF  EDUCATION  IN  SPECL\L  EDUCAHON 

Program  Description 

The  program  is  offered  on  a  thesis  or  nonthesis  basis: 
Option  A:  (30  semester  hours  plus  thesis) 
The  student  will  complete  nine  hours  in  Area  I,  12  hours  in 
Area  II,  nine  hours  in  Area  III,  and  EDA  591. 
Option  B:  (36  semester  hours) 

The  student  will  complete  nine  hours  in  Area  I,  15  hours  in 
Area  II,  and  12  hours  in  Area  III. 


Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language 


Area  I  —  Professional  Education 

EDF  500    Methods  and  Materials  of  Research  in  Education  (3) 

EDF  510     Educational  Foundations  (3) 

EDP  550    Advanced  Educational  Psychology  (3) 

Area  II  —  Special  Education 

EDA  501     Prescriptive  Teaching  (3) 

EDA  541     Psychology  of  Exceptional  Children  (3) 

EDA  573     Developmental  Assessment  of  Children  with  Learning 

Disabilities  (3) 
EDA  580     Current  Issues  and  Trends  (3) 
EDA  581     Practicum:  Special  Education  (3)  (required  in 

Option  B) 
EDA  591     Thesis  and  Research  (6)  (required  in  Option  A) 


Area  III  —  Concentration 

Students  will  select  an  area  of  concentration  under  advisement  The 

concentration  will  consist  of  approved  courses  from  one  of 

the  following  areas: 


The  Arts 

Communication  Disorders 
Counseling 
Instructional  Media 
Physical  Education 
Psychology 
Criminal  Justice 
Educational  Research 


Elementary  Education 

Areas 
Health  Education 
Reading 

Secondary  Education 
Special  Education 
Urban  Education 
Student  Designed  Concentration 


COURSE  DESCRIPTIONS 
SPECL\L  EDUCATION 

Symbol;  EDA 

The  following  courses  maybe  taken  as  elecdves 
by  anyone  in  a  graduate  program,  subject  to 
approval  Grom  the  department  and  the  student's 
chairperson. 

500  Mainstreaming  for  Exceptional  Students 
(3)  Designed  to  acquaint  classroom  teachers  with 
special  education  students  who  may  be  spending 
some  portion  of  the  day  in  a  regular  setting. 
Current  regulations  and  ways  of  meeting  educa- 
tional needs  will  be  reviewed. 

501  Prescriptive  Teaching  (3)  An  attempt  to 
guide  the  teacher  to  an  awareness  of  the  methods 
by  which  medical,  psychological,  behavioral,  and 
academic  diagnosis  may  be  convened  into 
relevant  educational  terms,  providing  for  adequate 
follow  through  on  specific  recommendations. 
PREREQ:  EDA  573. 

502  Nature  and  Needs  of  the  Gifted  and 
Talented  (3)  Definition,  identification,  and  enu- 
meration of  the  characteristics  of  the  gifted  child, 
with  emphasis  on  the  need  to  provide  effective 
and  innovative  means  of  meeting  educadonal 
needs.  Special  attention  devoted  to  understanding 
the  nature  and  problems  of  the  gifted  under- 
achiever. 

540    Workshop  in  Special  Education  (4)  An 
intensive  program  of  observation  and  instruction 
of  mentally  retarded  or  physically  handicapped 
children.  Instructional  experience  with  handi- 
capped children  is  combined  with  lecture,  dem- 
onstration, films,  guest  speakers,  and  case  study. 


Primarily  for  in-service  teachers.  PREREQ: 
Permission  of  coordinator. 

541  Psychology  of  Exceptioiul  Children 

(3)  Psychology  of  children  whose  intellectual, 
physical,  social,  and/or  emotional  characterisdcs 
are  significantly  deviant  from  those  of  children 
whose  needs  are  met  through  normal  educational 
routes. 

542  Developmental  Disabilities  (3)  Focus  on 
the  concept  of  developmental  disabihties  including 
etiology,  manifestations,  and  identification. 
Genetic,  psychosocial,  and  environmental  factors 
are  considered. 

544     Classroom  Management  (3)  Exploration  of 
current  practices   in   the   management  and 
modification  of  behavior.  The  professional's  role 
in  achieving  a  Isetter  basis  for  meaningful 
communication  with  the  special  child.  Problems 
that  may  interfere  with  tocher  effectiveness  are 
discussed. 

560  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Special 
Education  I  (3)  An  introduction  to  special 
education  training.  Concepts  and  practices  pre- 
sented will  be  those  unique  to  the  field  of  special 
education. 

561  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Special 
Education  II  (3)  This  course  is  intended  to 
develop  an  understanding  of  the  principles  and 
practices  used  in  supervision,  emphasizing 
individual  and  group  processes. 

562  Supervision  Practicum:  Special  Education 
(3)  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  pracnce 
for  those  skills  gained  through  course  work  tliat 
are  necessary  for  successful  performance.  This 


practicum  will  be  conducted  in  an  educational 
facihty  and  assessed  by  administrative  and 
supervisory  personnel. 

571  Childhood  Learning  Disabilities  (3)  The 
study  and  education  of  the  child  with  perceptual 
problems  and/or  minimal  brain  damage. 

572  The  Emotionally  Disturbed  Child  (3)  A 
study  of  abnormal  and  atypical  behaviors  exhibited 
by  disturbed  children,  with  emphasis  on  environ- 
mental contingencies  and  implications.  Interven- 
don  and  prevention  strategies  will  be  discussed. 

573  Developmental  Assessment  of  Children 
with  learning  Disabihties  (3)  Diagnostic  proce- 
dures and  subsequent  educational  prescriptions 
useful  with  children  experiencing  learning 
difficulties.  PREREQ:  EDA  541  or  equiva- 
lent. 

580  Current  Issues  and  Trends  (3)  Current 
trends,  problems,  and  issues  in  special  education, 
teacher  education,  research,  and  administration 
will  be  explored.  Emerging  concepts  relating  to 
special  education  and  exceptional  children  will 
be  emphasized. 

581  Practicum:  Special  Education  (3)  Intended 
to  provide  the  student  an  opportunity  to  put 
skills  gained  through  course  work  into  practice 
imder  supervision  from  the  department  Weekly 
seminar  required. 

590  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

591  Thesis  and  Research  (6)  This  course  will 
provide  the  student  the  opportunity  to  learn  how 
to  evaluate  and  interpret  published  research,  to 
conduct  a  critical  research  review,  and  to  develop 
and  produce  an  original  research  paper.  Offered 
on  a  rwo-semester  basis  with  each  part  carrying 
three  credits.  PREREQ:  EDF  500. 


Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language 


550  Main  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2898 

Dr.  Godfrey,  Program  Coordinator 

Diane  O.  Casagrande,  Professor  (Communication  Studies) 
W  Stephen  Croddy,  Professor  (Philosophy) 
Dennis  L.  Godfrey,  Assistant  Professor  (English) 
John  T.  Kelly,  Associate  Professor  (English) 


Garrett  Molholt,  Assistant  Professor  (English) 

Cheri  L  Micheau,  Assistant  Professor  (TESL  and  Linguistics) 

Paul  A.  Stoller,  Associate  Professor  (Anthropology) 

Program  of  Study 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  Enghsh  as  a  Second  Language 
is  an  interdisciplinary  program  contributed  to  by  the  depart- 
ments of  Anthropology  and  Sociology,  English,  Foreign 
Languages,  Philosophy,  and  Communication  Studies.  The 
program  is  designed  for  those  preparing  to  teach  English  to 
students  whose  first  language  is  not  English.  Students  wishing 
to  enter  the  program  must  consult  the  coordinator. 


Women's  Studies 


Admission  Requirements 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  general  requirements  for  a  master's  degree 
at  West  Chester,  the  candidate  must  (1)  present  an  acceptable 
baccalaureate  degree,  which  includes  at  least  24  semester  hours  in 
the  area  of  English/foreign  languages/linguistics,  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  the  area  of  anthropology/psychology/sociology,  and  a  course 
in  teaching  reading  (which  may  be  uken  as  a  program  elective  if 
it  is  lacking);  (2)  take  the  verbal  and  quantitative  tests  of  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  or  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  if  deemed 
necessary;  (3)  demonstrate  adequate  proficiency  in  a  foreign  language 
if  the  student  is  a  native  speaker  of  English,  or  adequate  proficiency 
in  English  if  the  student  is  a  nonnative  speaker  of  English;  and  (4) 
fulfill   the   course   requirements   and   pass   a  written   and/or   oral 
comprehensive  examination,  offered  on  the  second  Wednesday  of 
October  and  March. 

MA.  IN  TEACHING  ENGUSH  AS  A  SECOND  LANGUAGE  OESU 
(33  semester  hours) 


Required  Courses  24  semester  hours 

ENG  575,  576,  577;  IAN  500.  502.  503;  LIN  501.  503 
Students  submitting  equivalent  courses  for  any  of  the  above  may 
substitute,  under  advisement,  courses  from  the  groups  below. 
Electivcs  9  semester  hours 

Selected  from  the  groups  below.  At  least  one  course  must  be  selected 
from  Group  1. 

Group  1:  ENG  579;  UN  540,  555,  and  580 
Group  2:  ENG  578,  589,  and  590;  LAN  504.  505,  580,  590.  600. 
and  610;  UN  504,  505,  512,  and  590;  PHI  506  and  523;  SPC  515 
With  the  approval  of  the  coordinators,  students  wishing  to  acquire 
certification  in  English  while  enrolled  in  this  program  may  use  up  to 
six  hours  of  electives  for  this  purpose.  Students  who  have  completed 
a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  approved  courses  are  eligible 
for  a  certificate  in  TESL. 

For  descriptions  of  courses  under  this  program.  TESL.  see  English 
(ENG).  Foreign  Languages  (IAN),  Linguistics  (LIN),  Philosophy 
(PHI),  and  Communication  Studies  (SPC). 


Theatre  — See  Communication  Studies 


Women's  Studies 

211  Main  Hall 
West  Chester  University 
West  Chester,  PA  19383 
(215)  436-2464 

Dr.  Schlau,  Coordinator 

Helen  Berger,  Assistant  Professor  (Anthropology  and 

Sociology) 
Mary  Ann  Bums-Dufly,  Assistant  Professor  (Library  Services) 
Diane  Casagrande,  Professor  (Communication  Studies) 
Mary  E.  Crawford,  Professor  (Psychology) 
Anne  Dzamba,  Professor  (History) 
Celia  Esplugas.  Assistant  Professor  (Foreign  Languages) 
Robin  Garrett,  Assistant  Professor  (Nursing);  Director, 

Women's  Center 
Jane  Jeffrey,  Assistant  Professor  (English) 
Patricia  Johnson,  Professor  (History) 
Mary  A.  Keetz,  Professor  (Childhood  Studies  and  Reading) 
Elizabeth  Larsen,  Associate  Professor  (English) 
Deborah  Mahlstedt,  Assistant  Professor  (Psychology) 
Mary  McCuUough,  Assistant  Professor  (Communication 

Studies) 
Lynette  F.  McGrath,  Professor  (English) 
Patricia  Patrick,  Assistant  Professor  (Educational  Services) 
Ruth  Porritt,  Assistant  Professor  (Philosophy) 
Geetha  Ramanathan,  Assistant  Professor  (English) 
Arlene  Rengert,  Professor  (Geography  and  Planning) 
Stacey  Schlau,  Assistant  Professor  (Foreign  Languages) 
Mary  Stieber,  Associate  Professor  (Art) 


Richard  J.  Webster,  Professor  (History);  Coordinator, 
American  Studies 

Program  of  Study 

The  Women's  Studies  Program  consists  of  an  interrelated 
group  of  courses  offered  in  both  arts  and  sciences  and 
professional  studies.  Graduate  courses  include: 

ECO    503  Women  and  Economics 

EDE    589  Humanizing  Teaching  and  Learning 

ENG    523  Shakespeare's  Sisters:  Renaissance  Women  Writers 

ENG    565  Women  and  Film 

ENG    568  20th-century  Women  Poets 

ENG    580  Women  Writing 

PRE     509  Women  and  Men  in  French  Uterature 

FED    685  Women  and  Sport 

PSC     515  Women  in  PoUtics 

PSY     565  Psychology  of  Women 

SWO  521  Social  Group  Work  With  Women  in  Transition 

WOS  530  Women  in  Leadership:  Critical  Issues 

WOS  531  Management  of  Leadership:  Laboratory  Course 

WOS  533  The  Woman  Executive:  Research  Seminar 

Graduate  students  may  also  pursue  a  Master  of  Science  in 
Administration  degree  with  a  concentration  in  "Leadership  for 
Women."  This  concentration  involves  six  courses  in  adminis- 
trative skill  areas  and  six  additional  courses  which  enable  the 
student   to   develop  a   mode  of  leadership   appropriate   to 
workplaces  in  which  access  to  organizational  power  is 
inequitable  for  sexes  of  equal  training  and  talent.  See  the 
sections  "Leadership  for  Women"  and  "Master  of  Science  in 
Administration"  for  further  information. 


Guide  to  Course  Prefixes 


Because  many  program  descriptions 

EDX 

Counselor,  Secondary  and  Profes- 

MUE 

Music  Education 

refer  i 

to  courses  offered  by  other  depart- 

sional  Education 

MWJ 

Music  Theory  and  Composition 

ments 

;,  the  following  guide  to  course 

ELB 

Instrumental  Music 

MWP 

Keyboard  Music 

prefix 

:es  is  provided. 

ELO 

Instrumental  Music 

MWS 

Keyboard  Music 

ACC 

Accounting 

ENG 

English 

NSG 

Nursing 

ADM 

Administration,   Leadership  for 

ESL 

Geology  and  Astronomy 

NSL 

Nursing 

Women 

ESS 

Geology  and  Astronomy 

ORG 

Keyboard  Music 

AER 

Aerospace  Studies 

FIN 

Economics 

PAD 

Government  and  Planning 
Physical  Education 

ANT 
ARH 

Anthropology  and  Sociology 
Art 

FLM 

English 

PEA 

ART 

Art 

ERE 

Foreign  Languages 

PEC 

Instrumental  Music 

ASA 

American  Studies 

GEO 

Geography  and  Planning 

PED 

Physical  Education 

ASH 

History,  American  Studies 

GER 

Foreign  Languages 

PEL 

Physical  Education 

BEN 

Instrumental  Music 

GRE 

Foreign  Languages 

PEN 

Instrumental  Music 

BE. 

Biology 

HAR 

Keyboard  Music 

PHE 

Geology  and  Astronomy 

BIO 

Biology 

HEA 

Health 

PHI 

Philosophy 

BLA 

Business  Administration 

HEB 

Foreign  Languages 

PHL 

Physics 

BRC 

Instrumental  Music 

HIS 

History 

PHR 

Physics 

BUS 

Economics 

HON 

Honors  Program 

PHS 

Physics 

CBA 

Instrumental  Music 

HPE 

Physical  Education 

PHY 

Physics  and  Pre-Engineering 

CHE 

Chemistry 

HTR 

Health 

PIA 

Keyboard  Music 

CHO 

Vocal/Choral  Music 

HUM 

Women's  Studies 

POR 

Foreign  Languages 

CIS 

Comparative  Literature  Studies, 

ICO 

Instrumental  Music 

PSC 

Government  and  Planning 

English 

IND 

Geology  and  Astronomy 

PSY 

Psychology 

COR 

Instrumental  Music 

INS 

Instrumental  Music 

PWP 

English 

CRJ 

Criminal  Justice 

ITA 

Foreign  Languages 

RES 

Counselor,  Secondary  and  Profes- 

CRL 

Chemistry 

JEN 

Insti-umental  Music 

sional  Education 

CSC 

Mathematical  Sciences 

JRN 

English 

RUS 

Foreign  Languages 

DRC 

Instrumental  Music 

KEN 

Keyboard  Music 

SBA 

Instrumental  Music 

ECE 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

LAN 

Foreign  Languages 

SCB 

Biology 

ECO 

Economics 

LAT 

Foreign  Languages 

sec 

Chemistry 

EDA 

Special  Education 

LEN 

English 

SCE 

Geology  and  Astronomy 

EDC 

Counselor,  Secondary  and  Profes- 

UN 

Foreign  Languages 

SEN 

Instrumental  Music 

sional  Education 

LIT 

English 

SOC 

Anthropology  and  Sociology 

EDE 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

LPN 

Philosophy 

SPA 

Foreign  Languages 

EDF 

Counselor,  Secondary  and  Profes- 

MAB 

Instrumental  Music 

SPC 

Communication  Studies 

sional  Education 

MAC 

Keyboard  Music 

SPP 

Communicative  Disorders 

EDG 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

MAK 

Keyboard  Music 

SSC 

Social  Studies,  Ethnic  Studies,  Peace 

EDH 

Counselor,  Secondary  and  Profes- 

MAP 

Instrumental  Miwic 

and  Conflict  Studies 

sional  Education 

MAS 

Instrumental  Music 

SX\ 

Mathematical  Sciences 

EDM 

Instructional  Media 

MAT 

Mathematical  Sciences 

STC 

Instrumental  Music 

EDO 

Counselor,  Secondary  and  Profes- 

MAW 

Instrumental  Music 

SWO 

Social  Work 

sional  Education 

MGT 

Business  Administration 

SYO 

Instrumental  Music 

EDP 

Counselor,  Secondary  and  Profes- 

MHL 

Music  History 

THA 

Theatre  Arts 

sional  Education 

MIS 

Management  Information  Systems 

VOC 

Vocal/Choral  Music 

EDR 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

MKT 

Business  Administration 

VOI 

Vocal/Choral  Music 

EDS 

Counselor,  Secondary  and  Profes- 

MSI 

Mihtary  Science 

WEN 

Instrumental  Music 

sional  Education 

MTC 

Music  Theory  and  Composition 

WIN 

Instrumental  Music 

EDU 

Counselor,  Secondary  and  Profes- 

Mlh 

Mathematical  Sciences 

WOS 

Women's  Studies 

sional  Education 

MTL 

Mathematical  Sciences 

WWC 

Instrumental  Music 

Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania 

Robert  P.  Casey,  Governor 

State  System  of  Higher  Education 

James  H.  McCormick,  Chancellor 


F.  Eugene  Dixon,  Jr.,  Chair 
Kimberly  M.  Allen 

Julia  B.  Ansill 
Muriel  Berman 
Donald  Carroll,  Jr. 
Jeffrey  W.  Coy 

G.  Edward  DeSeve 


Board  of  Governors 

Monica  A.  Douglas 
Patrick  Geho 
Rebecca  F.  Gross 
James  A.  Hughes 
James  L.  Larson 
F.  Joseph  Loeper 
Floyd  M.  Mains 


Joseph  M.  Nespoli 
Robert  J.  O'Hara.Jr. 
Phihp  D.  Rowe,  Jr. 
Jere  W.  Schuler 
Patrick  J.  Stapleton 
Julius  Uehlein 


West  Chester  University  Council  of  Trustees 


Bernard  J.  Carrozza,  Chair Newtown  Square 

John  F.  Unruh,  Vice-Chair Media 

Joharuia  K  Havlick,  Secretary West  Chester 

Ted  Blankenship Gilbertsville 

Martha  Carson-Gentry West  Chester 

Alice  Chambers West  Chester 


Barry  Dozor Broomall 

Edward  Feierstein Merion  Station 

William  E.  Hughes West  Chester 

J.  Curtis  Joyner West  Chester 

James  L.  Larson Devon 


Board  of  Directors 
West  Chester  University  Foundation 


Dr.  Alexander  Antonowich,  Executive  Director 

Dr.  Donald  J.  Diffenbaugh,  President  34 

Charles  E.  Swope,  Vice  President 

Mrs.  Emilie  K.  Asplundh,  Secretary  '27 

David  L.  Peirce,  Treasurer 

Mrs.  Guy  Fry 


Mrs.  John  B.  Hannum 
Mrs.  Thomas  Hamey 
James  Latta,  Jr. 
W  E.  Mullestein 
Whitman  A.  Rice  '39 
Mrs.  Theodore  O.  Rogers 
Leslie  B.  Schramm 


WCU  Alumni  Association  Board  of  Directors 


Dorothy  A.  Avington 
Elizabeth  A.  Boyd 
Gerald  W.  Brittain 
Melissa  J.  Cipullo 
Rose  P.  Conley 
Linda  Hoffmann-Delack 
Michael  J.  Ercole 
Janice  W.  Etshied 
Edward  T.  Feierstein 
Harry  Gilbert 


Jamie  W  Goncharoff 
Johanna  K.  Havlick 
Karl  Helicher 
Rosemary  L.  Hill 
Tracy  M.  Hippenstiel 
Leroy  T.  Jenkins 
Mildred  K.  Kahley 
Karl  A.  Kaminski 
Herbert  Lee 
Roben  L.  McCardell 


Richard  D.  Merion 
Eleanor  L.  Miller 
John  F.  Murphy 
Edward  C.  Otwell 
Debra  Seiler 
Paul  Thome,  Jr. 
Joseph  P.  Wade,  Jr. 
Ruthann  W.  Waldie 
Glenn  L.  Yacono 


Administration 


President  (Interim) Dr.  Stanley  J.  Yarosewick 

Executive  Assistant  to  the  President     Mr.  Lawrence  A.  Dowdy 

Director,  Research  and  Planning Dr.  Martin  J.  Higgins 

Director,  Affirmative  Action Mr.  Franklin  Simpson 

Vice  President  for  Advancement  (Interim) Mrs.  Joanne  L.  Matika 

Director,  University  Relations Mrs.  Joanne  L.  Matika 

Director,  Development  and  Alumni  Relations    Ms.  Sheryl  M.  Brust 

Director,  Annual  Fund To  Be  Appointed     0. 

Director,  Alumni  Relations Mr.  Guy  VanderLek  " 

Director,  PubUcations     Ms.  Cynthia  A.  Bednar 

Communications  Editor Mr.  Nevin  E.  Morris 

Director,  News  and  Communications  Services Ms.  Mary  Anderson 

Director,  Sports  Information Mr.  Thomas  Di  Camillo 

Manager,  Graphics  and  Printing Mr.  W.  Tyson  Cooper 

Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  (Interim)     Dr.  Francine  G.  McNairy 

Dean,  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences Dr.  Richard  H.  Wells 

Associate  Dean,  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences     Dr.  Jeimie  Skerl 

Dean,  School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs  (Interim)     Dr.  Christopher  R.  Fiorentino 

Dean,  School  of  Education Dr.  Michael  L.  Hanes 


Dean,  School  of  Health  Sciences  (Interim) Dr.  Roger  W.  Mustalish    nf-"^ 

Dean,  School  of  Music  (Interim)     Dr.  Frliir-irrl  A   IlniTrnv   ^^tA**--!    «^ 

Associate  Provost  (Interim)     Dr.  Vivian  Nix-Early      /j^l  rfAA-**!^^ 

Director,  Admissions Ms.  Marsha  L.  Haug  K 

Registrar Mr.  Robert  A.  Kubat 

Director,  Financial  Aid Mr.  Dana  C.  Parker 

Associate  Vice  President  for  Information  Services Mr.  Wesley  Fasnacht 

Executive  Director,  Academic  Computing  Services     Mr.  Adel  Baramani 

Director,  Administrative  Computing     Mr.  Fran  DiSanti 

Executive  Director,  Computing  Facilities Dr.  Thomas  A.  Egan 

Dean,  Graduate  Studies  and  Sponsored  Research ^ -i-^u^-,-  ■  Hj,  ■  ■  {) Dr.  Anne  S.  Williams  /!    l.     ^      //■ 

■Assistant Dean,  Graduate  Studies    .  .  .6f^«M»-.-.  .liWpW  -.  .  tl^-f-yr' .^  Jr^tJi  .Xh^f  ft.M'i'f  :  f^^-  .  .  .  To-Ben'rppointcd  ^t-  ^i,jL:  f'c'-f^*"^ 

Dean,  University  College Dr.  Eugene  J.  Kray  ' 

Assistant  Dean,  University  College    Ms.  Rhoda  Todd 

Assistant  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs     Dr.  Vivian  Nix-Early 

Director,  library  Services     Mr.  Frank  Q.  Helms 

Director,  Academic  Advising  Center Mr.  Theodore  H.  Butcher 

Director,  Academic  Development  Program Dr.  Peter  Kyper 

Director,  Space  Management  and  Calendar Dr.  William  Torop 

Vice  President  for  Administrative  and  Fiscal  Affairs Mr.  Joseph  D.  Hamel 

Director,  Personnel Mr.  William  H.  Schweitzer 

Executive  Director,  Facilities  Administration Mr.  Stephen  Quigley 

Director,  Physical  Plant     Mr.  Moshen  Malek 

Director,  Support  Services Mr.  Royston  Gathings 

Director,  Facilities  Planning Mr.  Terry  Gebhard 

Director,  Environmental  Health  and  Safety Ms.  Gail  Fellows 

Director,  Public  Safety Mr.  Michael  Bicking 

Director,  Fiscal  Affairs To  Be  Announced 

Director,  University  Services Mr.  William  Peoples 

Chief  Accountant Mr.  John  Taylor 

Bursar Ms.  Frances  H.  Riesmeyer 

Director,  Budget  (Interim) Mr.  Richard  Griffing 

Internal  Auditor Mr.  Richard  GriSing 

Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  (Interim) Dr.  Matthew  Bricketto 

Assistant  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  (Interim) Ms.  Diane  DeVestem 

Associate  Dean  Qnterim),  Director,  Residence  Life  and  Housing Mr.  Thomas  Puree 

Director,  Alcohol  and  Drug  Education Ms.  Jacqueline  Hodes 

Director,  Athletics     Dr.  John  Tachovsky 

Director,  Career  Development  Center Ms.  Elizabeth  Giangiulio 

Director,  Children's  Center     Ms.  Sandra  Jones 

Director,  Counseling  and  Psychological  Services  Department Dr.  Thomas  Spierling 

Director,  Greek  Life  and  Student  Organizations Mr.  Charles  Warner 

Director,  Health  Center     Dr.  Joseph  Battaglia 

Director,  Minority  Student  Affairs Mr.  Jerome  Hutson 

Director,  Off-Campus  and  Commuter  life Mrs.  Margaret  Vanim 

Director,  Orientation  and  Parent  Relations Mr.  Philip  Tripp 

Director,  Recreational  Services  (Interim) Mr.  William  Hart 

Director,  Student  Standards Mrs.  Margaret  Tripp 

Director,  Sykes  Union    Mr.  David  Timmann 

Director,  Women's  Center Ms.  Robin  Garrett 


Faculty 

Spring  1992 


STANLEY  J.  YAR0SE\\1CK  (1969)  Interim 

President 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire;  M.S.,  Ph.D., 

Clarkson  College  of  Technology 

FRANCINE  G.  MCNAIRY  (1988)  Interim  Vice 

President  for  Academic  Affairs 

BA..  M.S.W,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

JOSEPH  D.  HAMEL  (1985)  Vice  President  for 

Administrative  and  Fiscal  Affairs 

B.Bj\.,  LeMoyne  College;  MBA.,  Syracuse 

University 

MATTHEW  J.  BRICKETTO  (1986)  interim  Vice 

President  for  Student  Affairs 

B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University;  M.Ed.,  Ohio 

University;  M.BA.,  Faiileigh  Dickinson 

University;  Ed.D.,  Rutgers— The  Sute  University 

JOANNE  L  MATIKA  (1985)  Inferim  Wee 

President  for  Advancement 

BA,  MA,  Kent  State  University 


RICHARD  H.  WELLS  (1988)  Dean,  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences 

BA,  William  Penn  College;  MA,  University  of 
Arkansas;  Ph.D^exas  A  &  M  University 

CHRISTOPHERV  FIORENTINO  (1985)  Interim 
Dean,  School  of  Business  and  Public  Affairs 
BA,  MA,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

MICHAEL  L.  HANES  (1987)  Dean,  School  of 

Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

ROGER  W  MUSTALISH  (1978)  Interim  Dean, 

School  of  Health  Sciences 

A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.S.,  Michigan 

State  University;  M.P.H.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Minnesota 

EDWARD  A.  BARROW  (1956)  iDferim  Dean, 
School  of  Music 


B.Mus.,  M.Mus.,  Eastman  School  of  Music; 
Ph.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

VIVIAN  NK-EARLY  (1979)  Interim  Associate 

Provost 

A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  New 

York  University 

WESLEY  FASNACHT  (1967)  Associate  Vice 
President  for  Information  Services 
B.S.,  Millersville  University;  B.S.,  State  University 
of  New  York  at  Buffalo 

ANNE  S.  WILUAMS  (1991)  Dean,  Graduate 
Studies  and  Sponsored  Research 
BA,  MA,  University  of  Montana;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University 

EUGENE  J.  KRAY  (1985)  Dean.  University 

College 

B.S.,  St.  Peter's  College;  M.BA,  Seton  Hall 

University;  Ed.D.,  Nova  University 


THOMAS  J.  AHLBORN  (1967)  Associate 

Professor  of  Computer  Science 

B.S.,  California  University;  MA,  Kent  State 

University 

NASEER  AHMAD  (1987)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  D.Sc,  Aligarh  M.  University 

SYLVIA  MOSS  AHRAMJL\N  (1976)  Associate 
Professor  of  Instrumental  Music 
B.Mus.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  M.Mus., 
Indiana  University,  Bloomington 

SHIRLEY  T  ALIFERIS  (1968)  Associate  Professor 
of  Keyboard  Music 

AR.C.T.,  Royal  Conservatory  of  Music  of 
Toronto;  Artist,  Diploma,  University  of  Toronto; 
M.Mus.,  Indiana  University 

LOIS  W  ALT  (1966)  Chairperson,  Department  of 
Vocal  and  Choral  Music;  Associate  Professor  of 
Vocal  and  Choral  Music 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania;  B.Mus., 
M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan 

CHRISTIAN  K.  AWUYAH  (1989)  Assistant 
Professor  of  English 

BA,  University  of  Ghana;  MA,  University  of 
Guelph;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Alberta 

JOHN  H.  BAKER  (1974)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Art 

BA,  West  Chester  University 

ANGELOS  C.  BALLAS  (1972)  Chairperson. 
Depanment  of  Marketing:  Professor 
B.S.,  MA,  New  York  University;  Ph.D.,  New 
School  for  Social  Research 

LYNDA  A.  BALOCHE  (1989)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

BA,  Trenton  State  College;  Ed.D.,  Temple 

University 

SCOTT  BALTHAZAR  (1991)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Music  History 

BA.,  Amherst  College;  MA.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 


PAUL  A  BANYACSKI  (1965)  Associate  Professor 

of  Philosophy 

BA,  Eastern  College 

JUDITH  BARON  (1974)  Psychologist,  Counseling 
Center,  Professor 

BA,  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan;  Ph.D.,  York 
University,  Toronto 

ROGER  BARTH  (1985)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

BA,  LaSalle;  MA,  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins 

University 

CHARLOTTE  E.  BARTLETT  (1972)  Associate 
Professor  of  Social  Work 
B  A,  University  of  Peimsylvania;  M.S.S.,  Biyn 
Mawr  College 

CHARLES  R.  BAUERLEIN  (1988)  Assistant 
Professor  of  English 

BA,  Loyola  University  of  the  South;  MA, 
Pennsylvania  Slate  University 

MARSHALL  J.  BECKER  (1968)  Protessorof 

Anthropology 

BA.,  MA,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ROBERT  M.  BEDFORD  (1966)  Associate 
Professor  of  Keyboard  Music 
B.Mus.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School;  D.MA, 
Catholic  University  of  America 

CAROL  BELMAIN  (1971)  C/jai/person,  Music 
Education,  Professor  of  Music  Education 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Idiaca  College;  DMA,  Temple 
University 

JOHN  T  BENESKl  (1986)  Associate  Professor  of 

Biology 

AA,  Southwestern  College;  BA,  MA, 

Humboldt  Sute  University;  Ph.D.,  Washington 

State  University 

CYNTHL\  D.  BENZING  (1988)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Economics 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.BA, 
Ph.D.,  Drexel  University 


HELEN  A  BERGER  (1991)  i4ssis£ant  Professor  of 
Anthropology  and  Sociology 
BA,  Brooklyn  College;  MA,  Sussex  University 
(England);  Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

JAY  H.  BERKOWITZ  (1969)  Associate  Professor 

of  Theatre  Arts 

B.S.,  MA,  Temple  University 

ROBERT  W  BERNHARDT  (1965)  Associate 

Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Syracuse  University 

F.  ROBERT  BIELSKI  (1961)  Associate  Professor 

of  Geography 

B.S.,  Indiana  State  University;  MA,  University  of 

Illinois 

WALTER  R.  BLAIR  (1966)  Associate  Professor. 

School  of  Education 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.Ed.,  Temple 

University 

RICHARD  E.  BLAKE  (1975)  Assistant  Professor 

of  An 

B.FA..  Tyler  School  of  Fine  Arts 

ARVID  J.  BLOOM  (1988)  i4ssistant  Protessorof 

Psychology 

BA,  Wesleyan  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Colorado 

State  University 

MARL\  R.  BOES  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

History 

BA,  MA,  Hunter  College;  Ph.D.,  City 

University  of  New  York 

GAIL  G.  K.  BOLLIN  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
BA,  St.  Bonaventure  University;  MA,  Purdue 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

DAVID  L  BOLTON  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
BA.,  Seminar  Marionhoehe  (W  Germany);  MA, 
Andrews  Univetsity;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State 
Univeisity 


Faculty 


DALE  R.  BONSALL  (1969)  Associate  Professor  of 

Physical  Education 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University,  M.Ed.,  Western 

Maryland  College 

ROGER  E.  BOVE  (1984)  Associate  Professor  of 

Economics 

BA,  Harvard  College;  MA,  Ph.D.,  Harvard 

University 

BETTY  FINCH  BOYLE  (1972)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Health,  Assistant  Professor 
B.S.,  Ball  State  University,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester 
University 

ERMINIO  BRAIDOTTl  (1978)  Associate  Professor 

of  Foreign  languages 

BA,  Youngstown  State  University,  MA, 

Middlebury  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

RICHARD  G.  BRANTON  (1962)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University  M.S.,  University  of 

Delaware;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

LINDA  S.  BREUNIG  (1978)  Instructor, 

Educational  Services 

B.S.,  MA,  West  Chester  University 

STEVEN  L  BROITMAN  (1987)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony 
Brook;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Massachusetts;  M.D., 
Princeton  University  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University 

MICHAEL  W  BROOKS  (1971)  Professor  of 

English 

BA,  Antioch  College;  MA,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Toronto 

BARBARA  S.  BROWN  (1983)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.S.,  Oxford 

University  (U.K);  M.S.N. ,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

DAVID  F.  BROWN  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Northern  Illinois  University  Ed.D., 
University  of  Tennessee 

EMMA  LEE  BROWN  (1969)  Associate  Professor 

of  Library  Services 

A.B.,  Fairmont  State  College;  M.S.L.S.,  Drexel 

University 

FRANCELINE  H.  BROWN  (1984)  Assis£aj7t 

Professor  of  Library  Services 

BA,  Underwood  College;  M.S.L.S.,  Drexel 

University 

ROGER  J.  BROWN  (1968)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Foreign  Languages 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University 

JOSEPH  BROWNE  (1966)  Professor  of  English 
Diplome  En  Philosophie,  St.  Jerome's  College 
(University  of  Ottawa);  B.S.,  St.  Joseph's 
University  (Pa.);  MA,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

CHRISTOPHER  BUCKLEY  (1987)  Assistant 

Professor  of  English 

BA,  Sl  Mary's  College  of  California;  MA,  San 

Diego  State  University  M.FA,  University  of 

Califomia-lrvine 

H.JAMES  BURGWYN  (1968)  Professor  of 

History 

BA,  Swarthmore  CoUege;  MA,  University  of 

Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

WILUAM  F.  BURNS  (1964)  Associate  Professor 
of  Political  Science 


BA,  Allegheity  College;  MA,  Case  Western 
Reserve  University 

MARY  ANNE  BURNS-DUFFY  (1969)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Library  Services 

A.B.,  Immaculata  College;  M.S.LS.,  Drexel 

University 

A  WAYNE  BURTON  (1965)  Associate  Professor 
of  Political  Science 

BA,  Brigham  Young  University  MA,  University 
of  Pennsylvania 

J.  BR'iAN  BURTON  (1991)  Associate  Professor  of 
Music  Education  ■     p 

B.M.,  West  Texas  Sute  University  MA,  Western 
State  College  of  Colorado;  D.M.E.,  University  of 
Southern  Mississippi 

RICHARD  M.  BUSCH  (1990)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Geology 

A.B.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College;  MA, 

Temple  University  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh 

THEODORE  H.  BUTCHER  (1970)  Director. 
Academic  Advising  Center,  Associate  Professor, 
Educational  Services 

BA,  Lincoln  University  MBA,  Drexel 
University,  M.S.,  West  Chester  University 

ROBERT  E.  BYTNAR  (1975)  Associate  Professor 
of  Theatre  Arts 

B.S.  Ed.,  (jJifomia  University  MA,  West 
Virginia  University 

L'TON  CARSON  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Health 

BA,  Neumaim  College;  M.S.,  St.  Josephs 

University  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

DIANE  O.  CASAGRANDE  (1968)  Pivfessor  of 
Communication  Studies 
A.B.,  Wayne  State  University  MA,  Temple 
University  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

LOUIS  A.  CASCMTO  (1963)  Associate  Professor 

of  Earth  Sciences 

B.S.,  Sl  Joseph's  CoUege  (Pa.);  M.S.,  Villanova 

University 

CONRAD  E.  CHALICK  (1962)  Psychologist, 
Counseling  Center,  Professor 
BA,  Pennsylvania  Military  College;  MA, 
Villanova  University,  Ed.D.,  Nova  University 

KATHRYN  S.  CHILCOTE  (1989)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
BA,  M.M.,  University  of  die  Pacific;  D.MA, 
University  of  Oregon 

K  ELEANOR  CHRISTENSEN  (1972)  Assistant 
Chairperson,  Department  of  Childhood  Studies  and 
Reading:  Professor 

BA,  MA,  Michigan  State  University,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware 

HUNG  M.  CHU  (1976)  Professor  of  Management 
B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  CoUege  (Ind.);  M.BA, 
Northern  Illinois  University  Ph.D.,  Louisiana 
State  University 

MELISSA  aCHO'WICZ  (1986)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Maryland 

BETHANN  CINELU  (1987)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Health 

B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.Ed., 

Temple  University  D.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State 

University 

GEORGE  S.  ClAGHORN  (1963)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Philosophy,  Professor 


BA,  University  of  Chattanooga;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania 

ANN  COGHLAN-STOWE  (1984)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  M.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
Diploma  iii  Nursing,  Thomas  Jefferson  University 

UELW  COMBS,  JR.  (1967)  Assistanf 

Chairperson,  Department  of  English;  Assistant 

Professor 

BA,  Adams  State  CoUege;  MA,  Temple 

University 

KATHERINE  A  CONROY  (1983)  Assistanf 

Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.,  Rutgers-The  State  University  M.S.,  Boston 

University 

JON  A.  COWEN  (1967)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Sociology 

BA,  University  of  Massachusetts;  AM., 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

MARY  E.  CRAWFORD  (1978)  Professor  of 
Psychology  and  Women  s  Studies 
B.S..  West  Chester  University  MA,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware 

W  STEPHEN  CRODDY  (1969)  Professor  of 

Philosophy 

BA,  University  of  Southern  California;  MA, 

Temple  University  Ph.D.,  Brown  University 

GEORGANN  CULLEN  (1964)  Assistant 

Chairperson,  Department  of  Biology,  Associate 

Professor 

B.S.,  MA,  Kent  State  University 

lAWRENCE  R.  DAVIDSON  (1989)  Assistant 

Professor  of  History 

BA,  Rutgers  — The  State  University  MA, 

Georgetown  University  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Alberta 

KEVIN  W.  DEAN  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Communication  Studies 

B.S.,  Bowling  Green  University,  MA,  Miami 

University  of  Ohio;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Maryland 

GARY  A  DEAXSMAN  (1991)  Associate  Professor 
of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska;  MA,  Arizona  State 
University,  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University  Ed.D., 
Arizona  State  University 

RONALD  N.  DEFINO  (1973)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Art 

B.S.,  Philadelphia  CoUege  of  Art;  M.FA,  Tyler 
School  of  Fine  Arts 

HARRY  H.  DEISCHER  (1966)  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
B.S.,  MA,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

PHILIP  M.  DeMOSS  (1972)  Chairperson, 

Department  of  Economics;  Professor 

BA,  Park  CoUege;  MA,  Ph.D.,  Kansas  State 

University 

DARLENE  DeSANTlS  (1987)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Psychology 

A.B.,  Vassar  CoUege;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Connecticut 

KATHLEEN  DEVLIN-KELLY  (1976)  Assistant 

Chairperson,  Department  of  Nursing;  Assistant 

Professor 

B.S.N. ,  Georgetown  University,  M.S.N.,  Boston 

University 


Faculty 


ANDREW  E.  DINNIMAN  (1972)  Professor  of 

Educational  Services 

BA,  University  of  Connecticut;  MA,  University 

of  Maryland;  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State 

University 

W.  LARRY  DORMINY  (1972)  Associate  Professor 
of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
B.Mus.,  Jacksonville  University;  M.M.,  Florida 
State  University;  D.M.,  Indiana  University 

RAYMOND  A.  DOYLE  (1965)  Associate  Professor 

of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  West  Chester  University 

PHILLIP  K.  DUNCAN  (1983)  Assistant 
Chairperson,  Department  of  Psychology,  Professor 
of  Psychology 

BA,  Wittenberg  University;  MA,  Western 
Michigan  University,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 

A.  SCOTT  DUNLAP  (1967)  Associate  Professor  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
BA,  Kings  College  (N.Y);  M.Div.,  Eastern 
Baptist  Theological  Seminary 

KEVIN  C.  DUNLEAVY  (1979)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Economics 

BA.  University  of  Delaware;  Ph.D.,  Duke 

University 

MARC  L  DURAND  (1968)  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B.S.,  Holy  Cross  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

New  Hampshire 

ANNE  DZAMBA  (1968)  Professor  of  History  and 

Women's  Studies 

BA,  Swarthmore  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Delaware 

JOHN  L  EBERHART  (1969)  Chairperson, 

Department  of  Communicative  Disorders;  Assistant 

Professor 

B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University;  MA,  Syracuse 

University 

T  OBINKARAM  ECHEWA  (1986)  Assistant 
Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame;  M.S.,  Columbia 
University;  MA,  University  of  Pennsylvania; 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

HOWARD  EDELMAN  (1981)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Mathematical  Sciences 

B.Ch.E.,  City  University  of  New  York;  M.S.,  C.S., 
University  of  Delaware 

JAMES  EGAN  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  Syracuse  University 

THOMAS  EGAN  (1968)  Executive  Director  of 

Computing  Facilities:  F^fessor  of  Educational 

Services 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University;  Ed.D., 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

JOHN  E.  EHLETTER  (1969)  Associate  Professor  of 

Geology 

AB.,  MA,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College;  MA. 

Wesleyan  University,  D.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State 

University 

RALPH  A.  EISENSTADT  (1965)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
BA,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  MA, 
University  of  Illinois 

DAVID  S.  ELDREDGE  (1967)  Associate  Professor 

of  Political  Science 

BA,  Yale  University;  MAT,  CAS.,  Harvard 

University 


MARIANNE  ELEUTERIO  (1973)  Professor  of 

Biology 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Delaware 

PAUL  R.  EMMONS  (1985)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Library  Services 

B.  Mus.,  Lawrence  University  of  Wisconsin; 
M.M.,  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

RICHARD  G.  EPSTEIN  (1991)  Professor  of 

Mathematical  Sciences 

BA,  George  Washington  University,  M.S.E., 

University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  Temple 

University 

JORGE  ESCORCL\  (1968)  Associate  Professor  of 
Foreign  Languages 

Lie,  Universidad  Pedagogica  del  Caribe;  MA, 
Boston  University 

CELJA  ESPLUGAS  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Foreign  Languages 

BA,  Teacher's  College,  Argentina;  M.Ed., 
Bowling  Green  State  University,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Toledo 

JAMES  D.  FABREY  (1975)  Director  of  Academic 
Computing:  Professor  of  Mathematics 
AB.,  Cornell  University;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology 

G.  WINHELD  FAIRCHILD  (1983)  Associate 
Professor  of  Biology 

BA,  Hamilton  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Michigan 

JAMES  S.  FALCONE  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Delaware 

GEORGE  FASIC  (1988)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Geography  and  Plaiming 
B.S.,  Peimsylvania  State  University,  M.S., 
Columbia  University 

JOHN  J.  FENTON  (1980)  Professor  of  Chemistry 
BA,  Catholic  University  of  America;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Minnesota 

ROSE  L  FICKNER  (1979)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Nursing 

Diploma,  Hazleton  State  General  Hospital  School 

of  Nursing;  B.S.,  West  Chester  University, 

M.S.N.,  University  of  Peimsylvania 

ALBERT  E.  FE^\NO  (1956)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ph.D., 

Pennsylvania  State  University 

JUDITH  S.  FINKEL  (1968)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Special  Education 

B.S.,  Temple  University;  M.Ed.,  West  Chester 
University,  Ph.D.,  Union  Graduate  School 

CHRISTOPHER  R.  HORENTINO  (1985) 
Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
BA,  MA,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

FRANK  E.  FISH  (1980)  Professor  of  Biology 
BA,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Oswego; 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

JOSEPH  T  FISHER  (1968)  Associate  Professor  of 

Health 

B.S.,  Slippery  Rock  University,  M.S.,  University 

of  Illinois 

ANDREA  R.  FISHMAN  (1990)  Assistant  Professor 
of  English 

BA,  Dickinson  College;  M.Ed.,  Shippensburg 
University,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 


ANITA  K.  FOEMAN  (1991)  Associate  Professor  of 

Communication  Studies 

B.H.,  Defiance  College;  MA,  Ph.D.,  Temple 

University 

WILUAM  D.  FORDYCE  (1968)  Associate 

Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  AM.T,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

CLAUDE  R.  FOSTER,  JR.  (1967)  Professor  of 
History 

BA,  Eastern  College;  B.D.,  The  Reformed 
Episcopal  Seminary,  MA,  University  of 
Delaware;  Th.M.,  Crozer  Theological  Seminary; 
Zeugnis  fuer  deutsche  Sprache  und  Kultur, 
University  of  Freiburg;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

WALTER  J.  FOX,  JR.  (1983)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Journalism  and  English 

B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  University,  M.S.,  Columbia 

University 

ALAN  W.  FRANCE  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 

English 

BA,  Troy  State  University,  MA,  Stephen  F. 

Austin  State  University;  Ph.D..  Rice  University 

BONITA  FREEMAN-WITTHOFT  (1974) 
Associate  Professor  of  Anthropology 
BA,  University  of  Maine;  MA,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania 

RAYMOND  FRIDAY  (1969)  Professor  of  Vocal  and 
Choral  Music 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University,  M.Mus.,  Oberlin 
College;  Diploma,  Academy  of  Vocal  Arts;  Ph.D., 
New  York  University 

BLAISE  F.  FROST  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

BA,  Yankton  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

South  Dakota 

ANGELO  F.  GADALETO  (1986)  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary  and  Professional  Education 
BA,  Rider  College;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Delaware;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

CLYDE  J.  GALBRAITH  (1974)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Accounting:  Assistant  Professor 
B.S.,  M.BA,  Drexel  University;  C.PA, 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania 

CONSTANCE  GARCL\-BARRIO  (1990)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
BA,  West  Chester  University,  MA,  Temple 
University,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ROBIN  GARRETT  (1978)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  Case  Western  Reserve  University;  M.S.N. , 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

JOHN  GAULT  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Marketing 

B.S.,  U.S.  Naval  Academy,  M.BA,  University  of 

Peimsylvania 

JOHN  L.  GAUNT  (1970)  Professor  of  English 
BA,  MA,  Tulane  University;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland 

JAMAL  GHOROGHCHL\N  (1986)  Associate 
Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Moshad  (Iran);  M.S.,  Ph.D., 
Univeisity  of  Southampton  (U.K.) 

ELIZABETH  A.  GL\NGIUUO  (1972)  Director, 
Career  Development  Center 
B.S.,  West  Chester  University,  M.Ed.,  University 
of  Arizona 

MARGARET  GIBSON  (1991)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 


Faculty 


B.S.,  Temple  University;  M.S.,  Trenton  State 
University,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University 

STEPHEN  D.  GILMOUR  (1979)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
BA,  MA.,  Indiana  University,  MA,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Minnesota 

JOSEPH  J.  GODEK  III  (1972)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware;  M.S.,  West  Chester 

University 

DENNIS  GODFREY  (1987)  Assistant  Professor  of 

English 

BA,  University  of  Northern  Iowa;  MA,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Michigan 

JOSEPH  A  GOEBEL,  JR.  (1968)  Instructor  of 

Instrumental  Music 

B.S.,  Millersville  University 

PHYLLIS  A  GOETZ  (1975)  Associate  Professor  of 

Health 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.S.,  University  of 

Maryland;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

CHARLES  W  GOOD  (1966)  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
BA.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  MA, 
University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ed.D.,  Temple 
University 

HENRY  E.  GOODWIN  (1960)  Associate  Professor 
of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University,  M.S.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University 

ANDREW  J.  GOUDY  (1977)  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

RONALD  L.  GOUGHER  (1969)  Chairperson, 

Department  of  Foreign  Languages;  Associate 

Professor 

BA,  Muhlenberg  College;  MA,  Lehigh 

University 

CHARLES  W  GRASSEL  (1968)  Associate 

Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University,  M.S.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

PATRICL\  E.  GRASTY-GAINES  (1970)  Professor 
of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.Ed.,  Temple 
University  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

PAUL  D.  GREEN  (1971)  Professor  of  English 
A.B.,  Temple  University,  AM.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard 
University 

JUDITH  J.  GREENAMYER  (1988)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Biology 

M.S.,  University  of  California;  D.V.M.,  Ohio  State 

University 

SAUL  H.  GREENBERG  (1963)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Criminal  Justice:  Associate  Professor 
of  Criminal  Justice 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  J.D., 
University  of  Baltimore 

ROBERT  GREENE  (1967)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Foreign  Languages 

B A,  MA,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

MILDRED  L  GREENWOOD  (1965)  Associate 

Professor  of  Physical  Education 

AB.,  Wheaton  College;  M.Ed,  Temple  Univeisity 

HARVEY  C.  GREISMAN  (1979)  Professor  of 

Sociology 

BA,  State  University  of  New  York  at  New  Paltz; 

MA,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 


SHIRLEY  R.  GRICE  (1972)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Educational  Services 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 

FRANK  GROSSHANS  (1975)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Chicago 

TERRY  E.  GUIDETTI  (1966)  Associate  Professor 

of  Instrumental  Music 

B.Mus.,  M.Mus.,  Northwestern  University 

Smv  K.  GUPTA  (1985)  Associate  Professor  of 

Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Delhi  University,  M.S.,  University  of 

Wisconsin;  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve 

University 

WHJJAM  I.  GUY  (1974)  Instnjctor.  Educational 

Services 

AB.,  Temple  University 

CYNTIflA  S.  HAGGARD  (1990)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional 

Education 

BA,  MA,  Ed.  D.,  Indiana  University 

SAUNDRA  M.  HALL  (1964)  Chairperson,  Theatre 
Arts:  Assistant  Professor  of  Theatre  Arts  and 
Women  s  Studies 
BA,  MA,  Ohio  State  Utiiversity 

JAMES  W.  HAMILTON  (1989)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Management 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin;  M.BA,  North- 
eastern University 

HUBERT  E.  HARBER  (1970)  Associate  Professor 
of  Astronomy 

B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University  M.B.S.. 
University  of  Colorado;  MAT,  Brown  University 

CHARLES  A  HARDY  (1990)  Assistant  Professor 

of  History 

BA,  MA,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

JEFFREY  E.  HARRIS  (1983)  Associate  Professor 
of  Health 

BA,  University  of  California  at  San  Diego; 
D.H.Sc.,  M.P.H.,  loraa  Unda  University 

YOKO  HASHIMOTO-SINCIAIR  (1969)  Associate 
Professor  of  Theatre  Aits 
BA,  MA,  Aoyama  Gakuin  University  Qapan); 
MA,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

EUGENE  C.  HASSLER  (1969)  Associate  Professor 
of  Accounting 

B.S.,  Albright  College;  M.BA,  Indiana 
University,  C.PA,  State  of  Indiana 

ELIZABETH  A  HASSON  (1970)  Associate 
Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University  Ed.D., 
Temple  University 

BARBARA  F.  HAUS  (1990)  Associate  Professor  of 

Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  M.S.N. , 

University  of  Kentucky.  Ed.D.,  Lehigh  University 

SYLVIA  HAVnAND  (1988)  Instructor  of 

Philosophy 

BA,  Goddard  College;  MA,  West  Chester 

University 

ROBERT  W  HAWKES  (1962)  Associate  Professor 
of  Physics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University,  M.S.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University 

ARTHUR  T  HEGVIK  (1975)  Associate  Professor 

of  Instrumental  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 


JOHN  G.  HEUON  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Physical  Education 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York;  MA,  Ed.M., 
Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 

FRANK  Q.  HELMS  (1966)  Director,  Library 
Services;  Associate  Professor 
BA,  University  of  Delaware;  M.L.S.,  Rutgers  — 
The  Sute  University 

BETH  M.  HERBINE  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.S.,  Kutztown  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Ph.D., 
Temple  University 

THOMAS  J.  HESTON  (1975)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  History;  Professor  of  History 
AB.,  Gettysburg  College;  MA,  Ph.D.,  Case 
Western  Reserve  University 

MARTIN  J.  HIGGINS  (1967)  Director,  Research 
and  Planning;  Professor 
B.S.,  University  of  Dayton;  MA,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland 

CHERYL  HODGINS  (1979)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Social  Work 

BA,  University  of  New  Hampshire;  M.S.W., 
University  of  Texas 

FRANK  J.  HOFFMAN  (1990)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Philosophy 

AB.,  University  of  Missouri;  MA,  University  of 
Hawaii;  Ph.D.,  University  of  London 

THOMAS  L.  HOLDER  (1986)  Instructor  of 

Physics 

B.S.Ed.,  California  State  University,  M.Ed., 

Millersville  University 

JOHN  HOLINGJAK,  JR.  (1965)  Associate 

Professor  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional 

Education 

B.S.,  Kutztown  University  Ed.M..  Temple 

University 

BELLE  HOLLON  (1987)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Art 

B.FA,  Philadelphia  College  of  Art;  M.FA, 

University  of  Wisconsin 

SUNION  T  HONG  (1986)  Professor  of 

Accounting 

BA,  Han  Kuk  University  (Korea);  M.BA,  Ph.D., 

New  York  University 

CLARK  D.  HORTON  (1989)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Mathematical  Sciences 
B.S.,  M.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

JOZSEF  HORVATH  (1988)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Mathematical  Sciences 

B.Sc,  Tel  Aviv  University.  M.Sc,  University  of 
British  Columbia;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

Yl-MING  HSU  (1975)  Professor  of  Secondary 
Education  and  Educational  Psychology 
BA  National  Taiwan  University,  MA, 
University  of  Oregon;  D.Ed.,  University  of 
Georgia 

LOUIS  A  HUFF  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Management 

BA,  MA,  Ph.D.,  Howard  University 

CLAUDE  HUNSBERGER  (1967)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  English;  Associate  Professor 
BA,  Temple  University,  MA,  Michigan  State 
Univeisity,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

JOHN  L  HYNES  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
B  A.  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany, 
MA,  State  University  of  New  York  at 


Faculty 


Binghamton;  Ed.D.,  Swte  Univeisity  of  New  York 
at  Albany 

LAWRENCE  V.  lACONO  (1966)  Associate 
Professor  of  Political  Science 
B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  College  (Pa.);  M.Ed..  West 
Chester  University 

CAROL  ISAACSON-BRISELU  (1988)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Instrumental  Music 
BA.,  State  University  of  New  York;  M.M., 
Temple  University 

WILUAMJ.  JACOBSON  (1988)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Theatre  Arts 

BA.,  Eckerd  College;  M.FA,  Brandeis  University 

JANE  E.  JEFFREY  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

English 

BA,  Memphis  State;  MA,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Iowa 

RONN  M.  JENKINS  (1972)  Advising  Center; 
Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.S.,  Bucknell 
University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ALLEN  H.  JOHNSON  (1974)  Chairperson, 

Department  of  Geology,  Associate  Professor  of 

Geology 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois;  M.S.,  University  of 

Arizona;  Ph.D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

DEIDRE  ANN  JOHNSON  (1991)  Assistant 
Professor  of  English 

BA,  Knox  College;  MA,  Eastern  Michigan; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 

FATRIOA  C.  JOHNSON  (1966)  Professor  of 

History 

BA,  Chestnut  Hill  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Rochester 

EMLYN  H.JONES  (1968)  Assistant  Chairperson, 

Department  of  Physical  Education:  Assistant 

Professor 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 

MILDRED  C.  JOYNER  (1981)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Social  Work;  Assistant  Professor 
B.S.W,  Central  State  University;  M.S.W.,  Howard 
University 

WAUACEJ.  KAHN  (1977)  Chairperson, 

Department  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and 

Professional  Education;  Professor  of  Counselor 

Education 

B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University;  M.Ed.,  ACS., 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 

BRENT  KAPLAN  (1968)  Associate  Professor  of 

Physics 

B.M.E.,  M.M.E.,  New  York  University 

BARBARA  L  KARAS  (1966)  Associate  Professor 

of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.Ed.,  Temple 

University 

MARY  A  KEETZ  (1973)  Director,  Women's 

Institute;  Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and 

Reading 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware;  M.S.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

NELSON  W  KEITH  (1989)  Professor  of  Sociology 
MA,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers-The  Sute  University 

JAMES  T  KELLEHER  (1968)  Professor  of  English 
BA,  Widener  College;  MA,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

JOHN  T  KELLY  (1969)  Associate  Professor  of 

English 

B.S.,  St.  Louis  University;  MA,  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Oklahoma 


JOHN  P.  KENT  (1972)  Professor  of  EngUsh 
BA,  Southampton  University  (U.K.);  MA., 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

JOHN  J.  KERRIGAN  (1972)  Associate  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  MA,  Villanova 

University;  D.Ed.,  Temple  University 

ROSE  ANN  KHOURY  (1990)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

BA,  MA,  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

EUGENE  KLEIN  (1967)  Associate  Professor  of 

Instrumental  Music 

B.M.E.,  Temple  University;  M.M.E.,  Indiana 

University 

SHARON  B.  KLETZIEN  (1991)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
BA,  West  Texas  State  University;  MA, 
American  University;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

ROBERT  M.  KLINE  (1991)  i4jsociate  Professor  of 

Mathematical  Sciences 

BA,  Millersville  University;  Ph.D.,  Washington 

University 

DENNIS  R  KLINZING  (1976)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Communication  Studies;  Professor 
B.S.,  Clarion  University;  MA,  Ph.D.,  Penn- 
sylvania State  University 

MAUREEN  T  KNABB  (1986)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Biology 

B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Virginia 

LISA  KERR  KNAUSS  (1991)  Assistant  Pwfessor 
of  Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  West  Chester  University;  M.S.N. , 
Villanova  University 

KAREN  M.  KOEHLER  (1987)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  The  King's  College;  MA,  Northern 

Michigan  University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  North 

Carolina-Greensboro 

MAREILE  A  KOENIG  (1990)  Associate  Professor 
of  Communicative  Disorders 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois 

SEBASTIAN  S.  KOH  (1970)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University;  MA,  Wayne 

Sute  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

V.  KRISHNA  KUMAR  (1977)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

B.S.,  Osmania  University  (India);  M.S.,  Indian 

Agricultural  Research  Institute;  M.S.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Wisconsin 

ROBERT  S.  KURZINSKY  (1970)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional 

Education 

B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University;  M.Ed.,  West 

Chester  University;  Ed.D.,  Nova  University 

PETER  T.  KYPER  (1987)  Associate  Professor  of 

Educational  Services 

BA,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  Ph.D..  Auburn 

University 

MARY  B.  LACOSTE  (1985)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Special  Education 

BA,  Loyola  University;  M.Ed.,  Louisiana  State 
University;  Ed.D.,  University  of  New  Orleans 

MONITA  LANK  (1970)  Chairperson,  Department 
of  Physical  Education;  Professor  of  Physical 
Education 


AB.,  MA.,  Wichita  State  University;  Ph.D., 
Univeisity  of  Iowa 

BARBARA  J.  lAPPANO  (1970)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 

ELIZABETH  lARSEN  (1984)  Associate  Professor 
of  English 

BA.  University  of  Minnesota;  MA..  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin-Milwaukee 

VICTOR  LASUCHIN  (1970)  Associate  Professor 

of  An 

B.FA,  M.FA,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

KENNETH  L  lAUDERMILCH  (1968)  Professor 
of  Instrumental  Music 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College;  M.Mus.,  New 
England  Conservatory  of  Music;  D.M.A., 
Catholic  University  of  America 

JOSEPH  C.  LAULETTA  (1973)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware;  M.Ed.,  Boston 

University 

HERBERT  LEE  (1968)  Chairperson,  Educational 

Services;  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 

F.  WILUAM  LEEDS  (1963)  Associate  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
AB.,  Temple  University;  MA.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

JOHN  D.  LEMCKE  (1965)  Professor  of  Health 
B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Brockport; 
M.Ed.,  Ed.D..  Temple  University 

MONICA  P.  LEPORE  (1983)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Physical  Education 

B.S..  College  of  Mount  Saint  Vincent;  M.S., 

University  of  Wisconsin;  Ed.D.,  New  York 

University 

JAMES  P.  LEWANDOWSKI  (1991)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Geography  and  Planning 
BA,  MA,  University  of  Toledo;  Ph.D.,  Ohio 
State  University 

JAMES  E.  LHEUREUX  (1969)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

MARGARET  S.  LIVINGSTON  (1990)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Art 

B.FA,  Kutztown  University;  M.FA,  Syracuse 

University 

SUSAN  W.  LUBKING  (1978)  Associate  Professor 

of  Physical  Education 

B.S..  Ursinus  College;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University 

ROBERT  C.  LUCAS  (1975)  Associate  Professor  of 
Keyboard  Music 

B.M.,  Oberlin  College;  M.M.,  University  of 
Michigan;  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 

PATRICK  W.  LUCK  (1973)  Associate  Professor  of 

Sociology 

BA,  University  of  Vermont;  MA,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Connecticut 

COLLEEN  T  LUDEKER  (1990)  Associate 

Professor  of  Music  Education 

B.M.E..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania; 

MM.,  DcPauw  University;  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia 

University 

GLENN  LYONS  (1984)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Instrumental  Music 

BA.,  Harpur  College;  M.  Mus.,  Peabody  Institute 
of  Johns  Hopkins  University 

ROBERT  C,  MAGGIO  (1991)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Music  Theory  and  Composition 


Faculty 


BA,  Yale  University,  MA.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

MARY  ANN  O.  MAGGITTI  (1970)  Associate 
Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
BA,  Emmanuel  College;  M.S.,  Central 
Connecticut  State  College;  Ph.D.,  Temple 
University 

VIRGIL  E.  MAGNUSON  (1975)  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

BA,  Monmouth  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

New  Hampshire 

JOHN  P.  MAHER  (1986)  Instructor  of  Health 
B.S.,  Sl  Peter's  College;  M.P.H.,  Harvard 
University,  M.D.,  State  University  of  New  York, 
Downstate  Medical  Center 

DEBORAH  MAHLSTEDT  (1988)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Rockpon; 

M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

PAUL  L  MALTBY  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

English 

BA,  Thames  Polytechnic;  MA,  London 

University  Ph.D.,  Sussex  University 

ELI  M.  MANDELBAUM  (1964)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

BA,  Temple  University,  MA,  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Pennsylvania 

JOHN  A.  MANGRAVITE  (1976)  Assistant 

Chairperson,  Department  of  Chemistry,  Professor 

of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  St.  Peter's  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  New 

Hampshire 

ROBERT  J.  MARBACH  (1976)  Professor  of 

PoUtical  Science 

BA,  LaSalle  College;  MA,  Ph.D.,  Temple 

University 

KAREN  L  MARKEY  (1983)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Music  Education 

B.S.,  M.Mus.,  West  Chester  University 

MICHAEL  F.  MARTENS  (1985)  Associate 
Professor  of  Physics 

BA,  Gettysburg  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Delaware 

AMY  E.  MARTZ  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Communication  Studies 
BA,  Miami  University,  MA,  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University 

CAROL  R.  MAXZ  (1973)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Nursing 

B.S.,  Albright  College;  M.S.,  University  of 

Maryland 

GEORGE  W.  MAXIM  (1972)  Professor  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.S..  M.Ed.,  Mansfield  University  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University 

SUSAN  MAXWELL  (1969)  Associate  Professor  of 

Communicative  Disorders 

BA,  'Whittier  College;  MA,  Ohio  University 

GUSXWE  N.  MBUY  (1985)  Associate  Professor  of 

Biology 

B  A,  University  of  California;  M.M.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Cincinnati 

ALBERTA  M.  McAFEE  (1970)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Ubrary  Services 

B.S.,  Kutztown  University,  M.S.LS.,  Drexel 

University 

CHRISTINA  W.  McCAWLEY  (1971)  Professor  of 

Library  Services 

BA,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  M.S.L.S., 


Catholic  University  of  America;  Ph.D.,  Drexel 
University 

D'WIGHT  L.  McCAWLEY  (1971)  Professor  of 

English 

BA,  MA,  University  of  Tennessee;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Illinois 

RUTH  L.  McCOACH  (1969)  Instructor  of 

Educational  Services 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University 

DOUGLAS  P.  McCONATHA  (1988)  Associate 

Professor  of  Health 

B.S.,  University  of  Alabama;  MA,  University  of 

Atlanta;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah;  M.P.H.,  Yale 

University 

JASMIN  T  McCONATHA  (1990)  Associate 
Professor  of  Psychology 

BA,  University  of  Utah;  M.S.,  Jacksonville  State 
University,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

MARY  McCULLOUGH  (1977)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Conmiunicaaon  Studies 

BA,  B.S.,  Millersville  University  M.S.W., 

University  of  North  Carolina;  Ph.D.,  Temple 

University 

BANNAXmE  McCUTCHEON  (1974)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Social  Work 

BA,  Upsala  CoUege;  M.S.W.,  Rutgers  School  of 
Social  Work 

CHARLES  H.  McGEE  (1987)  Associate  Professor 
of  Management 

BA,  University  of  California  at  Santa  Barbara; 
MA,  University  of  Southern  California;  Ph.D., 
Northwestern  University 

LYNETTE  F.  McGRATH  (1968)  Assistant 
Chairperson,  Department  of  English;  Professor  of 
English  and  Women 's  Studies 
BA,  University  of  Sydney,  BA,  MA,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois 

LARRY  McKENNA  (1986)  Insavctor  of 
Instrumental  Music 

JAMES  E.  McVOY  (1979)  Professor  of  Music 
Theory  and  Composition 

B.M.,  Syracuse  University  M.M.,  Ph.D.,  Eastman 
School  of  Music 

ROBERT  S.  MEANS  (1971)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

BA,  MA,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Alabama 

LISBETH  MERZ  (1985)  Associate  Professor, 
Counseling  Center 

BA,  Chestnut  Hill  College;  MA,  Vdlanova 
University  Psy.D.,  Hahnemann  University 

OWEN  METCALF  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  University  of  Colorado;  D.M., 

Indiana  University 

HAROLD  W.  METZ  (1977)  Associate  Professor  of 
Criminal  Justice 

A.B.,  Glenville  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Ohio 
University,  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University 

CHERYL  L.  MICHEAU  (1990)  Assistant  Professor 
of  English 

B.S.E.D.,  Millersville  University,  MA 
Middlebuiy  College;  MA,  University  of 
Pittsburgh;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

ELLEN  LOUISE  MICHELMORE  (1986)  Associate 
Professor  of  Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ed.M., 
Temple  University  M.S.N. ,  Villanova  University, 
Ed.D.,  Temple  University 


ELAINE  R.  MU-ITO  (1981)  Associate  Professor  of 

Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony 

Brook;  MA,  City  University  of  New  York 

Queens  College;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State 

University 

FRANK  E.  MUXIMAN  (1960)  Associate  Professor 
of  Mathematical  Sciences 
B.N.S.,  College  of  Holy  Cross;  A.B.,  Hoban 
College;  AM.,  Columbia  University 

JAMES  S.  MILNE  (1969)  Professor  of  Political 

Science 

B.S.,  Kutztovm  University,  MA,  Villanova 

University  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

JOAN  MIMS  (1986)  Instructor  of  English 
BA,  West  Chester  University  MA,  Columbia 
College 

DANIEL  MOHAN  (1980)  Associate  Professor  of 

Economics 

B.S.,  BA,  Monmouth  College;  M.BA,  Bucknell 

University,  MA,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  -  The  State 

University 

GARRETT  G.  MOLHOLT  (1987)  Assistant 
Professor  of  English 

BA,  MA,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin- 
Madison 

ROBERT  MOMYER  (1986)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Instructional  Media 

B.S.,  Philadelphia  College  of  An;  M.Ed.,  Lehigh 

University 

DIMITRI  I.  MONOS  (1978)  Associate  Professor  of 

Sociology 

BA,  University  of  Maryland;  MA,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

MICHAEL  MONTEMURO  (1965)  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

BA,  LaSalle  College;  MA,  Ed.D.,  Temple 

University 

SAMUEL  F.  MOORE  (1979)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

BA,  Youngstown  State  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Cincirmati 

EDMUNDO  MORALES  (1989)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Sociology 

BA,  Richmond  College;  MA,  New  York 
University  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York 

MICHAEL  J.  MORAN  (1981)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Chemistry,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Peimsylvania 

JOHN  R.  MORGAN  (1984)  Associate  Professor  of 

Marketing 

BA,  Hampton  Institute;  M.BA,  Ph.D.,  Temple 

University 

RONNIE  L.  MORGAN  (1973)  Associate  Professor 
of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Southwest  Missouri  State  University,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Missouri 

WALENA  C.  MORSE  (1968)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

A-B.,  Duke  University  MA,  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr 

College 

ANNE-MARIE  L.  MOSCATELLI  (1991)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
BA,  Fordham  University,  MA,  Ph.D.,  Bryn 
Mawr  College 

JOSEPH  G.  MOSER  (1966)  Associate  Professor  of 
Mathematics 


Faculty 


B.S.,  Rose  Polytechnic  Institute;  M.S.,  Purdue 
University 

CHARLES  A.  MOTT  (1988)  Professor  of 

Accounting 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut;  M.BA., 

University  of  Hartford;  Ph.D.,  American 

University 

RENATE  MUENDEL  (1986)  Insmcwr  of  English 
MA.  (German),  Columbia  University;  MA 
(English),  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

ANNE  P.  MURPHY  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Management 

BA.,  Fordham  University;  MBA.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

MARTIN  P.  MURPHY  (1966)  Associate  Professor 

of  Anthropology 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

STERLING  E.  MURRAY  (1972)  Professor  of 
Music  History 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Maryland;  A.M.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Michigan 

ROGER  W.  MUSTAUSH  (1978)  Associste 

Professor  of  Health 

A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.S.,  Michigan 

State  University-,  M.P.H.,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Minnesota 

KOSTAS  MYRSIADES  (1969)  Professor  of  English 
BA.,  University  of  Iowa;  M.A,  Ph.D.,  Indiana 
University 

LINDA  S.  MYRSIADES  (1990)  Assistant  Professor 

of  English 

BA,  Beaver  College;  MA,  Ph.D.,  Indiana 

University 

ALI  NAGCiAR  (1977)  Professor  of  Accounting 
B.Com.,  ddTO  University;  MBA.  Long  Island 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

TAHANY  NAGGAR  (1977)  Professor  of 
Economics  and  Women 's  Studies 
B.Com.,  Rigadh  University;  MA,  Long  Island 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma 

CAROL  M.  NAPIERKOWSKI  (1989)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional 

Education 

BA,  Temple  University;  MA,  Villanova 

University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

REGINALD  NEALY  (1986)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Criminal  Justice 

AA,  Pennsylvania  State  Police  Academy;  B.S., 

Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.S.,  Lincoln 

University 

MARY  E.  NEHUG  (1967)  Assistant  Director. 

Library  Services:  Associate  Professor 

AB.,  Wilson  College;  M.S.LS.,  Drexel  University 

LARRY  A  NELSON  (1971)  Chair,  Music  Theory 

and  Composition;  Professor 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Denver,  M.Mus.,  Southern 

Illinois  University;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State 

University 

PATRICLX  A  NESTER  (1984)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Nursing 

B.S.N.,  M.S.N. ,  Medical  School  of  GeorgU; 
Diploma  in  Nursing.  Gastonia  Memorial  Hospital 

JANA  L  NESTLERODE  (1986)  Associate 
Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 
BA,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  J. D., 
Widener  University 

EMILY  T.  NEWBOLD  (1970)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Instrumental  Music 


B.Mus.,  Eastman  School  of  Music;  M.Mus., 
Temple  University;  D.MA,  Combs  College 

JOHN  T.  NEWCOMB  (1990)  Assistant  Professor 

of  English 

AB..  Davidson  College;  MA,  Ph.D.,  Duke 

University 

SARA  E.  NEWELL  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Communication  Studies 

AA,  Clark  College;  BA,  Western  Washington 
University;  M.S.,  University  of  Wyoming;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Utah 

ANTHONYJ.  NICASTRO  (1990)  Associate 

Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

DEBORAH  NICKLES  (1969)  Chairperson. 

Department  of  Special  Education:  Assistant 

Professor 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.S.,  Syracuse 

University 

ELIZABETH  NOLLEN  (1986)  Instructor  of 

English 

BA,  Ohio  University;  MA,  Ph.D.,  Indiana 

University 

ISAAC  B.  NORRIS  (1986)  Instructor  of  Physical 

Education 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  MA,  University 

of  Maryland 

ROBERT  P.  NYE  (1968)  Professor  of  Health 
AB..  Gettysburg  College;  M.Ed.,  West  Chester 
University;  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

C.  JACK  ORR  (1986)  Professor  of  Communication 

Studies 

BA,  Messiah  College;  B.D..  Eastern  Baptist 

Theological  Seminary;  MA,  Northwestern 

University;  Ph.D.,  Temple  Univeisity 

DAVID  L.  PADEN  (1988)  Professor  of 

Management 

B.S.,  Miami  University;  M.BA,  D.BA,  Indiana 

University 

CHARLES  W.  PAGANO  (1967)  Assistant 

Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.Ed.,  Ohio 

University 

PRAXITELES  PANDEL  (1972)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Keyboard  Music:  Associate  Professor 
B.Mus.,  M.S.,  The  JuiUiard  School 

SUSAN  B.  PARKINSON  (1968)  Associate 
Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.Ed.,  West 
Chester  University 

RICHARD  D.  PARSONS  (1990)  Associate 

Professor  of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional 

Education 

BA,  Villanova  University;  MA,  Ph.D.,  Temple 

University 

PATRIOA  PATRICK  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Education  Services 

BA,  MA,  M.S..  Indiana  University 

FREDERICK  R.  PATTON  (1981)  Assistant 
Chairperson,  Department  of  Foreign  Languages: 
Associate  Professor 

BA.  M.Ed.,  Temple  University;  MA.  Ph.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania 

PETER  PAULSON  (1989)  Instructor  of  Music 
B.M..  West  Clhester  University 

REBECCA  PAULY  (1987)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Foreign  Languages 

BA,  Smith  College;  MA,  University  of 
California  at  Berkeley;  Ph.D.,  Middlebury  College 


MICHAEL  V  PEARSON  (1988)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Communication  Studies 
BA,  lona  College;  MA.,  William  Patterson 
College  of  New  Jersey;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

MICHAEL  A  PEICH  (1968)  Associate  Professor 

of  English 

BA,  Wartburg  College;  MA,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

ROBERT  E.  PENNINGTON  (1966)  Professor  of 

Keyboard  Music 

B.Mus.,  M.Mus.,  D.Mus..  Northwestern 

University 

EILEEN  G.  PERCIFUL  (1990)  Associate  Professor 

of  Nursing 

AS.N.,  B.S.N. .  Gwynedd  Mercy  CoUege;  M.S.N.. 

University  of  Pennsylvania;  D.N.Sc.  Widener 

University 

JUUE  A  PERONE  (1990)  Assistant  ProBsssor  of 

Counseling 

B.S.,  MA.  M.PA,  Ohio  State  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Maryland 

G.  KING  PERRY  (1983)  Instructor  of 

Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Bloomsburg  University 

RUBY  A  PETERS  (1988)  Associate  Professor  of 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

B.S.,  Cheyney  University;  M.S.Ed.,  Temple 

University 

WUUAM  B.  PETERS  (1973)  Associate  Professor 
of  History 

BA,  Pomona  College;  MA,  California  State 
University,  San  Francisco;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California.  Santa  Barbara 

PATRICH  A  PFUEGER  (1988)  Assistant 

Professor  of  English 

BA.  University  of  Missouri;  MA,  Eastern 

Michigan  University-.  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Minnesota 

JANE  T.  PIPPART  (1987)  AssUtant  Professor  of 
Music  Education 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.Ed.,  Holy 
Names  College 

THOMAS  J.  PLAIT  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

BA,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

THOMAS  W.  PIATT  (1968)  Professor  of 

Philosophy 

BA,  Washington  and  Jefferson  College;  MA, 

University  of  Pittsburgh;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

JOAN  POLKA  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Counseling  Services 

BA,  Holy  Family  College;  MA.  West  Chester 

University 

EDWARD  1.  POLLAK  (1977)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Psychology:  Professor 
BA.,  State  University  of  New  York  at 
Binghamton;  MA,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Connecbcut 

YURY  POLSKY  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Political  Science 

BA,  MA,  University  of  Moscow;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Michigan 

RUTH  PORRITT  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Philosophy 

BA,  John  Carroll  University,  Ph.D.,  Purdue 

University 

JACK  PORTER  (1968)  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 


Faculty 


LOUIS  H.  PORTER  (1974)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

BA.,  Ohio  University,  MA.,  Ph.D.,  Howard 

University 

MARTHA  A.  POTVTN  (1985)  Chairperson, 

Department  of  Biology,  Associate  Professor  of 

Biology 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut;  M.S.,  Michigan 

State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska 

WILLIAM  G.  PRATER  (1969)  Associate  Professor 

of  English 

B.S.,  East  Stroudsburg  University;  MA., 

Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ph.D.,  Ohio 

University 

CHARLES  PRICE  (1990)  Associate  Professor  of 

Music  History 

BA.,  MA.,  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University 

SANDRA  F.  PRTICHARD  (1967)  Professor  of 

Geology 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Oregon 

CAROL  A.  RADICH  (1972)  Professor  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
BA,  Glassboro  State  College;  M.Ed.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland 

WILLL\M  J.  RAHN  (1965)  Associate  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary  and  Professional  Education 
B.S.,  Villanova  University;  M.Ed.,  Temple 
University 

GEETHA  RAMANATHAN  (1987)  Assistant 

Professor  of  English 

MA,  University  of  Bombay;  AM.,  University  of 

Illinois;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois  at 

Urbana-Champaign 

JUDITH  D.  RAY  (1978)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Physical  Education 

ABE.  of  Harris  Teachers  College;  M  AEd., 
Washington  University 

DAVID  L.  REDMOND  (1963)  Associate  Professor 

of  Instructional  Media 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  M.S.,  Syracuse 

University 

GEORGE  F.  REED  (1966)  Professor  of  Astronomy 
B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  College  (Pa.);  M.S.,  Ed.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania 

THOMAS  G.  REED  (1967)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Communication  Studies 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  Ph.D.,  Union  of 
Experimental  Colleges  and  Universities 

HELEN  R-  REID  (1975)  Associate  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

BA,  B.S.,  Texas  Woman's  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  New  Orleans 

RUSSELL  E.  REIS,  JR.  (1967)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Instructional  Media 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 

MARY  ANN  REISS  (1969)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Foreign  Languages 

BA,  Temple  University;  MA,  'Villanova 

University 

MARTIN  S.  REMLAND  (1991)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Communication  Studies 

BA,  Western  Illinois  University;  MA,  Central 

Michigan  University;  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois 

University 

BARRY  G.  REMLEY  (1968)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 


ARLENE  C.  RENGERT  (1976)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Geography  and  Planning:  Professor 
of  Geography  and  Women's  Studies 
AB.,  University  of  Indiana;  MA,  The  Ohio  State 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

JOEL  M.  RESSNER  (1984)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Chemistry 

B.S.,  Lehigh  University;  M.Sc,  University  of 

Sussex;  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University 

CLARENCE  F.  RICHMOND  (1989)  ylssista/if 

Professor  of  Music  Education 

BA,  M.M.,  Delta  State  University 

JANE  RICHTER  (1986)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Music 

B.S.,  MM.,  Temple  University;  D.MA,  Combs 

College 

DONN  C.  RILEY  (1966)  Professor  of  History 

AB.,  MA,  Ph.D.,  St.  Louis  University 

STANLEY  RIUKAS  (1968)  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Classical  Gymnasium  (Lithuaiua);  Ph.B., 

Ph.L.,  Loyola  University;  Ph.D.,  New  York 

University 

RONALD  F.  ROMIG  (1967)  Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University;  M.Ed.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Delaware 

SALLY  A  ROSS  (1988)  Associate  Professor  of 

Social  Work 

BA,  Central  State  University;  M.S.W.,  University 

of  Pennsylvania 

JOHN  P.  ROSSO  (1975)  Instructor  of  Foreign 

Languages 

BA,  Haverford  College;  MA,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

PHILIP  B.  RUDNICK  (1968)  Director, 
Pre-Medical  Program;  Professor  of  Chemistry 
BA,  Yeshiva  University;  BA,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  - 
The  State  University 

NANCY  J.  RUMHELD  (1986)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Instructional  Media 

B.FA,  Moore  College  of  An;  M.S.,  West  Chester 

University 

CYNTHL\  E.  RYDER  (1990)  Associate  Professor 
of  Educational  Services 

B.S.,  'Wheaton  College;  M.S.P.E.,  University  of 
North  CaroUna;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

C.  RUTH  SABOL  (1986)  i4ssociate  Professor  of 

English 

B.Ed.,  M.Ed.,  Scatde  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Wisconsin 

ELBERT  M.  SADDLER  (1985)  Associate  Professor 

of  Counseling  Center 

AB.,  Rutgers  -  The  State  University;  M.Ed., 

Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

JANE  WESTON  SADDORIS  (1971)  Instructor  of 

Theatre  Arts 

B.S.,  West  Chester  University;  MA.  in 

Education,  Villanova  University 

BHIM  SANDHU  (1978)  Associate  Professor  of 
Political  Science 

BA,  Punjab  University  (India);  MA,  University 
of  Texas;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri 

HAROLD  R.  SANDS  (1969)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

BA,  Rutgers  —  The  State  University;  M.Ed., 

Temple  University,  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State 

University 

GOPAL  SANKARAN  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Health 

B.S.,  M.B.,  Maulanaazad  Medical  College, 


(India);  M.D.,  All  India  Institute  of  Medical 
Sciences;  M.P.H.,  Dr.  P.H.  University  of 
California 

FRANK  SAUERS  (1986)  Instructor  of  English 
BA,  Villanova  University,  MA,  Purdue 
University,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado 

JUDITH  A  SCHEFFLER  (1985)  Associate 

Professor  of  English 

AB.,  Muhlenburg  College;  MA,  Purdue 

University  MA,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania 

ROBERT  SCHICK  (1961)  Professor  of  Keyboard 

Music 

BA,  Swarthmore  College;  M.A.,  Columbia 

University  AMus.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 

MARGARET  SCHIFF  (1990)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Art 

B.FA,  Kutztown  University,  M.FA,  Syracuse 

University 

STAGEY  SCHLAU  (1985)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Foreign  Languages 

BA,  MA,  Queens  College;  Ph.D.,  City 
University  of  New  York 

LISELOTTE  M.  SCHMIDT  (1970)  Chairperson, 

Department  of  Music  History  and  Literature; 

Professor 

B.Mus.,  Converse  College;  MA,  New  York 

University,  M.Mus.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music; 

Ed.D.,  Columbia  University,  Fulbright  Scholar 

(University  of  Munich,  Germany,  1957-58) 

R  GERALD  SCHOELKOPF  (1969)  Chairperson, 

Library  Services;  Assistant  Professor 

BA,  Villanova  University,  M.S.L.S.,  McGill 

University 

FRANCOISE  E.  SCHREMMER  (1979)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Mathematics 
Propedeuitque  de  Mathematique,  Maitrise  de 
Mathematique,  D.E.S.,  University  of  Paris;  MA, 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

LEROY  SCHUETTE  (1973)  Advisor,  Center  for 
Academic  Advising;  Associate  Professor, 
Educational  Services 

BA,  Yankton  College;  MA,  University  of 
Michigan;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Utah 

RANI  G.  SELVANATHAN  (1986)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Management;  Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delhi  flndia); 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Paris 

GUS  V.  SERMAS  (1971)  Professor  of  Ait 

BA,  Baylor  University.  B.F.A.,  B.S.,  University 

of  Texas;  M.FA,  University  of  Wisconsin 

WILLIAM  H.  SEYBOLD,  JR.  (1967)  Associate 

Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Temple  University,  MA,  Northwestern 

University 

LEIGH  S.  SHAFFER  (1980)  Chairperson, 
Anthropology  and  Sociology;  Professor 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Wichita  State  University;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University 

JOHN  C.  SHEA  (1967)  Professor  of  Political 

Science 

BA,  Allegheny  College;  MA.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

MAURA  J.  SHEEHAN  (1980)  Associate  Professor 

of  Health 

B.S.,  LoweU  Technological  Institute;  M.S., 

University  of  Lowell;  Sc.D.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh 


Faculty 


ROBERT  R.  SHINEHOUSE  (1966)  Associate 

Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Ursinus  College;  MA.,  Temple  University 

CARDV  J.  SHINNERS  (1988)  Associate  Professor 
of  Physical  Education 

BA.  University  of  California  at  Santa  Barbara; 
M.S.,  University  of  Colorado  at  Boulder;  Ed.D., 
Brigham  Young  University  at  Provo 

CAROL  SHLOSS  (1987)  Assistant  Professor  of 

English 

BA,  S\varthmore  College;  MAT,  Harvard 

University;  Ph.D.,  Brandeis  University 

CHARLES  V  SHORTEN  (1989)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Health 

B.S.,  Virginia  Pol>'technic  Institute  and  State 
University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

IRENE  G.  SHUR  (1956)  Professor  of  History 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Delaware;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

DAVID  I.  SIEGEL  (1990)  Associate  Professor  of 
Social  Work 

BA.  Brooklyn  College;  M.S.W.,  University  of 
Michigan;  D.S.W.,  Columbia  University 

JAy  SILVERMAN  (1977)  Associate  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
A.B.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.,  New  York 
University 

CAROLYN  G.  SIMMENDINGER  (1958)  Associate 
Professor  of  Art 

B.S.,  Kutztown  University;  M.FA,  Tyler  School 
of  Fine  Arts 

ELEANOR  B.  SINCLAIR  (1970)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Library  Services 
BA,  University  of  Debware;  M.L.S.,  Rutgers  — 
The  State  University 

ANN  R.  SKEATH  (1983)  Instructor  of 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  Ursinus  College;  MA,  University  of  Illinois 

HAROLD  L.  SKELTON  (1968)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Physics:  Associate  Professor 
B.S.,  Case  Institute  of  Technology,  M.S., 
University  of  Delaware;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Delaware 

SUSAN  C.  SLANINKA  (1975)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Nursing;  Professor 
B.S.N. ,  Villanova  University;  M.S.N. ,  University 
of  Pennsylvania;  Ed.D.,  Temple  University 

LESLIE  B.  SLUSHER  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Biology 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University;  Ph.D., 

Pennsylvania  State  University 

ARTHUR  R.  SMITH  (1984)  Associate  Professor  of 

ecology  and  Astronomy 

A.B.,  M.S..  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

CARL  M.  SMITH  (1971)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Accounting 

B.BA,  MBA.,  Temple  University;  C.PA., 

Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania 

EDWARD  D.  SMFTH  (1972)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

B.S.,  Shippensburg  University;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D., 

Pennsylvania  State  University 

FRANK  A.  SMITH  (1964)  Professor  of  Physics 
B.S.,  Villanova  University;  MA,  Ed.D.,  Temple 
University 

JAMES  G.  SMITH  (1980)  Associate  Professor  of 

Political  Science 

BA,  Oklahoma  State  University;  MA, 


University  of  California;  Ph.D.,  Indiana 
University  at  Bloomington 

LUANNE  SMITH  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 

English 

BA.,  University  of  Kentucky;  MA,  Murray  State 

University,  M.FA,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

PAUL  K.  SMITH  (1985)  Associate  Professor  of 
Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D., 
Southern  Illinois  University 

ROBERTA  SNOW  (1989)  Associate  Professor  of 

Management 

B.A.,  M.A,  Syracuse  University,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

PATRICK  M.  SOCOSKl  (1990)  Assistant  Professor 

of  Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional 

Education 

BA,  MA,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Pittsburgh 

NORBERT  C.  SOLDON  (1963)  Professor  of 

History 

BA..  MA.  Pennsylvania  State  University;  Ph.D.. 

University  of  Delaware 

H.  LEE  SOUTHALL  (1967)  y4ssocjate  Professor  of 
Instrumental  Music 

B.S..  West  Chester  University.  MA.  Trenton 
State  College 

ALICE  J.  SPEH  (1989)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Foreign  Languages 

A.B..  Brown  University.  MA,  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr 

College 

JOSEPH  M.  SPIECKER  (1968)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Instructional  Media;  Professor 
B.S.,  West  Chester  University,  Ed.M.,  Temple 
University,  Ed.D.,  Nova  University 

THOMAS  W  SPIERUNG  (1972)  Psychologist, 

Counseling  Center,  Professor 

BA,  M.A,  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University 

DAVID  A  SPRENKLE  (1987)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
B.S.,  M.M.,  West  Chester  University,  D.MA. 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park 

ELIZABETH  LEE  ANN  SROGI  (1991)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Ceology  and  Astronomy 
B.S.,  Yale  University,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

JACK  STEINBERG  (1978)  Associate  Professor  of 

Educational  Services 

BA,  MA.  Temple  University 

LESUE  STEVENSON.  JR.  (1972)  Psychologist. 
Counseling  Center  Associate  Professor 
B.S..  M.S.,  University  of  Utah 

MARY  C.  STIEBER  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Art 

B.FA.  Carnegie  Mellon  University,  MA, 

University  of  Pittsburgh;  MA,  Princeton 

University 

JOSEPH  A.  STIGORA  (1973)  Associate  Professor 
of  Communicative  Disorders 
B.S..  Bloomsburg  University.  MA.  Ph.D., 
Bowling  Green  University 

JOHN  STOIAR  (1988)  Professor  of  Ceology  and 

Astronomy 

B.S.,  Shippensburg  University,  M.Ed.,  West 

Chester  University;  D.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State 

University 

PAUL  STOLLER  (1980)  Professor  of  Anthropology 
and  Sociology 


BA.,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  M.S.,  Georgetown 
University,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin 

CLEAVONNE  STRATTON  (1983)  Associate 
Professor  of  Communicative  Disorders 
BA,  Miles  College;  M.A.,  Ph  D.,  Ohio  Sutc 
University 

PAUL  A  STREVELER  (1970)  Professor  of 
Philosophy    . 

B A,  St.  John's  University  (Minn.);  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin 

FREDERICK  R.  STRUCKMEYER  (1966) 

Professor  of  Philosophy 

BA,  King's  College  (N.Y);  AM.,  Ph.D.,  Boston 

University 

ELENA  F.  STUART  (1977)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Communicative  Disorders 

BA,  Emerson  College;  M.S.,  Purdue  University 

JAMES  D.  SULLIVAN  (1967)  Professor  of  Music 
Theory  and  Composition 
B.S.,  West  Chester  University.  MA.  Ph.D., 
Eastman  School  of  Music 

LULU  C.  H.  SUN  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

English 

MA.  University  of  Western  Ontario;  MA, 

Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 

JANE  B.  SWAN  (1965)  Professor  of  History  and 
Women 's  Studies 

BA,  Swarthmore  College;  MA,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania 

PATRICK  J.M.  SYLVESTER  (1968)  Professor  of 

Economics 

BA.,  St.  Francis  Xavier  University  (Canada); 

MA,  University  of  New  Brunswick  (Canada); 

MA,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Ph.D.,  Bryn 

Mawr  College 

ROBERT  J.  SZABO  (1974)  Associate  Professor  of 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 

B.S.,  Kutztown  University.  M.Ed..  Ed.D.,  Lehigh 

University 

WACLAW  SZYMANSKI  (1985)  Professor  of 
Mathematical  Sciences 

MA,  Jagiellonian  University  (Poland);  Ph.D., 
D.S.C.,  Polish  Academy  of  Sciences 

JOHN  C.  XACHOVSKY  (1970)  Professor  of 

Geography 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University,  Ph.D.. 

University  of  Cincinnati 

LIN  TAN  (1989)  Associate  Professor  of 
Mathematical  Sciences 

B.S..  MA,  Zhejian  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  CaUfomia  at  Los  Angeles 

BRADLEY  E.  TAYLOR  (1973)  Assistant  Pwfessor 

of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Temple  University 

CHRISTOPHERJ.  TEUTSCH  (1989)  Assistant 
Professor  of  English 

MA.  Jagiellonian  University  (Poland);  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin 

SANDRA  J.  THIELZ  (1973)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Physical  Education 

B.S..  Southern  Connecticut  State  College;  M.Ed., 
West  Chester  University 

GEORGE  M.  THOMAS  (1966)  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
B.S..  West  Chester  University.  M.Ed..  University 
of  Delaware;  Ed.D..  Temple  University 

WESLEY  W.  THOMAS  (1979)  Professor  of 
Geography 


Faculty 


B.S.,  University  of  Maine;  M.S.,  West  Chester 
University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

SANDRA  TICKNOR-FOWKES  (1991)  Instructor 
of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.S., 
University  of  Colorado 

MIKEL  K  TODD  (1990)  Assistant  Chairperson, 

Department  of  Physical  Education;  Assistant 

Professor 

AA,  Brevard  College;  B.S.,  M.S.Ed.,  James 

Madison  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 

Carolina 

WILLIAM  TOROP  (1971)  Professor  of  Chemistry 
A.B.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

THOMAS  TREADWELL  (1968)  Professor  of 

Psychology 

BA,  Morris  Harvey  College;  M.S.,  University  of 

Bridgeport;  Moreno  Institute,  New  York; 

(Certified  Psychodramatist,  T.E.P.);  Ed.D., 

Temple  University 

EUSH  A  TRIANO  (1985)  Associate  Professor  of 

Biology 

BA,  Gettysburg  University;  Ph.D.,  Thomas 

Jefferson  University 

MILAN  TRNKA  (1962)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Physical  Education 

AB.,  Syracuse  University;  M.S.,  University  of 

Illinois 

C.  JAMES  TROTMAN  (1979)  Associate  Professor 
of  English 

BA,  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University; 
Ed.D.,  Columbia  University 

MICHELLE  L.  TUCKER  (1988)  Instructor  of 

Nursing 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University;  M.S.N., 

University  of  Michigan 

JOHN  J.  TURNER,  JR.  (1965)  Professor  of  History 
AB.,  Muhlenberg  College;  MA..  University  of 
Rhode  Island;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

DONNA  L.  USHER  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Art 

B.FA,  B.S.,  Moore  College  of  Art;  M.FA, 

University  of  Delaware 

JOY  VANDEVER  (1964)  Associate  Professor  of 

Vocal  and  Choral  Music 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University 

ANDREA  VARRlCCmO  (1986)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
BA,  Chestnut  Hill  College;  M.A,  Middlebury 
College;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University 

RICHARD  K.  VELEIA  (1965)  Professor  of 

Keyboard  Music 

B.Mus.,  M.Mus.,  D.Mus.,  Northwestern 

University 

C.  RALPH  VERNO  (1966)  Associate  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

BA,  University  of  Pittsburgh;  M.Div., 

Westminster  Theological  Seminary;  M.S.  in  Ed., 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

JOHN  VILLEUA  (1986)  Instructor  of 

Instrumental  Music 

B.S.,  M.M.,  West  Chester  University 

JACQUES  C.  VOOIS  (1969)  Professor  of 
Keyboard  Music 

B.Mus.,  Oberlin  College;  M.Mus.,  Manhattan 
School  of  Music;  D.MA,  Johns  Hopkins 
University/Peabody  Conservatory 

RUSSELL  H.  VREEIAND  (1989)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Biology 


B.S.,  M.S.,  Rutgers -The  State  University;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Nebraska 

JACK  WABER  (1976)  Professor  of  Biology 

BA,  Hope  College  (Mich.);  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Hawaii 

G.  AlAN  WAGNER  (1967)  i4ssodate  Professor  of 
Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
B.Mus.,  Northwestern  University;  M.FA, 
Camegie-Mellon  University 

SHIRLEY  ANN  WALTERS  (1963)  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
B.S.,  Millersville  University;  MA,  University  of 
Michigan;  D.Ed.,  Temple  University 

JOHN  W.  WARD  (1961)  Associate  Professor  of 

English 

AB.,  MA,  Miami  University;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Delaware 

JOHN  W.  WEAVER  (1973)  Chairperson, 

Department  of  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science; 

Professor 

BA,  Eastern  Mennonite  College;  MA, 

University  of  Delaware;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins 

University 

RICHARD  J.  WEBSTER  (1967)  Professor  of 
History,  American  Studies,  and  Women 's  Studies 
AB.,  Lafayette  College;  MA,  University  of 
Delaware;  AM.,  University  of  Petuisylvania; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

RUTH  I.  WEIDNER  (1967)  Professor  of  Art 
BA.,  Hood  College;  M.S.L.S.,  Drexel  University; 
MA,  University  of  Debware;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Delaware 

LOUIS  F.  WEISLOGEL  (1970)  Chairperson, 
Department  of  Political  Science,  Associate  Professor 
of  Political  Science 

AB.,  Gettysburg  College;  M.S.,  Rutgers  -  The 
State  University,  MA,  Villanova  University 
Ed.D.,  Nova  University 

MICHAEL  S.  WEISS  (1978)  Professor  of 

Commutiicative  Disorders 

BA,  Long  Island  University,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Purdue 

University 

ROBERT  H.  WEISS  (1967)  Professor  of  EngUsh 
AB.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  AM.,  Ph.D., 
Temple  University 

JOAN  M.  WELCH  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Geography  and  Planning 
BA,  St.  Cloud  State  University  MA,  Ph.D., 
Boston  University 

LESLEY  A  WELSH  (1991)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 
BA,  Eastern  Connecticut  State  University,  MA, 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

LINWOOD  J.  WHITE  (1968)  Chairperson. 
Department  of  Ait;  Associate  Professor 
B.FA,  Maryland  Institute  College  of  An;  M.FA, 
University  of  Permsylvania 

SUSANNE  WIEDER  (1988)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Social  Work 

AA,  Potomac  State  College;  BA,  Fairmont 
State  College;  M.S.W.,  Smith  College  School  for 
Social  Work 

EDWIN  L.  WILLL\MS  (1968)  Associafe  Professor 

of  Philosophy 

BA,  West  Chester  University 

JEROME  M.  WUJJAMS  (1985)  Associate 
Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
BA,  Haverford  College;  MA,  M.Phil.,  Ph.D., 
Yale  University 


JOHN  M.  WINTERMUTE  (1966)  Associate 
Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Ithaca  College;  Ed.M.,  State  University  of 
New  York  at  Buffalo 

THOMAS  WINTERS  (1988)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Music  History 

BA,  Bucknell  University,  MA,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Permsylvania 

C.  GIL  WISWALL  (1985)  Assistant  Professor  of 
Geology  and  Astronomy 

BA.  Colgate  University;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Montana 

PHILIP  WrrONSKY  (1974)  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  Queens  College;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Miimesota 

MICHELE  B.  WOLFE  (1983)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Library  Services 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut;  M.L.S.,  Southern 
Coimecticut  State  College 

PAUL  WOLFSON  (1978)  Associate  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

AB.,  Columbia  University  M.S.,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Chicago 

RICHARD  I.  WOODRUFF  (1966)  Professor  of 

Biology 

B.S.,  Ursinus  College;  M.Ed.,  West  Chester 

University,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

RICHARD  W.  WYATT  (1989)  Associate  Professor 
of  Mathematical  Sciences 
B.S.,  MA,  University  of  Melbourne;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  at  Berkley,  M.Sc,  State 
University  of  New  York 

JOHN  WYLIE  (1986)  Instructor  of  Music 

Education 

B.S..  M.Ed..  West  Chester  University 

JANE  A  WYSS  (1990)  Assistant  Professor  of 

Vocal  and  Choral  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  D.MA,  University  of  Texas 

URSULE  YATES  (1986)  Instructor  of  English 
BA,  Rutgers -The  State  University,  MA.  Ph.D., 
Bryn  Mawr  College 

DANIEL  J.  YEH  (1968)  Associate  Professor  of 
Library  Services 

BA.  National  Taiwan  University.  M.S.L.S., 
Drexel  University 

RICHARD  B.  YODER  (1962)  Professor  of  Physical 

Education 

B.S..  West  Chester  University,  MA,  Villanova 

University 

FRANKLIN  YOUNG  (1985)  Professor  of  Health 
AB.,  Mercer  University,  B.SA,  MAgr.,  Ph.D., 
University  of  Florida 

ROBERT  J.  YOUNG  (1965)  Professor  of  History 
B.S.,  Temple  University,  MA,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Pennsylvania 

CARLOS  R.  ZIEGLER  (1969)  Professor  of 
Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
AB.,  Elizabethtown  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D., 
Temple  University 

CORNEUA  A  ZIMMERMANN  (1977)  Associate 
Professor  of  Childhood  Studies  and  Reading 
B.S.,  Kutztown  University  M.Ed.,  Ed.D..  Lehigh 
University 

MARTIN  ZLOTOWSKI  (1973)  Associate 
Professor  of  Special  Education 
AB.,  New  York  University  M.A,  Ph.D., 
Michigan  State  University 


I'aculry 


DEANNE  L.  ZOTTER  (1991)  Assistant  Professor 
of  Psychology 

Bj\.,  Bloomsburg  University,  MA.,  Ph.D.,  Kent 
Sute  University 


ANTHONY  W.  ZUMPETTA  (1988)  Assistant 
Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 
Bj\.,  Edinboro  University,  MA.,  Ed.D.,  Indiana 
University  of  Pennsylvania 


Adjunct  Faculty 

DOUGIAS  ALBRIGHT  Department  of  Health 
B.S.,  West  Chester  University 

EUGENE  A.  BENTLEY  Department  of  Biology 
BA,  Swarthmore  College;  MA,  Hahnemann 
Medical  College 

CHRISTINE  FORD  Department  of  Biology 
B  S.,  Arkansas  Polytechnic  University,  M.SA, 
West  Chester  University 

PHYLLIS  GOTKIN  Department  of  Biology 
B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  M.Ed.,  Beaver 
College;  Ph.D.,  Pacific  Western  University 

N.  BLAIR  LEROY  Department  of  Health 

BA,  Yale  University;  M  D.,  Cornell  University 

Medical  College 


EDWIN  T  LURCOTT  Department  of  Geology  and 

Astronomy 

B.S.,  Syracuse  University 

HELEN  E.  MARTIN  Department  of  Counselor, 

Secondary,  and  Professional  Education 

B.A.,  Kings  College,  N.Y;  MA,  West  Chester 

University 

RICHARD  A  McCLEAN  Depanment  of  Biology 
B.S.,  Iowa  Wesleyan;  M.A,  Harvard  University, 
Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College 

RONALD  J.  PEKAIA  Department  of  Psychology 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  Ph.D., 
Michigan  Sute  University 


YVONNE  JO  ROBBINS  Department  of  Health 
AS.,  Hahnemann  Medical  College;  B.S.W., 
Temple  University;  M.Ed.,  Cabrini  College 

EDWARD  THERKAUF  Depanment  of  Health 
B.S.,  Princeton  University;  M.D.,  Columbia 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons 

JACK  C.  WHITE  Department  of  Biology 
B.S.,  M.D.,  University  of  Vermont,  FA.C.S. 

SUSAN  WDC  Department  of  Health 
B.S.,  West  Chester  University 

GAIL  LYNN  WOODS  Department  of  Biology 
B.S.,  Beloit  College;  M.D.,  Indiana  University 


Emeriti 

BERNICE  BERNATZ,  Dean  of  Women  Emerita 

JOHN  W  CLOKEY,  Dean  of  Arts  and  Letters 
Emeritus 

BYRON  Y.  FLECK  Dean  of  Social  Sciences 

Emeritus 

W  GLENN  KEilNGER,  Dean  of  Men  Emeritus 

EMIL  MESSIKOMER,  Dean  Emeritus 

LLOYD  C.  MITCHELL,  Dean  of  Music  Emeritus 

CHARLES  A  SPRENKL£,  Dean  of  Music  Emeritus 

ALEXANDER  ANTONOWICH,  Music  Education 

DOROTHY  D.  BAILEY  English 

MARY  M.  BLISS,  Biology 

JUSTO  B.  BRAVO,  Chemistry 

WALTER  A  BUECHELE,JR,  Counselor, 
Secondary  and  Professional  Education 

ROBERT  CARLSON.  History 

MARY  E.  CLEARY,  Education 

BARBARA  J.  COATES,  Physical  Education 

BERNARD  B.  COHEN,  Psychology 

FAYE  A  COLLICOTT,  Ubrarian 

GERALDINE  C.  CONBEER,  Ubrarian 

EDWIN  B.  COTTRELL,  Health  and  Physcial 
Education 


GEORGE  CRESSMAN,  Education 

KATHERINE  M.  DENWORTH,  Education 

MARK  M.  EVANS,  Director  of  Student  Teaching 

RUTH  FELDMAN,  Psychology 

THOMAS  J.  FRANCELLA  Criminal  Justice 

CHARLOTTE  M.  GOOD,  Education 

THELMAJ.  GREENWOOD,  Biology 

H.  THEODORE  HALLMAN,  An 

JACK  GARDNER  HAWTHORNE,  An 

PHILIP  P.  HOGGARD,  Education 

PAMELA  JUDSON-RHODES  (HEMPHILL),  An 

CHARLOTTE  E.  KING,  Childhood  Studies  and 
Reading 

MARY  L  KLINE,  Nursing 

CARRIE  C.  KULP,  Education 

GEORGE  L.  J.  LANGDON,  Geography  and 
Planning 

MURIEL  LEACH,  Health  and  Physical  Education 

BERNARD  S.  OLDSEY.  English 

W1LLL\M  R  OVERLEASE,  Biology 

JACK  A  OWENS,  Health  and  Physical  Education 

N.  RUTH  REED,  Health 


RUSSELL  K.  RICKERT,  Physics 

WALTER  NATHANIEL  RIDLEY  Education 

ALBERT  ROBERTS,  Foreign  Languages 

B.  PAUL  ROSS,  Education 

JANE  E.  SHEPPARD,  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 

GLENN  W  SAMUELSON,  Anthropology  and 

Sociology 
W  CLYDE  SKniFN.  Biology 
RUTH  STANLEY,  Mathematical  Sciences 
R  GODFREY  STUDENMUND,  Education 

RUSSELL  L.  STURZEBECKER,  Health  and 

Physical  Education 
ROY  D.  SWEET,  Vocal  and  Choral  Music 
ELINOR  Z.  TAYLOR,  Physical  Education 
JOSEPH  M.  THORSON,  Business  Administration 
EDWARD  T  TWARDOWSKI,  Health  and  Physical 

Education 
S.  ELIZABETH  TlfSON,  English 
EARLE  C.  WAFERS,  Health  and  Physical  Education 
SOL  WEISS,  Mathematical  Sciences 
THEODORA  L  WEST  English 
ARDIS  WnjJAMS,  Chemistry 
JAMES  J.  WRIGHT,  Music  Theory  and  Composition 

EDWIN  L  YOUMANS,  Health  and  Physical 
Education 


Trustees  Achievement  Awards 


1985 

FRANK  GROSSHANS 

CHARLES  C.  SOUFAS.  JR. 

1986 

RICHARD  W  BELDS 


1987 

MARSHALL  J.  BECKER 

WACLAW  SZYMANSKl 


1989 

CHRISTOPHER  BUCKLEY 

LARRY  A  NELSON 

1990 

PAUL  STOLLER 


Faculty 


Distinguished  Teaching  Chairs 


1982-1983 
FRANK  A.  SMITH 
JANE  B.  SWAN 


Merit  Awards 

1982-1983 

DIANE  O.  CASAGRANDE 
MARY  A.  KEETZ 
JANE  E.  SHEPPARD 
CHARLES  H.  STUART 

1983-1984 

ELIZABETH  A.  GLVJGIUUO 
KOSTAS  MYRSL\DES 
LOIS  WILLIAMS 


1984-1985 

FRANK  E.  MILUMAN 

RUTH  I.  WEIDNER 

1986-1987 

G.  WINFIELD  FAIRCHILD 

KOSIAS  MYRSIADES 

1987-1988 
WALLACE  J.  KAHN 


STERLING  E.  MURRAY 
ARLENE  C.  RENGERT 
1988-1989 
PAMELA  HEMPHILL 
1989-1990 

MADELYN  GUTWIRTH 
JOAN  HASSELQUIST 
1990-1991 
BENJAMIN  WHrrrEN 


Irving  Hersch  Cohen  Faculty  Merit  Award 


1990 

DOROTHY  NOWACK 


1991 

GEORGE  CLAGHORN 


Distinguished  Faculty  A^vards 


1974-1975 

THOMAS  A.  EGAN,  Teaching 
E.  RILEY  HOLMAN,  Teaching 
MICHAEL  A.  PEICH,  Teaching 

1975-1976 

WAITER  E.  BUECHELE,  JR.,  Service 
CARMELA  L  CINQUINA,  Service 
PHILLIP  B.  DONLEY  Senice 
GEORGE  W  MAXIM,  Teaching 
EDWARD  N.  NORRIS,  Service 
PHILIP  D.  SMITH,  JR.,  Teachmg 
WIUJAM  TOROP,  Teaching 

1976-1977 

ROBERT  E,  BYTNAR,  Service 


ANDREW  E.  DINNIMAN,  Service 

IRENE  G.  SHUR,  Teaching 

RUSSELL  L  STURZEBECKER,  Service 

1977-1978 

MARC  L  DURAND  and  ROBERT  F.  FOERY 

Qoint  Project),  Service 
BERNARD  S.  OLDSEY  Service 
GEORGE  F.  REED,  Teaching 
RICHARD  I.  WOODRUFF,  Teaching 

1978-1979 

ROBERT  E.  CARLSON,  Service 
JOHN  J.  TURNER,  JR.,  Teaching 
C.  RALPH  VERNO,  Teaching 


ROBERT  H.  WEISS.  Service 

1979-1980 

CAROLYN  B.  KEEFE,  Teaching 
JOHN  A.  MANGRAVITE,  Teaching 
PHILIP  D.  SMITH,  JR.,  Service 
NORBERT  C.  SOLDON,  Service 

1980-1981 

LOUIS  A.  CASOATO,  Teaching 
PHILIP  B.  RUDNICK  Service 
FRANK  A.  SMITH,  JR.,  Teaching 
JANE  B.  SWAN.  Teaching 
JOSEPH  M,  THORSON,  Semce 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR  1992-93 


FALL  SEMESTER  1992 


September  7 

September  8 

September  9 

September  28 

October  7 

November  25 

November  30 

December  16-22 

December  19 

December  22 

January  18 

January  19 

March  12 

March  22 

April  9 

April  12 

May  8-14 

May  15 

May  15 

June  7  —June  25 

June  28— August  6 

August  9— August  27 

Labor  Day— dormitories  open 

Faculty  Meetings  —  per  departmental  announcements 

Classes  begin  —  8  a.m. 

Rosh  Hashanah* 

Yom  Kippur* 

Thanksgiving  Recess  begins  —  8  a.m. 

Thanksgiving  Recess  ends  —  8  a.m. 

Examination  Period 

Commencement  —  .    ., 

FaU  Semester  ends     Cas^^-^     (;5C4_ 


SPRING  SEMESTER  1993 


Martin  Luther  King  Day— (no  classes)  Late  Registration 

Classes  begin  —  8  a.m. 

Spring  Break  begins  —  5  p.m. 

Spring  Break  ends  —  8  a.m. 

Easter  Break  begins  —  8  a.m. 

Easter  Break  ends  —  4  p.m. 

Examination  Period 

Commencement 

Spring  Semester  ends 


SUMMER  SESSIONS  1993 

Pre  Session 
Regular  Session 
Post  Session 


•Although  the  University  will  be  in  session,  no  examinations  are  to  be  administered  on  these  major  Jewish  Holy  Days. 


Index 


-A- 

Academic 

calendar,  99 

Computing  Center  ID  Card,  8 

grade  level  requirements  for 
SSiyPLUS/SLS  Loans,  10 

information  and  regulations,  12-15 

probation,  6 
Accounting,  27 
Accreditation,  ii 
Active  status,  4 
Adding  a  course,  13 
Address  changes,  8,  14 
Administration,  21-23 

of  the  University,  86 
Admission,  4-5 

requirements,  4-5 
Admission  to  degree  candidacy,  6 
Advisory  System,  12 
Anthropology  and  Sociology,  23 
Application,  4 

for  graduation,  14 

to  degree  candidacy,  6 
Art,  24 

Assistantships,  11 
Astronomy,  See  Geology  and 

Astronomy 
Audit  Fee,  7 

Auditor  Status,  changing  to,  13 
Auditors,  5 
Awards,  See  Financial  Aid 

-B- 

Basic  fees,  7-9 

Billing  address  changes,  8 

Biology,  25-26 

Black  Student  Union,  17 

Business  Administration,  26-27 

-C- 

Calendar,  academic,  99 
Campus,  3 

map,  102 
Career  Development  Center,  16-17 
Certificate  of  Advanced  Graduate 

Smdy,  34-36 
Certificate  in  Administration,  21 
Certification,  15 
Certification  Program  in  Driver 

Education  and  Safe  Living,  See 

Physical  Education 
Changes 

in  name  or  address,  8,  14 

in  program,  13 

of  status,  13 
Charles  Mayo  Scholarship,  12 


Charles  S.  Swope  Scholarship 

Foundation,  12 
Chemistry,  30-32 

Childhood  Studies  and  Reading,  32-34 
Children's  Center,  See  Women's  Center 
Classification  of  Students,  12 
Clinical  Psychology,  See  Psychology 
College  Work  Study,  1 1 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  85 
Communication  Studies,  36-37 
Communications  Directory,  ii 
Communicative  Disorders,  37-39 
Community  Center  Fee,  7 
Comprehensive  examination,  14 
Computing  Services,  See  Information 

Services 
Computer  Science,  See  Mathematics 

and  Computer  Science 
Course 

Audit  Fee,  7 

load.  See  Student  Load 

numbering  system,  13 

prefixes,  guide  to,  84 
Counseling  Center,  18 
Counselor  Education,  39-40 
Counselor,  Secondary,  and  Professional 

Education,  39-43 
Credit  by  Examination,  13 
Credit,  transfer  of,  5,  13 
Criminal  Justice,  44-45 
Crossover  Registration  Fee,  8-9 

-D- 
Deadline,  appUcation,  4 
Degree 

candidacy,  6 

programs,  2 

requirements,  6 

See  also  individual  program  listings 

students,  12 
Directions  to  West  Chester,  3 
Directory  information,  15 
Dishonored  Check  Fee,  8 
Driver  Education  and  Safe  Living,  75 
Dropping  a  course,  13 

-E- 

Earth  Science,  See  Geology  and 

Astronomy 
Economics,  28 
Educational  Services  Fee,  7 
Educational  Research  Program,  43 
Elementary  Education,  See  Childhood 

Studies  and  Reading 
English,  46-48 
Enrollment,  3 
Environmental  Education,  44 


Environmental  Health,  See  Health 
Examinations,  14 

-F- 
Faculty,  87-98 
Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy 

Act,  See  Directory  Information 
Fee  refunds,  8 
Fees  and  expenses,  7-9 
Finance,  See  Economics 
Financial 

aid,  9-12 

obligations,  7-8 
Foreign 

languages,  49-51 

students,  admission  of,  5 
Francis  Harvey  Green  Library,  15-16 
French,  See  Foreign  Languages 

-G- 

Geography  and  Planning,  51-52 

Geology  and  Astronomy,  52-54 

German,  See  Foreign  Languages 

Gerontology,  See  Health 

Good  Standing,  6 

Government  and  Planning,  See  Political 

Science 
Grace  Cochran  Research  on  Women 

Award,  12 
Grade  reports,  14 
Grading  system,  14 
Graduate 

assistantships,  11 

Management  Admission  Test,  4 

programs,  2 

Record  Examination,  4 

resident  directors,  12-13 

Studies,  Ofiice  of,  ii 

Student  Association,  17 

Student  Association  fee,  7 

studies  at  West  Chester,  3 
Graduation 

application  for,  14 

fee,  8 
Grants,  See  Financial  Aid 
Guaranteed  Student  Loan,  See  Stafford 

Student  Loan 

-H- 
Health,  54-57 

Center  fee,  7 

services,  16 

Services  Administration,  See  Health 
History,  57-58 
History  of  the  University,  3 
Honor  Societies,  17 


Housing,  16 

fee,  7 

refunds,  8 
How  to  reach  West  Chester,  3 

-I- 
Identification  Card  Fee,  8 
Individualized  concentration,  M.S.A., 

22 
Industrial/Organizational  Psychology, 

See  Psychology 
Infirmary,  See  Health  Services 
Information  Services,  16 
Institute  for  Women,  17 

graduate  grant,  11 
Instructional  Media,  59-60 
Instrument  rental  fees,  8 
Insurance,  See  Health  Services 
International  students,  5 

-J  — L- 
Late  Registration  Fee,  7 
Latin,  See  Foreign  Languages 
Leadership  for  Women,  60-61 
Leave  of  absence,  13 
Library  Card  Fee,  8 
Library,  Francis  Harvey  Green,  15-16 
Linguistics,  See  also  Foreign  Languages 
Literature,  See  English 
Loans,  See  Financial  Aid 

-M- 
Management,  28-29 
Map  of  the  campus,  102 
Marketing,  29 

Master's  degree,  requirements  for,  6 
Mathematics  and  Computer  Science, 

62-65 
Mayo  Scholarship,  1 2 
M.B.A.,  26-27 
Meal  refunds,  8 
Miller  Analogies  Test,  5 
M.S.A.,  21-23 
Music,  65-71 

-N- 
Name  change,  14 
National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program, 

See  Perkins  Loan  Program 
"No  Grades,"  removing,  14 
Nondegree  students,  12 
Nondiscrimination  policy,  11 
Notification  of  admission,  4 
Nursing,  72-73 

-O- 
Obtaining  transcripts,  14 
Office  of  Graduate  Studies  and 
Sponsored  Research,  ii 

-P  — Q- 
Parldng  Fee,  8 
Perkins  Loan  Program,  1 1 


Philosophy,  73 

Physical  Education,  74-76 

department  scholarship,  1 1 
Physical  Science,  76-77 
Placement,  See  Career  Development 

Center 
Political  Science,  77-78 
Probation,  academic,  6 
Procedure  for  application  to  degree 

candidacy,  6 
Professor  Russell  Sturzebecker 

Scholarship,  11-12 
Programs  of  study,  2 
Provisional  status,  13 
Psychology,  78-80 
Public  Administration,  See  Political 

Science 
Public  Health,  See  Health 

-R- 

Reading,  See  Childhood  Studies  and 

Reading 
Recreational  Services,  18 
Refund  poHcies,  8 
Registration,  4 
Removing  "No  Grade,"  14 
Rental  of  musical  instruments,  8 
Requirements 

for  admission,  4-5 

for  degree  candidacy,  6 

for  the  Master  of  Education  degree, 
additional,  6 

for  the  master's  degree,  6 
Research  requirements,  14 
Resident  Assistants,  12 
Responsibility,  student,  4 
Room  and  Board,  See  Housing  Fee 


Satisfactory  Academic  Progress  Policy 

for  Financial  Aid,  9-10 
Scholarships,  See  Financial  Aid 
School  Health,  See  Health 
Science  Education,  See  Geology  and 

Astronomy 
Secondary  Education,  41-42 
Sexual  Harassment  Policy,  ii 
Snow  days.  See  Storm  Closings 
Social  Work,  80-81 
Sociology,  See  Anthropology  and 

Sociology 
Spanish,  See  Foreign  Languages 
Special  Education,  81-82 
Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic,  17 
Speech  Pathology,  See  Communicative 

Disorders 
Sport  and  Athletic  Administration,  See 

Physical  Education 
Stafford  Student  Loan,  1 1 
Status 

active,  4 

change  of,  13 
Storm  closings,  16 


Structure  of  the  University,  20 
Student  Activities  Council,  17-18 
Student  load,  13 
Student  Consumer  Rights  and 

Responsibilities,  10-11 
Student  responsibility,  4 
Student  services,  15-18 
Submitting  the  thesis  for  binding,  14 
Summer  Sessions,  3 
Swope  Scholarship  Foundation,  12 

-T- 
Teaching  Certification,  15 
Teaching  English  as  a  Second 

Language,  82-83 
Theatre,  See  Communication  Studies 
Thesis  binding,  14 
Time  to  complete  the  degree  program, 

12 
Training  and  Development,  M.S.A.,  22 
Transcript 

fee,  8 

obtaining,  14 
Transfer  of  credit,  5,  13 
Tuition,  See  Fees 

-U- 
Undergraduate 

courses,  fees  for,  8-9 

courses  for  graduate  credit,  13 

studies,  3 
Undergraduates  taking  graduate 

courses,  5 
University  assistantships,  11 
University  services,  15-18 
Urban  and  Regional  Planning,  See 

Geography  and  Planning 
Urban  Education,  44 

-V- 
Veterans'  Affairs,  1 7 

-W- 
West  Chester,  how  to  reach,  3 
Withdrawal  procedure,  8,  13 
Withdrawal/Enrollment  change  and 

aid,  10 
Women's  Center,  17 
Women's  Studies,  83 
Work  Study,  11 
Workshops,  13 


Campus  Map 


:  FACULTY/STAFF/STUDENT  * 

BOROUGH  OF  WEST  CHESTER 
PARKING  PERMIT  OR  METER 


26)  EMERGENCY  PHONES    -■-",. 


umversrty  decaJ  requiied  Li3i 
posled  signs  «hKii  ti 


entorcsmenl  suDject  tc 
cfiangeas  posfod 
A  separate  map  designating 
parXing  ror  me  ^andlC3pped  is 
avajtabie  at  Public  Satery  m  the 
Peoples  Maintenance  Building 


!7  ^      ^  /  ''^^ 

3" 


Llp^a^K*i>^